eek era eek edhe hey a SANTA bade enon 4a A tek tahed Tek CO ea rene Car erie cM ere ty ek Fr dade’ pee obey oaree’ Ae Y thetsttewed Ded: bale Cee OM rene ie be rege Tey te Os Crane er erie ene Prec arreeoe oe Maen i eae liter bot WA obi Week AHL babe hide SOLE eT ered MN eL gs Ment Mobs A ook Basha) HOVE eB ae aan beh They aki: dokaWeten fhe ‘ Ch aed here ae Carr IT NEN Cree) Vo ded ons Dok peed ardoul ms boeitcase A Veta Seacieas Sef cede RAW tD dekebs fot, CO RH nem ret ovr tet Carry are ws 4 Vy gad Lee Doshecnroirweney nity Pad oy tek aid dike ia pariaig Os b PHA ett de vag pede pods vets Peds byte Nan es vides Husted Mbanguaioke eon) Tee Edged blac bat WN bre tesceet shade ke bibefaibses dedndowrg. Bode ‘ eh eae eh d MSs wet Headed fin aa A HATka tobah Miledt be telelg betel lh fel ety hiew yin wel Waaiee me res B 9M Meira? Pvt) isha rn SAN tt toda Bad rm a9 . rue} cbs aodeaed # dognaeas kake bh prineaiee Hanns Wedel & oh Mads el OAM MHOC REN an debe Wehedomenlede tain ashi by ase Mais Heat Dewees TR MOL SMR et a OA on Sanumanhong hye as CISTERN TCIM ION St TNE re Tete Sidon Wrchtaeasiiehd A Leia he hindbebedane hipue dade tae bed Pies cartsh Wari sdiemibed-aibedy ty te hiss tv) WER wrae ah eee Adenia teal talk ok nt ed act i, Veeliavaiioat hn gobn § eae Fives awwiye Ve ate bed Meet Le Sern crite ATE rt a eed Vule rat Hb MORAN Ped aeketh te ty ean Ah Nndide act verre urn Tad OT eho Cede D: ed Dea vite . 54 Yr WO hohe NY ya bth : Wiis hey tok bens be Sera ee roe eet eo rn Telit dno deities Lagi areet ie bertyeed Fede Hided Makod tet sebedlee be ee te aidtbie ee Ve beh wicbigi be be has Eobedategs pes ¥ arco S01 td de bebe Be det Veh ke bey ora wh fetes +e ti wee Naetaels tet tab Int at 0 ab Dn at Heda aee dt Lado E Pole Cen ie a aearira a area t Yo) et beta t Oi 1-4 fed wi aeteid eieded Re keieh © ee eer nee nee eT) heb be Beit ded Reta ede OH 2 InN ae ana és Phe Sybs Li iktittse, botched naidedhe @-aciean begs det dy bet Tiath ated 4 Tet pbs rk Hohe ad Sa Une RR 1 he be 2 ay Fit O88 8 ate: dei ing ih debe ti> Bo boihe 18) Coe a SOC UMM ay Corn art beast ditt) Teddies Sha seaed Aheatase se ett inh os iN Nahe Yaar uh ba hed Hid Webel ifieitrdedeyiay aaa ar beds PereeU Np deedvkh hOeby ia ehaed py debed dedebaye é i bias redeeoe We Bas pide ima Jods he eaiTs iam hh Pars arith Hie eich anes tebh) Malttn 120 fare shite Bait ob dee Pith Sian dedi he Dy drtieas: Bedi Sidom stint th Geta. Ye mre Chenier ie faye Macn dea ate Cihetele nied eed vert ¢ chee ed eM Tigdiede hot mea Cees eh bdo bd re reas + ayo dre beatae alas ftartastenahss ares t) eye eter ocreet hire iy sige dr ‘ ek Ea ok ad aa ea anleae Taw ie Soi Med oe 4-H Aillod! Has Wi deg side Pivkidedcdvantedstird ahd Bebecrdeeard ay wich Ths ied aed aan toe a da a dead Mee istely kad wandog a ia fae fain Wevadeaynce, ioc pies ritotary Chanoteden A viasues sited nando fst Rice ee Nor Bi athe an enateat Ath tol ane pant Taseveit 4 Obra Sra ain? Peet itd ers pore poate nareres bsWiarwr Tesni nit h walle yoihe Siete rveten WeNew eM a) Tad) fo bad dd ed) ten ot & EDEMA DRIVE rbot did Gr seaiictcleas oh 8 ky, Weve Wei detia ds thea itary cara scarn bs sede bear he chen ee bawaeris te COE ea dene VPM RA Ae Red deta beak ph Heat oleh Baad ee WM Pet te Cie) plinarbess teas be Pais hehei RAD Cie ote bes CREM Mas ty Rava ue } Home die te se reunere b tora Mee “robes Sorel det Panera reucactae sais Head esac boeent ‘i Pot aded che. Coie gags OF ies COM Raa ih oh ee ~# & Ar? TW he Nie bays Ate R bade dake Foe Weta Veber 1ytaduara ead aa a. Ree tata eletictjriat Dappardd abet Ay ahs: Sls Wea yleee slag aa ad ena a ee ese ities . abs PH de ake i sieritarsee Sedo ards gba tveets lle Sedahetrtes Si errant Hate MOTTE ened ear ices aaihbeusuapbchs ea tine " i idea oa id etad ot ast ior hanced ence ht atin! Hedda tmtanepaesen elacehitn ta eiet isqrsbvare tag) lake melhsM ha temeprae gee teR g hits uellibe ee ed A hea ae aah IE a tht ote da ba Be bata hb Pct ik dail die tee tefatiey: fs dispute ties A Be eee a Ac halhs peahe Be Dele aliata baie YH haba ai ae detain eed sD ee Coreen Sale deen masa tb ea arhsits ives dea ab eet aa : OO ee ; on sys esta HN iRp 8 Ae ode ey Hae he at oh “bobaive ls Many by eka iteBet Gi read be pclenaile aertets ted aged ts pane be Wah ek wisn eytecaketh het Breiner arr cot 1) Pear ane el eye tera tes Oe rdad: dienes iis be ets ba aden ah Peovtece Soe eteh watmukee arpanan aonvegrtahpeh gy} mibeb end eth rackets is tshe se ees Sah fat aneuecaneeueae CUI ee eager [EE Faehseeameanbed tony FON PM a uate bet tet bb kred prbet 1% ith ee ants Morrie bs RRO RET ns ihe jet OG at ish es Py SeB ee yeryh BARRIOS Pints PR NIT theo aad te a gab bbDt-e aE: Mehch da a arene ded intr ts ae Fer abe Ys (Sadnadet De teteh ta CGOROEN ie) padet oe be Betshe Moa ttncaat staat ane Peete ingse tn nore in Lae) Sho htet paren sheen Rae tare Bees et ya eicet re ek Uelaie ied Sidi gh Brge ke Faas iannd bes brbdiis tends dy ae } east af * eR erty Senne dots keke dedatal Veh AG ede ede Sede Nhe ot 7 ip Neary % Fa deetotal Reis ie ay Miscek tne hal Url Mics n bbep pateanets M liieash derseeas SV diledubae SAN hed tetany beth ded ratte 25 i: Teaade cha ved a fede tra hoody CM hcate indvaiai gag hal os eet in ie Sh ieeadtdckayoe ish hai aey. valle sabi al nba rae Seardet ae ian wong) eek ate Ware ad ydea ya de sete Shei der aded. Kersey TTR wos eda a aug Sia Fedee Tese y coedeieay ah slusded a-vepee these Cote aha pit dial Dae tat need de ds Boktahik cts Sd avn Stet iy Saat dyer ai en 480 mayer iek Saeed apren ar De awsera een irdrsoarpe ies eteena tee! citina fae at lawl abot! We ssh ered od anatbe beg gard Cort n ints Petre juten sensed a aids Ras de eat indy Saves a as we bt ende dots bas Whe 6d eerie} Jee ame he a pe oot ard eer a Var vaep ) Stites Smee none? sda dated i a) idm dae a kd M jsstrasmaaN ward ace gis Vacs eet etre Derrh be byelode Terr ee re ae eet Vb Sen WOE e te petrere sae AURAL odes Hn Sidon anticatehy ied Ceeaicaryndeana Oren eer Braye ritiriees Coenen pres : Beant dais a vase ai sat 8 ohn bess sik Wega ih tnbek are aerPa loved tottan tad Pre HG edt gt hincibawredbacccriay poses In fhabayor ce Uren tele woven men work Maser ea? hiking seine oarecersedeath YS . at “Us bah set re te ed eh : sais cares dete! rn Bey re beak he onde, Ciegnw Seed -bsordetn aren eperer irene re Mee tors Tesibd\eljeorwedawen oe bauried Ase in adie dea 8a daphssrestgeva ubeu-o sane Hl Line Senge tia ot ait revel agjeeree yccbeat ash Ons ie SN wayne I oh Sant tmt reece aera Stara Penney auoned meiieas asap fd? Abe bad Fe ee on a ss sian Lim dsb be Soret nit moter pabba ths tin hpaereyy iy rays us lyabt bhp hg aaa ets me beg Reema iets ie tard gs nadie op auoa ria teats or ate can we aval MSH om 3 ‘ aransiure Pheer praesytsctcenGeiniecnasiedes iSaatevenshatbiai tear seuscticdate tstederd Felaweuniole de Afri erat easterly i oes erie berg atpeone oe Sirs “ a daataa tare y Sroneies Nt Syisvitawacievswvey eas FAV ey < a Bisysio Wr v | ¢ U THE PHILIPPINE JOURNAL OF SCIENCE EDITED BY PAUL Chknnny Mo De, PHD: WITH THE COOPERATION OF DEAN C. WORCESTER, A. B.; ROBERT BENNETT BEAN, M. D. MERTON L. MILLER, Pu. D.; CHARLES S. BANKS, M. S. ALVIN SEALE, A. B.; LAWRENCE E. GRIFFIN, Pu. D. RICHARD C. McGREGOR, A. B.; NELLIE LOUISE COOK, B.L., M. A. = PUBLISHED BY THE BUREAU OF SCIENCE OF THE GOVERNMENT OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS D. ETHNOLOGY, ANTHROPOLOGY, AND GENERAL ” BIOLOGY VOLUME V 1910 WITH 45 PLATES AND 25 TEXT FIGURES MANILA BUREAU OF PRINTING 1910 99458 D1 3a MORE / Las a ig SCUM TS nya: 76h tae 1iiy (Th £4) ivy eas 5 Eis ; i 40 Fi : en Age ¥ oe Lids UE, Til. Til. . Distant, W. L. Rhynechota Philippinensia, Part I —.... . Banks, Charles $. The Polyscopic Cell . Forel, A. Fourmis des Philippines . Banks, Charles 8. A New Accessory for Dissection Work CONTENTS. No. 1, June, 1910. . Bean, Robert Bennett, assisted by Planta, Federico $. III. Filipino Types: Racial Anatomy in Taytay. (B) The Women " Plates I to VII; text figure 1. Bean, Robert Bennett. Paleolithic Man in the Philippines. Homo Philippinensis Plate I. Banks, Charles 8. Rhynechota Palawanica, Part I1: Homoptera Plate III. Plate I. . Viehmeyer, H. On the Myrmecophily of Caterpillars of Catochry- sops Cnejus Fabr . Viehmeyer, H. A Myrmecophilous Lycenid Chrysalis from the Phil- DPD PONTO Sh ese a TE eee eed tee tee doe era SS een tas Text figures 1 to 4. Plates I and II. . Banks, Charles §. An Interesting Occurrence with Sticky Grass: Eragrostis viscosa Trin . Griffin, Lawrence E. A Method of Using Magnesium Sulphate for the Anesthetization of Marine Animals No. 2, July, 1910. . Seale, Alvin. The [Fishery Resources of the Philippine Islands. Part III. Pearls and Pearl Fisheries Plates I to VI; text figures 1 to 5. . McGregor, Richard C. Birds Collected in the Island of Polillo, EMO oN SISY era ce ere ee eR ee eae eae Seale, Alvin. Descriptions of Four New. Species of Fishes from Bantayan Island, Philippine Archipelago Plates I and II. Plate I. . McGregor, Richard C. Birds from Pauai and Mount Pulog, Sub- province of Benguet, Luzon . Weise, J. Verzeichniss von Coleopteren aus den Philippinen, nebst zwei neuen Arten aus Niederliindisch Ostindien Page. bo Tr oe) 1 86 o2) bo | 103 115 121 131 135 139 IV iil. Til. CONTENTS. No. 3, August, 1910. . Griffin, Lawrence E. The Pearl Fishery of Bantayan............. . Seale, Alvin. The Successful Transference of Black Bass into the Philippine Islands, with Notes on the Transportation of Live Fish THO MG TIS CANCE erase na eee cn cence ee eee en Re Plate I; text figures 1 and 2. Schultze, W. Contributions to the Lepidopterous Fauna of the Phil- TPJDES) reccnoccencocendeacmntcesongechoscesesneauites [Rese ece easton ne sosttaeceecabeeseececereasccteon Plate I. . Moser, J. Neue Coleoptera Lamellicornia yon den Philippinen... . Bean, Robert Bennett. Filipino Ears, II: Ears from Malecon DN OS 2 DSS ensayo ee Sele Pee ne cr en RE cee Beate tesn tac Plates I to Il. . McGregor, Richard C. Additional Notes on Birds from Northern Mind an aor bali pure eS) eae Spee ee essen eee sea ec ea . McGregor, Richard C. Note on the Migration of the Tic-Wee Buz- ZANT He Es NTT Typ 1TU eas I eA Cl pee eee ee Plate I. . McGregor, Richard C. Philippine Ornithological Literature, IIT... No. 4, October, 1910. . Griffin, Lawrence E. A List of Snakes from the Island of Polillo, P. I., with Descriptions of a New Genus and Two New Species... Plate I. . McGregor, Richard C. Birds from the Coast of Northern Luzon and from the Islands of Sabtan and Dalupiri ......2....2---22022222-2--0--s2----- Weise, J. Ueber Chrysomeliden und Coccinelliden der Philippinen... . Ohaus, Fr. Die Ruteliden der Philippinischen Inseln -......-......2..... j . Seale, Alvin. Fishes of Borneo, with Descriptions of Four New Species: Sect Plates I to IV. No. 5, November, 1910. I. Griffin, Lawrence E. Euplotes Worcesteri sp. noy.: I. Structure...... Plates I to III; text figures 1 to 13. TED, Re wie Wace ccssce cc Sooo cote aa ee ee acc oe ce No. 6, December, 1910. I. Griffin, Lawrence E. Euplotes Worcesteri sp. noy.: II. Division........ Plates IV to VIII. TED. REVI WW Sese- cali Sete secs. 8 age oe coe ee ca cS cee 153 161 211) Vou. V JUNE, 1910 | No. 1 THE PHILIPPINE JOURNAL OF SCIENCE é EDITED BY PAUL CGC. FREER, M. D., PH. D. ’ WITH THE COOPERATION OF DEAN C. WORCESTER, A. B.; ROBERT BENNETT BEAN, M. D. MERTON L. MILLER, Pu. D.; CHARLES S. BANKS, M. S. ALVIN SEALE, A. B.; LAWRENCE E. GRIFFIN, PH. D. RICHARD C. McGREGOR, A..B.; NELLIE LOUISH COOK, B. L., M. A. PUBLISHED BY THE BUREAU OF SCIENCE OF THE GOVERNMENT OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS D. EITHNOLOGY, ANTHROPOLOGY, AND GENERAL BIOLOGY PAA Sos on Sr ap Sy iy 7% a, 2 \ Alte eR isi a MANILA BUREAU OF PRINTING } 1910 Order No. 406. THE HISTORY OF SULU. By NasEers M. SAnensy. 274 pages. A complete history of the Moro People in Sulu, with maps and many translations from the original documents. Price $0.75 United States currency. Order No. 405. STUDIES IN MORO HISTORY, LAW, AND RELIGION. By Nasrees M. SaLensy. 107 pages. 16 illustrations. 5 diagrams, A treatise on the history and customs of the Moro people. Price $0.25 United States currency, paper; $0.75 United States currency, half morocco. Order No. 410. MINDANAO. THE SUBANUNS OF SINDANGAN BAY. By Emerson B. CHRISTIE. This, together with the History of Sulu and the Studies in Moro History, Law and Religion, is one of an authentic and valu- able set of works on the origin, history and customs of these tribes, who are among the most interesting people in the world. Price $1.25 United States currency. Any of the above announced publications may be ordered from the Business Manager; Philippine Journal of Science, Manila, P. I., or from any of the agents listed on the cover of this Journal. Please give order number. HEP Ene eINE JOURNAL OF SCIENCE D. ETHNOLOGY, ANTHROPOLOGY, AND GENERAL BIOLOGY Vou. V JUNE, 1910 No. 1 lll. FILIPINO TYPES: RACIAL ANATOMY IN TAYTAY. B. THE WOMEN. By Rosert BENNETT BEAN, assisted by FEDERICO S$. PLANTA. (From the Anatomical Laboratory, Philippine Medical School, Manila, P. I.) This is the third in a series of studies of Filipino types, the other two of which and the first part? of the present study, “A. The men,” have appeared in a previous issue of the JOURNAL. Only 63 women were measured at Taytay and the data obtained may be consulted by referrmg to the table of “Actual measurements,” page 17. The measurements were made at the same time and in the same manner as those of the men of Taytay, Mr. Planta doing the calculation and Doctor Bean writing the paper and making the deductions. Casual observations lead to the conclusion that the women of Taytay are more Primitive than the men, and this may be corroborated or dis- proved by the present study. 1 THE BODY PARTS. The comparison of the men and women of Taytay with the women of northeastern Siberia measured by Frau Jochelson Brodsky * will con- stitute a feature of the present work. The comparisons will be made by using single measurements, taking the stature first. 1This Journal, Sec. A (1909), 4, 263, 297. * Tbid, 359. ‘Zur Topographie des weiblichen Kérpers Nordostsibirischer Volker. Arch. f. Anthrop. Neue Folge (1906), 5, 158. 94524 | D; BEAN. Stature. « Num- " 2 Group, Vee | ico | ee viduals. | | | AMEN) HON ae ee ee eee es 188 Te | a6) Tee AE AIGIN ON O01 ae ee ee 63 162.4 | 147.8 | 136.8 | 146.5 Siberian womene-2----- 22-2 | 305 163 fe | 137 149.1 The women of aytay are below medium stature, accepting Topinard’s classifi- cation, and they are relatively smaller than the men. The Siberian women are almost identical in stature, even to the maximum and minimum, because the extremes of 63 Taytayans are practically the same as those of 305 Siberians. . SS SS —-— == SSS 1 ' pod ! een! pal 1 yey ! 1 i ay p ! bo 4} ' 1 1 yal 1 re flat i yl u Ne ay lee 1 1 1 ! ! h H H tt i ' ier I i Iho ' Te Be ee Th a Tecate { (al | aa wet i t \ | i \ i \ Sl ia eat es et soot == a t feria mal saat the ik 3 di ' ' ' \ “Sianeli ah ( : fe ahi se Sh allie al eee ame ent ee rent nese] (gaia S21 ! roe eon ened it font ee ul ees pel ot Hear eee { thai! \ 7 +H ~~ r 4+ . ) fine he arrays ie abate it eee ies teen ental ey Sy eestor leans ene ! Hert) a al} Peer Mh 9h eet nen! eet x [keira (sll he ee pentony (eo ae? Vea ea 26 So ot ; 4 ——+ 1 al t ed ifn Q ton ow tne ! | 1 iSite OR eae aa in SN Cham atta Teeth ernie ee 1 off 1 M at 1 ! I 1 ' 4 Ss \ \ yo ee AN 1 I al ! | 1 U ' Yea Teal 5) 5 I Sear oeett aee) Iago ree | fen || Nea bea fT = Hueeli Tho eT tute a eae ae SS Hee dhe lk eet tient (ae oH ay ff He Witaen lt Se ier an) teas ire Foote ty) { ! 0 nH te rai ies 0 ere than ion esd Messe i Neh ul iy Tees Le | t ‘ © Aa Tier alin lair mr aya aan & We ene Petre Ais te ofp Deter ihe’ fh he gt uy el) Q \ fy hy Ae oe 1 fia i a \ nce od oo Q fhe wpa nol sie ey HL Wun tra Ais tae ee \ ifs 1 t So [a oe Tlal : f 1 — > LaLa Oh at Na ra! Woe Wy Nos FV oe ty i} he tpt i | en Mh i in ffl it lite eae et = Ve ial H aT \ 1 nf « l My St\\ ty ptt fale cony eat fh > fi (ess heme I 1 neat poesia \erre t 2-4 T ace : ; = = Sir ain, peat t ila ie fe th Waeife 1 \ ieee (ath A OOM ny if) ee Tiger aah Mall Die yt Hees UE pana a { oy A ise oes NM a ry} yl YAY SLES ETL tert i oy Nes Tt aneay I ia albeit vias ! VW { / ol =a . ¥ Tor aaa [acirsiia T Hi 7 fo aa 1 i i rT meet at fiesta ti 0 ho We odo nf ' 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 in 1 1 1 ! BH | | | | fp atone th (ile fins Wer Aliee Tg Wht - 4 ee ™ i i t 4 i 1 140 145 150 155 160 STATURE IN CENTIMETERS Fig. 1. The curye of stature for the woman of Taytay is more irregular than that of any group of the Siberian women, indicating greater homogeneity for the latter, and a more complex composition for the Taytayans. The stature is furthermore treated in groups by types as in former -studies. The selection of types has been accomplished by the method adopted for previous groups of Filipinos, using the median stature of 153 centimeters for the women instead of 163 centimeters, which was used as the median for the men. In this way the following table is produced : UI. FILIPINO TYPES: RACIAL ANATOMY IN TAYTAY. 3 The stature of the types—women of Taytay. | Num- | | Types, eee eee (tenn, | AGB | aces | = | = -| enim ibiy eee ree erent ea ta 2 142.1 141.2] 140.3 ifscerdyat ame ae ee era | 12) 155.8) 161.2) 144 AAU eToy6ls e | at 149.5 | 144.4 136.8 | | Modified Primitive _ | 2 | 149.3 | 149.2 149 AN ose eee alan 2S a eed | 150.2 | 147.5 1447 | iB Revi iets oearmaiiecleemoee Lae! Say, ity perenne te ealetaecn Lie Uae aR ING nitati ons aes veal Diese eS fd lees Wegeen5 igi Maks es | Blend eee Saeed eaten 2 | 36 | 162.4 | 147.8 138 It is seen that the stature of all the types except the B. B. B. and Adriatic is below medium, and that of the Primitive is small. The Iberian is below medium height, whereas the Iberian of Europe is above medium height, and the student Iberian is taller than the European. This indicates that the women of Taytay are primitive in stature, even when the type is Iberian. The Australoid is intermediate in stature between the Primitive and the Iberian, although nearer the former than the latter. , The Blend has a greater extent of variability as indicated by the maximum and minimum, and the Primitive and Modified Primitive have the least variation of all. The Iberian has less distance between the extremes than the Australoid, although almost twice as numerous. The Iberian and Primitive are therefore to be considered more homogeneous than the other types and the Blend and Australoid not so homogeneous. Sitting height. | Num- | | | ' | ber of | Maxi- x Inreng H | Group aah || aulbinay | Mean. |Minimum. | viduals.) | | | acne SS aa — = er —7 ; ERY LS) yaavy| OTC Tyee re ee ee 63 | $2.90 | 78. 54 71.30 sl | Taytay men ______ 183 91.70 | $3.99 74. 30 | Jakuten (women) __ 64 83. 70 | 78.12 | 72. 50 The sitting height is compared first by the general average, and afterwards by types. The sitting height of the women is less than that of the men, and the variation of the two groups as indicated by the extremes is about in proportion to the number of individuals in each group. The sitting height of the women is greater than that of the men relatively to stature, and that of the Taytayan women is relatively greater than that of the Siberian. The mean sitting height of the Taytay women is nearer the maximum than the minimum, which indicates that a larger number of the women have a sitting height near the maximum than near the minimum; and as the greater sitting height is supposed to represent the Primitive type, this is an indication that a greater number of the Taytay women par- take of the Primitive type than of the Iberian or the other types. The mean sitting height of the Siberian women, on the other hand, is almost exactly intermediate between the extremes, indicating an even distribu- tion of sitting heights about the mean, therefore more homogeneity. 4 BEAN. The relatively greater length of body in the women of Taytay seems to be due to the predominance of the Primitive type among the Blends as indicated in the following tables: Relative sitting height by type. MEN OF TAYTAY. a | Type. Noms | Stature. ae F height. | | er 7 =| Primitive. t 2 lea | is | | 95|12.7/11.7/100/6.6/62|2.6/6.6| 95) 4.3 4.6 0.5/4.8|3.8| 6.7) 5.1| 3.8] 2.50 | 2-3) 28.2| 34.0] 26.3 | 24.5 9.5)12.4|11.6) 9.6/6.3/5.8/ 2.4/7.3) 9.7] 3.7|38/2.2)4.2/3.6|6.4)5.2/2.7)2.65| 2) 27.5| 34.2) 25.5 | 26.5 10.1] 12.7 12.0) 9.6|6.7|6.7| 2.4] 8.0/11.3] 3.4 | 4.5/1.8] 4.2]3.0|6.0)45/3.4|2.65| 2] 28.8 | 36.0] 27.0 | 28.0 10.4} 12.8) 11.5) 10.1) 6.4/56| 2.8 |____|____- 3.5 | 4.6/2.1] 4.7/3.4 | 6.1| 4.6 | 3.2| 2.90 |1-2/ 98.8 | 35.0 | 26.2 | 25.4 | | 10.2| 13.7 | 12.6 | 10.0] 6.8 | 5.8 | 2.7 |8.0/ 10.3] 4.0} 4.6] 1.8] 4.3/3.6 | 6.6/5.2) 3.1) 3.15 |2-3) 28.7] 35.5 | 27.7 | 27.7 10.2 17 1.7 9.4|6.5|5.8| 2.118.5/103] 4.3 | 41/23! 4.5|3.7]6.3) 4.9] 3.8] 2.55|3-4/ 28.6 | 34.5 | 27.0 | 28.0 10.1] 13.5 | 12.1] 10.2) 6.8|5.9| 2.3 | 7.5| 10.3) 3.9 | 4.4|1.8]5.0/3.5/6.3| 4.7/3.7] 2.95| 2) 30.0| 34.4 | 28.0] 24.5 10.0/ 12.8 11.6) 9.7/6.6 /5.8| 2.6|7.1/10.4| 3.5 | 4.3/2.0) 4.6) 3.4) 6.6/4.7 |3.0/2.90| 3 29.0 | 33.4] 27.6) 26.2 if | | | 10.5 | 13.0 | 11.5) 10.0/ 5.85.3] 1.864) 9.3] 8.7 /8.7|1.7/ 4.1/3.0) 5.4) 4.2/3.5/2.75) 4 29.4 | 33.5 97.0 | 24.28 10.0/12.7/ 12.0) 9.7/6.1) 5.3] 2.4) 7.3) 92] 8.6 |4.3] 2.1/4.2] 3.0/6.0) 4.9| 3.3| 3.00 | 1-2) 28.4 | 33.3 | 24.5 | 26.5 10.5 | 18.1 | 12.5/ 10.1) 6.6/6.0} 3.0 |7.4/11.2| 3.7 | 4.6] 1.8/4.3) 3.3/6.1] 4.8|3.6|2.80/ 3 / 28.5 | 33.0| 27.0 | 27.0 10.0/ 13.3| 13.0 11.0) 6.5/5.8/ 2.8/9.0] 9.5] 4.3 |4.7/1.7]5.5/ 3.5/6.8] 5.5/3.0]2.80| 3) 28.0| 35.0] 27.0 | 26.5 i | | 11.5 | 13.8 | 12.5| 10.7| 7.0| 6.0| 2.6 | 6.2| 10.2] 4.0] 4.4| 2.0] 4.4/3.0] 5.8] 4.5|3.6/3.25| 3] 29.5| 35.3 | 28.5 | 27.5 10.3 | 12.4/12.0| 9.3) 6.5/6.0) 2.7 | 7.8] 10.5) 3.5 | 4.1) 2.0] 4.2)3.7|5.5| 4.5|3.2|2.90] 3] 29.8 | 35.5 | 26.7 | 26.7 9.8 | 12.5 | 10.8| 10.0/6.3|5.5| 2.4 | 7.4] 9.6| 3.7 |4.4| 2.0/4.8) 2.7/5.7] 4.2) 3.3| 2.85 | 2-3] 28.2 | 34.8 | 26.0 | 25.0 10.2 | 18.2 12.4] 10.5| 6.6/5.4] 2.68.2] 10.4] 4.2 | 4.6/1.9] 4.0] 3.6|6.5|5.2/3.2/2.75| 3) 28.6 | 36.5 | 25.8 | 27.3 | 10.4 | 13.2| 12.7} 9.6|6.0|5.6| 2.6 |9.2|10.2| 4.2 | 4.3) 2.0|5.0/3.3]6.2!4.8/3.313.25| 2] 30.6|37.2|27.8| 28.5 10.4 | 13.3 | 12.3 | 10.2| 7.0] 6.2| 2.8 | 9.8} 10.5| 3.8 | 4.5| 2.0] 4.5/3.8|6.7|5.0/3.6|2.60| 4| 29.4] 33.0| 23.0 | 25.0 10.7 | 13.2} 12.4| 10.3! 7.0/6.3| 2.7} 7.7| 11.2! 3.7 | 4.5| 2.8/4.0] 3.7] 6.9] 5.1| 3.4] 2.80|___| 31.0] 35.7 | 27.7 | 25.7 10.5 | 14.1 | 12.6/11.0|6.8|6.2| 3.0] 7.7} 11.4| 3.8 | 4.9|1.7|5.0/3.2/6.3|5.1|3.3/3.15| 4] 29.3 | 36.0| 27.0] 28.0 10.5 | 13.2 | 12.3 | 10.0| 6.2|5.9| 2.4 |8.4|10.0| 3.7 | 4.0| 2.4] 4.8/3.1]6.1|4.3|3.5|2.75| 3] 31.0| 36.5| 28.0) 27.0 10.5 | 13.2|13.2| 9.7/6.7} 5.9| 2.6 | 8.4] 10.2| 3.8 |4.1/2.3|/44/3.3]5.7| 4.3/3.4] 2.90] 2] 29.2 | 33.8 | 26.4 | 25.5 10.4 | 13.1] 12.1] 10.0| 6.86.2] 2.7 |8.4|11.2| 3.7 | 4.3/1.7] 4.8|/3.4]6.2|__|3.8/2.80| 4] 29.8|34.2| 28.0 | 26.6 10.2 | 13.1} 12.1! 10.0] 6.6| 5.9| 2.45] 7.8] 10.3 | 3.75 | 4.4] 1.7] 4.5| 3.4] 6.2] 4.7/3.3|2.93| 3] 29.3 | 35.1| 26.8] 26.9 20) BAN. TasLE II.—Jndices and calculated | [s/s .ls.Jgle le leclelecle la je le | | 2 Bele BeBe ise \a5s|"alsmleala lenis. Species of Ym Nee Wyse (eeetall ay ea es etal ences NL eel ltay eas pete tet foment el | cote ea individuals, | 8! 3 |=2/£8/28 BelEsleeies P2\22 128 | selak les 2/1 2 \SniSalawl/SualeaSiSMsgiBglegisg|at)ao| ee |e) 2 ee |eegelseie" ls" ea ae eelesia |s"\e [S| S485 lot ar lor |S |e |aaigalaa a8 | | 8 [4/0 |3 Je |< je |< je le je |= Ja |e |B jo eed ee = — —-|. | _— —— <4 = | i) eS See | | i Australoid ___-____ | 1} 428)| 35.5 | 25.2 28.8 20.5 | 15.4| 10.9 17.0 | 12.1 | 29.0 | 20.6 18.1 | 30.8 | 42,5 Primitive | 2 | 407 | 37.4) 24.8 | 35.5 | 23.5 | 17.0 | 11.2) 22.2 | 14.7| 27.8 18.4 | 17.7 | 28.0 | 63.2 Primitive _ 3) 398 | 31.4 | 21.3] 38.5 | 26.1) 17.7 | 12.0 19.0 12.9 | 30.3 | 20.6 | 16.32) 28.9 | 56.3 Primitive 4 | 429 | 33.2 | 22.0 | 39.6 | 26.2 | 15.7 | 10.4 | 22.2) 14.6 | 32.8 21.7 | 17.1 28.1 | 60.8 | | | | | } | | | | | | | Australoid 5 | 427 | 33.3 | 22.8 | 36.6) 25.2) 16.4 11.1 20.4 13.8 80.4 | 20.6 17.5) 27.5") 63.6 | Australoid _ 6 | 468 | 85.7 23.8 | 36.9 24.7 | 16.8 itl 2/ 19.6 | 18.1 30.2 | 20.2 13.2 | 29.5 | 44.5 7 | 445 | 30.4 | 21.5 | 36.5 | 25.8 | 16.0 | 11.3 | 18.6 18.1 28.4 | 20.0 | 10.5 | 30.8 | 34.0 443 | 30.5 | 21.3 | 85.2 | 24.6 | 16.2 | 11.3 | 19.0 | 13.2 | 27.5 | 19.2 | 18.5 | 30.8" 43.8 | | | | | | | 444 |.83.3 | 93.4/ 35.8) 25.1 16.3) 11.4) 20.9 14.7 | 98.5 20.9 | 13.4 | 28.2) 47.5 aaa! 33.9 | 23.7 | 33.6 aoe se ae) 12.4 | 30.5 | (21.3 | 13.9 | 28.9 | 48.1 | 460 | 32.8 | 22.3 38.3 26.1 |16.3/ 11.1 | 20.7 14.1) 28. 2/ 19.2 12.8 26.7 | 47.9 eee 31.8 | 21.3 | 39.2) 26.7 | 15.4 105|218| 14.8 | 30.5 | 20.8 | 12.4 | 30.4 | 40.7 . | | | { H | | | | | | | | Primitive _________ | 13 | 468 | 33.7 | 22.5) 37.2 | 24.9 15.5 | 10.3 | 20.5, 13.7 | 30.7 | 20.5 | 18.2 | 29.6 | 44.6 ih Dt, | 14 | 499 | 33.8 | 22.5 | 8.2 | 25.4 | 15.4 | 10.2] 20.9 | 18.9 | 31.7| 21.1 | 12.4 | 27.8 | 45.4 Blend__ Hel Si See a ae ace Capieaiea 15.2 | 10.1) 21.3 | 14.2 | 28.0 | 18.7 | 17.5 | 27.2) 64.3 Primitives. = | 16 | 262 | 33.5 | 22.4 37.7 | 25.3 | 15.6 | 10.4 | 21.6 | 14.5 | 29.2 | 19.6 | 14.3] 29.9 47.8 | | | | | Iberian __ 17 | 498 | 36.6 | 24.3 | 31,5 | 20.9 | 14.0} 9.3 | 23.0 | 15.3 | 30.2 | 20.0 | 20.8?/ 28.4 | 73.2 Blend eee pei eee 30.1 | 20.9 | 37.8 | 26,2) 17.8 12.8 19.2 13.3 30.5/ 21.2 15.9 | 26.1| 60.9 Tl | 19 | 507 | 34.3) 22.9] 39.5 | 26.3) 15.7) 10.4) 23.5 | 15.7 29.5) 19.7| 11.4 | 32.2) 35.4 BY BR. Besees he | 20 | 433 | 34.0 | 21.8 41.5 | 26.7 |17.5| 11.2| 19.1 | 12.3 | 31.3 20.1 | 12.4'| 33.0 | 37.6 | Werewifsa 21 | 512 | 36.2 | 23.3 | 40.5 | 26.0 | 17.2 | 11.0 | 23.0! 14.8 | 30.2 | 19.4 | 14.8,| 29.9 | 49.5 Ari siti Caen 22) ewe 34.2 | 21.9 | 44.0 | 28.2 | 16.3 | 10.4 | 21.3 | 13.6 | 33.7 | 21.6 | 12.7 | 32.7 | 38.8 Australoid __._____ 23 | 506 | 33.5 | 22.4 | 38.0 | 25.4 | 16.3 | 10.9 | 20.5 | 13.7 | 34.5) 28.0 | 13.2/| 80.7 | 42.9 Waeocyy os | 24 | 213 | 34.0| 21.8 | 40.9 | 26.2 | 16.6 | 10.6 | 23.1 14.8 | 32.0| 20.5 | 11.2 | 34.6| 32.3 | | | Tberian =.) | 25, | 524 | 37.0 | 24,0 | 36.8 | 23.9 |.16.0 |-10.3,| 21.0| 18.6 | 30.0] 19.4 | 15.1 | 32.1.| 47.0. Iberian __ | 26 | 2 | 37.9) 24.6 | $8.0] 24.7 | 17.4| 11.3 / 21.0 13.6 | 32.5, 21.1 | 16.3 | 27.2 59,9 (peri ane! | 27 | 221 | 34.9) 29.4 | 41.9} 26.9] 14.1). 9.1 23.4 | 15.0 31.2 | 20.0 | 15.2 | 30.6 | 49.6 Tenia 28 | 253 | 82.4 | 21.3 | 40.5 | 26.6 | 17.6 | 11.5 | 21.4 | 14.0 | 28.0 | 18.4 | 16.7 | 29.6 | 56.4 | | | | | | pera 32.2 | 21.4 | 40.3 | 26.8 | 17.2 114 | 21.9 14.5 30.7 20.4 14.7 | 30.5 | 48.2 572 | 36.6 | 25.4 | 85.0 | 24.2 | 15.8/ 10.9 | 19.4 | 13.3 | 28.4 19.7 | 11.6 | 29.6 | 39.2 578 | 30.1 | 20.9 | 35.3 | 24.5 | 16.0 | 11.1 | 20.0 13.9 | 31.0 | 21.5 | 14.0 | 32.3 | 46.4 645 | $2.0 | 22.2 | 34.6 | 24.0 | 16.3 | 11.3 | 19.1 | 13.2 | 27.6 | 19.1 | 16.1 | 29.5 | 54.5 | | | | | 677 | 33.8 | 20.8 | 39.2 | 23.9 | 16.8| 10.3 20.8 | 12.8 30.5 | 18.7 | 11.3 | 33.2 | 34.0 625 | 33.2 | 21.3 | 40.3 | 25.9 | 17.0 | 10.9 | 21.4 | 13.7 | (82.38 20.7 11.6 | 31.5 | 36.8 | 664 | 31.9| 21.7 | 34.6 | 28.5 | 15.5 | 10.5 | 21.0 | 14.3 | 30.5 | 20:7 | 16.5 | 80:5 54.0 699 | 32.6 | 21.8 | 39.0 26.1| 17.0] 11.4| 18.5 | 12.4 | 29.2] 19.6 | 14.0 | 29.9 | 47.9 | | 70 | 34.5 | 22.8 | 40.0 | 26.4 | 17.4 | 11.5 | 20.6 13.6 | 30.0 19.8 | 14.4 | 28.5 | 50.5 690 | 32.1 | 22.0 | 36.5 | 25.1 | 15.8/ 10.8 | 19.5 | eS |12.0 | 31.2) 38.4 |_-_-_| 83.8 | 23.3 | 38.3 | 26.4 | 17.3 | 11.9 | 23.9 16.5 | 29.8 | 20.5 10.3 | 31.2 | 33.0 698 | 34.7 | 23.2 | 37.3 ees ae ta 226 | 15.0 | 29.2) (19.5 | 13.0 29,5 | 44.0 | 712 | 33.4 | 23.3 | 37.4 | 26.1 | 17.5 | 12.2 | 22.8 15.6 99.2 talaet | 26.3 43.2 711 | 32.2 | 22.8 | 37.0 262/152) 107 /21.5)2 15.2 j80.8 21.8) 15.1 | 26.4 | 57.2 | 735 | 34.0 | 22.1| 41.2 | 26.8 | 16.0 | 10.4 | 21.0 | 13.6 | 31.0 | 20.1 | 10.4 | 27.8 | 37.4 741 | 33.5 | 22.7 | 35.5 | 24.1 17-8 | 1.7 283/158 24 21.9145 28.5 | 50.8 | | | Ill. FILIPINO TYPES: RACIAL ANATOMY IN TAYTAY. 21 factors—women of Taytay. = {oe 3} | ° ° zg QS ee ao By | co | ee il eel ie en AY a jazleaiex | S| fe los) ge TR| nh) og q Type of individuals. be her as | Ear type, S) 3) a a3) Fee] cs \2s | ea a) ra | 2S aS) a lo |e | 2 Z| BS os) 2 ja |p 10 Ze Ae pO | sist | 22.2 | 12.0 | 73.80 78.4| 109.8) Iberian C.. “| 22.0 | 12.4 | 89.15 | 70.5| 89.1) Mixed B. B. B. | 23.4 | 12.4 | $6.85 | 73.5} 91.8| Primitive. 23.5 | 13.0 | 86.93 77.7 | 100.7 |"Mixed. | {21.72} 11.32) 77.10 | Iberian C. 21.4 | 10.4 | 78.57 | Iberian C. 119.4| 9.4| 84.30) 85.71| Blend ete ee eae See 74.1| 77.5 | 104.5 | Iberian A, D, C, Primitive. 93.2 | 11.5 | 82.32:| 75.00) Blend _...--____.--____- 64.6 | 89.9 | 139.1] Iberian C. 20.7 | 12.0 | 87.11 | 23.3 | 12.9 | 84.30 Mixed. 21.8 | 10.8 | 82.49 Iberian C and D. 20.3 | 11.0 | 77.89 74.78 | Iberian __ 3 -| 66.1 | 74.4 | 112.5) Iberian C and D. 20.1 10.4 | 84.61 | 100.00 | Modified Primitive Iberian D, 23.2 | 12.4| 90.53) 84.00) Alpine or B. B. B__ | Mixed Iberian, B. B. B. 22.9 | EVGA | GOS} ea (sayel | ‘__| Tberian C and D. 90.7 | 11.8 | 95:57 Primitive, odd type. 21.6 | 10.8 | 79.44 20.3 | 10.9 | 85.88 Iberian D and-C. Iberian B and C. 22.7 | 12.1 | 83.43 Iberian C. 238.3 | 13.3 | 85.50 Iberian C. S | PEL) || TES) 722") OE |) Woyeyore aL -0 | 80. -0| Iberian C and D. 22.2 | 11.2 | 87.00 | 105.26 | Adriatic Mixed Iberian ? 22.3 | 12.3 | 80.11} 97.75) Australoid Iberian C and D. 23.5 | 11.9 | 80.54 | 76.92 B. B. B., Iberian D. 91.0| 11.0| 77.77) 81.89 Iberian, B.B.B., Primitive. 22.8 | 12.4 | 81.28) 77.77 Iberian D. | 23.9 | 12.8 | 78.83) 75.51 Iberian and Primitive. 22.0 | 11.4| 79.00} 84.78 | B.B.B. | | 23.3 | 12.8) 77.46) 85.71) Iberian Iberian C and D. 21.1 | 11.4 | 78.68} 68.08) Iberian Iberian A. 20.3 | 10.2 | 83.33} 82.92) Blend Iberian D. 21.5 | 10.8 | 79.46 | 81.81 es io) i=) j2y) B.B.B., Iberian. | 31.4?) 21.4?| 89.75 | 78.72 6. Iberian C and D. | 92.4 | 12.4 | 83.14) 87.17 3. Mixed Primitive. |92.1 | 11.5] 87.50) $2.22 1.5 Mixed Iberian. 25.3| 14.6 |.81.00| 85.10] Blend _...-_- 76.9 | 78.1 | 101.5| B.B.B., Iberian. 24.0 | 12.7 | 76.06 Iberian D. 21.7 | 12.7 | 78.85 Iberian D. 20.7! 8.5) 95.23 Iberian B, Alpine. j19.8! 9.0 | 78.38 Iberian D. 17.5\|| 8:0)|/84:52\| 93.47} Blend! 22. 2-2 78.8 | 74.8| 94.9] Iberian D. | 21.4 | 11.7} 81.39} 97.30} Australoid____-----_--__ | 72.9 | 78,1] 107.1) Iberian D. 981) TUL) || Cet || asi || UNG) 65.8 | 88.9 | 135.1) Odd type Iberian. 23.2 |_____| 81.87 | 76.08 Blendia= sae \==—s— ! . i aecia|we eres B.B.B., Iberian. BEAN. TaBLE I].—IJndices and calculated Species of individuals. Number. Clinical No. Absolute lower leg length. Relative lower | leg length. Absolute upper | leg length. Relative upper | leg length. Absolute hand length. length. icus. sternum. index, | (0) mp halie Relative hand | arm length. Relative fore- arm length. arm length. Relative upper arm length. Pubis to umbil- Um bilicus to Absolute fore- | Absolute upper wo 6 Poems Hi 0 roe na 34.7 25.7 16.7 | 10.9 | 21.0 14.0 | 10.2 | 19.0 | 18.8 | 26.0 | 19.0 | 10.5 | 28.5 | 36.8 14.5) 10.1 | 21.0 | 14.6 | 25.7 | 17.9 | 14.0 30.0 | 46.6 16.8 | 11.0 | 20.5 | 18.4 | 33.9 | 22.2 | 15.3 | 80.7 | 49.5 = ) oo oo i=) i = ye} x = on ao to ee) o rs cs 16.2 | 11.5 | 20.1 | 14.3 | 26.7 | 19.0 | 18.0 | 27.2 | 47.7 16.6 | 11.0 | 21.6 | 14.4 | 29.8 | 19.8 | 11.7 | 29.8 | 39.2 17.7 | 11.4 | 20.5 | 13.2 | 34.0 | 21.9 | 14.3 | 31.1 | 45.9 15.5 | 10.3 | 22.5 | 14.9 | 30.5 | 20.2 | 12.8 | 28.2 | 45.3 16.7 | 11.5 | 21.0 | 14.4 | 30.5 | 21.0 | 16.3 | 25.6 | 63.6 14.5) 9.9 | 22.2 | 15.2 | 26.4 | 18.1 | 14.5 | 29.0 | 50.0 16.0 | 11.2 } 20.5 | 14.3 | 26,5 | 18.5 | 14.3 | 27.2 | 52.5 16.3 | 10.6 | 22.5 | 14.6 | 29.8 | 19.5 | 18.4 | 28.6 | 64.3 15.8 | 10.5 | 22.0 | 14.5 | 30.7 | 20.4! 13.3 | 30.0! 44.3 15.0 | 10.8 | 20.5 | 14.8 | 28.0 | 20.2 | 14.5 | 25.0 | 58.0 16.7 | 11.7 | 20.8 | 14.5 | 25.1 | 17.5 | 10.7 | 30.6 | 34.9 15.6 | 10.0 | 21.8 | 13.9 | 32.8 | 21.0} 16.6 | 30.4 | 54.6 15.6 | 10.6 | 20.9 | 14.2 | 29.1 | 19.8 | 17.2 | 31.0 | 55.4 13.4] 9.5 | 23.4 | 16.7 | 26.8 | 19.1 | 11.9 | 28.6 | 41.6 16.0 } 10.7 | 19.8 | 13.3 | 30.5 | 20.4 | 15.9 } 26.9 | 59.1 25.2 | 16.1 | 10.8 | 20.9 | 14.1 | 29.8 | 20.1 | 14.0 | 29.4 | 48.2 Ill. FILIP factors—iwomen of Taytay—Continued. INO TYPES: RACIAL ANATOMY IN TAYTAY. m | o S a | [en e OO. S.,74- * sales! es) § | 80) a = (oie | fell) | Ses = ag) 2s & 2 eS | ff aten tet a |o | e& o = & P ahem) (24.2 13.9 84.88 86.95 21.8 11.5 81.71 | 104.80 (21.0 10.7 87.06 | 88.63 | 20.9 | 10.5! 76.42 | 81.39 | | /21.8 | 12.7 87.03 | $3.71 23.8 | 12.6 78.45 | 80.43 23.0 /13.5 84.39 91.48 22.9 12.7/ 84.35 90.90 22.2 | 11.7 | 81.14| 8536 20.7 | 11.1 87.42 84.09 | 23.5 | 13.1 87.20, 91.30 /21.0| 10.5| 82.09} 84.44 | 22.8| 11.6 | 36.20! $2.20 | 24.8] 13.4 | 78.38) 77.55 } 23.0] 13.0} 85.71) 92.50 19.5] 9.3) 87.35) 92.68 | 23.4|12.2|75.70| 86.04 | 22.2 | 11.8 | 82.93 | 86.00 | Morphologic | Combined face Type of individuals. face index. index. face index. Ear type. 19.8 | 10.5 | 85.45 | 100.00 | 20.4 | 10.2 | 79.20! 97.60 | HeBlend eases eee) | { | —) q 2 S So a S a py ‘ on a Si Primitives ===sseo == sae \eB lend pss ee eed IsBlendgeese= sess 2s ae ~O~I Hn a1 tN oO C) © he co Mixed B. B. B. Iberian C. Iberian C. Iberian mixed. Primitive, Iberian. B. B. B., Iberian. Iberian D. Iberian C mixed. Iberian B. Primitive. Mixed. B. B. B., Iberian. Mixed Iberian. Iberian., B. B. B. Mixed Iberian. B. B. B. mixed. Mixed Primitive. Iberian. B. B. B., Iberian mixed. ah , itd ise MD 3 Fic. Fie. Fic. 1 Fie, Fic. Fie. Fie. ILLUSTRATIONS. Prats I. WOMEN or TayTAy. . Iberian (D). : . Primitive (Blend). . Dwarf. . Primitive (Blend). 15h) 18}, 18} PrLate II. Woman or TAYTAY. . Primitive (Blend). Side view . Primitive (Blend). Front view. Prate IIT. WoMAN or TAYTAY. . Primitive (Blend). Front view. . Primitive (Blend). Side view. Prate LV. WOMAN or TAYTAY. . Iberian (D). Front view. 2. Iberian (D). Side view. PLate V. WOMAN OF TAYTAY. . A Modified B. B. B. type. Front view. 2. A Modified B. B. B. type. Side view. eS ra) Prate VI. WoMAN oF TAYTAY. . Primitive (Blend). Front view. . Primitive (Blend). Side view. PuatTe VII. A Dwarr or TayTay. . Front view. . Side view. in Or 1 S1Vv1d “eh Ae) Ae] AG) “elle “(QNA41q) SAILINIYd ‘PF “94 “AUVMG ‘E94 “(GN3198) SAILINIYd “6 “9!4 “(G) NVIMSEI “L “94 J Be ‘T ON ‘A “TOA “IOS “NUAOL ‘Tin g] [AVEAVL NI ANOLVYNY IVIOVU :SUdKL ONIdITIY [I] : NVaG “M3IA LNOYS “So “9S "T (ON ‘A “I0A “10S “Nunor “11H gG] S1v1d “M3IA 3GIS “Lb “94 [AVZAVL NI ANOLYWNY TVIOVY :SaddAQ, ONIdIITIA “III :Nvaq [Pur. Journ. Scr., Vou. V, No. 1. RACIAL ANATOMY IN TAYTAY.] FILIPINO TYPES: Ill. BEAN: by eke Pes ft On a a) Ne Satta Fic. 2. SIDE VIEW. FRONT VIEW. Fic. 1. PLATE [Puin. Journ. Scr., Vou. V, No. 1. : RACIAL ANATOMY IN TAYTAY.] FILIPINO TypPrs Ill. BAN ¢ Bi SIDE VIEW. Fic. 2. FRONT VIEW. Fic. 1. PLATE Iv. “A SAtvid “M3IA 3GIS “dG ‘94 “MA3IA LNOYS “Lb 94 *E ‘ON ‘A “TOA “IOS ‘Nunor "TH [AVGAVL NI ANOLYNY TvIOVY :SUdAq, ONIAITI ‘TIT : Nvaad "IN S1tvVv1d “MBIA 30IS “@ “94 “M3IA LNOYS “L Ol4 ‘T ‘ON ‘A “10A “IOS ‘NuNOr ‘TIHG] [/AVZAV,L NI ANOLVNY 'IVIOVY :S@dX.L ONIdIMY ‘JIT : Nvag IA StvdId “M3IA AGIS “6 ‘9s "M3IA LNOYS “L 9ld "T ‘ON ‘A “IOA “IOS ‘NUNOL IIH] [AVIAVL NI ANOLYNY IVIOVYU : SAMA, ONIAGIIIY “TIT : NVA ILLUSTRATION. Pgate I. Fics. 1 and 2. Homo Philippinensis. eat. wh ‘ eT Ohad es vos vee 2 1= 5" 2S | epee eek a H i " ' j Soc % ; sf. , 4 { S : ‘ 4 » i t i . . ms * ‘ Distant, Fauna British Ind., Rhyn. (1906), 3, 240, fig. 104. ° Kirkaldy, loc. cit. p. 124, footnote. 7 Stal, Hem. Fabr. (1869), 2, 91. RHYNCHOTA PALAWANICA, PART II. 39 C. M. Weber). A single specimen of this insect was taken at each place. It is common in other parts of the Islands, but has not been reported previously. CENTROMERIA Stal. 6. V. A. F. (1870) 745. Type: C. longipennis Walk. 11. CENTROMERIA LONGIPENNIS Walk. : Centromeria longipennis Walk., List Hom. (1851) 2, 316; Stal, 6. VY. A. F. (1870) 745; Dist., Fauna British Ind., Rhyn. (1906) 3, 250, ref. This species was originally described from the Philippines. PALAWAN, Bintuan and Tara Island, P. I. (11691, 11712 C. M. Weber), 4 specimens, the single one from Tara Island somewhat multi- lated and discolored. Subf. ACHILIN 2. FAVENTIA Stal. Hem. Afr. (1866) 4, 181. Type: F. pustulata Walk. 12. FAVENTIA PUSTULATA Walk. Cixvius pustulatus Walk., J. Linn. Soc., Zool. (1856) 1, 87. Faventia pustulata Stil, Berl. Ent. Ztschr. (1866) 10, 392; Dist., Fauna British Ind., Rhyn. (1906) 3, 287, fig. 135. This species has not been recorded hitherto from the Philippines. It is known from Tenasserim and Singapore. Patawan, lwahig, P. I. (10977 W. Schultze). A single specimen. Subf. DERBIN 42. PHENICE Westwood. Tr. Linn, Soc. (1845) 19, 10. Type: P. fritillaris Westw. 13. PHENICE MOoESTA Westw. Derbe moesta Westw., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (1851) (2) 7, 209. Phenice moesta Stal, 6. V. A. F. (1870) 750; Atkins., J. A. S. B. (1886) 55, 41; Melich., Hom. Fauna Ceyl. (1903) 54, pl. 2, fig. 11. Assamia dentata Buckt., Ind. Mus. Notes (1896) 4, 1. This imsect is rather common on sugar cane in the Philippines at certain seasons of the year. It might eventually prove to be a serious pest. Patawan, Iwahig, P. I. (10952 W. Schultze), 2 specimens. JADA Distant. Fauna British Ind., Rhyn. (1906) 3, 299. Type: J. nitagalensis Dist. 14. Jada maculipennis sp. noy. (Plate III, fig. 8.) Fuliginous, facial carine slightly ferruginous; clypeus and rostrum sanguineous; second antennal segment yellowish, passing lower margin of eye; prothorax 40) BANKS. obscure brown-ochraceous; mesonotum glabrous medially; abdomen dull ochraceous dorsally and ventrally, segments with brown margins; genitalia slightly sanguineous. Tegmina fuliginous, veins brown, except apical which are spotted with san- guineous; entire costal margin with pale ochraceous spots more or less confluent basally; a spot at angle of ultimate and penultimate branches of upper longitudinal vein;® two or three subcostal, subapical spots on costal vein and three pale spots on apex, the upper and lower with a brown point in its margin. Hind wings uniformly fuliginous with brown veins. Length 3.5 millimeters, length of tegmina 9.5 millimeters. Patawan, Tara Island, P. I. (C. M. Weber collector). ‘ Type ¢@ No. 11711 in Entomological Collection, Bureau of Science. Manila, P. I. A single specimen. This species resembles J. nitagalensis Dist., in general pattern, but the wing maculation is quite different and the ¢ genitalia are not so markedly hooked as in Distant’s species. The right hind wing of the type is mutilated, the left one has been removed from the specimen and mounted on a card attached to the same pin. ZORAIDA Kirkaldy. EAntomologist (1900) 242 (nom. nov.) Type: Z. sinuosa Westw. 15. ZORAIDA JAVANICA Westw. Thracia javanica Westw., Tr. Linn. Soc. (1842) 19, 19, pl. 2, fig. 9; Walk., List Hom. (1851) 2, 400; Stal, 6. V. A. F. (1870) 750. This species is a true Zoraida. It has been taken at Montalban Gorge near Manila, but is not abundant. Patawan, Iwahig, P. I. (12044 C. M. Weber). A single specimen, somewhat damaged. Subf. LOPHOPIN2. SERIDA Walker. J. Linn. Soc., Zool. (1857) 1, 158. Type: S. latens Walk. 16. SERIDA LATENS Walk. Serida latens Walk., J. Linn. Soc., Zool. (1857) 1, 158. Lerida fervens id., loc. cit. pl. 7, fig. 8.° Serida fervens Dist., Fauna British Ind., Rhyn. (1906) 3, 325, fig. 160. PaLawan, Iwahig, P. I. (11900 C. MW. Weber), 2 specimens. The specimens from the Philippines agree with the description and figure in every particular, except that the markings are slightly paler and the tibiz are somewhat ampliate, not prominently so, while Distant’s figure shows absolutely no ampliation. 8 As indicated in Distant’s description. ° Figured as Lerida fervens by Walker, probably in error or as an error of the artist. RHYNCHOTA PALAWANICA, PART II. 41 ZAMILA Walker. Journ. Hnt. (1862) 1, 304. Type: Z. lycoides Walk. 17. ZAMILA PERPUSILLA Walk. Pyrops perpusilla Walk., List Hom. (1851) 2, 269. Zamila perpusilla Dist., Fauna British Ind., Rhyn. (1906) 3, 327. Patawan, Iwahig, P. I. (10978 W. Schultze). A single specimen, which lacks the abdomen. Originally described from India, this is the first record of this species for the Philippines. JIVATMA Distant. Fauna British Ind., Rhyn. (1906) 3, 328. Type: J. metallica Dist. 18. Jivatma triangulata sp. noy. (Plate III, fig. 5.) Vertex, face and clypeus pale ochraceous, the face apically, transversely white, the clypeus with oblique, brown hair-lines and black apex; pronotum slightly darker; mesonotum brown between lateral carine and in lateral angles; all carine and margins slightly paler. Antennz white, base of third segment beneath with a black spot. Abdominal segments dorsally dark brown with eretaceous exudate at segmental articulations. : Tegmina brown, very dark in claval areas and with a triangular, hyaline area on middle of costa, its apex reaching disc of tegmen. Costal margin pale hyaline before and after triangular area with a series of about seven oblique brown lines crossing it and coalescing with brown of tegmen; beginning at proximal end of triangular area and extending to apex of the tegmen, a continuation of this series, consisting of about nine other brown, oblique lines, the first two short, the next five twice as long, the next or eighth a brown curved-sided triangle and the ninth like the 3-7. In the posterior apical angle a small dark brown spot, preceded anteriorly by a hyaline streak. Veins on the apical third pale brown. Wings fuliginous, veins black. Ventral surface ochraceous, more or less suffused with eretaceous; legs ochraceous, anterior femora with three pale brown annulations, anterior and mid tarsi with three, the apical being nearly black; spines of posterior tibie broadly black at their bases and with black tips; first tarsal segment more than twice length and breadth of remaining. Rostrum extends to posterior coxe. Length 6 millimeters. Length of tegmen 8.5 millimeters. Patawan, Bintuan, P. I. (C. M. Weber collector). Cotypes No. 11679 in Entomological Collection, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. 1. Described from two specimens. Subf. ISSIN 22. HEMISPHAERIUS Schaum. Ersch & Gruber’s Allg. Enc. Wiss. Kiinste (1850) 1, 71. Type: H. coccinelloides Burm. 19. Hemispherius parenthesis sp. noy. (Plate III, fig. 3.) Obovoidal, pale ochraceous with dark brown, transverse markings on the teg- mina; head ochraceous, the margins diffusely sanguineous; eyes brown; ocelli rufous; clypeus pitchy brown, except basal portion which is ochraceous; pronotum A? BANKS. , concolorous with head and similarly margined; propleura black, as is also a broad band on anterior and mid coxe; scutellum concolorous with head but not; red-margined; tegmina convex, costal margin decidedly convex; the entire dise to claval and sutural margins, but excepting the costal and apical marginal areas which are ochraceous, dark chestnut brown with two transverse curved fascie, one anteriorly arched, across the middle of the tegmen, the other parenthesis- shaped on the apical third; these fasciz do not attain the margins of the brown area on either side. The extreme external margin of the tegmen is slightly reflexed and is dark brown. Wings minute, translucent, brown apically, with yellow veins, pale basally. Legs dark ochraceous; anterior and mid tibie with two brown annulations; those of the latter, which is externally sulcate, are not complete; apical spines to posterior tibie black, as is the single spine on apical third. Basal ventral, abdominal segments dark brown, their margins ochraceous, apical segments dark ochraceous. Genitalia ochraceous; black apically. Length, including tegmina, 3.7 millimeters, width 2.75 millimeters. PaLawAaN, Tara Island, P. I. (C. I. Weber collector). Type 2 No. 11720 in Entomological Collection, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. Three other specimens, two from the same locality and one from Bin- tuan, P. I. (11697 C. MW. Weber), labeled paratypes, are somewhat paler in color with the ochraceous color of the tegmina more diffuse. The specimen No. 11697 has the facial disc brown, its margins ochracous and mid coxee somewhat broader. 20. Hemispherius transfasciatus sp. noy. (Plate III, fig. 4.) Obovoidal, pale brown, with three transverse yellow lines on tegmina. Head, pronotum and scutellum pale ochraceous, all margined with ferrugineous ; face slightly darker on disc; clypeus and rostrum black, glabrous; former pale yellow basally. Tegmina pale brown with a transverse basal interrupted yellow fascia, another, sinuate, on basal third from near internal suture externad for two-thirds width of tegmen, and a third, crescentic, across apical third not attaining either margin; wings fuliginous apically, with white veins, yellow basally. Abdominal segments dorsally, ochraceous, narrowly red-margined, yentrally obsolescently brown, widely yellow-margined; genitalia brown. Legs ochraceous, apices of anterior and mid femora and two annulations on anterior and mid tibie dark brown, posterior tibie dark ochraceous; tibial spine on apical third not conspicucus, black, as are the apical and subapical. Length 3.75 millimeters, width 2.75 millimeters. PaLawANn, Iwahig, P. I. (W. Schultze collector). Type ¢ No. 11961 in Entomological Collection, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. Described from a single specimen. While this species might be taken for the ¢ of H. parenthesis at first sight, the pleural and coxal markings together with the entirely RHYNCHOTA PALAWANICA, PART II. 43 different pattern of the tegminal markings will at once aid in dif- ferentiating it. 21. Hemisphzerius trimaculatus sp. nov. (Plate III, fig. 1.) Obovoidal, brown, with ochraceous spots on tegmina. Occiput dark ochraceous, face brown except at union with clypeus, where it is pale ochraceous; clypeus and rostrum black, glabrous, base pale ochraceous, medially prominent; eyes brown, narrowly pale-margined; pronotum pale yellow, red-margined; scutellum brown, margins rufous; pleure pale yellow with a longitudinal dark brown stripe on pro- and mesopleure; anterior and mid coxe pale yellow, each with a broad, black median band. Tegmina brown, pale-margined and with three irreg- ular, pale, ochraceous spots, one on basal third and two across apical third; wings black, the veins and basal areas yellow. Abdominal segments dorsally brown with sanguineous margins, ventrally with yellow margins. Genitalia yellow, brown at apices of lobes. Legs ochraceous; fore and mid tibize with two brown annulations, the subbasal obsolescent. Posterior tibie apically black, with a subapical black-tipped spine and another on apical third. Length 3.75 millimeters, width 2.75 millimeters. Patawan, Iwahig, P. I. (W. Schultze collector). Type 2 No. 10962 in Entomological Collection, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. Described from a single specimen. 22. Hemisphzerius stali sp. nov. (Plate III, fig. 2.) Obovoid, ochraceous and red, with three longitudinal red lines on face, and basal half of tegmina brown. Head deep yellow; face margined with vermilion and with a broad, median, vermilion, longitudinal line which, together with marginal red, terminates at base of clypeus which is uniformly yellow except apical half and rostrum which are pitchy black. Occiput yellow, red-margined; eyes brown with paler margins. Pronotum lens-shaped, the anterior margin slightly more convex than the posterior and both with vermilion margins; scutellum equilateral, yellow, with vermilion margins of which the lateral are quite narrow and a median vermilion fascia from anterior margin halfway to apex. Tegmina ochraceous, basal half darix, pitchy brown except tumeral angles which are paler and internal sutures which are broadly yellow, margined with red to apex of claval region. Wings exceedingly small, not measuring a millimeter in length, and of a pale ocher. Abdominal segments dorsally ochraceous, obsoletely red-margined, ventrally brown with pale ochraceous margins. Legs ochraceous; apices of tibie black. Apices of tarsi brown. Posterior tibial spines black-tipped. Length 4.5 millimeters; width 3.4 millimeters. PatawaNn, Mount Kapuas, P. I. (C. MW. Weber collector). Type No. 12399 in Entomological Collection, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. Described from a single specimen in perfect condition. Somewhat like H. reticulatus Dist., in general pattern, but differing decidedly in color and facial marking. Dedicated to the memory of Dr. Carolus Stal. 44 BANKS. Subf. RICANIIN 4. Diy. RICANIINARIA. POCHAZIA Amyot et Serville. Hist. des Hém. (1848) 528. Type: P. fasciata Fabr. 23. PocHAZIA GUTTIFERA Walk. Pochazia guttifera Wallk., List. Hom. (1851) 2, 427; Melich., Ann. Hoffm. Wien. (1898) 13, 216, pl. 9, fig. 22, Hom. Fauna Ceyl. (1903) 83; Dist., Fauna British Ind., Rhyn. (1906) 3, 374. Ricania guttifera Stal, 6. V. A. F. (1862) 491; Atkins., J. A. S. B. (1886) 55, 57. ; This species, described by Walker from Silhet, and known also in Darjiling and Tenasserim, has not been reported before from the Phil- ippines. Patawan, Iwahig, P. I. (10972 W. Schultze). A single somewhat dilapidated specimen was taken. RICANIA Germar. Mag. Ent. (1818) 3, 221. Type: R. fenestrata Fabr. 24, RICANIA SPECULUM Walk. Flatoides speculum Walk., List. Hom.. (1851) 2, 406. Flatoides tenebrosus et perforatus, Ibid., pp. 406 and 407. Ricania malaya, Stal, 6. V. A. F. (1854) 247. Ricania speculum Stal, loc. cit. (1870) 765; Atkins., J. A. S. B. (1886) 55, 54; Melich., (part) Ann. Hoffm. Wien. (1898) 13; 223; Dist., Fauna British Ind., Rhyn. (1906) 3, 377. A well-known species in the Philippines. There is a slight variation in the piceous markings of the apical clear spots and of the costal spots as to coalition. PaLawan, Bacuit, P I. (11673 C. MW. Weber), 3 specimens. 25. RICANIA SUBSINUATA Stal. Ricania subsinuata Stal. 6. V. A. F. (1870) 768. Patawan, Iwahig, P. I. (10965 W. Schultze), 2 specimens. This species has two costal transparent spots, another at the apical angle and two on the apical margin, but it also has what Stal calls “albido-hyaline” spots or areas over the whole tegmen, or “corium” as he demonstrates it, in*his description, q. v. 26. RICANIA THNIATA Stal. Ricania teniata Stal, 6. V. A. F. (1870) 766. PaLawan, Iwahig, P. I. (10971 W. Schultze and 11982 C. M. Weber), 4 specimens. ‘This species is easily distinguishable by the broad, medial, RHYNCHOTA PALAWANICA, PART I. 45 dark band on the tegmina and the absence of the spot at the exterior apical angle. 27. RICANIA FuMOosSA Walk. Flatoides fumosus Walk., List. Hom. (1851) 2, 414. Ricania proxima Melich., Ann. Hoffm. Wien. (1898) 13, 226, pl. 11, fig. 22. Ricania fumosa Stil, 6. V. A. F. (1862) 491; Atkins., J. A. S. B. (1886) 55, 55; Melich., loc. cit. p. 230; Dist., Fauna British Ind., Rhyn. (1906) 3, 382. This species has been collected in Sumatra, Siam, Assam, Java, and Celebes, but has not been recorded previously from the Philippines. Patawan, Iwahig, P. I. (10970 W. Schultze), 7 specimens. The chief point of difference between this species and R. teniata is that the apex of the tegmen in twniata is more acute than in fumosa. Subf. FLATIN 2. Div. CERYNIARIA. CERYNIA Stal. Rio Jan. Hem. (1862) 2, 68. Type: C. albata Stal. 28. CERYNIA MARIA White. Peciloptera maria White, Ann. Mag, Nat. Hist. (1846) 18, 25, pl. 1, fig. 3. Flatta maria Walk., List. Hom. (1851) 2, 436. Flatta completa Ibid. p. 436. Flatta tenella Ibid. p. 437. Cerynia lutescens Melich., Ann. Hoffm. Wien. (1901) 16, 220. Cerynia maria Stal, 6. V. A. F. (1862) 490; Dist., J. A. S. B. (1879) 48, 38, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (1883) (5) 11, 172; Atkins., J. A. S. B. (1886) 55, 64; Dist., Fauna British Ind., Rhyn. (1906) 3, 408, fig. 210. This beautiful insect has never before been recorded from the Philip- pines. It was described by White from Silhet, India, and it has been taken outside of India only in west China and Sumatra (fide Melichar).. The Philippine specimens have the subbasal spot on the tegmina more luteo-chraceous. PaLAwAN, lwahig, P. I. (10980 W. Schultze), 2 specimens. SALURNIS Stal. 0. V. A. F. (1870) 773. Type: S. granulosa Stal. 29. SALURNIS GRANULOSA Stal. Salurnis granulosa Stal, 0. V. A. F. (1870) 774. This species, the type of the genus, was originally described from the Philippine Islands. Since the time of its first description it has ap- parently not been taken previous to the present record. A species 46 BANKS. somewhat similar was taken in Manila in 1905, but I have, as yet, not placed it positively. This second species was identified by Distant as S. granulosa, but certainly does not conform with Stal’s description, either generically or specifically. PALAWAN, Iwahig, P. I. (10979 W. Schultze). A single well-marked specimen. NEPHESA Amyot et Serville. Hist. des Hém. (1843) 527. Type: N. rosea Spin. 30. NEPHESA ROSEA Spin. Ricania rosea Spin., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (1839) 8, 400. Nephesa rosea Amy. et Sery., Hist. des Hém. (1843) 528; Walk., List Hom. (1851) 2, 433; Stal; G6 V. A. F. (1870) 773. PALawAn, Iwahig, P. I. (10981 W. Schultze), 32 specimens. There is considerable variation in this species as to color, the tints ranging from pale green through yellow and white to rose. Some of the green speci- mens have the tegmina bordered with yellow-orange. Found by Schultze on cacao (Theobroma cacao Linn.). DAEDA gen. nov. Type: Deeda puncticlava sp. noy. Head, including eyes, somewhat narrower than pronotum; vertex one-third as long as its width, anterior margin (viewed from dorsad) straight, obtusely angulate medially, laterally carinate and slightly laminate before eyes; ocelli widely separate, their distance from eyes one-fifth their interspace. Face confluent with vertex, as broad as long, lateral margins convex and carinate apically; sub- median area broadly foveate before clypeus; median carination strongly tumescent ventrad to juncture of face and vertex, less elevate toward clypeus, which is separated from face by profound transverse sulcus; rostrum just passes mid cox. Pronotum slightly longer than head, its anterior margin convex and in line with middle of eyes, its posterior margin evenly concave. Mesonotum three times length of pronotum, its disc evenly convex and medially sulcate, its posterior~ medial angle tumescent-tuberculate. Tegmina twice as long as wide, costal margin arched at base; costal area twice width of radial and with parallel and reticulated oblique veins and sparse granulations. Radial area with cross-veins on posterior third. Outer half of dise with reticulated parallel yeins, apical area beyond transverse line with most of veins fureate; entire clavus, interiad to its exterior vein, strongly granulate, the granulations disposed in parallel lines. Posterior tibiae with two subapical spines. Most closely resembles Ketwmala Dist., from which, however, it differs in the shape of the tegmina, the tumescent facial carination, the number of spines on the posterior tibie and the position of the transverse preapical tegminal line. RHYNCHOTA PALAWANICA, PART II. 47 It differs from all other related genera in the presence of the mesonotal sulcation. 31. Deeda puncticlava sp. noy. (Plate III, fig. 6.) * Compactly ovate, the tegmina compressed so that their apical margins are vertical; dark ochraceous, the posterior apical region of the tegmina fuscous. Head, pro- and mesonota pale ochraceous, glabrous, eyes brown, ocelli vitreous ; clypeus sparsely pubescent; tegmina olivaceo-fuscous apically, pale ochraceous basally; clavus with an oval, black foveate puncture at apical third between longitudinal veins. Legs pale ochraceous. Length 4 millimeters, including tegmina 7 millimeters; length of tegmen 6 millimeters. PaLawaNn, Tara Island, P. I. (C. M. Weber collector). Type No. 11719 in Entomological Collection, Bureau of Science, Ma- nila, P. I. Described from a single specimen. Diy. FLATOIDESARIA. UXANTIS Stal. : 0. V. A. H. (1870) 775. Type: U. consputa Stal. 32. UXANTIS SICCIFOLIA Stal. Uzantis siccifolia Stil, 6. V. A. F. (1870) 776. This species, of which Stal possessed only the ¢, is fairly common in Manila. It may usually be taken on Casuarina equisetifolia Forst. PALAWAN, Bacuit, P. I. (11672 C. 2. Weber), 1 specimen. Fam. MEMBRACID A. Subf. CENTROTIN 2. Div. MICREUNARIA. LEPTOBELUS Stal. Hem. Afr. (1866) 4, 86. Type: L. dama Germ. 33. LEPTOBELUS DAMA Germ. Centrotus dama Germ., Silb. Rev. Ent. (1835) 3, 258; Fairm., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (1846) 4, 510, pl. 8, fig. 14. Leptobelus dama Stal, Berl. Ent. Ztschr. (1866) 27, 386; Atkins., J. A. S. B. (1885) 54, 81; Dist., Fauna British Ind., Rhyn. (1908) 4, 15, fig. 11. This is the first record of this species from the Philippine Islands. PaLAwAN, Tara Island, P. I. (11715 C. Af. Weber), 2 specimens, one having the corneous processes broken. BANKS. Diy. LEPTOCENTRARIA. LEPTOCENTRUS Stal. Hem. Afr. (1866) 4, 87 and 90. : Type: L. bos Sign. 34, LEPTOCENTRUS TAURUS Fabr. Membracis taurus Fabr., Syst. Ent. (1775) 676; Oliv., Enc. Méth. (1792) 665. Membracis rupicapra Fabr., Ent. Syst. Suppl. (1798) 514. Centrotus rupicapra Id., Syst. Rhyng. (1803) 18. Centrotus taurus Ibid., p. 20. Membracis tricornis Hardw., Zool. Journ. (1828) 4, 114, Suppl. pl. 39, figs. c, d, f. “ Centrotus terminalis Walk., List. Hom. (1851) 2, 604; Stal, 6. V. A. F. (1862) 491; Melich., Hom. Fauna Ceyl. (1903) 109. Centrotus vicarius Walk., loc. cit., p. 605. Leptocentrus taurus Stal, Hem. Fabr. (1869) 2, 50; Atkins., J. A. S. B. (1885) 54, 85; Dist., Fauna British Ind., Rhyn. (1908) 4, 28, fig. 24. Leptocentrus gazella Buckt., Mono. Membrac. (1903) 235, pl. 53, fig. da. I am inclined to believe that the species heretofore called L. reponens Walk. and L. antilope Stal are the same as the above, the only difference indicated by Distant being a slightly greater anterior foliation of the transverse processes of the pronotum. PaLAWAN, Bacuit, Bintuan, and Iwahig, P. I. (11669, 11690, 11924 C. M. Weber), 5 specimens. Diy. GARGARARIA. GARGARA Amyot et Serville. Hist. des Hém. (1843) 537. Type: G. geniste Fabr. 53. GARGARA PYGMA Walk. Centrotus pygmaeus Walk., List Hom. (1851) 2, 630. This minute species, described originally from the Philippines and, apparently, not noted since its description, may be distinguished from its allies by the albescent apices of the tegmina. PaLaWAN, Bacuit and Iwahig, P. I. (11668, 11925 C. MW. Weber), 3 specimens. RHYNCHOTA PALAWANICA, PART II. 49 Fam. CERCOPIDA. Subf. MACH 4ROTIN 2. MACHZEROTA Burmeister. Handb. der Ent. (1885) 2, pt. 1, 128. Type: M. ensifera Burm. 36. MAcH4ROTA ENSIFERA Burm. Macherota ensifera Burm., Handb. der Ent. (1835) 2, pt. 1, 128; Stal, 6. V. A. F. (1870) 727; Sign., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., Bull. (1879) (5) 9, xlviii; Atkins., J. A. S. B. (1885) 54, 22; Dist., Fauna British Ind., Rhyn. (1908) 4, 80, fig. 68. An abundant species in the Philippines. It builds its calcareous, tube-like nests on shrubs of Sida acuta Burm., and all the stages of its development may be easily observed. PALAWAN, Iwahig, P. I. (11928 C. M. Weber). A single specimen. Subf. APHROPHORIN€. CLOVIA Stal. Hem. Afr. (1866) 4, 75. ; Type: @. bigoti Sign. 37. CLOVIA CONIFER Walk. Ptyelus conifer Walk., List Hom. (1851) 3, 711. Ptyelus simulans Ibid. p. 717. Ptyelus frenulatus Stal, 6. V. A. F. (1854) 250; Freg. Eug. Resa, Ins. (1859) 286, 6. V. A. F. (1862) 493. Clovia frenulata Stal, loc. cit. (1870) 726. Clovia conifer Atkins., J. A. S. B. (1885) 54, 114; Dist., Fauna British Ind., Rhyn. (1904) 4, 93, fig. 72. This species, though reported previously from the Philippines, has not, up to this time, appeared in our collection. PaLawan, lwahig, P. 1. (10964 W. Schultze and 11930 C. M. Weber), 2 specimens. MANDESA Distant. Fauna British Ind., Rhyn. (1908) 4, 106. Type: M. amplificata Dist. 38. MANDESA VITTIFRONS Stal. (Plate III, fig. 7 J.) Clovia vittifrons Stal, 6. V..A. F. (1870) 725. In this species, which is undoubtedly referable to this genus, the discal transverse raised ridge mentioned by Distant in his generic diagnosis crosses only the inner two-thirds of the tegmina but the other characters are not to be mistaken. The @ is considerably larger than the 6 and is more pallid with all dark markings less pronounced. In the specimens before me the measurements are as follows: 8 length 945244 5O BANKS. 7 millimeters, width at widest portion of tegmima length 8.25—9.25 millimeters, width 3.75 millimeters. Thus far known only from the Philippines. PaLawAn, lwahig, P. I. (10963 W. Schultze and 11981 C. M. Weber) ; Tara Island (11713 C. 12. Weber), 5 specimens. 3.25 millimeters, 2 Subf. CERCOPIN &. COSMOSCARTA Stal. Hem. Fabr. (1869) 2, 11. Type: C. heros Vabr. 39. CoSMOSCARTA INCLUSA Walk. Cercopis inclusa Walk., List Hom. (1851) 3, 658; Stal, 6. V. A. F. (1865) 147. Cosmoscarta inclusa Butl., Cist. Ent. (1874) 1, 265; Melich., Hom Fauna Ceyl. (1903) 125, pl. 4, fig. 5; Dist., Fauna British Ind., Rhyn (1908) 4, 140. This species, originally described from Ceylon and not thus far reported from any other locality, is here recorded from the Philippines for the first time. Patawan, lwahig, P. I. (11973 C. Mf. Weber), 2 specimens. Fam. JASSID A‘. Subf. LEDRIN 2. PETALOCEPHALA Stal. 0. V. A. BP. (1853) 266. Type: P. bohemani Stal. 40. PETALOCEPHALA PHILIPPINA Stal. Petalocephala philippina Stal, 6. V. A. F. (1870) 732. PaLawan, Iwahig, P. I. (10982 W. Schultze), 1 specimen. Subf. TETTIGONIELLINAS. TETTIGONIELLA Jacobi. Zool. Jahr. Syst. (1904) 19, 778 (nom. nov.) Type: 7. viridis Linn. 41. TETTIGONTIELLA IMPUDICA Sign. 2 Tettigonia impudica Sign., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (1853) (3) 1, 677. Tettigonia impudica? Stal, 6. V. A. F. (1870) 733. This species was originally described from the Philippines in Signoret’s monograph. RHYNCHOTA PALAWANICA, PART Il. . 51 PaLawaN, Iwahig and Tara Island, P. I. (10974 W. Schultze, 11714 pw C. M. Weber), 5 specimens. KOLLA Distant. Fauna British Ind., Rhyn. (1908) 4, 223. Type: K. insignis Dist. 42. Kolla tripunctifrons sp. nov. Head and pronotum more or less pale ochraceous; tegmina albescent, semi- opaque, apical veins fuscous. Two black spots on anterior margin and another before middle of vertex. Eyes black. Ventral surface of body slightly virescent white. Legs very pale ochraceous or nearly white, tarsi slightly darker. Length, including tegmina, 8 millimeters; width 2 millimeters. PaLawan, Iwahig, P. 1. (W. Schultze collector). Type No. 10976 in Entomological Collection, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. Another specimen taken by Weber at the same place (11702.C. 1. Weber) is 10 millimeters long and 2.25 millimeters wide but is otherwise identical with the type. Subf. JASSIN 4&. Div. TARTESSUSARIA. TARTESSUS Stal. 6. V. A. F. (1865) 156. Type: J. ferrugineus Walk. 43. TARTESSUS FERRUGINEUS Walk. Bythoscopus ferrugineus Walk., List Hom. (1851) 3, 865. Bythoscopus malayus Stil, Freg. Eug. Resa, Ins. (1859) 290. Bythoscopus biarcuatus, wnilineatus, untfascia, Walk., MS. Tartessus malayus Stal, 0. V. A. F. (1865) 156; Sign., Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. (1880) (5) 10, 357. Tartessus ferrugineus Stil, loc. cit. (1870) 738; Spangb., loc. cit. (1877) 7; Sign., ibid. 356; Dist., Fauna British Ind., Rhyn. (1908) 4, 303, fig. 193. This species appears to be quite well distributed over the oriental region as far north as Japan. It has been taken frequently in the Philippines. PALAWAN, Bacuit and Bintuan, P. I. (11657, 11680 C. MW. Weber), 2 specimens. 44, TARTESSUS FIEBERI Stal. Tartessus fieberi Stal, 6. V. A. F. (1865) 156, loc. cit. (1870) 738. PaLawan, Bacuit, P. I. (11708 C. M. Weber) a single specimen. 52 BANKS. Diy. JASSUSARIA. JASSUS Fabricius. Syst. Rhyng. (1803) 85. Type: J. nervosus Fabr. 45. JASSUS ELEGANS Dist. Jassus elegans Dist., Fauna British Ind., Rhyn. (1908) 4, 329. Patawan, lwahig, P. I. (10960 W. Schultze), 1 specimen. This species, described from India, is here recorded from the Philip- pines for the first time. ERRATA. The following corrections should be made in Part I of Rhynchota Palawaniea, Vol. IV, Sec. A, 553. Page 557, in middle of page, for Coscomoris read Cosmocoris. Page 562, line 16, a period follows Amy. Page 564, line 1, for Tessaratominie read Tessaratomine Page 564, page 11, from bottom of page, for obscura Stal. Page 565, above Subf. COREINZA insert Fam. COREIDZ. Page 572, line 15, delete comma after British. Page 584, line 3, and page 588, line 12, for and read &. Page 593, line 11, for anadymone read anadyomene. Stal read Eumenotes 53 Fic. ILLUSTRATIONS. Prats IIT. . Hemispherius trimaculatus Banks, sp. nov. . Hemispherius stali Banks, sp. nov. . Hemispherius parenthesis Banks, sp. noy. Hemispherius transfasciatus Banks, sp. noy. . Jivatma triangulata Banks, sp. nov. Deda puncticlava Banks, gen. et. sp. nov. . Mandesa vittifrons Stal. . Jada maculipennis Banks, sp. noy. or ot RS Rone 2 Yc aie r “3 yl fia : ive : St Gain net eye AD | ps i al SOR * ‘ . : + au ey. I i r y . | - be } oe Fy Ry 2! ‘ ‘ = aM RS h i aT é : x =e « i ‘ ‘ d ’ = ena Ns i BANKS: RHYNCHOTA PALAWANICA, PART II.] [PHIL. JouRN. Scr., Vou. V, No. 1. W. Schultze and J. Castro, ad nat. del. 1910, PLATE 11I- RHYNCHOTA PHILIPPINENSIA, PART I. By W. L. DisTanr. (London and Norwood Junction, England.) When visiting London in 1908, Mr. Charles 8S. Banks, the Government Entomologist at Manila, brought a collection of Rhynchota for determina- tion. This collection contained the following apparently undescribed species, and three others. which have been described elsewhere, viz: Macropes philippinensis Dist., Rec. Ind. Mus. (1909) 3, 165, Pl. 11, fig. 7, a. (Lygeide ) Catara philippinensis Dist., loc. cit. 172, Pl. 11, fig. 12, a. (Fulgoride ) Rihana atra Dist., Entomologist (1909) 207. (Cicadide) There was also a number of species not enumerated in Stal’s “Hemip- tera Insularum Philippinarum,” but these will be included in a complete list of the known species when more material has accumulated. These Islands probably contain a very exclusive Rhynchotal fauna. Order RHYNCHOTA. Suborder HETEROPTERA. Family PENTATOMID A. CANTAO Amyot et Serville. Hém. (1843) 29. Type: C. ocellatws Thunb. Cantao intermedius sp. noy. Dull brownish ochraceous; basal area of head centrally continued along middle lobe, but not reaching apex, bluish black; pronotum usually with six small black spots arranged transversely in three pairs, of which those of the middle pair are usually closer together than the others; scutellum with eight black spots, two basal, two on each lateral area (one before, the other beyond middle) and two central (one near base, the other near apex); sternum and legs bluish black; lateral margins of sternum and abdomen beneath ochraceous; the latter with marginal and a double series of central bluish black spots; antenne black, second joint very slightly longer than first, third, fourth and fifth subequal in length; rostrum black and reaching the base of the third abdominal segment; pronotum : 57 58 DISTANT. thickly, finely punctate, except on anterior marginal area, the lateral margins nearly obliquely straight, the lateral angles broadly subacute and subprominent; scutellum thickly, finely punctate, except on basal area, with a central, longitu- dinal carination neither reaching base nor apex. Long. incl. tegm. 17-19 millimeters, Exp. pronot. angl. 9-9.5 milli- meters. Hab. Philippine Islands; Batan Island (R. C. McGregor collector). Separated from C. ocellatus Thunb., and allied to C. rufipes Dall., by the length of the rostrum. From C. rufipes it is to be distinguished by the more oblique and less sinuate lateral margins of the pronotum, the lateral angles of which are also much more obtuse; the scutellum is broader and somewhat shorter ; color different ; from both species it differs by having the posterior lateral spots to the scutellum transverse and not oblique. PEGALA Stal. Ofv. Vet-Ak. Férh. (1867) 522. Type: P. biguttula Hag]. Pegala clemense sp. nov. (Plate I, fig. 2.) Head, pronotum and secutellum pale ochraceous; head with the lateral margins and the anterior Jateral margins of the central lobe, black; pronotum with the posterior margin (broadly) and the margins of the lateral angles (narrowly) castaneous; scutellum with the basal half (in type) sordidly pale ochraceous; corium castaneous brown, with a pale ochraceous subcostal spot behind middle; membrane hyaline with a transverse pale fuscous fascia behind middle; body beneath and legs pale luteous, two black spots on each side of mesosternum and one on each side of metasternum, anal processes more or less castaneous; legs minutely spotted with piceous; first, second and third joints of antenne ochraceous with their apices piceous, fourth and fifth joints piceous, third joint longer than second, third, fourth and fifth almost subequal in length; pronotum sparsely, brownly punctate on central disk, the castaneous posterior margin more thickly punctate; scutellum sparsely punctate, on posterior area centrally longitudinally sulecate, an elongate marginal castaneous spot on each side beyond middle; corium thickly, coarsely punctate; rostrum about reaching the posterior coxe, its apex and the upper surface of second and third joints piceous; mesosternal laminate carination continued before the anterior margin of the prosternum; apex of scutellum obtusely angulate; posterior pronotal angles not prominent; posterior angles of the sixth abdominal segment spinously produced. Long. 9 millimeters, Exp. pronot. angl. 5.5 millimeters. Hab. Philippine Islands; Mindanao, Camp Keithley (Mrs. M. S. Clemens collector). Allied in general form and appearance to P. metaphea Walk., but pronotum and scutelluam much less punctate; corium paler with pale ochraceous subcostal spot, antennze with the first three joints pale, with their apices piceous ; rostrum shorter, ete. RHYNCHOTA PHILIPPINENSIA, PART I. 59 Family LYGAI1D A. PACHYGRONTHA Germar. Silo. Rev. Ent. (1837) 5, 152. Type: P. lineata Germ. Pachygrontha nigrolineata sp. noy. (Plate I, fig. 3.) Ochraceous, somewhat thickly, coarsely and darkly punctate; pronotum with the extreme lateral margins pale ochraceous and levigate preceded by a sub- marginal fascia formed by black punctures on each side; a longitudinal black fascia on each corium commencing near middle of clavus and continued on mem- brane to about one-fourth before apex where it is obliquely deflected to margin by a broken continuation; apical fourth of membrane exhibiting a central black longitudinal line probably a reflection from the abdomen beneath it and with two small piceous spots on apical margin, the membrane between the black longitudinal lines distinctly paler in color; head beneath and sternum brownish grey, thickly darkly punctate; abdomen beneath pale ochraceous, with a sublateral fascia on each side and a central fascia on the last two segments piceous brown; stigmatal spots black; legs ochraceous, somewhat thickly speckled with piceous, anterior femora, above, more prominently speckled with black; antenne with the first and second joints subequal in length, apex of first joint moderately thickened and piceous, third shorter than second, fourth mutilated in type; head, including eyes, about as broad as anterior margin of pronotum, anteriorly shortly, spinously produced on each side; pronotum scarcely or but little longer than broad at base, more thickly punctate on lateral areas than on middle area; scutellum with a central pale levigate line and a small pale spot near each basal angle; corium with the extreme lateral margin levigate, except on basal fourth where it is punctate; clavus longitudinally punctate; anterior femora somewhat strongly spined beneath, anterior tibie curved. Long. 12 millimeters. Hab. Philippine Islands; Manila (Charles S. Banks collector). Family TINGIDIDA. HORMISDAS gen. noy. Type: H. pictus sp. nov. Head with seven porrect spines of which three are apical, the central one eensiderably the longest, a shorter and more robust spine on each side between eyes and base of antenne and two long spines extending from base of head to about base of antenne; antenne long, distinctly pilose, first and second joints short, robust, second shorter than first and more globose, third slightly more than twice as long as fourth; rostrum reaching the intermediate cox; pronotum longer than broad, continuously tricarinate, the lateral margins ampliate, bi-areolate and longly, porrectly spined at the anterior angles; scutellum concealed; elytra elon- gate, concavely sinuate on costal margin beyond middle, the apex a little widened and rounded, discoidal area small, about as long as pronotum, subcostal area with a single series of areolets, costal area bi-areolate, the areolets and those on sutural area somewhat large and prominent; mesosternum with two longitudinal central ridges between which the rostrum is enclosed; legs slender. 60 DISTANT. This genus has a superficial resemblance to Hadus Dist., from South Africa, but its real affinity is with the Ceylonese genus Celantia Dist. Hormisdas pictus sp. noy. (Plate I, fig. 1, a, b.) Head, antenne and pronotum pale fuscous brown, the latter with the ampliated lateral margins hyaline, with the edges of the areolets pale brownish; elytra with the discoidal and sutural areas pale fuscous, the disks of the first and the margins of the latter piceous, the narrow subcostal area greyish brown and the costal area hyaline with the edges of the areolets pale brownish; body beneath piceous brown; legs pale greyish; structural characters as in generic diagnosis. Long. 3.5 millimeters. Hab. Philippine Islands; Manila (Charles S. Banks collector). Family HEBRIDA. MERRAGATA Buchanan White. Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. (1877) (4) 20, 113. Type: M. hebroides White. Merragata cruciata sp. nov. (Plate I, fig. 7.) Head, pronotum and scutellum black, somewhat palely, finely pilose; anterior margin of pronotum piceous brown; corium brownish ochraceous, the apical margin paler; membrane piceous, almost completely crossed each way by a large cruciform pale ochraceous fascia; body beneath black, legs, antenne and rostrum ochraceous; antenne five-jointed, first joint a little longer than second, third a little longer than either fourth or fifth, the latter (excluding base) a little darker in hue; pronotum with the posterior angles a little tuberculately prom- inent; seutellum with the apex broadly, angularly incised. Long 2.33 millimeters. Hab. Philippine Islands; Rizal, Montalban Gorge (Charles S. Banks collector). Family REDUVIID Ai. ACANTHASPIS Amyot et Serville. Hém. (1843) 336. Type: A. flavovaria Hahn. ACANTHASPIS DISTANTI*+ Banks. (Plate I, fig. 12.) Acanthaspis distanti Banks, This Journal, Sec. A (1909), 4, 584. Hab. Philippine Islands, Bohol (A. Celestino collector). Sibuyan Island (R. C. McGregor collector). 1 At the time of the receipt of this MS. from Mr. Distant, a paper of my own eentaining this species under a different name was in press, and so could not be changed. I was, however, able to have the name distanti substituted before the publication of my paper. (C. 8. BANKS.) RHYNCHOTA PHILIPPINENSIA, PART I. 61 SCADRA Stal. Ofv. Vet-Alc. Forh. (1859) 176 and 182. Type: S. lanwus Stal. Scadra illuminata sp. noy. ' Head, pronotum and sternum shining black; eyes testaceous; pronotum with the lateral margins of the posterior lobe and a central basal longitudinal spot pale ochraceous; scutellum black, the two spinous apical angulations connected with raised marginal carinse, pale ochraceous; hemelytra dull black, extreme base of clavus, costal margin of corium (not extending to apical angle), connexivum and abdomen beneath pale ochraceous, the latter with four transverse segmental spots on each lateral area and the anal segment, black; rostrum and intermediate legs (remaining legs mutilated in type) black; rostrum with the first joint about as long as remaining joints together; pronotum broadly centrally sulcate, the suleation not reaching the basal margin; scutellum with two apical spinous angulations. (Antenne mutilated.) Long. 12 millimeters. Hab. Philippine Islands; Negros Occidental, Maao (Charles S. Banks collector) . Allied to S. lanius Stal. ; PHEMIUS Stal. Ofv. Vet-Ak. Férh. (1859) 200. Type: P. tibialis Westw. Phemius minor sp. nov. (Plate I, fig. 9.) Uniformly black or piceous; tibiew and tarsi ochraceous, apices of the latter black; antennze ochraceous, bases and apices of the joints more or less black; rostrum reddish, basal joint black; anterior lobe of pronotum with two erect tubercles. Allied to P. tibialis Westw., but a smaller species with the connexivum much less and more angularly developed; apices of femora not ochraceous; basal joint of rostrum black, ete. Long. 6 and @ 21-29 millimeters. Hab. Philippime Islands; Benguet, Irisan River (R. C. McGregor collector). AGA gen. noy. Type: A. albomarginalis sp. noy. Body subelongate; head longer than the pronotum, the postocular area longer than the anteocular and behind eyes wider than the anteocular, moderately attenuated toward base; ocelli distinctly elevated; antenne about as long as the body (excluding membrane), first joint about as long as head and anterior lobe of pronotum; rostrum reaching the anterior cox, second joint longer than the first which extends to the eyes; pronotum distinctly, transversely constricted before middle, the anterior lobe convex and broadly, longitudinally suleate, pos- terior lobe moderately convex, centrally, foveately depressed, strongly, longitudi- nally impressed before the lateral angles, posterior lobe about twice as broad as anterior lobe; scutellum triangular, apex obtuse; membrane longly passing the 62 DISTANT. abdominal apex, about half as long again as corium; legs of moderate length, longly, strongly pilose, not nodulose, tibie as long as femora and cox together; abdomen with the fourth and fifth segments not dilated. Allied to Stachyomerus by the pilose legs, but differing in the absence of the femoral spines; the shorter and pilose legs, etc., separate it from Lamprosphodrus; from Pacilosphodrus it is to be distinguished by the longer head, ete. Aga albomarginalis sp. nov. (Plate I, fig. 5, a.) Head, anterior lobe of pronotum, rostrum, sternum and legs castaneous brown; posterior lobe of pronotum, scutellum, corium, membrane and abdomen beneath pale ochraceous; anterior margins of anterior and posterior. pronotal lobes, basal margin of scutellum connected with a transverse fascia crossing base of corium, and strong lateral suffusious to sternum tomentosely white; abdomen beneath finely, somewhat longly pilose; legs longly, coarsely pilose; structural characters as in generic diagnosis. Long. incl. membrane 13 millimeters, Exp. post. pronot. angl. 3 millimeters. Hab. Philippine Islands; Negros Occidental, Mailum, Bago (Charles S. Banks collector). PHORTICUS Stal. Rio Jan. Hem. (1858) 1, 69. Type: P. viduus Stal. Phorticus cardui sp. nov. (Plate I, fig. 4.) Above orange-red; head, a large quadrate spot at each basal angle of the pronotum, scutellum, two somewhat large rotundate spots to corium (one near apex of scutellum, the other near the posterior angle) and the membrane black; apex of seutellum and margins of membrane orange-yellow; body beneath orange- red; head beneath and a spot at each basal angle of the prosternum black; legs and antenne ochraceous; body and legs pilose; antenne with the first and second joints inerassate, first joint slightly passing apex of head, second longer than first, attenuate at base; pronotum obscurely, transversely impressed behind middle and near base, the lateral margins from this impression narrowed and rounded to head, and longly pilose; scutellum with a faint central longitudinal ridged line; connexivum exposed from about one-third from base; rostrum about reaching middle of mesosternum. Long. 6 millimeters. Hab. Philippine Islands; Manila (Charles S. Banks collector). NABIS Latreille. Gen. (1807) 3, 127 (part). Type: A. apterus Fabr. Nabis latreillei sp. nov. Head and anterior lobe of pronotum pale brownish ochraceous, posterior pro- notal lobe pale ochraceous; scutellum brownish ochraceous, with a spot on each side and the apex pale ochraceous; corium pale ochraceous, clayus, a broad irregular medial fascia just beyond apex of clayus and the apical angular area dark brownish ochraceous; membrane hyline, the basal angle and a transverse fascia near middle dark brownish ochraceous; body beneath, rostrum and legs RHYNCHOTA PHILIPPINENSIA, PART I. 63 ochraceous, apices of intermediate and posterior tibia more or less pale sanguin- eous; head with the ante- a little longer than the postocular area, the apex sub- acutely produced; antenne finely pilose, first joint shorter than second; rostrum with the first joint a little longer than second, third a little more than half the length of second, first joint shorter than first joint of antenne, pronotum with the anterior lobe centrally, longitudinally impressed, posterior lobe thickly, finely granulate, lateral margins finely, shortly pilose; membrane considerably passing the abdominal apex. Long. 9 millimeters. Hab. Philippine Islands; Rizal, Montalban Gorge (Charles S. Banks collector). Allied to NV. brevilineatus Scott, from Japan. Family CAPSIDA. DISPHINCTUS Stal. Ofv. Vet-Ak. Porh. (1870) 668. Type: D. falleni Stal. Disphinctus stali sp. nov. (Plate I, fig. 6.) Black, or piceous black; anterior collar to pronotum ochraceous; a central longitudinal fascia to posterior pronotal lobe (narrow anteriorly and broadened and ampliated at basal margin), scutellum and abdomen beneath stramineous, the latter with black suffusions, principally a spot on each side behind base and the greater part of the apical area; legs ochraceous, apices of anterior and inter- mediate femora and the whole of the tibixw pale castaneous brown, posterior legs black, posterior femora with a central pale ochraceous annulation, tarsi more or less piceous or black; antenn black, first joint ochraceous at base, second about five times as long as first, remaining joints mutilated in typical specimen; corium piceous black, the cuneus distinctly paler and more brownish, membrane brownish ochraceous. Long. 9 millimeters. Hab. Philippine Islands; Bataan, Lamao (H. Cuzner collector). Allied to D. sahlbergw Stal. Disphinctus philippinensis sp. noy. Above brownish ochraceous; head above, rostrum, pronotal collar, a central narrow longitudinal fascia and narrow posterior angular margins to posterior pronotal lobe, a lateral fascia on each side of scutellum, and cuneous pale ochra- ceous; a small, obscure, linear reddish spot on disk of corium; membrane obscure semihyaline, the basal area piceous; head beneath, sternum and legs, reddish ochraceous, abdomen beneath dull ochraceous; antenne with the first joint casta- neous, its base ochraceous, second joint black, nearly three times as long as first (remaining joint mutilated in typical specimen) ; connexivum projecting beyond posterior half of corium, ochraceous but more or less black inwardly. Inter- mediate and posterior legs mutilated in specimen described. Long. 8.5 millimeters. Hab. Philippine Islands; Rizal, Montalban Gorge (Charles S. Banks collector. Allied to D. reuteri Stal. 64 DISTANT. Suborder HOMOPTERA. Family FULGORIDA. SCAMANDRA Stal. Stett. Hnt. Zeit. (1863) 24, 232. Type: S. rosea Guér. Scamandra banksi sp. noy. (Plate I, fig. 8.) Head and pronotum olivaceous brown, eyes ochraceous; mesonotum castaneous ; abdomen above brownish, thickly covered with a white, waxy secretion; body beneath pale chocolate-brown, face and legs dark olivaceous brown; tegmina with a little less than basal half dark olivaceous, remaining area and the extreme base brownish testaceous, the basal olivaceous area with two transverse pale ochraceous fascie, the first obliquely directed inward, the second iregular and marking the boundary line of the olivaceous area, the brownish testaceous area containing a number of very obscure, slightly paler spots; wings brownish testaceous, the anal area suffused with a white, waxy secretion, posterior margin from anal margin to commencement of apical area, greyish white, veins and cross-veins on central area olivaceous or greyish, the basal half of upper half of wing olivaceous, outer margin of apical area pale brownish; tubercle at base of upper surface of posterior tibiz short, obtuse; pronotum and mesonotum more or less finely wrinkled, the first with an obscure fine longitudinal carinate line, the latter centrally, longi- tudinally suleate; face with two strong central carinations, the lateral margins also strongly carinate. Long. excl. tegm. 21 millimeters, Exp. tegm. 73 millimeters. Hab. Philippine Islands; Mindanao, Camp Keithley (Ms. I. S. Clemens collector). Allied to S. saturata Walk., and S. lydia Stal. NEODICTYOPHARA gen. nov. Type: N. nasuta sp. noy. General characters of Dictyophara. Head in type longly produced; face and clypeus centrally longitudinally carinate; rostrum reaching the intermediate cox; pronotum angularly emarginate at base, tricarinate; mesonotum tricarinate, the carinations united near anterior margin; femora shorter than tibiz, posterior tibia (in type) armed with about four spines, the one near base very short; tegmina about three times longer than broad, costal margin somewhat strongly arched at base, moderately narrowed at apex, costal area with transverse veins, subcostal area much broader, near base nearly twice as broad; from end of cell three longitudinal veins, the upper and lower apically bifurcated for about half their length; clavus without a transverse vein, apical area reticulate, preceded by a series of prominent transverse veins; wings of moderate size, the veins bifurcat- ing toward apical area and forming a series of irregularly sized and shaped apical cells. Neodictyophara nasuta sp. nov. (Plate I, fig. 11, a, 6.) - Head, pronotum, mesonotum, body beneath and legs virescent; abdomen above greyish white; tegmina virescent; wings greyish white; head in front of eyes RHYNCHOTA PHILIPPINENSIA, PART I. 65 about twice as long as pronotum and mesonotum together, somewhat strongly, upwardly recurved, its extreme apex subtruncate and piceous, the lateral margins above strongly ridged as are also the lateral margins of the face, central carination to face and clypeus sharply prominent; tegmina transversely veined in costal area, irregularly transversely wrinkled in subcostal area; other structural characters as in generic diagnosis. In the unique 9 type the genital apparatus above consists of two long parallel spinous appendages, the apices of which are piceous. Long. 2 excl. teem. 15 millimeters, Exp. tegm. 29 millimeters. — Hab. Philippine Islands; Manila (Charles S. Banks collector). SYRGIS Stal. Ofv. Vet-Ak. Férh. (1870) 758. Type: S. acutus Walk. SyRGIS acurus Walk. Issus acutus Walk., List Hom. (1851) 2, 369. Syrgis simplex Stal, (part) Ofv. Vet-Ak. Férh. (1870) 759. Syrgis acutus Melich. (part) Abh. K. K. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien. (1906) 308. SYRGIS SIMPLEX Walk. Issus simplez Walk., List Hom. Suppl. (1858) 92. Syrgis simplex Stal, (part) Ofy. Vet-Ak. Férh. (1870) 759. Syrgis acutus Melich. (part) Abh. K. K. Zool-Bot. Ges. Wien. (1906) 308. The above two species are quite distinct. In S. acutus the anteocular portion of the head is longer than the basal space between the eyes; in S. simplex the head only projects a little in front of the eyes and is only about one-third the length of the basal space between the eyes. Syrgis fasciatus sp. nov. (Plate I, fig. 10.) Fuscous brown; body beneath and legs a little darker; face castaneous brown, the base narrowly black and with two somewhat ill-defined transverse fascie (the first before and the second beyond middle), apical margin before clypeus and the posterior portions of lateral margins, pale ochraceous; tibie, tarsi and annulations to femora, piceous; sternum mottled with piceous; tegmina with three irregular transverse piceous fascie, the first basal, the second broad and at about middle, its costal half broad and sub-triangular and then continued to clavus by two narrow bifurcations, the third fascia narrow, continuous and subapical, apical margin spotted with piceous; vertex longer than in S. acuwtus Walk., the anteocular portion longer than the basal space between the eyes, vertex and pronotum strongly, centrally, longitudinally carinate; mesonotum more faintly tricarinate; face strongly, centrally, longitudinally carinate. Long. 7 millimeters. Hab. Philippine Islands; Manila (Charles S. Banks collector). Allied to S. acutus Walk., from which it differs by the longer and more produced vertex and the fasciated face and tegmina. 945245 66 DISTANT. MINDURA Stal. Rio Jan. Hem. (1862) 2, 69. Type: WM. alligata Walk. MINDURA ALLIGATA Walk. Mogodina alligata Walk., Journ. Linn. Soe. Lond., Zool. (1868) 10, 170. Mindura subfasciata Stal, Ofv. Vet-Ak. Forh. (1870) 770; Melich. Mon. Ricaniid. (1898) 302. Melicher has given Stal’s name priority, but he has given 1870 instead of 1868 as the date of Walker’s description. Hyres ls, 2. Hew 1 ee a) ILLUSTRATIONS. PLATE I. a, b. Hormisdas pictus Dist., gen. et sp. nov. Pegala clemense Dist., sp. nov. . Pachygrontha nigrolineata Dist., sp. nov. . Phorticus cardui Dist., sp. noy. a, Aga albomarginalis Dist., gen. et sp. noy. Disphinctus stali Dist., sp. nov. . Merragata cruciata Dist., sp. nov. . Secamandra banksi Dist., sp. nov. . Phemius minor Dist., sp. noy. . Syrgis fasciatus Dist., sp. nov. a, b. Neodictyophara nasuta Dist., gen. et sp. nov. . Acanthaspis distanti Banks. 67 bt Uae j Phen i 4 ates aay : ij es : Vink, pe wn, ACTA, iol \ ; x ‘ Pi titel say (Oe) a ray 7 ‘ he Hi : ies ‘ t 6 4 ¥ ’ i 4 Scr, Vou. V, No. 1. JOURN. RHYNCHOTA PHILIPPINENSIA, PART I.] [PHin. DISTANT : ad nat. del. 1909. Knight, H, PLATE ON THE MYRMECOPHILY OF CATERPILLARS OF CATO- CHRYSOPS CNEJUS FABR. By H. VIEHMEYER. (Dresden, Germany.) [Translated and edited by Charles S. Banks.] In a collection of larve of Lycenide received from Mr. W. Schultze, of the Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I., I have noted, among other interesting forms, the species designated in the title of this paper. The larvee belong to those species which bear a symbiotic relationship to ants. De Nicéville* thus designates them and in doing so says, “Hxtensile organs on the twelfth segment small.” He mentions Cam- ponotus rubripes Drury, subspecies compressus Fabr. (det. Forel.) as visiting ants. In the same work he gives the following notes by Green, of Ceylon: “Both species (Larucus theophrastus Fabr. and Catochrysops cnejus Fabr.) have the power of emitting some agreeable odor or juice from the small movable horns situated on the upper side near the tail. These horns are capable of being projected and retracted at pleasure.” What De Nicéville here says regarding the peculiar organs of the larve of C. cnejus is very incomplete and is therefore liable to give a false impression. The ant-attracting organs of the lycenid larve were first fully described and figured by Brants* (1865) and Gueneé* (1867), ap- parently independently of each other. According to them, these larve possess two distinct organs: The first on the dorsal surface of the third from the last abdominal segment (the eleventh body-segment, including the head), on the median line and near the posterior margin of the segment having the form of a straight sulcus surrounded by two swellings or lips; upon the penultimate (twelfth body-segment) toward the outer half and behind the last pair of stigmata is another pair of eversible (eyaginating) and inyersible (invaginating) cylinders, the upper edges 1The Butterflies of India, Burmah and Ceylon (1890), 3, 17. ? Sepp. Jan. Christian, Nederlandsche Insekten (1870), (2) pt. 2, 59, pl. 13. *D’un Organe particulier que présente une chenille de Lycena. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (1867), (4) 7, 665-668, pl. 13, figs. 9-12. 69 70 VIEHMEYER. of which are provided with a crown of short, hair-like bristles. Edwards * discovered on the caterpillars of Lycana pseudargiolus Boisd., that the slit-like pores gave forth a drop of liquid which was quickly licked up by the ants and positively carried off and that the tubes upon the twelfth segment neither voided a drop of liquid nor did the ants pay any atten- tion to them. In spite of the exceedingly clear and detailed description and differen- tiation of the organs as given by Edwards, later observers have repeatedly put forth the assertion that only one of the two pairs is functional or that the ants lick the evaginating tubes. Both these latter statements are certainly false in so far as they apply to the larvee before the second moult. Moreover, the caterpillars of C. cnejus show clearly the fluid- producing pore upon the third from the last segment, if De Nicéville does not err. I do not doubt but that when more careful research is made the pore will be found upon all larve in which De Nicéyille has indicated only tubes. For C. pandava Horsf. and Polyommatus beticus Linn., at least, I am able to demonstrate both organs. Apparently the only exception seems to be Curetis thetis Dru., but according to De Nicéville they appear not to be yisited by ants, and their tubes are to be differentiated from those of the myrmecophilous lyceenid caterpillars as well by their form as by their habits. It is therefore equally as possible that we have to deal in this case with a substantially different organ. The more important of the two organs are the secreting pores, for they furnish the attraction for the ants; but what the relationship of the tubes is appears still uncertain. One might consider them as de- fensive weapons or at least as the rudiments of such, as signal tubes, or as scent organs for attracting the ants. A partial explanation of their relationship is given by the earlier stages of the caterpillars of C. cnejus. It should be noted that the development of both organs is not symmetrical, but that they are drawn toward each other. Edwards appears to have studied the earlier stages of these caterpillars in order to determine the existence of the myrmecophilous organs. He says, “The outward openings (the tubes) and the orifice in [segment] 11 are visible in the youngest larval stages, but till near maturity the larva has no use for the tubes and can not emit the secretion.” In the caterpillars of C. cnejus the relationship is different. At the time of leaving the egg it possesses neither pore nor tubes. After the first moult the pore appears; after the second, the tubes. This agrees perfectly with the observations of Scudder ° on the caterpillars of Hveres *On the Larve of Lycena Pseudargiolus and Attendant Ants. Oan. Hnt. (1878), 10, 131-136. °The Butterflies of the Eastern United States and Canada. (1882), 2, 914 and 959. MYRMECOPHILY OF CATERPILLARS. 71 comyntas Godt. He disposes of the question of the presence of evaginat- ing tubes, or “caruncles” as he calls them in parentheses, by, “First noticed in the third stage.” Indeed, of the caterpillars of the genus Rusticus Hiibn., he then says, “A transverse slit in the middle of the dorsum of the seventh abdominal segment appears in the third stage, but appar- ently the caruncles of the eighth segment do not appear until the fourth stage.” From the extraordinary similarity of the caterpillars and the almost perfect similarity of structure of the myrmecophilous organs, I do not believe that such a striking difference could exist, but rather think that an error les therein. Another question here arises, and that is as to whether the organs, as Edwards questioned, are really functional in the earlier stages of the caterpillar’s existence. I have recently noticed that Gillmer ° also affirms that in caterpillars of Lycena argyrognomon Bergstr., the pore is developed first in the second stage and the tubes first in the third stage. It is then certain that the earlier statements concerning this are not exact. Finally, the first stages of the caterpillar of C. cnejws must be con- sidered from another standpoint. Thomann‘ has made certain careful studies upon the integument of the caterpillars of myrmecophilous Lyce- nide. He found that the skin is covered with “star-shaped warts so exceedingly small that they can not be seen by the naked eye and that from their centers grows a single minute bristle with, usually, a tuft of fine hairs at its tip.” He sees in these growths possible organs of touch, which may serve to notify the caterpillars of the return of the ants. This view appears to be reasonable, especially as in the region of the myrmecophilous organs there is usually to be found an accumulation of these tufted hairs. In the young caterpillars of C. cnejus there are three interesting facts to be noted: That the tufted hairs appear after the first moult simultaneously with the opening of the pore; in this stage they remain proportionately sparse and appear especially around the pore, but not in masses; after the second moult, they show in the same numbers and with the same arrangement as in the fully developed larve. The ant which visits this caterpillar is Polyrhachis dives Smith (det. Forel.) Green’s supposition that the pupation of the caterpillar takes place in the ant’s nest appears to be without foundation. The appearance of caterpillars of Lycenide in ants’ nests seems to me, at least for the European species, to be more or less accidental and then only if the ants’ nests are upon the ground in the immediate vicinity of the food plant of the caterpillar. ‘Win literarischer Beitrag zur Grosschmetterlingsfauna von Liibeck.. Arch. d. Ver. d. Naturgesch. in Meck. (1907), 61. 7 Schmetterlinge und Ameisen. (1901). 2 VIEHMEYER. LIST OF THE MYRMECOPHILOUS LYCH NIDA OF THE INDO-AUSTRALIAN REGION. Gerydus symethus Cramer. Catochrysops cnejus Fabr. Cyaniris puspa Horsf. Tarucus theophrastus Fabr. Lycena astrarche Bergstr. Castalius ananda deNicéy. Lycena icarus Rotb. | Polyommatus beeticus Linn, Lycena hylas W. V. | Liphyra brassolis Westw.* Zizera lysimon Hiibn. Hypolycena phorbas Fabr. Azanus ubaldus Cram. | Arhopala meander Boisd. Chilades laius Cram. | Aphneus vulecanus Fabr. Chilades trochilus Freyer. | Rapala schistacea Moore. Lyeenesthes emolus Godart. | Ogyris genoveva Hewits. Lampides celeno Cram. (xlianus Fabr.) | Jalmenus evagoras Don. Catochrysops pandaya Horsf. | Jalmenus ictinus Hewits. ‘ Doubtfully myrmecophilous, at least in the sense here indicated. A MYRMECOPHILOUS LYCANID CHRYSALIS FROM THE PHILIPPINES. By H. VIEHMEYER. (Dresden, Germany.) [Translated by W. Schultze.] At the beginning of the year 1908, Mr. W. Schultze, of Manila, sent me a yery interesting lepidopterous chrysalis, together with some ants, for which I here wish to express by thanks. Concerning the locality the following information is taken from his letter: “One of my friends (Mr. H. M. Curran) had a large, old tree in Santa Maria, Laguna Province, cut down in order to obtain certain epiphytic plants. As the tree lay on the ground, he observed that ants had built an earthen nest among the roots of one of the epiphytes, and that the nest had been broken by the fall of the tree. His interest was further aroused when he noticed that the furious ants had grouped themselves around certain objects within special cells fastened to the bark of the tree as if to defend these objects.His astonishment was great when he found that the immovable objects were lepidopterous chrysalids. He counted about sixteen specimens. In using a forceps for their extraction from the nest he crushed three, after which he succeeded in loosening six more with his hands. These he placed in a glass bottle and brought them, four days later, to the laboratory.” So much for the facts. Unfortunately, no butterflies emerged from the chrysalids, although they were in an advanced stage of development. We are in all probability dealing with a species of the genus Arhopala. The ants were Camponotus quadrisectus Smith (det. Forel). First of all, so far as the particular nest design of Camponotus is concerned, one is strikingly reminded of the hanging nests or “ant gardens” which HE. Ule observed in the Amazon region.t In our case, what he says about Camponotus femoratus Fabr., would appear to best apply to the question namely :* “The nests of these ants are often built high up in the trees, though they are found just as abundant in shrubs more or less close to the ground. The primary + Ameisengiirten im Amazonengebiet. In Hngler’s bot. Jahrb. (1902), 30, No. 68, 45-52. * Blumengiirten der Ameisen am Amazonenstrome. In Karsten u. Schenck, Vegetationsbilder, 3te Reihe, Heft I, Taf. 1-6. 73 74 VIEHMEYER. foundations of these nests consist for the most part of very small, irregular accumulations of earth. The whole structure rarely attains the size of a man’s head and is surrounded by a somewhat thin, earthy, crust-like cover. Inside it consists of numerous irregular chambers having no particular design. Plants soon begin to grow over the entire surface of the nest from seeds previously carried in by the ants. Some of these plants attain a considerable size. Still more earth is now carried in by the ants so that the plants do not lack material for nutrition and can develop into enormous clusters. Since in this manner the ants often cultivate flowering plants, their nests may be called ‘flower gardens of ants’ in analogy with M@éller’s ‘fungus gardens.’ As these plants, thus bred by the ants, are, by reason of their care, able to live in the air in the same manner as epiphytes ou other plants, I shall call them ‘ant-epiphytes.’ ” In this comparison too much importance should not be attributed to the fact that the plant was probably a true epiphyte and received no direct benefit from the accumulation of earth by the ants. The relationship between the plants and the ants here existing is not symbiotic in the strictest sense, because it directly benefits only the ants, in that the interlacing of the plant roots increases the stability of the nests. The benefit which the plants receive from this relationship is a very equivocal and incidental one. As a rule, one does not speak of benefit, but rather of injury, so long at least as it is not proved that the ants make selections among plant species. It is therefore not difficult to imagine similar conditions in the case of Camponotus quadrisectus Smith; on the other hand, it is also easily possible that the ants take possession of the in- terlacing roots simply as a suitable place for their nest. I simply wish to indicate here the probability of the first-mentioned association, in order to call attention to these relations, further observations upon the construction of the nests of C. quadrisectus being needed in order to show which of the two possibilities applies to the case in question. The relation of the ants to the lycenid chrysalids is, however, clearer and more interesting. The pupa sent to me is about 17 millimeters long and shows the closest similarity to the dominant forms in the genus Arhopala. The abdominal extremity is developed into a large cupule or pulvillus-like depression, presumably similar to that of many of its closely related allies, at present unknown, and by means of which it was fastened to the bark of the tree within the ants’ nest. Dorsally, on the seventh abdominal segment, exactly in the place where the myrmecophi- lous lycenid larve have the opening of the secretary gland, there is situated an oval, chitinous, crater-shaped cavity 1.3 millimeter in length and 0.7 millimeter in width. Its edges consist of strong, dark-colored chitin and project.considerably above the surrounding surface. Inside the oval zone the chitin is much thinner and readily distinguishable by its yellowish color, though especially so when viewed by transmitted light. When the butterfly is withdrawn from the skin of the pupa, one notices plainly that a fine transverse incision is present between two chitinous lamelle, which extend into the crater from the cephalic and MYRMECOPHILOUS LYCAZNID CHRYSALIS. ; 75 caudal borders, respectively. A direct connection is thus indicated as existing between the interior of the body of the pupa and the chitinous crater. Tt is a great pity that the pupa sent to me was not suitable for sectioning. Frém the striking size of the chitinous crater and the con- nection with the inside of the pupa, we may conclude with comparative safety that secretory glands are also present. ‘This pupa must therefore be considered myrmecophilous, and certainly, as such, of a species which actually supplies the ants with some kind of secretion. It is an ascer- tained fact that the pup of myrmecophilous Lycenidz are often found in ant nests. So far as all the palearctic species are concerned, the presence of lepidopterous pupe in colonies of ants is not usual, but more or less accidental. At the time of pupation, when the caterpillars leave the food plant, they very often wander into the immediate vicinity or even into the nests of ants which frequently have their colonies located at the roots of the plant. ‘That the pup are permitted in the nests of ants is easy to understand on the basis of the symbiotic relationship existing between the caterpillar and the ants. The ants experience the trans- formation of the caterpillar into the pupa in their very midst, as it were. Very probably their toleration of the pupa is enhanced by the existence of some pleasantly scented substance, secreted by glandular cells situated in its epidermis; at least the action of the ants seems to point in that direction. In none of the lycenid pupe hitherto known to me is the reason for this tolerance to be sought in the presentation of some kind of gift by the pupa to the ants, because all pups of this family so far known are without a secretory organ. Fies. 1, 2, 3.—LATERAL, VENTRAL AND DORSAL ASPECTS. Fie. 4.—MYRMECOPHILOUS ORGAN. 76 VIEHMBEYER. The possession of the organ used in serving the symbiotic relationshin appears very strange, in view of the profound histolytic and histogenetic processes during the pupal stage. One might be induced to con- sider the organ as rudimentary, im a manner similar to the abdominal feet of some caterpillars, indications of which are still visible upon the pupa. A comparison of pupa and caterpillar should then show the de- velopment of the secretory organ in the former to be much less than in the latter. The caterpillar producing this pupa is still unknown. A short time ago I received from India caterpillars and pupe of Arhopal amantes Hewits., which show similar relationship when compared from this point of view. ‘The pup of this latter species are larger than thas under discussion and have also a myrmecophilous organ, though not nearly as well developed. In a comparison between pupa and caterpillar of A. amantes, with reference to their myrmecophilous organ it becomes apparent that externally they are exactly alike. As the pupa from the Philippines is much smaller than that from India, though haying a much larger and more strongly developed chitinous crater, it can not possibly be assumed that this organ is rudimentary, but it must be considered as being completely functional. This would therefore indicate that the living together of this pupa and the ants is no longer accidental, but has become an obligatory relationship. - The myrmecophilous lyczenid caterpillars, as 1s well known, have, besides the glands for producing honeydew, another organ which has a relation to the symbiosis. On the eighth or penultimate abdominal segment there are two tubes provided with a bristly rim which can be drawn in or extruded like a pair of snail tentacles. In all: probability these two epidermal tubes strengthen the symbiosis by attracting ants through the secretion of a scent substance. By no means do the tubes produce any kind of liquid secretion. It is therefore very worthy of note that the tubes in the pupa from the Philippines are entirely rudimentary. They appear only as a pair of slight depressions in the chitin. In con- cluding that the epidermal tubes are scent organs for attracting ants, it is at once apparent why the tubes and not the secretory organs have become rudimentary in the pupal stage. The attracting of the ants and, therewith, the functioning of the organs serving that purpose, naturally become unnecessary in the ant nest, while the organs which serve in the real symbiosis retain their significance and utility. To sum up: We have here undoubtedly the peculiar spectacle of a lepidopterous pupa acting as a food puryeyor to ants, as it gives them, from a chitinous crater, the secretion of two glands (in analogy with the caterpillars) at least during the first part of the pupal stage. This singular occurrence induced me first of all again to make a thorough investigation of all lycenid pupz obtainable. But on none could I discover myrmecophilous organs, and the symbiosis of the Phil- MYRMECOPHILOUS LYCA2NID CHRYSALIS. aa ippime pupe with C. quadrisectus would therefore haye become a very interesting but doubtful case had I not received the aforementioned material from Mr. T. R. Bell, of Karwar, India. The pupe of A. amantes represent, so to speak, the missing lnk between those lycwnid pupe which are simply permitted to remain, or are more or less accidentally found, in ant nests and those which we may legitimately assign as dwell- ing in ant colonies. It would be very interesting to search further for the reciprocal relation- ship of the symbionts on the spot, chiefly to find out if the butterflies when emerging are not possibly in need of assistance from the ants, as well as to verify the secretion by actual observation. In this wise it would be easier to understand the symbiotic relationship than if the reten- tion of the honeydew glands were credited merely to their use in repaying the ants for the protection afforded the pupe. For the latter reason no secretory organs such as are demonstrable in many examples, would be needed. As Thomann has demonstrated, the pupe of palearctic Lycenide do not need the help of the ants. This I have been able also to verify on a number of species. ‘ ap arred | ee o i i ny ¢ r ie ubeer i eg 4, th : THE POLYSCOPIC CELL. A NEW MICROSCOPICAL ACCESSORY. By CHarzes 8. BANKS. (Prom the Entomological Section, Biological Laboratory, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I.) For many years I haye found myself handicapped in the study of the anatomy of microscopic animals, especially insects, by having no means whereby parts might be mounted either temporarily or permanently in such manner as to obviate their distortion and at the same time to enable the observer to view them from all sides. Those who have had to study mouth parts, thoracic sclerites and genitalia of minute Coleoptera, Hy- menoptera, Lepidoptera and Diptera, will appreciate what I mean when I say that it is next to impossible to get, for example, the proper relation- ships of the parts of male genitalia in Culicidae in preparations mounted according to the ordinary modus operandi. One needs but to take up any of the more recent publications dealing with mosquitoes in which photomicrographs of the genitalia appear, to be struck immediately by the very unsatisfactory appearance of most of these, owing to displacement of parts, due to pressure of the cover glass in making the preparations. Furthermore, everyone who has observed the genitalia in living mos- quitoes and those recently dead knows that the parts lie in many planes and that no satisfactory idea of their relationships can be secured from a slide which gives only a ventral or a dorsal aspect. It is true that by using a “built-up” cell, this distortion of parts may, to a certain extent, be overcome, but at best it is exceedingly difficult so to mount one of these preparations by ordinary methods as to get a lateral view; and then, if one should succeed in thus mounting the specimen, he must either prepare a second mount showing the dorsal surface and a third one showing the ventral surface, or else reverse the slide, which is not always feasible because of its thickness or of the position of the cover glass. After haying tried every one of the classical cells, as well as numerous others devised by myself, I have at last, I believe, secured a cell- which will prove useful not only to the entomologist but likewise to the general biologist. 79 80 BANKS. As the name would suggest, this cell enables the worker to observe all sides of an object parallel to its longitudinal axis, provided this cor- responds with the longitudinal axis of the cell itself. For example, in a preparation of the male genitalia of any species of mosquito, if the last three abdominal segments be mounted in this cell, one may obtain both lateral, ventral and dorsal aspects. The only aspect not possible would be the caudal, and this, for anatomical purposes, is quite unnecessary, as all essential features are demonstrable in the other four. The polyscopic cell, which is really nothing more than a section of glass tubing of small caliber, is made by grinding it to the form of a square prism instead of a cylinder. This, as I shall describe in detail, is easily accomplished in any institution having a rock grinding ap- paratus; and three or four dozen of these cells can be prepared in a day by the plan which I have adopted. METHOD OF PREPARATION. Lengths of glass tubing of small diameter, say 4 to 6 millimeters, and of the required caliber, are cut up into pieces of the desired length, usually 15 to 20 millimeters. It would be better to keep pieces cut from the same tubing together, as these are most likely to have the same caliber and the cells will be kept uniform in this way. Nine to a dozen of these short tubes are fastened to a small plate of glass such as is used in grinding rock specimens. The best preparation for cementing to the glass is a mixture composed of 20 parts of white shellac and 7 parts Canada balsam. This, in the form of a pencil, is applied to the glass plate held over the gas flame, until a sufficient quantity has melted upon the plate. The short tubes. are then placed close together and pressed down upon the plate so that they will all be parallel. (See Plate I, fig. 2.) The cement having become hard, the tubes are ground down upon the steel wheel of a rock-grinding machine, the operator employing first coarse emery and then finer until their surfaces have become worn to the desired degree and have the velvety appearance of ground glass. A still finer polish may be obtained by next grinding for a short time on a plate glass with pumice and water. (See Plate I, fig. 3.) The next step is to dry the plate and gently heat it until the tubes become loose enough for removal. The entire mass of adherent tubes may be slipped off, turned completely over, pressed firmly to the glass plate to remove air bubbles and, after cooling, the operation of grinding the faces on the opposite side begun. (Plate I, fig. 4.) This being completed, the tubes are now removed as before, set up on edge so that their plane faces are contiguous, recemented to the plate and the third face ground. (Plate I, fig. 5.) For the fourth face, the mass may be slipped off entire and turned over, the same precautions being taken to press the mass flat to the plate. (Plate I, fig. 6.) The finished cells will then appear as in Plate I, fig. 7. g : The cells may now be removed from the plate and, after cleaning off the cement, they are ready for use. They may, however, be polished even more finely if it is so desired, to remove the ground surface and render them perfectly transparent like ordinary glass slides; but this is not absolutely necessary, for THE POLYSCOPIG CELL. 81 the following reasons: After mounting the specimen, the only thing necessary when it is desired to study it under the microscope is to place a drop of immersion oil on the top of the cell and press over it a tiny piece of cover glass. This causes a perfect transparence of the top of the cell and makes the inclosed specimen visible. The only special advantage of having the cell polished is to enable one to determine quickly the position of the specimen within. An advantage of leaving the cell with ground sides is that the number and name of the specimen may be written easily upon the surface with India ink. METHOD OF USE. The slide once made (Plate I, fig. 8), the method of preparing and mounting the specimen is a very simple one. Having passed it through all the fluids to the xylene, the portion of the insect which it is desired to preserve is dissected away and placed in the tube of the cell which has previously been filled with Canada balsam dissolved in xylene. The specimen, which should be just large enough to slip into the tube readily, is pushed in by means of a pin or other suitable instrument and the ends of the tube sealed with slide cement of the kind generally used by the worker. : Sometimes it may occur that the specimen is slightly smaller than the caliber of the tube and, in order to hold it in a fixed position therein, recourse may be had to a bent bristle which is pushed in until it comes in contact with the specimen. (Plate I, fig. 9.) A tiny piece of filter paper or other convenient substance will serve the same purpose, as shown in the figure indicated. Cells of the kind described here may he stored as easily as ordinary microscopical slides by either placing them in a drawer with compart- ments numbered to correspond with their numbers or else in small en- velopes. Where slide cabinets with compartments of sufficient depth are available, an excellent plan is to fasten each cell to an ordinary shde by means of a minute drop of balsam which, while retaining it in place for storage, may be dissolved easily when it is necessary to work with the specimen. a CELL HOLDER. When using the preparation for study, the cell may be held in place upon a special holder which I have devised for this purpose. It consists of an aluminium plate 25 by 75 millimeters, having an opening 10 by 30 millimeters, in which a small glass slide may rest upon a flange and upon which the cell may be placed and clamped as shown on Plate II, figs. 1 and 2. This piece of apparatus is not necessary if one has slide clips on his microscope long enough to rest upon the ends of the cell, and thus retain it in position for work with the camera lucida or in making photomicrographs. 945246 82 BANKS. USES OF THE CELL. This cell will be found useful not only for minute insects and parts of insects, but it can also be employed to great advantage in the study of Crustacea, Arachnida, Infusoria, Rhizopoda, Vermes, ete. In reality, there is no minimum limit to the size of the cell provided one can obtain glass tubes of small bore. I have cells which have a caliber of less than’ 0.45 millimeter, and an outside diameter of less than 1 millimeter, thus obtaining a distance of less than 0.625 millimeter between the lower surface of the “Zeiss DD” lens and the floor of the cell tube. The distance between the upper surface of an object lyimg in a cell of this size and the lens would be small enough to make it possible to examine the object with ease, using a high-power lens. However, it must be borne in mind that the greater utility of ie cell will be in connection with lower power lenses and the camera lucida or the photomicrographic apparatus, and that it serves primarily as a means of preserving parts undistorted by pressure, such as is inevitable in the ordinary technique of flat slide and cover glass, and enables the worker to see successively four sides of the specimen. ILLUSTRATIONS. PLATE I. Fic. 1. Glass cell cemented to plate and ready for grinding. Fies. 2-7. Successive positions in grinding a number of the polyscopic cells. Fie. 8. The finished polyscopic cell ready for the specimen. 9. The cell with specimen mounted showing means of holding the object in place therein; ready for microscopical examination. Prate II. Fies. 1 and 2. Slide devised by the author for holding the cell when microscope is inclined. Fie. 3. Photomicrograph of ¢ genitalia of Culex fatigans Wied., mounted in polyscopie cell, using Zeiss AA objective and No. 3 ocular. 4. Lateral view of same mount, the cell having been given a quarter turn. 83 Bag 8 ‘ Ae 2 cs ac la Sn “Otiania i ~ esi at : fei ys wa! . : i Sah anit r et ani = + aft ‘ BANKS: THE POLYSCOPIC CELL. ] (PHI. Journ. Scr., Vou. V, No. 1. . LEGIT Ze a BANKS: THE POLYSCOPIC CELL.] [Prin. JourRN. ScrI., Vou. V, No. 1. | am Sls Gn: PLATE Il. EDITORIAL. AN INTERESTING OCCURRENCE WITH STICKY GRASS: ERAGROSTIS VISCOSA TRIN. While sitting on the veranda at my home several days ago, my atten- tion was attracted by the pitiful wailing peep of a small chicken. I thought at first that it was simply lost and was crying for its mother, but as the wail continued unremittingly for about half an hour, I sent * my boy out to find the chick. He returned in a moment bringing a two- day old chicken, still peeping. Upon glancing at it I discovered that three flower stalks of sticky grass were firmly attached to its neck, and two more were twisted in the downy feathers under one wing, the boy in releasing the chick having pulled up the grass. It required considerable manipulation to disentangle the down of the chick from the grass, but it is quite certain that it could never have _ freed itself had not help come as it did. In running along, the chick had evidently become enmeshed by a couple of the grass stalks and then, in its efforts to get free, had inyolved itself to a more serious extent. An examination of the grass shows that when it is in flower and fruit there exudes from a series of longitudinal pores, beginning from 5 to 10 millimeters below the panicle and extending downward for 10 to 15 milli- meters, a viscid substance of great tenacity. This substance serves the plant primarily for protection against ants and other insects which might climb the stall and damage or remove the flowers or unripe seeds. As Hragrostis viscosa Trin. is very widely distributed in the Philippines as well as in other parts of the Tropics, the possibility of its doing greater damage than would have occurred in this single instance makes its eradica- tion, especially in chicken yards or in other places to which young chickens have access, a problem worthy of consideration. Caries §S. BANKs. 85 86 . BDITORIAL. A METHOD OF USING MAGNESIUM SULPHATE FOR THE ANAZSTHETIZATION OF MARINE ANIMALS. While on a collecting trip in the Philippine Islands this spring, I used a method of anewsthetizing marine forms with magnesium sulphate which proved yery successful. The method may not be new to many workers, certainly the principle is not. Since I do not know of any zoologist who uses magnesium sulphate in just this way, I venture to publish the method and hope some one else may find it useful. Success in using magnesium sulphate lies in securing its quick diffusion through the water in sufficient quantity, without causing any mechanical disturb- ance of the animals to be anesthetized. If a heap of crystals of the salt is placed on the bottom at one side of a dish of water, solution and diffusion are very slow, and attempts to hasten these processes are apt to result in the contraction of sensitive forms. Some workers have made a large quantity of a saturated solution of the salt, which was then led through a tube to the surface of the dish in which were the animals to be stupefied. I believe this method gives good results; but it is a difficult one to use in ordinary field collecting, where room and apparatus are limited. The forms on which I have been working this year have been mostly corals, aleyonaria, and gorgonians, with some hydroids and worms. Most of these are quite sensitive. Many of the gorgonians are very slow to expand after they are brought in, and are extremely ready to contract at any time; and I have failed completely in securing well-expanded specimens by the first method mentioned. The method which I have used successfully is as follows: A considerable quantity of the magnesium sulphate, say 50 to 250 grams, is tied in a piece of cheese cloth and hung over a dish of water so that the bottom of the bag barely dips into the water. It does not seem to matter whether the bag is directly over or to one side of the specimen to be anesthetized. Streams of the sulphate solution can be seen descending at once through the water in the dish. Even extremely sensitive zodids do not seem to be disturbed by the streams of the salt solution. I have sometimes used two bags of the sulphate when a considerable number of specimens were in one large dish. In order to preserve some of the larger specimens, I have anesthetized them in dishes holding 6 gallons of water. Anesthesia of some of the alcyonaria can be completed in fifteen minutes, and of most gorgonians in half an hour. On this same trip I used successfully A. G. Mayer’s method of anaes- thetizing medusx by carbon dioxide. The charged water is also helpful in the case of some alcyonarians and gorgonians, although it must be used in conjunction with magnesium sulphate. ‘To other related forms the carbon dioxide is an irritant. LAWRENCE H. GRIFFIN. Order No. 401, THE BONTOC IGOROT. By A. EH. JENKs. 110 pages. 3 maps. 154 photographic plates. 9 figures. An interesting study; the result of almost a year’s residence among the Bontoc Igorots. Price $1 United States currency. ' Order No. 402. THE NEGRITOS OF ZAMBALES, By Wittiam. ALLEN REED. 90 pages. 60 full-page photographic plates. 2 maps. 2 figures. A valuable ethnological study of the pigmy blacks of Zambales. Price $0.25 United States currency, paper; $0.75 United States currency, half morocco. : N ‘ Order No. 403. THE NABALOI DIALECT. By Orto Sate TOGETHER WITH THE BATAKS OF PALAWAN. By Epwarp Y. Minter. 199 pages. 1 map. 28 full-page photographic plates. 6 figures. The result of research work among this interesting tribe of primitive people. Price $0.25 United States currency, paper; $0.75 United States currency, half morocco. Any of the above-mentioned publications may be ordered from the Business Manager, Philippine Journal of Science, Manila, P. I., or from any of the agents listed on the cover of this Journal. be $2 United States currency. <7 pe Beginning with 1911, the price of the entire Journal will be inéreased to 7 ~ | currency. eecaE D will ePpeey as. often as material ‘is ayaneulens a amas Salk t Ree; BEAN, ROBERT BENNETT. III. Filipino. Types: Racial aes. in Taye ges ie Women eee re _Cneius F pone Ae Se Dh ONAL kn ese a _\-eurrency per year. tei Section B, Medical Sciences, a United States currency per "year: Section C, Botany, $2 United States currency per year, Section D, Ethnology, a and General Biology, $2 United State '_-Teney per year. j The entire “J ournal,”’ $5 United States currenoy for Volumes II, 1H, 1Y, and v. ; after, $7 United States currency per year. ; ; Authors receive 100 copies of their papers free. _ A Subscriptions should be sent to the Business Manager, Philippine Journal ts Soience, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I., or to ads of the peers listed below. _ Please gi order Sy number. : See Geen of Science: Manis, Ps We at ‘the foll rates: Volume I, 1906 (not divided into sections), $10 Un States currency; Supplement to Volume I, $3.50 United Sta currency; Volume I (without supplement), $6.50 United S: ee - currency; all later volumes at current subscription prices. « ANTHROPOLOGY, AND GENERAL | Bionoey ETHNOLOGY, i ‘BUREAU OF PRINTING 1910) SPF ‘lie Ontkr No, 408, STUDIES IN MORO HISTORY, LAW, AND RELIGION. By NasEEs M. SALEEBY. 107 Beets 16 illustrations. 5 deans: A treatise on the history and customs of the Moro: Beapieh Price $0.25, United States currency, ‘postpaid. aU Order No. 208, , THE HISTORY OF SULU. By Naszees M. SAupesy. 275 pages. : i A A complet History of the Mors pane in Sulu, with maps and many translations from the original documents. » Price $0.75, United States currency, postpaid. Jie aaah ’ Rear A } - order No, 410, Bre a he _ MINDANAO. FO ea Baa a i, THE SUBANUNS OF SINDANGAN BAY. By Everson B. Curistre. 122 pages. : é Profusely illustrated. This, together with the History of Sulu and the Studies in Moro History, Law and Religion, is one of an authentic and valu- able set of works on the origin, history and customs of these tribes, who are among the most interesting peoples of the world. Price $1.25, United States currency, postpaid. NOTE. RM nDleas: Orders should be sent to the Business Manager, Philippine Journal of Science, Manila, Wit mi 4 or to any of the below-listed agents. Please give Order Number. : 5 FOREIGN AGENTS. The Macmillan Company, 64-66 Fifth Avenue, New York cata U. s. A. Messrs. Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C., England. Mr. Martinus Nijhoff, Nobelstraat 18, The Hague, Holland. Messrs. Mayer & Muller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Germany. Messrs. Kelley & Walsh, Limited, 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements. Messre. A. M. & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon. CIRCULARS AND DESCRIPTIVE MATTER SENT ON APPLICATION. Walle isl E ie INps, JOURNAL OF SCIENCE D. ETHNOLOGY, ANTHROPOLOGY, AND GENERAL BIOLOGY Vor. V JULY, 1910 Nos 2 ae FISHERY RESOURCES OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. PART: Ill, PEARLS AND PEARL FISHERIES.’ By ALVIN SEALE. ° (From the Section of Fisheries, Biological Laboratory, Bureau of Science, Manila, 12, Iie) INTRODUCTION. During the past ten years the writer has been engaged, as time would permit, in making a study of pearls and pearl fisheries. In 1900, a year was spent in the fisheries.of Paumota and Gambier Islands and in 1902 the fisheries of Australia and the Solomon Islands were visited ; during the past year considerable time was given to a study of the pearling grounds of the Philippine Islands. So far as possible, a careful study has been made of the development, life history and habits of the pearl oyster, chiefly with the view of increasing its value as a commercial asset. Experiments relating to pearl growth, deyelopment and culture haye been inaugurated; and a large number of both hard and soft sections through pearls from Various loca- - lities have been made in order to throw additional light on the direct cause of their origin and growth. The object of the present paper is to give the results of these observa- tions and a general review of our present knowledge of the subject, with the hope that such results may lead to increased interest in the Philippine - pearl fisheries and to their greater development. * Part I of this series appeared in This Journal Sec. A (1908), 3, 513; Part II, Ibid. (1909), 4, 57. 96836 87 88 SEALE. PHILIPPINE PEARL OYSTERS. There are two varieties of pearl oysters in the Philippines which are of considerable commercial importance: One, called the gold lp pearl shell, Doctor Pilsbury kindly informs me is doubtless Margaritifera maxima Jamson* (see Plate III, figs. 1 and 2); the other, the black lip pearl shell, is Margaritifera margaritifera (Limneeus). (See Plate IV, figs. 1 and 2.) The gold lip shell is by far the most important, it being the variety chiefly sought in commercial ventures, its market value being from 30 to 80 pesos* per picul of 63.3 kilos (139.5 pounds). This shell, when mature, is usually from 180 to 230 millimeters (7 to 9 inches) in diameter and weighs from 1.82 to 2.3 kilograms (4 to 5 pounds) ; shells weighing more than 5 kilograms (11 pounds) haye been found. This species occurs in waters of from 5 to 20 fathoms throughout the Sulu Archipelago, and is probably more or less abundant throughout the entire Philippine group. ; The black lip shell is a much smaller variety, rarely exceeding 150 or 180 millimeters (6 or 7 inches), with a weight of from 1 to 1.5 kilograms (2 to 3 pounds), although usually it is much smaller. It is common along the shores of almost all the islands of the Philippine Archipelago, and is of much less value commercially than the gold lip shell, being in but little demand and selling for about 13 pesos per picul. This form usually gives a large yield of pearls which are of comparatively little value, as they generally are small, irregular in shape and of a gray or dusky color. In the year 1886 a paper was published in Bergen, Norway, which contained the following interesting statement regarding the Philippine pearl fisheries : \ The Philippine Islands produce great quantities of pearl shell. In 1877, 155 tons were exported. In 1878, 152 tons, valued at 164,720 pesos were exported. In 1879 the value of exported pearl shell was 155,802 pesos. The entire region from Tawi-Tawi to Basilan is a continuous pearl oyster bed; the Sulu fisheries are the largest and most productive of any in the East Asiatic waters. The pearls are famous, and the shell has a fine luster. Labuan is the chief market. The yield is decreasing. It will be of interest to compare the above account of the fisheries of thirty years ago with those of the present time. During the year 1907 there were exported from the port of Jolo 154,918 kilos (340,820 pounds) of pearl shell, valued at 119,045 pesos; and during the same period the product exported from Zamboanga was valued at 45,254 pesos, making a total of 164,399 pesos from the Moro Province alone, which shows a sub- stantial increase rather than a decline in the fisheries. ‘The above value ? Revised Nomenclature of Pearl Oysters. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, (1901), 1, 392. *One peso equals fifty cents U. 8S. currency. FISHERY RESOURCES OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 89 is of the shell alone; that of the pearls secured during this time is unknown, but doubtless it amounted to several thousand pesos. No export duty is charged on shell, but wharfage to the amount of 1.50 pesos per ton is collected. The price of shell at the present time is from 60 to 100 pesos per picul for those of the first class of the gold lip variety, and about 20 pesos per picul for the black lip variety. ‘The picul is counted at 63.3 Inlograms (139.5 pounds, 16 piculs to the ton). Almost all the shell is sent either to Singapore or to Hurope. There is one button factory located in Manila which has a capacity, when running constantly, of about 6,000 gross per month, requiring about 300 tons of shell per year; otherwise, all the shell is exported. During the past year about 56 tons of shell were taken from the Davao pearl bed. ‘These were of very large size and first class in every respect. They gave a very small yield of pearls, the value of which was probably not more than 6,000 pesos. Some very beautiful pearls are to be found in the Sulu fisheries, and it was my pleasure to examine two of these, each valued at 5,000 pesos, secured from this region during the past year. Almost all the fishing for pearl oysters is carried on by the use of diving armor, in water of from 15 to 20 fathoms. Shells are occasionally found in shallower water, but in such cases naked Moros usually dive for them, or they are secured by a primitive rake-dredge worked by a rattan line from a native canoe and which can be used only in smooth water. ‘The natives frequently soak dry shell in water for several days before it is sold, in order to increase the weight; and I have seen Chinese and other middlemen doing the same thing. The shells are usually opened on the boats and all the pearls extracted soon after the oysters are brought up. THE PEARLING FLEBT.* At present about 30 vessels are engaged in pearling in the Sulu Archipelago. These boats range from 5 to 15 tons, and usually carry a erew of seven men, including the diver. All boats with armored divers *The following boats constituted the Zamboanga pearling fleet for the year 1908: Sirena and Nawtilus, owned by J. F. Maddy; Cleopatra, Galatea, and Maritima, owned by J. Wilson; Joenia and Placido Reyes, owned by the Cebu Pearling Company; Mina, Burtandy, Ida, and Manny, owned by Capt. Chas. Linberg; Paragua, Zamboanga, and Sapit, owned by G. W. Langford; Alice Holmes, Rosario, and Olinga, owned by Mr. Holmes; Mindanao, owned by Mr. Teck; Pruno, owned by V. Sision. All of these boats carried on more or less active operations during the past year. The Jolo pearling fleet is composed of the following boats: Victoria, Helena, Santa Maria, and Elisabet, owned by Ong Tiam Teng; Almosouth, owned by Hadji Abubacal; King of Spades, owned by Richard H. Gibbs; Ramon, owned by Her- nandes & Co.; and Alfonso and Nena, owned by Asing. 90, SEALE. are required to take out a license, for which the charges are 300 pesos a year for a first-class license, or a three months’ license may be secured for one-fourth of this amount. ‘These are obtained from the provincial treasurer at Jolo, Zamboanga, or Davao. The divers are usually natives or Japanese. Hach boat is equipped with one complete diving outfit, consisting of armor, pump, tubes, weights, etc. The diver receives a wage of from 20 to 80 pesos per month, in addition to a percentage of the shell, but the terms upon which both men and divers are hired vary with almost every pearler. The treasurer of Davao reports that nine first-class licenses have been taken out at that place since January, 1908, chiefly by local firms, and for the purpose of working the newly opened Davao pearl bed. It costs about 55 pesos a month, aside from wages, to navigate a pearling boat. The diving armor used is nearly all of a modern type, and of English manufacture. The air pumps used are worked by hand, two men being stationed constantly at the pump when diving is im progress. The diver has from 18 to 20.4 kilos (40 to 50 pounds) of weight attached to him in order to reach the bottom. Divers usually remain under water until they fill the net basket which they carry, this requiring from ten minutes to an hour. The diver of a boat on which I was a guest for some time, usually made about three descents in one hour; this was on the Davao bank in a depth of 20 fathoms and where the man experienced great difficulty in working because of strong currents. The length of time during which an armored diver can remain under water is very indefinite, depending on the depth of water, strength of current, strength of the diver, and other factors. In calm water, but a few feet in depth and of an even temperature, a man should be able to remain for almost an indefinite period. The naked diver scarcely ever stays down for more than one minute. Fishing is carried on at all seasons of the year. THE PHILIPPINE PEARLING BANKS. Practically the entire region from Sibutu Passage to Basilan Straits and around the southern shore of Mindanao Island is a continuous potential pearling bank. However, the greater number of the known localities have so constantly been fished that they have had small chance to recover, and, as a result, much of the pearlers’ time is lost in pros- pecting for new beds in various parts of this wide area; but the ground never seems to become completely exhausted, for we found pearling boats operating successfully directly in front of the town of Jolo, within half a mile of the beach. Fishing for shell had doubtless been carried on at this point for over a hundred years. Occasionally, a pearler will locate a bank on which the oysters are FISHERY RESOURCES OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 9] very abundant. Such a bank was found just south of Basilan Island; another near the Tapu Islands, and another in Tataan Pass of Tawi-Tawi Island. A large yield of shell has been secured near the Samales group. Shell has been reported from Illana Bay, and during the past year an extremely valuable bank was located in the Gulf of Davao in Pakiputan Strait between Samal Island and the mainland. The most prolific por- tion of the bank was in the narrow part of the passage directly between Point Lanang and Point Linao. The depth of water is from 20 to 25 fathoms. The bank is well protected above by the large reef known as Arboles Island. Usually, there is a very strong current pouring through this strait, but at the point where the pearl bank occurs the tides and currents form a strong eddy which has doubtless contributed to the formation of the bank by giving an opportunity for the spat to settle and attach. The bottom is of coral, sand, and gravel, and is comparatively smooth. The width of the strait at this place is less than 1.6 kilometer (1 mile) ; the beach on one side slopes steeply down, and on the other drops abruptly into several fathoms of water from a live coral reef. The water is quite clear, its temperature about 24° C., and its specific gravity 1.022. At the time of my visit (May, 1908), there were only four pearling boats operating on this bank; two others were prospecting in adjacent waters. The currents were so swift that diving could be carried on only between the hours of 6 and 7 o’clock in the morning. The diver, a Filipino, during this hour made three trips to the bottom; on the first he secured three shells; on the second, eight; and on the third, two. These were all large, first-class shells, each weighing about 3.2 kilos (7 pounds). One contained a small pearl. The diyer brought up some young shells for our inspection, and reported that they were abundant on the bed. All the large oysters were in a breeding condition, so probably this bank will be able to keep up a moderate yield, unless overfished at the beginning. So far, the Davao pearl bank has yielded about 56 tons of first-class shell. Pearl shells in considerable numbers are found in Tanon Strait, between Cebu and Negros Islands; im the vicinity of Guimaras; and also along the west and the north coast of Samar. Shell has also been reported — from Palawan and Cagayan Sulu. It is more probable that as the Islands become better known, many new pearling banks will be found, and those now known will be mapped and better defined. The most desirable bottom for a pearl bank is coarse sand, with dead coral and rock to which the young may attach. They can not grow on live coral, and they are very apt to be covered up and smothered on fine sand. G2, SEALE. LIFE TWISTORY OF THE PEARL OYSTER. The oysters are of separate sex, male and female. The eggs of the female, when ripe, are extruded into the sea water, where they are fertilized by the spermatozoa of the male, if by chance the currents bring the two elements together. Doctor Hornell ® observed in regard to the Ceylon pearl oyster, “that a ripe female, in close proximity to a mature male, was sufficient cause to excite the male to throw off spermatozoa.” The meeting of the spermatozoa and oya is left entirely to chance. The eggs of the Philippine pearl oyster (M/. maaima Jamson) are at first pyriform (see fig. 1) and float on the water; as soon as they are ew. fertilized, they become round ; hours old, they move about by means of small, hatir-hke Di and when from three to six 4. Cilia. Segmentation is com- i / @) plete, but unequal. The shell C begins to form at the end d. of the second day, and’ in Fic. 1.—Spermatozoa and ova of Philippine pearl from four 0 eight days the oyster. young oysters settle and be- (a) Micropyle through which the spermatozoa come attached to the bottom, enters the ova. (b) Nucleus. or to any object they chance (@) NMEORS. to fall upon. At this stage (d) Spermatozoa of male. they are known as spat and are about 1 millimeter (0.04 inch) in length. They attach by means of a small tuft of coarse, hair-like bristles, known as the byssus. Hach mature female contains several thousand eggs, but no doubt the destruction of eggs and young is very great, many being swept into great depths by strong currents, where they either perish or settle on the bottom so thickly as to smother each other; or else they become covered with sand, or attach to some floating object and are washed ashore. Apparently, there is no fixed time in the Philippines for the maturing of the ova, as sexually ripe individuals are found at all seasons of the year. The shells are supposed to reach a maximum size and are most valuable commercially in from four to five years, although they doubtless con- tinue to grow for several years longer. I have examined specimens weighing 5 kilos (11 pounds) which I believe were ten to twelve years old. However, shells older than five or six years are apt to be worm-eaten or full of holes caused by boring sponges, and so are of less value. More * Report on the operations of the Ceylon pearl banks during the fishery of 1905. Rep. Ceylon Marine Biol. Lab. (1906), 55. FISHERY RESOURCES OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 93 accurate information regarding the age and growth of shells obtained from direct observations and measurements is yery desirable. Mr. Seville Kent states in regard to the rate of growth of the pearl oyster : Under favorable conditions a period not exceeding three years suflices for the shell to attain to the marketable size of 200 to 230 millimeters (8 or 9 inches) in diameter, and heavy shells of 2.3 kilos (5 pounds) weight per pair may be the product of five years growth. “The food of the pearl oyster consists of minute marine infusoria, Diatomacee, ete. We discovered that in fully 75 per cent of the specimens examined, the food consisted of Diatomacee with a small amount of vegetable matter. The pearl oyster: does not travel to any great distance; in fact, after the spat stage, it remains in one spot for the greater part of its life, although it can, and does at times, cast off the byssus attachment and reattach to some more desirable place, moving very slowly by means of its small foot. The yery old shells of M. maxima Jamson were, with but few exceptions, without attachment, probably the weight of the shell being sufficient to keep them in place. ENEMIES OF THE PEARL OYSTER. The pearl oyster, especially in its younger stages, is exposed, to constant danger. Numerous fishes consider it a great delicacy, and such fish are found in large numbers about the pearl banks. ‘The various species of sharks, rays, sparoides, and balistes feed largely upon shell fish, including the pearl oyster. However, these are not wholly an evil, as they are probably the intermediate host for the cestode which is the cause of the growth of pearls; the fish becoming infested with this cestode by eating the oyster. Doubtless, star fishes also cause much destruction to the banks, and, in old specimens, the boring sponges, boring worms, and gastropods, do great damage. In addition to these enemies which affect the oyster directly, there are an enormous number of marine animals and plants that, by using up the available space and food which otherwise would fall to the lot of the pearl oyster, affect the life of the oyster indirectly. One pearl diver reported the finding of a very large pearl bank south of Basilan Island, where the shells were abundant and of very large size, but of no value, as they were dead and had lost their luster. Im cases of this kind, it is almost impossible to state the cause of the destruction. It may have been brought about by some epidemic due to the crowded condition of the shells, or possibly by some voleanic disturbance, or a dozen other causes might be assigned, but without facts it is useless to theorize on the subject. 94 SEALE. TRANSPLANTING AND CULTIVATING THE PEARL OYSTER. Pearl oysters may with but little difficulty be transported for several days, if they are kept in running salt water, or if the water is changed frequently; thus the question of transplanting them from one bed to another in a more conyenient locality, or im water of less depth, becomes a comparatively simple one and will doubtless play an important part in the pearl oyster industry of the future. As a matter of fact, the Ceylon government is, or was at a recent date, engaged extensively in the transplanting of young oysters and the distri- buting of “clutch,” 1. e., rock of small size which is scattered over the bottom of the oyster beds, and to which the young oysters become attached. The young pearl oysters are removed from beds which are overcrowded to others which are less productive. j It would be an easy matter for men engaged in pearling to keep suspended over the side of their vessels bamboo crates or cars im which they could place the young oysters which are frequently brought up, and so transport them to a favorable place for development, as is the case in the sponge fisheries.° In this way they might, with but little effort, accumulate a valuable pearl farm where a number of oysters could be harvested each year and the bed looked after just as in the case of the edible oyster. The yield of pearls and shell would doubtless pay a good dividend. This process would especially be easy to carry out im the Davao fisheries which are near shore and where local people are engaged in the fishing. Such farms should simulate the natural beds so far as practicable, but improvements over natural conditions could be effected by supplying an abundance of small, broken rock as “clutch,” upon which the young could attach; the keeping of the beds free from un- desirable tenants, such as star fish, holothurians, ete., could be accom- plished by dredging. LAWS RELATING TO PEARL FISHING. I have abstracted the laws,’ or at least such portions of them not repealed by amendments, as are now in force in the Islands.* They are of undoubted benefit in protecting the young shells, and, for the greater part, relate to the waters of the Moro Province. In other portions of the Archipelago, various local acts and provincial legislation greatly handicap the pearling industry. ®*This Journal, See. A (1909), 4, 62, 63. ™These laws were enacted by the legislative council of the Moro Province. A copy of them may be secured from the provincial treasurer of either Jolo or Zam- boanga. * Sec. 23, Act No. 51, of the Philippine Commission should read: “The words ‘pearl shell and shell of the pearl oyster as used in Act No. 43 of the Legislative Council and in this Act shall be construed to mean the shell of the marine bivalve mollusk Margaritifera maxima Jamson, commonly known as the Philippine gold lip pearl oyster.’ ” f FISHERY RESOURCES OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 95 The laws should be extended to include the entire Archipelago, and all local regulations should be repealed. In this way only can the young shell properly be protected. Additional legislation protecting the black lip pearl shell, Wargaritifera margarvtifera (Linnzeus), should be enacted. Act No. 43 provides for the protection of pearl fisheries within the jurisdiction of the Moro Province, and was passed February 29, 1904. It forbids the taking of pearl oysters less than 100 millimeters (4 inches) in diameter. y Act No. 51 regulates the fishing for shells of marine mollusks and was enacted June 7, 1907, at the urgent request of the pearl fishers. It prohibits from engaging in pear! fishing all vessels not built in the Philippine Islands or in the United States, or not wholly owned by citizens of the United States or by people having the political rights of the natives of the Philippine Islands. It prescribes the places at which licenses to engage in pearl fishing may be secured, the price for such licenses, and the length of time for which they are granted. It states that the master of every vessel operating under a first-class license shall record the date of every operation and the number of shells taken each day. Before any shell can be landed, these records must be verified under oath in the presence of the collector of customs of Jolo or Zamboanga. This Act also amends Act No. 43 and requires the size of the shell to be 180 millimeters (7 inches) in diameter from the outer margin to the middle of the hinge, measured at a right angle to the hinge. A fine of not less than 50 pesos is provided for the violation of any provyi- sions of this Act. , Act No. 131 amends Act No. 51 by reducing the price of first-class shell licenses to 300 pesos per annum, and provides for the issuance of such licenses for periods of three months. The enforcement of Act No. 51 resulted in such a ‘decrease of reyenues, owing to the excessive cost of licenses, that this amendment was made necessary, and it was enacted August 22, 1905. Q Act No. 176 amends section 2 of Act No. 51 and was enacted October 12, 1906. It provides for the issuance of licenses only to those vessels wholly owned by citizens of the United States, to honorably discharged soldiers or sailors of the United States Army and Navy, to natives of the Philippine Islands, or to those having the political rights of natives. Act No. 200 repeals Act No. 176 and was enacted September 19, 1907, and approved by the Philippine Commission October 7, 1907. PEARLS. The Philippine fisheries give a fair yield of pearls; in fact, some of the most beautiful specimens ever discovered haye come from the Sulu fishery. The yield is fully as large as that in either the Gambier Islands or the Pearl Islands. The number of pearls secured in Ceylon is much greater. In that country the commercial pearl oyster is of a different species (Margaritifera vulgaris Schum.), a very small oyster prolific in pearls, but with shells of practically no value. The composition of a pure pearl as given by Harley and Harley” is as follows: Carbonate of lime : 91.72 Organic matter 5.94 Water pees Loss 0.11 °’ The Chemical Composition of Pearls. Proc. Roy. Soc. London (1888), 43, 461. 96 SEALE. and that of the Ceylon mother-of-pearl, as given by Herdman and Hornell 7° is— Calcium carbonate 88.79 Calcium sulphate 4.93 Organic matter 2.32 Water 2.28 ‘ Loss (no magnesium, no phosphates, faint trace of iron) 1.68 It is well known that the organic basis of the shell, conchiolin, is a - cuticular product excreted by the underlying epidermis of the mantle. Passing without comment the many fanciful theories regarding the formation of pearls which have been held from historic times up to a comparatively recent date, we will consider only such facts as have been revealed by modern scientific investigation. I have in my work dissected a large number of pearls from our large gold lip pearl oyster (IZ. maxima Jamson). Of this number, forty were prepared as “hard sections,” each side bemg ground down so that a small transparent section through the center of the nucleus was obtained for microscopic examination. (See Plate V, figs. 1 to 3.) ‘Ten were prepared as microtomic sections, and the remainder, and by far the greatest number, were dissolved in acids of various kinds and dissected. The results show that the round orient — Philippine pearl may have various ob- jects in the center forming the so-called nuclei, which, because of stimulation or irritation, have become incased in nacre, thus forming pearls. Fully 50 per cent of the pearls examined contained laryal cestodes, two only contaimed sand, one a bit of seaweed, one a spicule of calca- reous sponge, two, forms which with but little doubt were larval Distomids. One- rather interesting form (see fig. 2) ob- tained from a perfectly round pearl ap- pears very closely to resemble the free- swimming larval cestodes secured by Mr. Fic. 2.—Cestode from center of a Phil- Ffornell in Ceylon,’* and is doubtless a eee related form. Several pearls contained material that had become calcified and could not be identified with any degree of certainty. Three had what I believe to be the ova of the small Report of the government of Ceylon on the pearl fisheries of the Gulf of Manaar. Roy. Soc. London (1906), Part V, 6. u Hornell & Shipley. Reports on Parasites of the Pearl Oyster. Rep. Ceylon Pearl Fishery (1903-1906), Part II, 77; Part III, 49; Part V, 43. FISHERY RESOURCES OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 97 erab (Alpheus avarus Fabricius) which is almost without exception found living in pearl oysters as a commensal. Pearls may be found in any part of the oyster, or in the shell. The free pearls and those attached to the shell result from some injury, while those in the muscles are formed around small, calcareous bodies called ealcospherules. The so-called “blisters” on the inside of the pearl shell are usually produced by boring worms or by some external injury. How- ever, in one case at least, a yery fine blister now in my possession was caused by a small black pebble which was completely embedded in the shell. Blisters frequent- ly contain pearls of value, and specimens of good shape and luster may become fully embedded in the shell. I now have a shell before me which, when found, exhib- ited no sign of a pearl, but Fic, 4. when broken, showed two A bit of shell in which a pearl valued at 500 fine pearls, embedded and pesos was hidden. The X, fig. 3, shows where the completely hidden in the pearl was located. Fig. 4 is the same shell cracked open, showing the pearl. shell. (Hor similar ex- amples see figs. 3 and 4.) Cyst pearls are found in the mantle or soft parts of the oyster. ‘These are formed by a larva, usually a cestode, which enters some portion of the connective tissue where, as stated by Doctor Jamson,’* it at first occupies a space lined with connective tissue fiber; but the oyster soon gives rise to a pearl-secreting, epithelial layer which lines this space and becomes the pearl sac. I am of the opinion held by Mr. Herdman and Mr. Hornell ** that this pearl-secreting epithelium is of ectodermal origin. ARTIFICIAL PRODUCTION OF PEARLS. From the time of Linneus, who claimed to have discovered a method whereby the oyster could be made to produce pearls, up to the present date, the attempt to force the passive oyster into producing culture pearls has never ceased, so that almost each year some one announces in the press of the country that he has at last reached the true solution of the problem and can produce pearls at will. There is no question but that, The Formation of Pearls in Huropean Mussels by Action of Trematodes. Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1902), 140. 42 Notes on Pearl Formation in the Ceylon Pearl Oyster. Rep. Brit. Assoc. (1903), 695. 98 SEALE. in some cases at least, cultural pearls have been produced; but when the methods haye been brought to the crucial test there is always some small point or flaw which has prevented their application with profitable results. This is at least true concerning the forming of the free, round, cyst pearls of fine luster, but in so far as the production of half-péarls and blisters is concerned, the Mikimoto pearl farm in the Bay of Ago, Japan, need only be visited to carry conviction that the artificial production of pearls is both practicable and profitable, for at this place several hundred people are employed in the work, and the cultural pearls harvested find a ready market at a good price. In fact some of the “antique” jewelry sold in Manila was found to be set with these. (See photograph of some of these culture pearls, natural size, Plate VI, fig. 1.) From 200,000 to 300,000 oysters are treated each year at this pearl farm. The method employed is similar in most respects to that used by the Chinese hundreds of years ago, when small, rough images of Budda were placed between the mantle and shell of the live river clam, which was then returned to the water until the images were coated over with nacre, after which they were taken out and sold as charms. ‘The Japanese use a small canula to insert a minute mother-of-pearl bead which is flat on the side and which fits against the shell. ‘The oyster is then again placed in the water and allowed to grow for six or seven years, . when the pearls are harvested. The undertaking is profitable, owing to the large number of oysters treated. However, the chief object to be desired is to grow round, perfect, cultu- ral pearls of fine luster ; in other words, to produce a eyst pearl, or one so closely resembling it as to be indistinguishable from it. Our efforts have been directed to this end, but the results so far obtained do not warrant publication. As an illustration of some of the difficulties encountered by those engaged in experimenting in pearl growing, a gentleman from Australia, who some time ago purchased the experimental pearl farm inaugurated at Tuesday Island by Seville Kent, and who had spent several thousand pounds in attempting to grow cultural pearls, remarked to me, “I have succeeded in growing the perfectly round pearls, but my great difficulty is to prevent their discoloration.” It may be predicted that within the next few years perfectly round cultural pearls of fine luster will be produced commercially and that the undertaking will prove to be the most profitable achievement of modern zoology. Pearls of value sometimes are found in other mollusks of the Philip- pines, as, for instance, in the Taclobo (Tridacna gigas Linn.) which occasionally contains pearls of great beauty. (See Plate VI, fig. 2.) However, these usually are without luster and hence valueless. FISHERY RESOURCES OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 99 DETERMINATION AND VALUATION OF PEARLS. Pearls have a hardness of 4, they are so compact that they do not break when stepped upon; their specific gravity is 2.65 to 2.68. ‘To be of much value they must be round or drop-shaped and either pure white, or dark, or of a golden color, with a peculiar luster and slight trans- lucency. They must be free from spot, speck, or blemish. As they are formed, layer upon layer, around a central point, like the layers of an onion, they are sometimes peeled or “doctored” to remove spots or flaws, in the hope that the new layer will be of better luster. Such pearls are obviously of much less value than those found perfect, in their natural condition. However, any such tampering with a pearl can usually be detected by the use of a good glass, which shows any minute band-like stripes or sight scratches. It is also a very easy matter to detect whether a trifle more than one layer of a pearl has been taken off, and equally as easy to tell the difference between a pearl that has been ground into a round shape and one naturally round; such specimens are of but little ereater value than marbles. ‘The following is a table of the actual size of pearls of from 0.1296 to 1.944 grams (2 to 30 grains). Grains. Grains. Carats. 2 @ >» @ * 4 vA} 6 ° 8 ie) ah + -@- P 20 D2 25 Fie. 5.>—Exact sizes of pearls from 2 to 30 grains in weight. 100 SEALE. No one but an experienced buyer can properly estimate the value of a pearl, as many conditions, such as size, shape, luster, flaws, etc., must be taken into consideration. In 1896 a very interesting publication was issued by the United States Government,™* giving the value of pearls all over the world, together with an estimate of the yield. In Manila, a perfect pearl of 0.0643 gram (1 grain) with good luster and shape retails for about 5 pesos. The price increases more rapidly than the size of the pearl, as from 70 to 100 pesos per 0.205 gram (1 carat) is asked for perfect pearls over 0.41 gram (2 carats) in weight. “Pearl Fisheries and Pearl Supply. U. S. Consular Report. (1896), 51, 622. Fic. Fie. Fic. Fig. bo ILLUSTRATIONS. PLATE I. Landing pearl shell at Jolo. Prate II. . Jolo pearling fleet. . Pearl diver in the water. . Pearl diver coming out of the water. Puate III. Philippine gold lip pearl shell (Margaritifera maxima Jamson) . . Inside view. . Outside view. Pirate LY. Philippine black lip pearl shell (Margaritifera margaritifera Linneus) .— Il 2 bo Fig. 1 Fic. Inside view. . Outside view. PEATE Vi). . Section through center of Philippine pearl, showing an eneysted cestode. . Section through a Philippine pearl, showing a calcified cestode in the center. . Section through a Philippine pearl which had a grain of sand in the center. It is also shown how a perfectly round pearl may become irreg- ular and how it may be peeled to form a perfectly round pearl. PLATE VI. . Culture pearls from the pearl farm in the Bay of Ago, Japan. . Pearls, found at Siasi Island in Tacloban shells. Trxr FIGURES. . Spermatozoa and ova of Philippine pearl oyster. (a) Micropyle, through which the spermatozoa enters the ova. (6) Nucleus. (¢) Nucleolus. (d) Spermatozoa of male. . Cestode from center of a Philippine pearl. . A bit of shell in which a pearl valued at 500 pesos was hidden. The x indicates the spot where the pearl was hidden. . The same shell as in fig. 3, but cracked open showing the pearl. . Exact sizes of pearls from 0.1296 to 1.944 grams (2 to 30 grains) in weight. 101 cy a Ras ee ey . j fat +E fit 1 rn t 4 1 S3tv1id ‘o10r LY 11SHS 1uvad SNIGNV1I » _ & ‘SON ‘A OA “IOS ‘NuGO¢ “HA [SUNIdd IInd AHL 10 SHOUNOSAY AUGHSIY | GIVaS SEALE: FISHERY RESOURCES OF THE PHILIPPINES. ] (PHin, JouRN. SCI., Vou. V, No. 2. Fic. 1. “hhh Sivdid “(NOSWYP VWIXVW VHASILINVOYVW) 11SHS 1YVad dI1 d109 ANIddITIHd WddI Td GHD JO SHOMNOSUAY AUMASTY + WTS ‘Z ‘ON ‘A “IOA “IOS “Nunor “THI d) 15 ie Sur “Al S4tv1id *(SNYNNIT VHSSILINVOYVAW VYEASILINVOYVW) 113HS 1YVad dil XOV1d ANIddITHd a5 2 ‘ld Le "Zz ON ‘A “IOA “IOS ‘NUHOL ‘THA (SaQNIddITIHd THE AO SMOWUNOSAY ANAS + aIvag SEALE: FISHRRY RESOURCES OF THE PHILIPPINES. ] (PHIL. JouRN. Scr., Vou. V, No. 2. PLATE v. Ai SEALE: FISHERY RESOURCES OF THE PHILIPPINES. ] [PHIL. JouRN. Scr., Vou. V, No. 2. Fic. 1. Fic. 2. PLATE VI- “BIRDS COLLECTED IN DHE ISVAND OF POLIEE@, PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. By Ricwarp C. McGRecor. (From the Ornithological Section, Biological Laboratory, Bureaw of Science, Manila, P. I.) INTRODUCTION. The Island of Polillo is situated some 36 kilometers from the nearest coast of Luzon in about the same latitude as Manila. Its area is roughly 900 square kilometers and its length, north and south, 56 kilometers. Although nearly the entire island is mountainous, no part of the surface has a great elevation, the highest point, Mount Malulud in the north- central part, being but 350 meters. With the exception of a few small areas planted in rice, mostly along the western coast, Polillo is heavily forested. No grass land was discovered and in no island have I seen so large a proportion of the area covered with trees. In May, 1907, Mr. H. M. Ickis brought me a specimen of Collocalia marginata with nests and eggs which he had collected near the settlement of Burdeos on the eastern side of Polillo. Beyond this nothing has been known concerning the fauna of the island. In September, 1909, with two Filipino assistants, I] was landed at the town of Polillo and for two and one-half months we made collections of birds, insects, reptiles, mollusks, and plants. The greater part of our collecting was done in the vicinity of the town and along the coast north and south of the town; a little. time was spent near Burdeos. The birds collected, or certainly identified, number 101 species, of which I venture to describe the following as new: Tanygnathus freeri, Penelopides sub- nigra and Kittacincla parvimaculata. Rejecting migrants and other species of wide distribution, we find that Polillo has more in common with Luzon than has Marinduque, Catanduanes, Lubang, or the Babuyanes. Of the seventeen species found Dr. C. B. Robinson of the Bureau of Science visited Polillo during August, 1909, and he will publish in the botanical section of This Journal a paper on the plants collected by him and by my party. 96836——2 103 104 MCGREGOR. in Luzon, but not known from Mindoro, Masbate, Samar, nor any of the other more southern islands, we find ten in Polillo, nine in Marinduque, five in Catanduanes, one in Lubang, and one in the Babuyanes. This is most clearly shown in tabular form. List of species of birds confined to Luzon and smaller adjacent islands. | | | j 3 F Marin- Catan-| Lu- Babu- | Species. ‘Luzon. ae duanes.. bang. yamnes. | 7 | Leucotreron marchet x s (PRIEGUNAS LUZONICO Se oe ee Prioniturus luconensis Loriculus philippensis Jeyx melanura 2 | EY OCON G2 NY CUN OCOT Oa ee ee Penelopides manillx_ __ Centropus unirufus -—- Dasylophus superciliosus Lepidogrammus cumingi___-------------------__- Crysocolaptes hematribon__- Lichtensteinipicus Funebris__ ANIOMIGeS Strata =2ee) Sk ee a ee a Unena cy anogcstt Waa = a ee TCT ACUICLONUZONENSES Se oe Cinnyris henket —.- Cinniyts flagrans Se ne Totals) o 8S 22 Spe ee eee 17 10 9 5) 1] 1 In Polillo, as in nearly all of the smaller islands, several of the genera which are most conspicuous in the large islands are not represented. Not one species of any of the following genera was found in Polillo: Caprimulgus. Pycnonotus. Hyloterpe. Hemiprocne. Copsychus. Pardaliparus. Cacomantis. Orthotomus. Calhsitta. Xantholema. Cisticola. Zosterops. Pitta. Megalurus. Anthreptes. LIST OF BIRDS. MEGAPODIIDA. Megapodius cumingi Dillwyn. Apparently very rare; two fresh eggs were purchased, September 27. PHASIANIDA. - Gallus gallus (Linneus). The only specimen of the jungle fowl seen in Polillo was a female which had been caught in a trap. BIRDS COLLECTED IN THE ISLAND OF POLILLO. _ 105 TRERONIDA. Osmotreron axillaris (Bonaparte). This little pigeon was very abundant in thickets bordering ‘the forest; it was frequently noticed feeding on the fruits of Pandanus copelandi Merrill. Name in Polillo, “punai.” Phapitreron amethystina Bonaparte. The amethistine brown pigeon is known in Polillo as “cu-lu-cu-lu.” Tt was usually lolled in fruiting trees of various species of Micus § Urostigma, but when not found in these trees it was rarely seen. Spec- imens from Polillo, Luzon, and Bohol appear to be identical*in size and coloration. Leucotreron marchei (Oustalet). On October 19 a female fruit pigeon, presumably L. marcher, was lolled from a tree in deep forest. The plumage agrees in many points with Grant’s description of the young male,* but for the present this identification must be considered provisional. Muscadivores chalybura (Bonaparte). This “balud,” or imperial pigeon, was fairly abundant until a typhoon swept the island during the night of October 24. After that date not a bird of this species was heard. Possibly they moved to a part. of the, island where the trees were less damaged. September 14 a male bird was shot from a nest containing a single, heavily incubated ege. The nest had been built in a large tree at a height of about 10 meters. The egg is pure white and measures 46.5 by 32.3 millimeters. I recently have seen two living examples of a pigeon from Bulacan Province, Luzon. I have no doubt these were J. nuchalis (Cabanis). This is a very distinct species with a large, well-defined patch of dark chestnut on the neck. A note on this species will be published as soon as specimens can be collected and compared with other material. Myristicivora bicolor (Scopoli). Early in October the nutmeg pigeon was found in some numbers near the barrio of Burdeos on the east coast, and specimens were collected at a later date near the town of Polillo. COLUMBIDAZ. Macropygia tenuirostris Bonaparte. One male and one female were collected; the species seemed to be rare. * Ibis (1895), 469. 106 MCGREGOR. PERISTERIDA. Streptopelia dussumieri (Temminck). This common species was usually found near the beach. Chalcophaps indica (Linneus). This widely distributed dove is known in Polillo by the name “u-man- ban.” Phlegoenas luzonica (Scopoli) . A male in molt, collected October 31, does not differ from typical specimens. ‘This species is known in Polillo as “la-ga-ran.” RALLIDA. Hypotzenidia torquata (Linnzus). A living, immature female was purchased September 24 and another was seen at a later date. LARIDA. Sterna sinensis Gmelin. Two pairs of this little tern were killed September 7; the species was not noted again. CHARADRIIDA. Arenaria interpres (Linneus). Two females were killed October 6 and others were seen subsequently. Squatarola squatarola (Linnzus). Fairly common on tide flats and sandy beaches during October and November. Charadrius fulvus Gmelin. Two males in molt were taken, September 7 and 15, respectively. Ochthodromus geoffroyi (Wagler). Two females and one male were collected September 7 and one female November 4. Ochthodromus mongolus (Pallas). Four females were killed from a large flock on November 17. FZgialitis dubia (Scopoli). One male and one female. 7Zgialitis peroni (Bonaparte). One male was collected November 12. AEgialitis alexandrina (Linnzus). One female killed November 8. Numenius variegatus (Scopoli). Not abundant; a male was collected September 11. Totanus eurhinus (Oberholser). One female was collected October 1. BIRDS COLLECTED IN THE ISLAND OF POLILLO. 107 Helodromas ochropus (Linnzus). One female was collected November 11. Heteractitis brevipes (Vieillot). The Polynesian tattler was one of the most abundant beach-birds; a specimen in mottled plumage was killed September 7. Actitis hypoleucos (Linnzus). Fairly abundant. Glottis nebularius (Gunnerus). One female was killed from a flock November 3. Rhyacophilus glareola (Linnzus). Three females were collected November 11. Calidris leucophza (Pallas). One male was collected November 4. Pisobia ruficollis (Pallas). One female was collected November 4. Gallinago megala Swinhoe. Abundant during October and November; the native name is “u-suc- u-sue.” CEDICNEMIDA. Orthorhamphus magnirostris (Vieillot). One male, collected September 13, was the only individual seen on the island. CICONIIDA. DissGura episcopus (Boddaert). This species is known as “a-mo-bi1” on Polillo; individuals were seen from time to time, but not one was killed. ARDEIDA. Egretta garzetta (Linneus). Two specimens were collected. Demigretta sacra (Gmelin). Rare; one or two seen. Nycticorax manillensis Vigors. A few individuals seen in trees along small streams. Butorides javanica (Horsfield). Abundant. Bubulcus coromandus (Boddaert) . Abundant in fields wherever carabaos were feeding. Nannocnus eurhythmus (Swinhoe). Two males were collected, September 30 and October 13, respectively. 108 MCGREGOR. ANATIDA. Anas luzonica Fraser. This mallard is known in Polillo as “ pa-pan.” Spatula clypeata (Linnzus). Three. shoveler ducks were killed November 1; this species is called “ha-li-wis.” FALCONIDA. Astur trivirgatus (Temminck). One immature male was collected September 26. Accipiter gularis (Temminck and Schlegel). An immature female was collected November 17. Spilornis holospilus (Vigors). One male was killed near the barrio of Burdeos. Butastur indicus (Gmelin). A few individuals noted. Haliastur intermedius Gurney. Occasionally seen. Pernis ptilorhyncus (Temminck). + A female honey buzzard, taken September 30, is in immature plumage. Entire under parts white, lightly washed with buff ; feathers of throat and fore breast with blackish shafts; forehead, cheeks, ear-coverts, and a wide band over each eye white; a large patch in front of each eye, and a smaller space behind each eye, blackish brown. Another female, in adult plum- age, was collected October 2. : STRIGIDA. Ninox philippensis Bonaparte. One female was killed in deep forest; others were heard in coconut trees about the town. CACATUIDA. Cacatua heematuropygia (P. L. 8. Miiller). Several hundred cockatoos roosted every night in a large, dead tree in the center of a rice field. This species is called “ca-lang-ai” in Polillo. PSITTACIDA. Tanygnathus lucionensis (Linnus). Abundant. Tanygnathus freeri sp. nov. Specific characters Similar to Tanygnathus everetti Tweeddale, but much larger; wings and tail much longer; blue of the back lighter; green of the crown lighter ; a distinct yellow collar on the hind neck. Type —No. 7219, adult male, Bureau of Science collection; collected near Polillo, Island of Polillo, November 8, 1909, by R. C. McGregor and BIRDS COLLECTED IN THE ISLAND OF POLILLO. 109 A. Celestino. Length, about 400 millimeters; wing, 235; tail, 170; chord of culmen from front of cere, 37; bill from nostril, 36; tarsus, 18. Upper mandible bright red, light yellow near the tip; lower mandible light orange-yellow ; feet black. Description.—Top and sides of head green; hind neck, sides of neck, chin, and throat golden-yellow, the yellow collar being quite distinct from the green occiput ; interscapulars dark green, edged with blue; entire back and rump blue; tail-coverts green ; rectrices green above, the tips narrowly golden-yellow, shafts black, below golden-yellow, shafts gray; exposed portions of wing-feathers green, shafts black, and more or less of the inner webs black; first primary with the entire inner web as well as much of the outer web black; median and greater secondary-coyerts conspicuously edged with golden-yellow; below, wing-quills and greater under wing- coverts slate-black, very narrowly edged with yellow; lesser coverts, axil- lars, abdomen, flanks, and thighs green. Female—No. 7175, Polillo, Island of Polillo, October 21, 1909. Mce- Gregor and Celestino. The female is similar to the male. Length, 400 millimeters; wing, 230; tail, 165; chord of culmen from anterior margin of cere, 35; bill from nostril, 35; tarsus, 20. Bill white; iris bright red; legs and feet dirty, pale blue; nails horn-gray. Freer’s parrot was not detected until after the typhoon of October 24 and then it was found feeding in “camansi” (Artocarpus camansi Blanco) and “catmon” (Dillenia philippinensis Rolfe). The individuals observed by us were silent, thus presenting a marked contrast to the noisy Philippine green parrot, 7’. Jucionensis (Linneus). This species is named for Dr. Paul C. Freer, director of the Bureau of Science, Manila. Loriculus philippensis (P. L. 8. Miiller). Our efforts to secure specimens of this species met with little success. Of the two males collected, one only has the red plastron on the breast. This specimen resembles L. philippensis of Luzon, except that there is no trace of orange behind the red forehead; this, if constant, would be a perfectly good specific character, but as it may be due to immaturity, I shall not attempt to found a species upon it. CORACIIDA. Eurystomus orientalis (Linnzus) . Rare. ALCEDINIDA. Pelargopsis gigantea Walden. Fairly common; one would expect to find P. gouldi Sharpe in Polillo, but a male Pelargopsis, collected October 2, is certainly P. gigantea, the light-colored species. Alcedo bengalensis Gmelin. Fairly abundant. 110 MCGREGOR. Alcyone cyanopectus (Lafresneye). = Four males and one female from Polillo do not differ from Mindoro and Mashate skins of this species. Ceyx melanura Kaup. Two males and two females are easily distinguishable from C. mvin- danensis Steere by their smaller size and much shorter bills. Halcyon gularis (Kuhl). One immature female was preserved. Halcyon chloris (Boddaert). One female was collected. BUCEROTIDA. Penelopides subnigra sp. nov. Specific characters—Most nearly allied to Penelopides manilla (Boddaert), but noticeably larger with longer bill, wings, and tail. Back, rump, tail-coverts, and wings black, glossed with dark green, instead of being dark brown. Type.—No. 7038, adult male, Bureau of Science collection. Collected near Polillo, Island of Polillo, September 19, 1909, by R. C. McGregor and A. Celestino. Wing, 260 millimeters; tail, 235; bill from nostril, 93. The female is almost entirely black, thus resembling the females of P. affinis Tweeddale and P. basilanica Steere, but the rufous on the rectrices 1s confined to a small area near the middle of the tail as in P. manille (Boddaert). This hornbill is abundant in Polillo; it was often found feeding on the fruit of a species of Micus § Urostigma and on the fruit of a tree belonging to the genus Dysoxylwm. ; MICROPODIDA. Collocalia marginata Salvadori. Salvadorrs swiftlet was abundant im and near the town of Polillo and was found nesting in a small cave near Burdeos; nests containing young birds were examined October 5. Tachornis pallidior McGregor. This palm swift was noticed only in the town of Polillo. Specimens of this species and of Collocalia marginata were knocked down with bamboo poles in front of our house. TROGONIDA:. Pyrotrogon ardens (Temminck). Fairly abundant in deep forest; one male was collected. BIRDS COLLECTED IN THE ISLAND OF POLILLO. ali CUCULIDA. Centropus unirufus (Cabanis and Heine). Six specimens from Polillo are darker in color than one specimen from Bataan Proyinee, Luzon. ‘The species is abundant in Polillo. Centropus viridis (Scopoli). Rare. Dasylophus superciliosus (Cuvier). Abundant. PICIDA. Chrysocolaptes haematribon (Wagler). Fairly abundant; two females were collected. Lichtensteinipicus funebris (Valenciennes). Very rare; one male was collected. HIRUNDINIDA. Hirundo gutturalis Scopoli. Two immature males were collected in September. MUSCICAPULIDA. Hemichelidon griseosticta Swinhoe. Rare; one female September 29. Cyornis philippinensis Sharpe. Abundant; in one male, collected September 4, the flanks and basal tail-coverts are washed with reddish orange, thus approaching Cyornis mindorensis Mearns. Hypothymis occipitalis (Vigors). Abundant; one male was collected. Rhipidura nigritorquis Vigors. Abundant; one young male was collected. Xeocephus rufus (Gray). Two males and one female. CAMPOPHAGIDA. Artamides striatus (Boddaert). Fanly abundant; specimens from Polillo do not differ from others taken in Luzon. Pericrocotus cinereus Lafresneye. One specimen was killed November 1; others were seen a few days earlier. Lalage niger (Forster). Fairly abundant. pie MCGREGOR. PYCNONOTIDA. Irena cyanogastra Vigors. Abundant; many specimens were collected and do not differ from others from Luzon. lole gularis (Pucheran). This fruit thrush fed in great numbers at a species of Ficus of the section Urostigma. Other birds feeding on the fruit of the same tree were: Irena, Phapitreron, Poliolophus, and Penelopides. In Polillo the fruit thrush is known as “tu-tu-riac.” Poliolophus urostictus (Salvadori). A very common species. TURDIDA. Petrophila manillensis (J. R. Forster). First seen on September 22 when a male was killed. Kittacincla parvimaculata sp. noy. Specific characters-—Similar to Kittacincla luzoniensis (Iittlitz), but the terminal white spots on the rectrices much shorter. On the outermost pair the spots are 7 to 8 millimeters, when measured on the shafts (in K. luzoniensis, 13 millimeters) ; on the second pair, about 7 millimeters (in Kt. Juzoniensis, 15 millimeters) ; a trace, or no white, on the third pair; no white on the fourth pair. In K. luzoniensis the white spots are always well developed on three, usually on four, pairs of outer rectrices. White superciliary stripes about as wide as in K. luzoniensis, ‘but not united across the forehead im any of the eleven males from Polillo. Type.—No. 7151, adult male, Bureau of Science collection ; collected in Polillo, October 15, 1909, by R. C. McGregor and A. Celestino. Wing, 76 millimeters: tail, 77; culmen from base, 18.5; tarsus, 25. SYLVIIDA. Acanthopneuste borealis (Blasius). Rare. L ARTAMIDA. Artamus leucorynchus (Linneus). Abundant; native name, “man-da-ra-git.” 3 ? to} LANIIDA. Otomela lucionensis (Linneus). A female, collected October 30, is probably O. lucionensis, but two males, collected October 2 and September 23, respectively, seem to be much nearer Q. cristata. BIRDS COLLECTED IN THE ISLAND OF POLILLO. DICAIDA. Diczeum xanthopygium Tweeddale. 113 A yery abundant species, indistinguishable from Mindoro specimens. This flowerpecker feeds at the flowers of Conocephalus violaceus (Blanco) Merrill and also at the fruit of Picus minahasse Miquel. Diczeum pygmzeum (Kittlitz). Two females were collected. NECTARINIIDA. A=thopyga flavipectus Grant. Grant’s sunbird was found in abundance. Immature males were taken throughout September, and three males, collected late in October, show gray on the sides of the throat. Cinnyris sperata (Linneus). Pairly abundant. : Cinnyris jugularis (Linneus). Abundant in mangroye-swamps. MOTACILLIDA. Motacilla melanope Pallas. First specimens obtained September 10; rather abundant in rice-!and ; known to the residents of Polillo as “pi-yug-yug.” Budytes leucostriatus Homeyer. Rare and shy; first seen early in October. Anthus rufulus Vieillot. Fairly abundant in rice-land. Anthus gustavi Swinhoe. First specimen was collected September 29. PLOCEIDA. Munia jagori Martens. Abundant; a nest with four eggs was found late in September. Uroloncha everetti (Tweeddale). Abundant. ORIOLIDA. Oriolus acrorhynchus Vigors. Abundant. DICRURIDA. Dicrurus balicassius (Linneus). The only specimen of Dicrurus collected, a female, appears to be of this species. 114 MCGREGOR. STURNIDA. Lamprocorax panayensis (Scopoli). Flocks of glossy starlings were noted several times, but none was collected. Sarcops calvus (Linneus). The only specimen of bald starling from Polillo is intermediate he- tween S. calvus and S. melanonotus. CORVIDZ. Corone philippina. (Bonaparte). Abundant. fi DESCRIPTIONS OF FOUR NEW SPECIES OF FISHES FROM BANTAYAN ISLAND, PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO. By ALVIN SEALE. (From the Section of Fisheries, Biological Laboratory, Bureau of Science, Manila, ie, Il.)) Cheetodon carens Seale, sp. nov. Head 3.10; depth 1.75; eye 2.80 in head; snout 3.25; interorbital 3 ; dorsal XIII, 21; anal III, 17; scales 7-38-20, the scales are larger on middle of sides; maxillary 4.50 in head, its distal end under nostril. Body slightly more elongate than is usual in this genus, strongly com- pressed, length of caudal peduncle 1.10 in its depth. Head of moderate size, characterized by the large eye, and short pointed snout; profile from . tip of snout to origin of dorsal forms an angle of about 45°, the line from tip of snout to nuchal region is straight, slightly concave on the shoulder; the depth of the fish at origin of dorsal 1.75 in length to end of vertebra; origin of soft dorsal and origin of anal about on line. Mouth small; teeth brush-like in several rows, slightly projecting; gill openings wide, being carried forward to below eye; nostrils small, close together, in front of eye; gill rakers few, short and weak; dorsal spines rather long and saber-like, the third, fourth, and fifth the longest, the fourth 1.30 in head; dorsal and anal rounded; the origin of anal midway between middle of opercle and end of caudal vertebra; the second anal spine is the strongest and equal in length to the third spine, its length 1.50 in head; origin of ventrals midway between origin of anal and middle of cheeks, its tip extending slightly past anal pore; pectorals 1.10 in head. Color in alcohol sepia-brown; no ocular band; nuchal region and top of head slightly darker, being a clove-brown; a wide black band on middle of spinous dorsal extends back and occupies almost the entire anal, except a narrow white tip and a small portion at the base of the anal spines; caudal yellow with a slight dusky wash on its posterior third ; ventral brown with some indistinct yellowish blotches ; pectorals yellowish white. Type, No. 6173 in collection of Bureau of Science, from Bantayan Island, P. I. Length, 108 millimeters. 115 116 SEALE. Chzetodon adiergastos Seale, sp. nov. >) Head 3; depth at middle of dorsal 1.30; eye 3 in head; snout 3; interorbital 3; dorsal XII, 26; anal ITI, 21; scales 4-31-14; maxillary 4, its tip below nostril. Body short, deep, and strongly compressed ; scales large on sides, small on head, soft dorsal, anal, and base of caudal. Head small, the profile steep, concave: snout small and pointed, its length about equal to width of eye; mouth small; teeth setiform, in several rows in each jaw, somewhat curved and projecting ; nostrils small, close together and in front of eye: interorbital space slightly convex; gill openings large, being carried forward to below middle of eye; gill rakers few, short and weak; dorsal spines short and strong, the middle ones the longest, about 1.80 in head; soft dorsal rounded, similar to anal; origin of anal midway between anterior margin of eye and tip of caudal, the second anal spine strong and equal in length to the third which is slim; caudal truncate, its length 1.75 in head; ventrals midway between middle of cheek and origin of anal, the tip extending beyond the anal pore, the axil with an elongate scale; pectorals slightly less than head. Lateral line arched and high, ending at posterior angle of dorsal. Color in alcohol is yellowish with numerous oblique brown lines ex- tending down and forward over the entire side, each line marking the center of a row of scales, a jet-black ocular band of greater width than eye, the band not uniting above with its fellow, and its lower margin - ending on the suboperculum. This band is yery distinct and sharply defined, and is without marginal white borders, although the opercles and chin are almost white. On the shoulder midway between the first dorsal spine and the interorbital space is a small black saddle, not connected with the ocular band. Snout yellow, unmarked; soft dorsal and anal brown, with dark tips which haye a rather narrow band across the posterior yellowish white area, basal third of fin brown; yentrals yellow- ish with some very indistinct darker blotches; pectorals ‘yellowish. Type, No. 5800 in collection of Bureau of Science, from Bantayan Island, P. I. Length, 116 millimeters. Also cotype No. 5791, length 111 millimeters. This species is related to C. flavirostris Giimther, but lacks the wide, dusky band from dorsal to anal which characterizes that species. Our species is more distinctly striped than C. wanthurius Bleeker. It differs also in having a wide ocular band and in being distinctly striped, the stripes running obliquely forward over the entire sides. It also has no “broad yellow band occupying the posterior part of the body,” and neither the ocular band nor the saddle is bordered by a white line. Amblygobius insignis Seale, sp. nov. Head 3.60; depth 4.70; eye 4 in head; snout 4.10; maxillary 2.50; interorbital less than width of pupil; dorsal VI, 13; anal 13; scales 60-70 in lateral series. Head naked; no barbules; no serri.. Teeth in two FOUR NEW SPECIES OF FISHES. Lily or more rows with an outer row of enlarged curved canines in the anterior part of each jaw. ‘Tongue rounded, not adnate to floor of mouth. Head rounded, angle of mouth under anterior third of eye. Body oblong compressed; depth of caudal peduncle 2.30 im head; its length 1.75 in head. No hair-like filaments at upper part of pectorals. Origin of dorsal fin midway between tip of snout and base of sixth dorsal ray, the second, third and fourth dorsal spines slightly elongate, the second spine the longest, being almost equal to head; anal similar to soft dorsal, its longest ray 2.10 in head, its origin under the second ray of soft dorsal, its posterior rays not reaching to caudal; caudal rounded, 1.10 in head; yentrals fully united, their origi midway be- tween tip of snout and origin of anal, their length 1.25 in head, their tips not reaching to.anal opening; pectorals 1.10 im head. The color markings of this species are very striking and character- istic, the posterior half of the body being covered with oblique bands of brown alternating with yellowish. These run downward and back- ward at an angle of about 70°; the yellow bands are slightly less in width; below the spimous dorsal they are broken up. ‘The coloring of the belly is lighter, with about six narrow white lines which extend entirely around the belly and nearly to the median line on sides. ‘Iwo oblique narrow dusky lines extend forward across cheeks and around the throat, the anterior one just back of angle of jaw; some small black dots scattered over head and shoulders; about three very indistinct darker bands over nuchal region. Spinous dorsal yellowish with a dusky stripe near the margin and some dusky punctulations at base, soft dorsal with the alternating brown and yellowish bands of body extending into the fin and forming the markings; caudal grayish with indistinct yellowish vertical lines; some black dots on upper portion of fin; anal yellowish, the distal half black in which color are small scattered yellow:dots; ventrals grayish, with a dusky wash on the pos- terior portion of the interior; pectorals yellowish, slightly darker at base. Type, No. 5779 in collection of Bureau of Science, from Bantayan Island, P. I. Length, 58 millimeters. One specimen. Amia griffini Seale, sp. noy. Head 2.50 (including opercular flap) ; depth 2.25; eye 3.10 in head; snout 4.50; interorbital space 4; dorsal VII, 19; anal II, 8; scales 2-26-71; lateral line complete; two rows of scales on cheeks; posterior limb only of preopercle serrated. Mouth large, oblique, the maxillary ending under middle of eye: minute teeth in jaws, vomer and palatines; gill rakers rather long and strong, 15 on lower arch; gill openings large, being carried forward to below anterior third of eye. Body oblong, compressed, the depth appearing greater than is usual in members of this genus; depth of caudal peduncle 1.25 in its length. Head deep and pointed, the profile almost straight; fins long, the soft 118 i (SEAIE! dorsal with the three anterior rays elongate, greater than length of head; first dorsal spine very minute, the second 1.30 in eye, the third and fourth the longest, 1.85 im head; origin of anal midway between base of caudal and posterior margin of eye, its second spine equal to width of orbit, its longest ray 1.75 im head; origin of ventrals on a line with origin of first dorsal, its rays reaching anal spines, its length 1.30 in head; pectorals 1.50 in head. General color in alcohol mars-brown; yellow on belly; margins of the scales on sides above belly are shaded with minute brown dots. ‘There is a very indistinct indication of five or six narrow dark stripes on the middle of the rows of scales anteriorly, scarcely to be distinguished in the cotypes; no marking on head; a brownish blotch on base of pectorals; a small black dot on base of caudal just above the lateral line, one of the cotypes 1s without dot. Dorsal fin grayish, the spinous dorsal slightly darker on margin; caudal yellowish, the margin grayish; anal yellowish at base shading into grayish on outer half; ventrals yellowish, their margins grayish; pectorals yellowish. Type, No. 5701 in collection Bureau of Science, from Bantayan Island, P. 1. Length, 125 millimeters. Cotypes, Nos. 5696 and 5698, from same locality. Length, 124 and 135 millimeters. Named in honor of Dr. L. EH. Griff, the collector. Fic. Fic. ILLUSTRATIONS. . Puate I. 1. Chetodon carens Seale. 2. Chetodon adiergastos Seale. PLATE IT. 1. Amblygobius insignis Seale. 2. Amia griffini Seale. 96836——3 119 2. [PuIL. JourN. Scr., Vou. V, No. SEALE: Four New SPECIES OF FISHES.] X ef a Sa Ye LOE Zi Fic. 2. PLATE We 2. (PHIL. JourRN. Sci., Vou. V, No. Four New Species or FISHES.) SEALE : Fic. 2. PLATE Y FOURMIS DES PHILIPPINES. Par A. FOoREL. (Yvorne, Switzerland. ) Les fourmis énumérées ci-dessous et décrites font partie d'une collec- tion recue de M. Charles S. Banks, Entomologiste du Gouvernement au Bureau of Science 4 Manille, avec l’addition dune espéce de l’lle Sumatra récoletée par feu le Dr. Moesch. i 1. Odontomachus banksi sp. nov. s @ Long. 13 4 14 mill. Mandibules lisses, longues de presque 2 mill., ayant a Vextrémité 3 dents pointues, dont |’intermédiaire ou préapicale est la plus courte. eur bord interne a de 3 a 4 fortes dents vers Pextrémité et de 6 a 8 petites dents vers la base. Téte longue de 3.5 mill., et large de 2.5 a la hauteur des yeux et de 2.0 a Vocciput. Bord antérieur de |’épistome presque droit. Yeux ovales, allongés dans le sens oblique. Sillon occipital profond. Bord postétieur de la téte non releyé en collerette; téte fortement échancrée derriére. Le scape dépasse le bord occipital de 2 fois son épaisseur. Second article du funicle 1$ fois plus long que le premier. Mésonotum fortement et largement échaneré, comme chez les O. rivosus et papuanus Em. Face déclive de l’épinotum trés courte et abrupte. Noeud conique, n’ayant quwun seul pan antérieur de la base au sommet de lVépine. Celle-ci longue et pointue, un peu courbée en arriére. Le pan postérieur présente sur le profil une convexité médiane en feston 4 chacun de ses bords. Une large dent en dessous, devant. Lisse et luisant. Front strié en long de stries divergentes qui at- teignent la portion postérieure des profondes fossettes antennaires. Les fossettes latérales d’Hmery n’not qu'une fine punctuation espacée. Tho- rax assez mat, transversalement strié: les stries de l’épinotum plus gros- sieres, celles du pronotum fines et serrés, parfois longitudinales au milieu. Pilosité dressée, nulle sauf deux ou trois poils jaunes sur la téte et VPabdomen. Une pubescence jaundtre, oblique soulevée et assez abon- dante, mais espacée, se trouve partout sur le corps et sur les membres. Téte dun roux jaunatre. Thorax et écaille d’un brun noiratre; abdomen d’un noir brunatre. Mandibules, antennes, tarses et articula- tions des pattes roux. Hanches, cuisses et tibias d’un jaune testacé clair. 121 122 FOREL. XN Tres voisin du papuanus Em., dont il differe surtout par sa téte plus grande et plus large et par sa couleur. Luzon, Province of La Laguna, Mount Banajao, P. I. (Charles S. Banks collector). Type No. 7181 dans la collection entomologique du Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. 2. ODONTOMACHUS INFANDUS Sm. $ Correspond assez bien a la description de Smith et montre une tend- ance du noeud du pédicule a prendre devant une forme resemblant a celle de Vimperator Kmery. Les stries de Vocciput sont superficielles et la téte derriére légérement plus étroite que chez le papuanus dont il est bien voisin. Je ne connais pas le vrai sevissimus, qui, m’assure M. Emery, différe du papuanus par sa téte plus longue et plus étroite derriere. NeGRos OcciDENTAL, Pinalayan, Bago, P. I. (6908 Banks). 3. ODONTOPONERA TRANSVERSA Sm. 8 NeEGROs OccIDENTAL, Nakalang, Bago, P. I. (35 Banks) ; Minpanao, Camp Keithley, P. I. (7319 Mrs. M. S. Clemens). 4. DracamMa RUGOSUM LeGuill. subsp. GEOMETRICUM Sm. 8 Mrnpanao, Province of Davao, Davao, P. I. (2219 #. B. Copeland). 4. Diacammra RUGOSUM LeGuill. subsp. GEOMETRICUM Sm. yar. VIRIDIPURPUREA _ Emery. Luzon, Province .of Rizal, Montalban, P. I. (5321 Banks). 6. Platythyrea inermis sp. noy. 8 Long. 5.2 mill. Mandibules subopaques, densément ponctuées et pubescentes, longues, a bord terminal tres distinctment denticulé et bien plus long que le bord interne. Epistome et front formant une forte conyexité antéro-postérieure, sans sutures. Bord antérieur de |’épistome en are conyexe. Yeux assez plats, plutdt grands, situés en ayant du milieu des cétés. Téte rectangulaire, médiocrement élargie derriére, a cétés médiocrement convexes et a bord postérieur faiblement échancré. Le scape attemt a peu pres le bord postérieur de la téte. les articles 6 4 10 du funicule sont un peu plus épais que longs. Suture promésona- tale profonde: suture mésoépinotale nulle. Dos du thorax a peme conyexe. Face déclive de l’épmotum haute, abrupte, concave, réguliére- ment bordée en ovale de cété et en haut, sans trace de dent, ni de tubercule, ni d’angle. Nceud du pédicule aussi haut que le 1° segment de Vabdomen, plus haut que long, mais un peu plus long qu’épais, verticalement tronqué devant et derriére, mais a face antérieure conyvexe, tandis que sa face postérieure est concave et bordée comme la face déclive de l’épinotwm, mais obtusément. Abdomen médiocrement étranglé entre ses deux premiers segments; le 2™° un peu plus long que le 1°. Hanehes postérieures sans trace d’épine. FOURMIS DES PHILIPPINES. 123 Densément et finement ponctuée, subopaque ou a peu pres mate. La ponctuation superposée (espacée) nest pas grossiére; elle est distincte, réguliérement espacée et luisante sur la téte, moins distincte sur le pédicule et a la base de Vabdomen, trés effacée ou nulle ailleurs. Pubescence pruineuse extrémement fine assez abondante partout, sans étre trés dense. Noire. Pattes, funicules, mandibules et arétes frontales dun brun rougeatre, devant de l’épistome et scapes bruns. Luzon, Province of Rizal, Montalban Gorge, P. I. (Charles 8. Banks, collector). Type No. 5431 dans la collection entomologique du Bureau of Science, Manila, P. 1. 7. SOLENOPSIS GEMINATA Forel, subsp. RUFA Jerdon 98. Nucros OccrpenTAL, Maao, P. I. (878 Banks) ; Luzon, Manila, P. J. (8133 Banks and 8931 P. L. Jones). 8. PHEIDOLOGETON DIVERSUS Jerdon & Luzon, Manila, P. I. (4200 Banks). 9. Monomorium floricola Jerdon, var. philippinensis var. noy. 8 Identique a la forme typique. ‘Tout au plus léchancrure tho- racique est elle un peu plus faible et les nceuds sont ils un peu plus comprimés Wayant en arriére, moins épaissement arrondis au sommet. @ Long. 3.2 a 3.3 mill. Plus grande, surtout plus robuste que Vespece typique et d’un brun unicolore, avec les pattes et les antennes (sauf la massue et les cuisses brunes) jaunatres. Hpinotum plus court. Second neeud bien plus comprimé, plus court et plus large, moins arrondi. La femelle se distingue de prime abord du floricola, tandis que louy- riére est bien difficile a différencier. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (Charles 8. Banks, collector). Type No. 5862 dans la collection entomologique du Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. 10. MononomoriuM (MARTIA) ORIENTALE Mayr 8 Nueros Occipentan, Nakalang, Maao, P. I. (47 Banks). 11. Monomorium (Martia) banksi sp. noy. Long. 1.4 mill. Légerement plus grand que Vatomus Forel, mais plus petit que Vorientale Mayr. Mandibules lisses, plus larges que chez Vatomus. Hpistome armé de deux carenes plus aigués, divergeant beau- coup moins en ayant. T'éte rectangulaire, un peu plus longue que large, distinctement échancrée derricve, a cétés pas ou a peine convexes. Yeux avec une dizaime de facettes, comme chez l’atomus. Antennes de 11 articles, comme chez Vatomus. Nceuds presque anguleux au sommet, moins arrondis que chez l’atomus et beaucoup moins que chez Vorientale. Entiérement lisse et luisant, avec quelques poils dressés épars comme chez Vatomus (moins que chez Vorientale). 124 FOREL. Entiérement d’un jaune sale ou brunatre un peu moins foncé que chez Vorientale, mais bien moins yif que chez Vatomus. Pattes et antennes dun janue plus pale. Les ondes transversales un peu plus brunes, a peine perceptibles au milieu de segments abdominaux. Du reste comme Vatomus. Intermédiaire entre atonvus et orientale, mais avec les carénes de Vépistome plus vives et les nceuds plus anguleux que chez ces deux especes. 2 Long. 3 mill. D’un brun jaunatre clair, avec Vextrémité des seg- ments abdominaux, les pattes et les antennes d’un brun jaune pale. Premier neeud, yu de profil, conique, le 2™° bien plus large que long (tous deux arrondis, le 2™° aussi long que large chez l’atomus yar. integrius). L’épinotum beaucoup plus court que chez Vatomus. Téte bien plus étroite et plus allongée que chez Vorientale. Moins gréle que Vatomus, mais beaucoup plus petite et plus gréle que Vorientale. Neeros Occrpentat, Nakalang, Maao, P. I. (Charles S. Banks collector). Type @ & No. 53 dans la collection entomologique du Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. 12. CREMASTOGASTER DEFORMIS Sm. 8 MinpDanao, Province of Davao, Davao, P. I. (2214 H. B. Copeland). 13. CREMASTOGASTER ROGENHOFERI Mayr ¢ Q 8 Minpbanao, Province of Davao, Davao, P. I. (2220 #. B. Copeland). 14, CREMATOGASTER SIMONI Emery 8 Luzon, Manila, P. I. (3041 Banks). 15. Cremastogaster subnuda Mayr, subsp. politula Forel, var. tagala var. nov. 2 Long. 2.7 mill. Trés voisine de la var. ruginota Forel de Inde, et avec la méme sculpture sur le thorax, mais les épines épinotales sont bien plus longues, le premier nceud est un peu plus large et plus court, et la couleur plus foncée (téte et abdomen dun brun foncé; thorax et pédicule Wun rouge brun). @ Long. 5.6 mill. D’un brun roussatre. Abdomen d’un brun plus foncé. Epinotum presque absolument inerme ou avec deux tubercules tres obtus. Plus petite espéce. Ailes hyalines. (la @ de la var. ruginota nest pas connue; celle de la subsp. politula typique est noire, faiblement subdentée a |’épinotum et longue de 7 mill.). 6 Long. 2.3 mill. D’un jaune brunatre sale; téte dun brun noir. Plus petit et plus gréle que celui du politula typique, et avec ’épinotum subopaque, finement sculpté (celui du politula est noir et a ’épimotum luisant et les ailes plus longues). Il est fort possible que la var. ruginota doive étre élevée au rang de sous-espece et separée ainsi de politula, auquel cas la var. tagala devra se FOURMIS DES PHILIPPINES. : 125 rattacher non au politula typique, dont il différe beaucoup, mais au ruginota. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (Charles 8S. Banks collector). Type 8 @ & No. 2792 dans la collection entomologique du Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. 16. Cremastogaster modiglianii Hmery, var. clemensze var nov. 8 Long. 2.7 4 3.2 mill. Différe de la forme typique par sa sculpture plus faible (derriére de la téte luisant) et de la var. annamita Em., en outre par l’absence de la petite caréne médiane du pronotum qu’on voit chez cette derniére (dont la couleur est en outre plus foncée et la sculpture plus forte que chez la forme typique). Minpawnao, Camp Keithley, P. I. (Mrs. M. S. Clemens collector). Type 2 No. 5537 dans la collection entomologique du Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. 17. Vollenhovia oblonga Sm., subsp. dispar subsp. nov. § Long. 3.2 mill. Mandibules plus courtes et plus larges que chez le type de V’espece, armées de 6 dents, et de forme nettement triangulare, formant un angle net entre le bord terminale et le bord interne. Les carénes de Pépistome sont plus élevées, moins divergentes devant et plus prolongées en arriére que chez la subsp. levithoraa Hm.; pronotum plus déprimé et plus épaulé devant; premier noeud du pédicule plus court, plus large que long, avee un pan antérieur absolument vertical (oblique chez levithoraz). Pattes entiérement d’un rouge jaunatre. Du reste comme la subsp. levithoraz. . ? Long. 8 mill. Mandibules armées de 7 dents, ponctuées. ‘Téte en trapeze, rétrécie devant, un peu plus large derriere qu’elle n’est longue. Thorax plus large que la téte. éte striée-ridée en long; les rides divergent en arriére et leurs intervalles sont rugueux, subopaques. Thor- ax avec de rides longitudimales effacées et des series de points allongés entre deux; une bande médiane, longitudinale lisse. Hpinotum et une partie des nceuds irréguliérement ridées. Abdomen lisse, 4 points épars, piligéres trés fins. Noire. Bord antérieur de la téte, mandibules, antennes et pattes rougeatres. Ailes brumes, avec une cellule cubitale allongee et une cellule discoidale. Du reste comme l’ouvriere. @ Long. 3.8 mill. Mandibules courtes, étroites, jaunes, obtusement unidentées. Téte arrondie derriére, au moins aussi large que longue. Epistome trés convexe et proéminent. les yeux occupent la moitié antérieure de la téte. Antennes de 13 articles. Scape long comme les 3 premiers articles du funicule pris ensemble. Ceux-ci sont courts, presque aussi épais que longs; les quatre ou cing derniers sont longs, formant une massue fort indistincte. Thorax plus large que la téte. Epinotum et téte assez mats densément et finement sculptés. Le reste 126 FOREL. plus ou moins lisse et ponctué. Sautf sur le dos de ’abdomen, Ja pilosité dressée brun roussitre est plus abondante que chez les 3 et 2. D’un noir un peu brunatre. Pattes brunes. Articulations, mund- ibules et antennes jaunatres. Ailes d’un brun plus clair que chez la @. Cellule discoidale distincte. La ¢@ est beaucoup plus grande, presque double de celle de l’espéece typique WVapres Smith et Emery. Les caracteres génériques du ¢ cor- respondent assez bien a ceux indiqués par Mayr (var. samoensis). Luzon, Province of La Laguna, Mount Banajao, P. I. (Charles 8. Banks collector). Type ¢ 2 & No. 7189 dans la collection entomologique du Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. 18. Vollenhovia banksi sp. nov. 2 Long. 1.8 a 2 mill. Mandibules lsses, luisantes, assez trian- eulaires, avec trois dents peu distinctes sur la partie antérieure de leur bord terminal que est 4 peu prés tranchant derriére elles. Hpistome court, avec une faible impression médiane. Téte rectangulaire dun bon sixiéme plus longue que large, 4 peine rétrécie derriére. le scape atteint ou dépasse un peu le quart posterieur de la téte. Chassue trés distinctement de 3 articles, dont les deux derniers fort renflés. Bord postérieur de la téte faiblement échancré. Yeux médiocres légére- ment en arriére du tiers antérieur de la téte. Arétes frontales trés courtes. Thorax allonge, 4 dos subdéprimé, presque rectiligne sur son profil @’avant en arriére (a peine convexe). Sutures tres peu marquées, la promésonotale presque obsolete. Pas trace d’échancrure. la face basale de l’épinotum bien plus longue que large et plus longue que la face déclive. Premier nceud plus long que large. Second neeud légere- ment plus large que long. Cuisses médiocrement renflées, bien moins que chez la subtilis Emery. Téte et pronotum a peu pres mats, finement et densément ridés en long; épistome lwisant avec peu de rides. Une raie luisante et lisse a la-place du sillon frontal; milieu du pronotum, devant, un peu luisant. Mésonotum a la fois ridé et réticulé. Epinotum, cétés des noeuds et cotés du mésonotum mats et densément réticulés—ponetués. Abdomen, sommet des neeuds et pattes lisses. Tout le corps, les pattes et les scapes recouverts d'une pubescence jaunatre oblique (souleyée), assez abondante, quioque espacée. Pilosité dressée jaunatre, fine pointue, éparse sur le corps, nulle sur les tibias et les scapes. Corps et cuisses bruns ; pattes, antennes et mandibules d’un jaune sale. Nucros Occmentat, Nakalang, Maao, P. I. (Charles S. Banks collector). Type & No. 67 dans la collection entomologique du Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. FOURMIS DES PHILIPPINES. — te =~! 19. DorrcHoDERUS BITUBERCULATUS Mayr $3 ' Luzon, Manila, P. I. (4490 W. Schultze). 20. DoLicHopERUS PATENS Mayr subsp. PUBIVENTRIS Hmery 9 8 Patawan, Iwahig, P. I. (8897 #. W. Foxworthy). Cette forme constitue, plus ou moins, un intermédiaire entre patens Mayr, dont elle a la sculpture, et semiruwgosus Mayr, dont elle a la couleur; mais ’abdomen est plus pubescent que chez tous les deux. 21. PRENOLEPIS LONGICORNIS Latr. 9 $8 Cosmopolite. Luzon, Manila, P. I]. (2890 Banks). 22. PLAGIOLEPIS LONGIPES Jerdon @. Neueros OccipEntTAL, Pinalayan, Bago, P. I. (6907 Banks). 23. CAMPONOTUS (COLOBOPSIS) VITREUS Smith Q@. 8. Luzon, Province of Zambales, Olongapo, P. 1. (12860 Banks). 24, CAMPONOTUS (COLOBOPSIS) PUBESCENS Mayr 8 Luzon, Province of Lepanto-Bontoe, Cervantes, P. I. (8790 Banks). 25. CAMPONOTUS MACULATUS Fabr. subsp. PALLIDUS Sm. 8 luuzon, Manila, P. I. (2579 Banks). 26. CAMPONOTUS MACULATUS Fabr. subsp. SUBNUDUS Em. 9 $ Luzon, Manila P. I. (2506 W. Schultze). 27. CAMPONOTUS QUADRISECTUS Sm. 6 Luzon, Province of La Laguna, Santa Maria, P. I. (8606 H. M. Curran). 28. Camponotus horrens sp. nov. ® Long. 5.5 mill. Mandibules lisses, luisantes, étroites, armees de 5 dents; langle entre le bord interne et le bord terminal trés obtus. Epistome tres conyexe, subcaréné au milieu, a bord antérieur bicchancie, sublobé entre les échancrures, faiblement imprimé au milieu dudit bord antérieur. Aire frontale bien plus large que longue, mal délimitée en arriére. Sillon frontal remplacé par une carene longitudinale assez courte. Arétes frontales plutot courtes, trés divergentes. Téte large, fort conyexe, trapéziforme, a cdtés convexes, fortement rétrécie devant, au moins aussi large derriere que longue, a bord postérieur presque droit. Yeux convexes, situes au quart postérieur de la téte. Le scape dépasse le bord occipital des 2/5 a la moitié de sa longueur. Thorax conformé comme chez le C. sergutlatus Fabr., mais encore plus profondément échaneré entre le mésonotum et Vépinotum. Ce dernier forme une bosse allongée, dont Vextrémité antérieure, arrondie en haut, tombe en haute marche d’escalier sur la suture méso-épinotale. Vue de dessus cette bosse est subdéprimée, plus longue que large, mais a peine plus étroite que le mésonotum ; face déclive mal délimitée, plus courte que la face basale. 128 FOREL. Quoique un peu plus haute et a bord supérieur plus arrondi (plus obtus), Vécaille a la forme de celle du C. quadrilaterus Mayr; tres épaisse en bas, ayec un pan antérieur vertical tres court, puis avec une surface: oblique montant au bord supérieur, et enfin avec un pan postérieur haut et ver- tical. Abdomen court: pattes longues, sans piquants. ‘Tibias cylindri- ques. Luisant, superficiellement et peu distinctement reticule; épinotum sub- opaque, transversalement chagriné. Des points piligéres espacés fort distinets et formant de petites élévations, surtout sur la téte, le thorax et les membres. Tout le corps, les pattes et les scapes hérissé de longs poils grossiers et pointus, dun brun foncé, en partie presque noiratres vers leur base, plus clairs a l’extremité, trés abondants sur l’épinotum, les tibias et les scapes. Hn outre une pubescence fauve dispersée partout ailleurs, mais assez abondante sur l’abdomen o elle forme un léger duvet. Entiérement d’un brun roussatre, rappelant beaucoup celui des Myr- micaria eumenoides Gerst et brunnea Saunders. Abdomen d’un brun ~ fonce. L’analogie de couleur, de forme, de pilosité, d’éclat et de taille avec la Myrmicaria brunnea qui habite les mémes parages est telle que je soupconne fortement cette espéce d’étre mimétique et d’avoir quelque relation correspondante avec la Myrmicaria brunnea. Luzon, Province of Rizal, Montalban Gorge, P. I. (Charles S. Banks collector); NeGRos OccmEntTAL, Mailum, Bago, P. I. (6906 Banks). Type § No. 5433 dans la collection entomologique du Bureau of Science, Manila, P. L- 29. ECHINOPLA STRIATA Smith 6. : Neeros OccmEntTAL, Pinalayan, Bago, P. I. (6909 Banks). 30. POLYRHACHIS CYANIVENTRIS Smith 9 8. Luzon, Province of Rizal, Montalban Gorge, P. I. (5427 Banks) ; Mryvoro, Mount Halcon, P. I. (6232 #. D. Merrill). & Long. 11.2 mill. Du reste toute semblable 4 Vouvriere. Ailes brunes. Les scapes de cette espéce, trés large et robuste, sont fortement renflés 4 ’extremité chez la femelle et Vouvriére, ce que Smith et Mayr mont pas mentionné. . 31. PoLYRHACHIS ARMATA LeGuillon 9. NortH Camieurn Isnanp, P. I. (7791 R. C. McGregor). 32. POLYRHACHIS SCULPTURATA Smith 9 8. Necros OccmeEntan, Mailum, P. I. (6070 Banks). 33. POLYRHACHIS BIHAMATA Drury 8. Necros OcciwwEentar, Mount Canlaon, Tabidiao, P. I. (5719 Banks). 34. POLYRHACHIS SEXSPINOSA Latr. var. ESURIENS Em., 8. Negros Occrpentat, Nakalang, Maao, P. I. (2170 Banks). FOURMIS DES PHILIPPINES. 129 35. Polyrhachis bicolor Smith. var. concolor yar. nov. 8 Différe du type de Vespéce par sa couleur enticrement noire, avec les antennes, les mandibules, les pattes et tout au plus la base de l’ab- domen d’un brun un peu roussatre. Tout le corps, y compris l’abdomen, est recouvert dune pelisse. argentée aussi brillante que celle de Vacantha yar. argentea. Du reste la forme et les épines gréles sont identiques a celles du type de la espéce. La ¢@ et le ¢ sont comme louvyriere, avec les ailes enfumées de brundtve et les nervures brunes. Chez le é la pubescence est diluée. - Luzon, Manila, P. I. (Charles 8. Banks collector). : Type 6 2 2 No. 4224 dans la collection entomologique du Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. 36. Polyrhachis textor Smith var. zqualis var. nov. 8 Long 4.6 4 5.2 mill. Correspond bien exactemente a la description de Smith, mais les trois épines de l’écaille sont de longueur égale. 2 Long. 6.5 mill. Pronotum avec deux angles obtus; épinotum avec deux larges dents, fortes et obtuses. Les 3 épines de Vécaile de longueur égale. Ailes jaunatres, avec les neryures et la tache marginale jaunes. Luzon, Proyince of Zambales, Olongapo, P. I. (Charles S. Banks collector) ; NeGros OocrpENTAL, Maao, P. I. (866 Banks). Type @ & No. 12869 dans la collection entomologique du Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. Camponotus moeschi sp. noy. 8 Long. 4.5 mill. Mandibules assez lwisantes, finement chagrinées et abondamment ponctuées, assez ¢troites, armées de 5 dents au bord terminal et dun denticule au bord interne. Hpistome carené avec un lobe arrondi devant. ‘Téte peu large en trapeze peu marqué, plus longue que large, médiocrement élargie derriére, 4 bord postérieur con- vexe. Yeux grands, au tiers postérieur. le scape dépasse le bord postérieur d’un bon tiers. Avrétes frontales divergentes; aire frontale transversale ; sillon frontal peu distinct. Suture promésonotale profonde, constituant une échancrure distincte, quoique faible, du dos du thorax. Kchanerure mésoépinotale moins profonde que chez le C. horrens (moins abrupte surtout), environ comme chez le sexguttatus (2 major), mais l’épinotum est un peu plus court, plus convexe d’ayant en arvicre, et plus comprimé, beaucoup plus étroit que chez Vhorrens, nullement déprimé dessus (sans face supérieure distincte). Face déclive légere- ment concave, plus courte que le dos ou face basale. Heaille mince, comprimée, a bord supérieur subrectiligne. Abdomen court; pattes plutot gréles; tibias cylindriques, sans piquants. Luisant, superficiellement et peu distinctement chagriné (épinotum inclusivement), avec les mémes points piligéres élevés que chez Vhorrens. Pilosité dressée jaunatre, pointue, assez abondante et longue sur Vab- 130 FOREL. domen et le derricre de la téte, plus courte sur le thorax et le devant de la téte. Les tibias et les scapes n’ont quwune pilosité oblique (demi- conchée) et courte. Pubescence adjacente presque nulle. Entiérement (un roux jaunatre, en partie un peu brunatre; funicules et pattes d’un jaune roussatre, ainsi que l’épistome et les joues. Sumatra, récoleté par feu le Dr. Moesch. J’avais pris cette espéce autrefois pour le C. nutans Mayr, mais c’est autre chose. Elle est parente du @. horrens, mais néanmoinsbien différente. Les £ sont toutes de méme grandeur ( minor ou media?). Type dans ma collection. "A NEW ACCESSORY FOR DISSECTION WORK. By CHARLES 8. BANKS. (From the Entomological Section, Biological Laboratory, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I.) In the course of my studies in insect anatomy, I have had occasion to use a small, easily made piece of apparatus with such excellent results that I believe it to be worth noting, especially as I haye never seen mention of a similar accessory. This apparatus is especially adapted for such delicate work as that of differentiating the parts of the alimentary canal and the reproductive organs in small, adult insects such as Bombyx mori Linn., and it also serves admirably for all lands of larye and for larger adult insects: Arachnida, Lumbricide, Cestodea, Nematodea and Myriapoda, as well as for small vertebrates, the dissection of which could be performed in normal salt solution, or other similar liquid. The apparatus is really nothing more than the classical pin of our school days, fashioned on slightly different lines from that well-known weapon of offense and defense, and is made from brass or nickel insect pins No. 3 or No. 5. J] have used two styles of this pm, one in which the base forms two sides of an equilateral triangle, the other in which the triangular. base is complete. (See Plate I, a and b.) A bend is made 5 to 10 millimeters from the point so as to form an angle of 60°; the other bends are made so that when completed the point comes over the center of the triangular base. The only advantage in using style a is that the base is larger and somewhat greater stability is thereby secured. j The subject to be dissected is cut open, laid im normal salt solution in the dissecting pan with paraffine in the bottom, and the flaps of in- tegument are stretched open and fastened with ordinary pins. With a number of the bent pins at hand, lying loose upon the paraffine, one may begin tearing away any part desired, the trachea probably first demanding attention. As each part is freed, a bent pin is seized by the forceps and its point hooked under a loop of the tissue. The bent pin is then gently pulled away as far as possible and set down upon its base on the paraftine. As other parts are dissected, successive bent pins are 96836——-4. 131 132 BANKS. used. Where overlapping parts occur it is an easy matter to release them, pick them up from beneath and drop the bent pin where most convenient for holding the tissue apart. While its own weight and the adhesion of the base of the bent pin to the paraffine are amply sufficient to hold the tissues apart, yet it can so easily be moved that there is practically no danger of tearing important organs by an inadvertent pull with the forceps, and in this lies the chief value of this method. I have found that organs as delicate and as intricately enmeshed in trachez as are the ovaries or the abdominal nerve fibers and ganglia of Bombyx mor Linn., and Attacus ricint Boisd., may be admirably dis- sected by the use of the bent pin, whereas an attempt to hold them with ordinary pins stuck into the paraffe would result in disaster to the specimen. Another value of this apparatus is that it may be picked up with the engaged tissue and moyed here and there at will and with greater dispatch than if ordinary pins were used. ‘here is also no danger of pinning the part into the paraffine. Perhaps a no less useful feature of the bent pin is that it may be used most successfully in glass vessels, e. g., Petri dishes, where obviously no other method of holding tissues could be devised. This apparatus will be found particularly useful in the class room or in’ the anatomical laboratory where a lack of skill on the part of stidents would be compensated for by a diminished . liability to spoil specimens upon which hours of careful dissection had been spent. In making the apparatus it is better to use the poimted end of the pin for a hook, as the tissue can be more readily slipped off. Plate I shows several of these bent pins in use in the dissection of a silkworm in a Petri dish. ILLUSTRATION. Pirate I. a and b, showing different methods of using bent pins,in dissection work. 133 vas RAG, sire ea f a My me? Se (OPN hey 4 _ if 5 ta ih a i Au) A ; Tie. ti ny > s i i f ; TA, al aut ‘ : j V2 Th ‘ S ; if 029% ah a (it ey ee Pe cis es y an eS L y ) ol Tite \ 0) lt Dieu a eer rag # ale (ay i i i P j $2 4 Pe fim ‘ i : ‘i : Ss | ie " \ Pie ay Dew es. Fatal ck A am { ale hasES Tal 4: 7 i i f : i lL ‘ . 5 i Banks: A New ACCESSORY FOR DISSECTION WoRK.] [PHrn. Journ. Sci., Vou. V. No. 2. Q oh WW PLATE Il- Aye i oe ih cs Lea ae ete nT / V. BIRDS FROM PAUAI AND MOUNT PULOG, SUBPROVINCE OF BENGUET, LUZON. By Ricwarp C. McGREGorR. (From the Ornithological Section, Biological Laboratory, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I.) INTRODUCTION. Pauai, or Haight’s, is some 56 kilometers from Baguio, near the main mountain trail between Baguio and Bontoc, in the subprovince of Ben- guet, Luzon, and has an approximate elevation of 2,250 meters. The trail is built through forests of island pine, Pinus insularis Endl., while the yegetation about Pauai is the mossy forest, characteristic of many mountain tops in the Philippine Islands. The change in the flora from pine forest to mossy forest is very abrupt and the line of demarcation between the two is as distinct as can be imagined. The trunks and branches of the trees are covered with masses of ferns, orchids, lichens, and mosses producing a striking and character- istic appearance and many of the shrubs, grasses, and other small plants are of genera different from those inhabiting the pine woods.t During May and June, 1908, with my assistant, Andres Celestino, I made a collection of birds at Pauai. Of the twenty-two species col- lected or noted in the mossy forest, only two, Pyrrhula leucogenys Grant and Rhinomyias insignis Grant, appear to be confined to the mossy forest, as all of the others have been collected at lower altitudes. The poverty of the avian fauna of these high mountains is emphasized when it is remembered that seventy-two species were recorded from Irisan, near Baguio. In July we spent three days collecting in the mossy forest on Mount Pulog, a peak some 10 kilometers east of Pauai and 2,800 meters in elevation. On our return from Mount Pulog we were detained for a few days at Lutab, a barrio of Cabayan, elevation about 1,000 meters. Very few birds were noted in the yicinity of Lutab. Hirundo striolata (Boie) was seen on July 5 and 6, an immature male of Chaimarrornis *This Journal See. C (1910) 5, Nos. 4, 5, with a paper on the flora of Mount Pulog by Merrill and Merritt, will be found plates showing some of the botanic and physiographic features of this section of Benguet. 135 136 MCGREGOR. bicolor Grant was collected, and the following species were seen in some numbers: Jole gularis (Pucheran), Cacomantis merulinus (Scopoli), Anthus rufulus Vieillot, Cisticola exilis (Vigors and Horsfield), Munia cabanisi Sharpe, and Pycnonotus gotavier (Scopoli). BIRDS OF PAUAT. Prioniturus montanus Grant. Abundant: many specimens. Batrachostomus microrhynchus Grant. One male, collected June 4, is in the gray phase of plumage. Wing, 140 millimeters; tail,.114; bill from nostril, 14; greatest width of bill, 30; internasal line, 16; tarsus, 17. The stomach contained beetles. Collocalia species. Swittlets were frequently seen, but it was impossible to obtain speci- mens of them. Yungipicus validirostris Blyth. This little woodpecker was not uncommon. Chrysocolaptes haematribon (Wagler). One pair of this species was collected. Thriponax javensis (Horsfield). Seen but once. Muscicapula westermanni Sharpe. . Westermann’s flycatcher is represented in this collection by two adult males, and one male and one female in spotted plumage. Muscicapula luzoniensis Grant. One female was taken June 12. Rhipidura cyaniceps (Cassin). Fairly abundant and usually found in flocks with other species of small birds. Rhinomyias insignis Grant. Very rare; one male was collected June 15. Length, 170 muillh- meters. Imis light brown; bill black; legs and feet lead-blue. Culicicapa ceylonensis (Swainson). Two males collected. Cryptolopha nigrorum Moseley. : This inconspicuous little bird was one of the most abundant species recorded. Eumyias nigrimentalis (Grant). The black-masked yerditer flycatcher was abundant. Many speci- mens, both immature and adult, were collected. BIRDS FROM PAUAI AND MOUNT PULOG. 1x7 Zosterornis whiteheadi Grant. Whitehead’s tree babbler was very abundant and was often observed in company with other small birds. Brachypteryx poliogyna Grant. Very abundant, but shy and difficult to collect. A. young female, May 24, may be described as follows: Above dark brown; feathers of the crown, nape, sides of neck, and breast with rusty-brown median lines; chin and throat rusty-brown; no blue anywhere in the plumage. Planesticus thomassoni (Grant). Very abundant. A young male, with tail just showing, has the plumage nearly all black; head, neck, and throat black; middle of lower breast and abdomen with shaft-lines of rusty-brown; feathers of abdo- men, thighs, and under tail-coyerts frmged with rusty brown. Horornis seebohmi (Grant). The plumage of young birds differs somewhat from that of the adult. Above blackish-brown, head like the back; under parts dusky olive- brown; chin and middle of abdomen light ocherous-brown. Cephalophoneus validirostris (Grant). Three specimens collected; not common. Hyloterpe albiventris Grant. Fairly abundant; three males collected. Pardaliparus elegans (Lesson). This titmouse is one of the most conspicuous elements in the flocks of small birds seen in the mossy forest. A young male, collected May 24, has the upper plumage suffused with dark olive-green ; below yellow, throat .and chin yellow, but with a dark streak along each side of the throat. Callisitta mesoleuca (Grant). Very common in flocks of small birds. Pyrrhula leucogenys Grant. This bullfinch is one of the few birds the range of which is limited to the mossy forest. Two, three, or four individuals were usually ob- served together and feeding, nearly always, in the larger evergreens. Single birds could at times be attracted by imitating thei plaintive whistle. Iris dark brown; legs and feet clay-color or pale flesh-color ; nails gray; bill mostly black, more or less of the basal portion of the lower mandible yellowish white. The young is similar to the adult, but crown and nape brown, slightly darker than the back; the white cheek-patch small and ill-defined; chin brown like the throat. 138 MCGREGOR. BIRDS OF MOUNT PULOG. Prioniturus montanus Grant. Several individuals seen in the mossy forest. Collocalia whiteheadi Grant. A small flock of swiftlets was seen near the summit of the mountain. The single specimen collected is doubtfully identified with C0. whiteheadi. Compared with skins from Irisan, Benguet, this specimen is somewhat darker and more blackish on the head and back, while the wing is shorter. A smaller species of swiftlet was noted, possibly it was @. isonota. Rhipidura cyaniceps (Cassin). Cryptolopha nigrorum Moseley. Eumyias nigrimentalis Grant. These three species of flyecatchers were more or less abundant in the mossy forest. lole gularis (Pucheran) . Several fruit thrushes were noted near the Igorot barrio of Ankiki, just below the mossy forest. Zosterornis whiteheadi Grant. Two specimens collected July 3. Brachypteryx poliogyna Grant. Several seen in the mossy forest. Planesticus thomassoni (Seebohm). One specimen collected July 4. Horornis seebohmi (Grant). A young spicemen was caught with an insect net, near the base of the mountain. Zosterops whiteheadi Hartert ? A female silvereye, Milled near Anlili, is doubtfully referred to Z. whitehead. Pyrrhula leucogenys Grant. A pair of bullfinches was collected near timber-lme and others were seen. | ’ VERZEICHNISS VON COLEOPTEREN AUS DEN PHILIPPINEN, NEBST ZWEI NEUEN ARTEN AUS NIEDERLANDISCH_ OSTINDIEN. Von. J. WEISE. (Berlin, Germany.) Herr W. Schultze, Assistent-Hntomolog am Bureau of Science in Manila, welcher seinen Urlaub in Europa verlebte, brachte eine Anzahl yon Coleopteren zur Bestimmung mit, die in den Philippinen gefangen wurden. Von den Chrysomeliden wnd Coccinelliden gebe ich hier eine Aufzihlung in der die im Cataloge von Baer nicht genannten Arten mit eimem * yersehen sind. I. CLILRYSOMELIDEN. *], DONACIA WIEPKENI Ws., Arch. f. Nat. (1898), 178. Luzon, Province of Tarlac, Tarlac, P. 1. (4688 C. S. Banks). *2. LEMA SEMPERI Jac., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. (1893), 267; var. Fliigeldecken einfarbig metallisch griimlich-blau; Spitze der Schienen und Tarsen schwirzlich. 5 Batanus Istanps, Calayan, P. I. (944 Rk. C. McGregor). *3. CRIOCERIS SEMIPUNCTATA Fabr., Syst. Hleut. (1801), 1, 472. Rompton, P. I. (1985 R. C. McGregor). *4, Phytorus latus sp. nov. Subrotundus ( @ ) vel transversim rotundatus ( ¢ ), fulvescens, capite prothoraceque obscure aut saturate brunneo-rufis, hoc crebre punctato, juxta marginem anticum sublaevi, elytris prothorace duplo latioribus, punctulato-striatis, intersticiis conyexiusculis, stria duodecima integra. —lLong. 6 mm., lat. ¢ 7, 2 5.5 mm. . Romsion, P. I. (2. C. McGregor collector). Type No. 1973, in der Hntomologischen Sammlung des Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. Von den tibrigen Arten durch den sehr breiten Korperbau, besonders aber durch den Verlauf des zwolften Punktstreifens ausgezeichnet. Derselbe bildet bei den typischen Arten nur einen Strich, der bald hinter der Schulter erlischt, in der vorliegenden Art ist er vollstindig, 139 140 WEISE. hochstens fehlt zuweilen eine Spur an der Basis; hinten verbindet er sich regelmissig mit dem dritten Streifen. Gerundet, fast so breit (@), oder breiter als lang (4), hell und lebhaft braunlich rotgelb, glinzend, Fithler mehr rostrot, Kopf und Thorax hell kastanienbraun, letzterer nach hinten zu allmahlich dunkler. Kopfschild und Stirn sehr fein gewirkt und yerloschen punktiert, die Trennungslinie zwischen beiden und die Augenrimnen schmal, doch scharf und tief. Thorax halb so breit als die Fliigeldecken, hinten fast dreimal so breit als lang, nach vorn in missiger Rundung stark verengt, oben schwach queriiber gewolbt, aber in den Vorderwinkeln stirker abfallend, dicht punktiert. Die Punkte sind nabe dem Vorderrande und auf einem grésseren Raume in den Vorderecken flach, yerloschen und weiter auseinander geriickt. Schildchen gross, flach, hinten kurz, doch scharf zugespitzt, zart gewirkt. Fliigeldecken mit regelmiissigen feinen, aber scharfen und tiefen Streifen, in denen sehr kleine Punkte stehen. Letztere fallen dadurch mehr in die Augen, dass ihre nichste Umgebung dunkel durchscheint. Der erste (abgektirzte) Streifen ist missig lang, der siebente und der achte sind yorn nach innen gebogen und dann nahe der Schulterbeule abgektirzt, der neunte und zehnte yereinigen sich weit hinter der Schulter mit eimander, der elfte nahert sich dicht hinter der Schulter dem achten bedeutend. Der abgesetzte Seitenrand ist dach- formig, iihnlich wie-bei den Cassiden, beim ¢? kaum ein drittel so breit, beim ¢ ziemlich so breit als die Scheibe der Fligeldecken und fallt mit der Scheibe fast in einer Flucht ab. Er ist nicht dicht punktiert, die Punkte scheinen bei gewissem Lichte dunkel durch. Beim -é sind die Tarsen der Vorderbeine etwas erweitert. 5. CORYNODES INDAGACEUS Cheyr., Rey. et Mag. Zool. (1841), 228. Luzon, Proyince of Benguet, Irisan River, P. I. (1300 R. C. Me- Gregor). 6. COLASPOSOMA species. 7. AULACOPHORA QUADRIMACULATA Chap., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., Bull. (1876), 19, 100. Nueros OccrbpentaL, Maao; Luzon, Province of Rizal, Montalban Gorge, P. I. (277, 5564 C. S. Banks). 8. AULACOPHORA ROSEA Chap., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., Bull. (1876) 19, 99. Luzon, Province of Benguet, Irisan River, P. I. (1299 Rk. C. Me- Gregor). *9. HOPLASOMA PHILIPPINENSIS Jac., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. (1894), 197. Der Bauch ist nur in der Mitte schwarz, an den Seiten blass gelblich gesiumt, der erste Bauchring ganz, sowie del Hinterrand der folgenden Ringe gelblich. Der zweite Ring trigt im der Mitte einen breiten, dicken pechschwarzen Anhang, der hinten in zwei lange, dicke, allmahlich gugespitzte Zahne endet. Diese sind an der Spitze rotlich gelb, der COLEOPTEREN AUS DEN PHILIPPINEN. 141 ganze Anhang ist dicht gerunzelt, sehr dicht behaart und erscheint daher rauh. Die Hoplasomen lassen sich tiberhaupt an der mannigfaltigen Bildung des Bauchanhanges beim ¢ sicher unterscheiden. Luzon, Province of Pampanga, Mount Arayat, P. I. 2,500 feet (2977 W. Williamson). In Allard’s Tabelle, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (1888) 327, ist die Angabe unter g+: “Philippines ............ 5. picifemora All.” an eine falsche Stelle geraten ; sie muss hinauf an den Satz unter g gertickt werden, wonach die Anmerkung Jacobys, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. (1896) 271 unten und p. 272 unter H. abdominalis zu berichtigen ist. Zugleich muss in dieser Arbeit, pp. 271-273 fir Haplosoma immer Hoplasoma gelesen werden. 10. HapLosonyx spEeciosus Baly., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (1879), (5) 3, 113. Hin Exemplar mit einfarbig weisslichgelben Fiihlern. Srpuyan Istanp, P. I. (2001 &. C. McGregor). 11. HAPLOSONYX ?SMARAGDIPENNIS Chevr., Rev. Zool. (1839) 288. Luzon, Province of Benguet, Ivisan River, P. I. (1070 R. C. Me- _ Gregor). *]2. CNECODES SUTURALIS Motsch., Etud. Ent. (1858) 100. Hin @. Von Birma beschrieben, ttber Vorder- und Huinterindien, China, ete., verbreitet. Das 92, welches der Autor nicht erwahnt, hat im der Regel nur Glied 8 und 9 der Fithler weisslich. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (4868 C. S. Banks). 13. MENIPpuUS yirIDIS Duvivier, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., Bull. (1884), 28, 315. NareGRros-OcciDENTAL, Maao, P. I. (3827 C. S. Banks). 14. Monolepta (Candezea) bifoveolata sp. nov. é Oblongata, fulvo-rufa, nitida, antennis articulis 3-7 nigris, 8-11 flavis, articulo ultimo apice infuscato, tibius apice tarsisque infuscatis, capite laevi, prothorace subquadrato obsolete punctulato, elytris subtilis- sime punctatis, simgulo fovea sublaterali ante medium impressis.—Long. 5.8 mm. Minporo, Rio Baco, P. I. (R. C. McGregor collector). Type No. 3393 in der Entomologischen Sammlung des Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. Die Fiihler smd ziemlich so lang als der Koérper, Glied 3 ist doppelt so lang als 2, 4 linger als 3 und etwas kiirzer als 1, die folgenden sind dem 4ten ahnlich; die beiden ersten Glieder sind rostrot gefarbt wie der Kérper, 3-7 nicht besonders tief schwarz, 8-11 weisslichgelb, die Spitze des letzten Gledes und der Schienen, sowie die Tarsen angedunkelt. Thorax wenig breiter als lang an den Seiten hinter der Mitte leicht verengt, auf der Scheibe verloschen und sehr fein punktiert, in der Mitte jederseits leicht emegedriickt. Schildchen glatt. Fliigeldecken an der Basis. nicht ganz deppelt so breit wie der Hinterrand des Thorax, bis ein viertel der Linge leicht erweitert, dann ziemlich parallel, im letzten 142 WEISE. Viertel wieder etwas verengt und hinten gerundet abgestutzt; sehr fein punktiert und in den Zwischenraéumen mit zahlreichen noch feinéren Piinktchen besetzt. Jede Decke hat hinter dem ersten Viertel der Linge tiber dem Seitenrande eine gerundete Grube, deren Umgebung etwas wulstartig erhoht, iusserst dicht und fein punktiert und ziemlich matt ist. Die Grube ist tief, aber viel klemer wie beim ¢ von cavipennis Baly. Huinterschienen mit miissig langem Hnddorne, Metatarsus bemahe halb so lang als die Schiene. 15. SPHAERODERMA species. Ein Exemplar, emer gelbbraunen Art, deren Fiihler vom fiimften Gliede ab schwiarzlich gefarbt sind. *16. PSYLLIODES SPLENDIDA Harold, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. (1877), 364. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (2466 C. S. Banks). *|7, PHYLLOTRETA SERRICORNIS Duviy., Stett. Ent. Zeit. (1885), 46, 387. Hin ¢. Nach der Grosse, Farbung und namentlich nach der Form der weissen Liingsbinde jeder Fliigeldecke diirfte das yorliegende Exem- plar zu dieser Art gehiren, die nur nach dem ¢ beschrieben ist. Beim 2 sind die Fiihler emmfach, Glhied 2 und 3 Klein, 3 unbedeutend linger als 2, 4 und die folgenden dicker als die beiden vorhergehenden, all- mihlich bis zum 6ten Gliede verbreitert, dann gleichbreit, Glied 4 so lang als 2 und 3 zusammen, 5 und die folgenden etwa so lang als 4, nur das Endglied etwas linger. Nzeros OccrpentaL, Nakalang, P. I. (1148 C. S. Banks). *18. Blepharida manilensis sp. nov. Hlongata, dilute ferruginea, elytris citrinis, ferrugineo- vel brunneo- variegatis, prothorace ante medium dilatato, hic illic parce punctato, basi sulco breyi, antice sulco longo apice bifurcato impresso, prosterno basi subtruncato. Long. 11-12 mm. Srpuyan Istanp, P. I. (Rk. C. McGregor collector). Type No. 1913 im der Entomologischen Sammlung des Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. Nach der Beschreibung mit Bl. flavopustulata Baly yon Assam am nichsten verwandt, aber der Thorax mit gut ausgepragten punktierten Furchen yersehen, ahnlich wie bei der kleineren BI. xanthospilota Baly aus China. Der Korper ist schlank gebaut, namentlich beim ¢, hell rotbraun, die vier Vorderbeine und die Fiihler blasser, die Fliigeldecken citronen- oder weisslichgelb, mit zahlreichen, unregelmissigen rotbraunen Flecken bestreut, welche teilweise der Quere nach, oder schrig unter einander yerbunden sind; die Punkte in den regelmiissigen Reihen ebenfalls rotbraun: Zuweilen nimmt die dunkle Farbung so zu, dass auf der Scheibe nur zahlreiche kleine, gelbe Fleckchen tibrig bleiben, wahrend COLEOPTEREN AUS DEN PHILIPPINEN. 143 die Basis fast zusammenhingend gelb gefiirbt ist und auch der letzte Zwischenstreifen zwei grodssere gelbe Makeln tragt. Die Stirn ist sehr fein punktiert, die gebogenen Stirnrinnen sind tief und scharf und setzen die glatten Beulen tiber der Fiihlerwurzel scharf ab. Thorax - mehr als doppelt so breit wie lang, die Seiten von der Basis bis zur Mitte ziemlich parallel, dann im Bogen erweitert und nach den Vor- derecken wieder verengt, letztere wie gewohnlich nach aussen vortretend. Die Scheibe ist vor der Mitte fast glatt, unter stiirkerer Vergrésserung zart punktuliert, hinter derselben jederseits von der Mittellinie mit einer Gruppe von kriftigen Punkten versehen; die Furchen sind tief, die an der Basis kurz, glatt, die vom Vorderrand ausgehenden lang, punktiert, noch yor der Mitte des Thorax gegabelt, em Ast lauft gradlinig bis in den Seitenrand, der andere schrig nach hinten und innen. Die Punkt- streifen der Fliigeldecken sind wenig tief, die Zwischenstreifen fast glatt, eben. 19. ASPIDOMOPHA MILIARIS Fabr., Syst. Ent. (1775) 91. Die hellste Form, aberration flaveola, liegt von den Philippinen zwar nicht vor, diirfte dort aber kaum fehlen, da sie tiberall mit der Stamm- form zugleich auftritt. Bei ihr besitzen die Fliigeldecken nur wenige, kleine, punktformige, schwarze Plecken, das Seitendach ist ganz unge- fleckt, oder hat zwei bis ftinf schwarze Punkte: 1, hinter der Basis, neben der Schulterbeule, 2 und 3 dahinter, neben einander nahe dem Ausserrande, und swei iihnliche (4 und 5) hinter der Mitte, alle frei. Uberginge zur typischen Form, bei der auf dem Dache 2 schwarze Querbinden liegen, bilden solche Stiicke, bei denen entweder der 2te und 3te, oder der 4te und 5te Fleck sich der Quere nach yereinigt haben. Haufig schemen bei Manila Uberginge zur dunkelsten Form, der aberration inundata, zu sein, bei welcher zuletzt die Fliigeldecken tief schwarz sind, ausgenommen ein grosser Fensterfleck auf dem Dache, von ein viertel der Linge bis hinter die Mitte, und eine kleine, gemein- schaftliche gelbe Makel am Schildchen. Stiicke bei denen ausserdem das Seitendach im letzten Viertel, oder eine gemeinschaftliche Makel in der Mitte der Fliigeldecken, oder noch mehrere punktformige Makeln auf der Scheibe jeder Decke gelb sind, konnen ebenfalls schon zu dieser Farbenabanderung gerechnet werden. } 20. ASPIDOMORPHA species. Hin é aus der Verwandtschaft yon dorsata und bilobata, aber von diesen Arten durch lingere HEndelieder der Fiihler verschieden. Bei den hierher gestellten Species hat Boheman ausser klemen Farbenab- weichungen eigentlich keine positiven Unterschiede genannt und sie bediirfen daher einer griindlichen Bearbeitung. 144 WEISE. *21. Laccoptera manilensis sp. nov. Subtriangularis, convexa, rufo-testacea, subopaca, antennis articulis 5 ultimis pectoreque macula postica utrinque nigris, prothorace in disco subtiliter aciculato-punctato, nigro bimaculato, elytris crebre-, interne substriato-punctatis et bicarinulatis, macula subscutellari communi ma- culisque sex rotundatis in singulo nigris, protecto deflexo, crebre sat fortiter punctato—Long. 7-7.5 mm. Aberration a. nigripennis. Elytris nigris, protecto maculis duabus rufescentibus, prima baseos, secunda in medio. Luzon, Province of Benguet, Ivisan River, P. I. (R. C. McGregor collector). Type No. 6360 in der Entomologischen Sammlung des Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. Korpergestalt von L. tredecimpunctata Fabr., aber nach hinten etwas mehr yerengt, auf den Fliigeldecken ohne einen gemeinschatftlichen einen Hocker in der Spitze des Basaldreieckes und durchweg feiner punktiert, nur die zwei ersten Punktreihen sind ziemlich regelmissig, die beiden folgenden schon sehr gestért und die iibrigen ganz verworren, auch die Zeichnung ist abweichend, namentlich dadurch, dass die yordere Randmakel und die daneben hegende Makel 3 nahe der Mitte der Scheibe gross und gerundet sind; L. philippinensis Boh. ist etwas glinzender als die vorliegende Art, auf den Fliigeldecken ihnlich punktiert und mit der gleichen Zahl schwarzer Flecken gezeichnet, aber das Seitendach fallt weniger ab, ist weitliufiger und viel flacher punktiert und neben der Schulter, sowie zwischen den beiden Randmakeln convex aufge- trieben, ausserdem hinter der zweiten Makel weniger verengt aber tiefer yon der Scheibe abgesetzt und die erste Randmakel tritt kaum auf das Dach hinaus. Fliigeldecken in den Schultern am breitesten, bierauf allmahlich verengt und hinten gemeinschaftlich schmal abgerundet; auf ihnen befinden sich zusammen dreizehn gerundete schwarze Makeln, eine gemeinschaftliche vor der hichsten Stelle der Decken, breiter als lang, sowie sechs auf jeder Fliigeldecke. Hiervon liegt Makel 1 auf dem vorderen Teile der Schulterbeule, 2 in der Seitengrube vor eim drittel der Linge, mit dem gréssten Teile auf dem Seitendache, 3 und 4 bilden mit ihr eine Schrigreihe nach hinten und innen, 3 ist gross, innen yon der zweiten Rippe begrenzt, oder wenig dariiber hinwegreichend, 4 klein, auf der ersten Rippe, 5 und 6 bilden eine weniger schrige, zuweilen fast grade Querreihe. Makel 5 befindet sich unmittelbar vor zwei drittel der Liinge auf dem Dache und reicht nur wenig auf die Scheibe hinauf, 6 zwischen der zweiten Rippe und der Naht. Ofter verbindet sich Makel 3 mit 4; dusserst selten (Herr Schultze fand unter Hunderten von Exemplaren nur ein Stiick) sind die Fliigel- COLEOPTEREN AUS DEN PHILIPPINEN. 145 decken schwarz, cine grosse, ziemlich dreieckige Makel in der Schulterecke, sowie der Raum des Daches zwischen den Normalmakeln 2 und 5 rotbraun. (ab. nigripennis). Zwei ihnlichen Arten yon Niederlandisch Ostindien scheinen ebenfalls unbekannt zu sein: 22. Laccoptera insulana sp. nov. Breviter ovalis, convexa, testacea, nitidula, antennis articulis 5 ultimis pectoreque utrinque macula postica nigris, prothorace disco obsolete reguloso-punctato, nigro-bimaculato, elytris crebre et fortiter punctato- striatis, rugosis, nigro-irroratis, protecto crebe rugoso, nigro-bimaculato. Long. 7 mm. ; Insuta Werra, Niederlandisch Ostindien April, 1901. Diese Art von der ich fiinf Exemplar von Herrn Hauptmann Moser erhielt, und noch andere sah, lasst sich mit der mir unbekannten sculp- turata Boh., aus Celebes nicht vereinigen, weil die drei Gruben an der Basis der Fliigeldecken, die Boheman ausftihrlich beschreibt, nicht yorhanden sind, und die Korperform und die Zeichnung abweicht. Der Umriss ist liinglich oval, indem die Fliigeldecken an der Basis nur massig breiter sind als der Thorax, sich im ersten Viertel etwas erweitern, dahinter gradlinig und sehr wenig verschmialern, und erst im letzten Drittel stirker gerundet-verengt und hinten breit abgerundet sind. Auf der Scheibe sind sie stark in Reihen punktiert, die an einigen Stellen durch Querrunzeln gestoért werden, welche die sehr schmalen, erhohten Zwischenstreifen yerbinden. Das Seitendach ist dicht querrunzelig, ohne deutlich hervortretende Punkte. Hell rétlich gelbbraun, das Seitendach gelblich, die beiden schwarzen Makeln des Thorax ziemlich gross, auf jeder Decke sind ftinf regelmissige Makeln, zwei auf dem Seitendache, gross und drei vor der Mitte der Scheibe, kleiner. Die erste Dachmakel liegt bald hinter der Schulterecke am Seitenrande, ist dreieckig, nach innen zugespitzt, und erreicht hier die 10te Punktreihe vor der normalen tiefen Grube. Uher dieser liegt zwischen der 9ten und 6ten Reihe die dritte Scheibenmakel, die gewohnlich etwas breiter als lang ist. Die beiden andern Scheibenmakeln sind gerundet, 1 vor der Schulterbeule, 2 vor der Spitze des Basaldrei- eckes, in der Regel frei. Ausserdem ist die Scheibe hinter der Mitte unregelmissig mit kleinen schwarzen Flecken bestreut, die aus der Vereinigung yon 2 bis 3 schwarz gefarbten Punkten entstehen, auch der Spitzenwinkel ist mehr oder weniger breit schwarz. Die zweite Dach- makel liegt normal, reich vom Seitenrande bis zum 10ten Punktstreifen und ist meist viereckig. 23. Laccoptera fallax sp. nov. Subrotundata, convexa, rufo-testacea, nitidula, protecto flavescente, antennis articulis 5 ultimis et plerumque maculis duabus metasterni nigris; prothorace disco sublaevi, nigro-bimaculato, elytris in disco crebre 96836—5 146 WEISE. et fortiter punctato-striatis, maculis parvis cerciter 22 signatis, protecto fortiter rugoso-punctato, maculis duabus magnis nigris, postica in diseum nonnihil exeurrente.—Long. 8 mm. Insuna Larat vel Tentwper Niederlindisch Ostindien (Moser). Der vorigen sehr ahnlich und nahe verwandt, jedoch breiter gebaut und an den Seiten mehr gerundet, die Scheibe des Thorax fast glatt, das Seitendach dagegen stark und tief runzelig punktiert und die zweite Makel desselben bis in die 9te Punktreihe reichend und auf dem letzten Zwischenstreifen nach vorn ausgezogen. Die drei ersten Scheibenflecke sind ahnlich, nur liegt der erste mehr auf der Schulterbeule und weiter yon der Basis entfernt, dahinter befinden sich noch acht kleine schwarze Flecken : zwei in der Mitte neben einander, drei hinter derselben und drei auf dem Abfalle zur Spitze. Diese selbst ist ebenfalls schwarz. 24. METRIONA TRIVITTATA Fabr., Syst. Eleuth. (1801) 1, 397. Wurde auch von Herrn Ribbe bei Manila haufig gefangen. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (304 W. Schultze). 25. PROMECOTHECA CUMINGI Baly, Cat. Hispid. (1858) 88. Da die Farbung der hellen Hispinen oft erheblich varirt, rechne ich das vorlegende ¢ noch zu dieser Art. Hs ist 8 mm. lang, rostrot, Fliigeldecken blassbriiunlich gelb, die letzten drei bis vier Fiihlerglieder schwirzlich. Alle acht Punktreihen der Fliigeldecken sind durchaus regelmissig, nur schiebt sich zwischen Reihe 5 und 6 yor der Mitte noch eine tiberzthlige Reihe, die auf der Schulterbeule beginnt. Der Zahn an den vier Vorderschenkeln ist klein, breit, stumpf, der an den langen Hinterschenkeln grésser, spitz, und bedingt eine ziemlich tiefe, bogen- formige Ausrandung in den Hinterschienen. Luzon, Mamila, P. J. (2448 OC. S. Banks). *26. AGONIA VANDEPOLLI Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genova (1877) 38, 120. Hin Exemplar; heller als normal gefarbt, der Bauch einfarbig rostrot, die Fliigeldecken an der Spitze mit emem kleinen schwiirzlichen Wische. Innen sind die beiden ersten Fiihlergheder rétlich. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (2621 C. S. Banks). 27. DACTYLISPA CLADOPHORA Guér., Rey. Zool. (1841), 7. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (2188 W. Schultze). II. COCCINELLIDEN. *28. EPILACHNA PUSILLANIMA Muls., Spec. (1851), 784. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (248 C. S. Banks). 29. EPILACHNA VIGINTIOCTO-PUNCTATA Fabr., Syst. Ent. (1775), 84. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (2236 C. S. Banks). COLEOPTEREN AUS DEN PHILIPPINEN. 147 30. HARMONIA OCTO-MACULATA Fabr., Spec. Ins. (1781), 1, 97, und deren. ab. PHIDIPPINENSIS Mauls. ; Luzon, Manila, P. I. (1876 and 2874, W. Schaltze). *31. Tura crineTa Fabr., Ent. Syst., Suppl. (1798), 77. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (2137 W. Schultze). *32. COBLOPHORA vipUA Muls., Spec. (1851), 393. Var.? 1 Hxemplar in der Farbung mit Symia melanaria Muls., tiber- einstimmend : Oberseite schwarz, glinzend, der Mund und ein feiner Saum des Kopfschildes, em nicht breiter Saum in den Vorderecken des Thorax (vom inneren Augenrande bis zur Mitte des Seitenrandes reichend) nebst Fiihlern, Beinen und der Unterseite (die Hpipleuren der Fliigel- decken ausgenommen) rotlich gelbbraun. Die Punktierung der Oberseite ist femer wie in der typischen vidua. Luzon, Manila, P. L., (752 W. Schultze). *33. Coelophora personata sp. nov. : Subhemispherica, nigra, nitida, fronte utrinque tarsisque testaceis, prothorace subtilius punctato, limbo angusto apicali maculaque magna laterali albides, elytris coccineis, macula rotunda subhumerali, fascia communi pone medium lLmboque suturali utrinque abbreviato nigris. Mas: capite albido, pedibus anticis testaceis. Long. 4-5.5 mm. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (C. S. Banks collector). Type No. 2678 in der HEntomologischen Sammlung des Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. An der Zeichnung der Fligeldecken sofort zu erkennen. Dieselben sind lebhaft und glainzend geblich rot gefirbt, eine runde Makel nahe der Basis an der Innenseite der Schulterbeule, eine gemeinschaftliche Querbinde hinter der Mitte sowie ein Naht- und oft auch ein Seitensaum schwarz. Die Querbinde ist gerade, ziemlich von gleicher Starke und dehnt sich bis zum Seitenrande aus, seltener erreicht sie denselben nicht ganz. Mit ihr ist der Nahtsaum verbunden, der sich vorn, nahe dem Schildchen, teilt und jederseits etwas von der Naht entfernt; jeder Ast bleibt von der Basis und der Schultermakel ungefihr gleichweit getrennt. Der Seitensaum ist rot-, oder pechbraun und reicht von der Basis bis neben, oder wenig hinter die Querbinde. Taster und Fiihler rotlich gelbbraun, Kopf beim ¢ weisslich, beim 2 schwarz, Vorderrand der Oberlippe und eine Lingsmakel der Stirn jederseits rotlich gelbbraun. Thorax schwarz, ein Saum des Vorder- randes und eime damit yerbundene grosse Makel in den Vorderecken, innen bogenforming ausgerandet und hinten gerundet, nicht ganz die Basis erreichend, gelblich weiss. Schildchen schwarz, in der Mitte oft rotlich durchscheinend. Unterseite und Beine schwarz, Hpipleuren der Fliigeldecken, Seiten der Vorderbrust und des Bauches nebst der Tarsen (beimy 6 auch die Vorderbeine) rotlich gelbbraun, Hpimeren der Mittel- und Hinterbrust gelb. “448 | sires sane eee FOREIGN AGENTS. The Macmillan ‘Company, 64-66 Fifth Avenue, ‘New York City, Uv. 8. A Ree THEI . Messrs. Wm, Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C:, eee 4: st Mr. Martinus Nijhoff, Nobelstraat 18, The Hague, Holland. mea Messrs. Mayer & Muller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Garnchye Messrs. Kelley & Walsh, Limited, 82 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits ‘Rettlements. ‘ Messrs, A. M. & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon. j A limited number of Cabana copies of previous volumes are available, which may be secured from the Business Manager Philippine Journal of Science, Manila, P. I., at the foll rates: Volume I, 1906 (not divided into sections), $10 Unite ' States currency; Supplement to Volume I, $3.50 United States currency; Volume I (without supplement), $6.50 United States currency; all later volumes at current subscription pie oS BRS Vou. V. AUGUST, 1910 ENON TS THE PHILIPPINE JOURNAL OF SCIENCE EDITED BY PAUL C. FREER, M. D., Pu. D. WITH THE COOPERATION OF DEAN C. WORCESTER, A. B.; ROBERT BENNETT BEAN, M. D. MERTON L. MILLER, Pu. D.; CHARLES S. BANKS, M. S. ALVIN SEALE, ‘A. B.; LAWRENCE E. GRIFFIN, Pu. D. RICHARD C. McGREGOR, A. B.; NELLIE LOUISE COOK, B. L., M. A. PUBLISHED BY THE BUREAU OF SCIENCE OF THE GOVERNMENT OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS D. ETHNOLOGY, ANTHROPOLOGY, AND GENERAL BIOLOGY | MANILA ( Aon BUREAU OF PRINTING ak 1910 107 ages. ‘16 ‘lustrations, 5 5 agrams. A compete History of the Mi Fee in sit with maps and many ah j bien translations from me ee el ; : ae eA MINDANAO, ae GaSe Site THE: SUBANUNS OF SINDANGAN BAY. be a a Emenson B. Crrrsrre. ae. PN ea Nitaa a dae Ri STR a Wee Law and Religion, is one of an occ and. valu- able set of works on the origin, history and customs \ ARS TCI an: of these tribes, who are among the most ae es . _ interesting peoples of the world. PAR We) Price $1.25, United States currency, postpaid. Je iy Na NOTE. ; 4 Hii 4 Gutters should be sent to the Business Manager, Philippine Journal of Seience, Manila, hs | or to any of the below-listed agents, Please give Or der Number, iat hy . FOREIGN AGENTS. Bee a Pye The Macmillan Company, 64-66 Fifth Avenue, New York City, U. S. A. Messrs. Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Hssex Street, Strand, London, W. co Bigland, i Mr. Martinus Nijhoff, Nobelstraat 18, The Hague, Holland, ' Messrs. Mayer & Muller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., coneny Messrs. Kelley & Walsh, Limited, 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits ee Messré.: A. M. & J Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, ‘Ceylon. : CIRCULARS AND DESCRIPTIVE MATTER SENT on APPLICATION. Ne Walle. TRUE UN Te! JOURNAL OF SCIENCE D. ETHNOLOGY, ANTHROPOLOGY, AND GENERAL BIOLOGY Vou. V AUGUST, 1910 No. 3 THE PEARL FISHERY OF BANTAYAN.* By LAwRENCE HE. GRIFFIN. The Island of Bantayan hes between the northern ends of Negros and Cebu, at the head of the Tatton Channel. It is about 11 kilometers wide and 18 kilometers long. A string of islets, sometimes called the Don Islands, stretches 13 or 14 lnlometers from its southwestern corner toward Negros. A single islet is located about 13 lalometers north of the outermost of the Dons. These islands, Bantayan on the east, the Dons on the south, and the last islet to the northwest, bound a shoal about 260 square kilometers in area. On the east and south of Bantayan, and south of the Dons, the shallow water extends for from 1 to 2 kilo- meters and then gradually deepens. At only one point, Santa Fé, on the southeast corner of Bantayan, does the water deepen suddenly. This is the only place where large boats can come to- within half a kilo- meter of the main island. Almost all the small islands are inhabited, but their total population bemg is not much more than 1,000; that of Bantayan Island is over 37,000. The islands are formed entirely of coral, all except Bantayan being flat, with an elevation not exceeding 5 meters. Curiously enough, the outermost of the Dons, Lipayran, is densely covered with virgin forest of first-group woods; the other islands have few trees except the coconut. The passages between the Don Islands are all shallow, except between * Contribution from the Biological Laboratory, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. 2 Associate professor of zoélogy, Philippine Medical School, Manila, P. I. 97124. 149 150° GRIFFIN. the last two, Doong and Lipayaran, where the channel is at least 4 fathoms deep. At the rise and fall of every tide, the water pours through these passages, at one*place making whirlpools which are much feared by the pearl divers and fishermen. A strong current sweeps over the entire shoal. - ; : During the months of May, June, November, and December, when usually the winds are light and calms prevail, the water is so clear that the bottom can plainly be seen in eight fathoms. At such times the divers float around over the shoal looking for pearl shells. There is nothing here that can be called a pearl bank, such as is found near Mindanao, Jolo, or Ceylon. The pearl shells are scattered singly over the sandy bottom, and it is a rare ocurrence for a diver to be so fortunate as to find half a dozen shells in a day’s search; he is generally satisfied with one or two shells ina day. As a compensation for the small number of shells, the number of pearls found is proportionally yery high and their quality good. ; One pearl found this year was valued at 800 pesos (400 dollars United Stat»s currency) ; others, worth from 200 to 500 pesos (100 to 250 dollars United States currency) have not been rare. One of the Bantayan pearls was sold in Cebu about three years ago for 800 pesos (400 dollars United States currency). The mother-of-pearl gathered at Bantayan and disposed of to the local dealers for the year 1908 was worth 1,548 pesos (774 dollars). The pearls bought by the same dealers during this period were worth 4,584 pesos and 50 centavos (2,292 dollars and 25 cents United States currency). The presidente of Bantayan estimates that mother-of-pearl and pearls of about half this value are sold in such a way that there is no record of them. The total value of the pearl fisheries at this place is then not far from 9,000 pesos (4,500 dollars United States currency) per annum. The competition among the local Chinamen is so great that the prices for shell are almost equal to those paid in Cebu. The shells are generally second grade in size, but of good quality. The search for them during the favorable season is so keen that the full-erown oysters have nearly all been gathered. If the shoal were smaller or the season longer, the pearl oyster would have disappeared long ago from this place. The municipal council recently has passed an ordinance regulating the size of shells which may legally be taken. While this is the proper thing for the council to do, it is doubtful if the ordimance will have the slightest effect upon the pearl fishery. This pearl fishery of Bantayan is illustrative of many native Philip- pine industries: while collectively bringing considerable money into the municipality and increasing to that extent the income of a part of the population, there is not the slightest chance of its attracting capital to Bantayan or of its being expanded by any modern method of working. However, Bantayan seems to be an ideal place for experiments in the THE PEARL FISHERY OF BANTAYAN. 151 artificial culture of pearl oysters. If a practical method*® of rearing the young oysters through the larval period to the time when they set- tle upon the bottom, and also for planting them over this great shoal could be discovered, the value of the Bantayan pearl fishery would be multiplied many hundred times, for every part of the shoal seems equally adapted to the needs of the oyster. The pearl button factories of the United States for many years have been using the shells of clams found in the Mississippi River and its tributaries. ‘These, once so numerous, are reduced now to such an extent that the industry is in danger of extinction. A knowledge of these facts led Prof. W. C. Curtis in 1898 to commence a study of the develop- ment of the clams and to experiment in rearing them under artificial conditions. Later he was joined in this work by Prof. George Lefevre. The experiments have reached a stage where they promise success, and lately the United States Fish Commission has built a laboratory on the upper Mississippi to enable these two men to carry on their experiments pn a larger scale. We haye similar conditions affecting the pearl fisheries in the Philip- pines. Pearl shells are found in limited numbers in nearly all parts of the Archipelago. They are of a finer quality than the Ceylon or Persian shells, and consequently available for an immense variety of uses. All requisites for the growth of the oyster seem to be favorable, excepting some condition affecting the young at the time when they cease swimming and settle down. If a practical means of artificial planting could be introduced such as is now employed in Ceylon, the shores of the Phil- ippine Islands could be lined with pearl. The food fisheries of Bantayan are second in the Philippines, ranking next to those of Zamboanga. The value of the fishes disposed of to dealers (probably for export) during 1908 was 18,250 pesos (9,125 dollars United States currency). Boats come here from Cebu, Negros, and even Panay, to take cargoes of dried or pickled fish. At present there are 380 fish traps licensed by the municipality. In addition, large quantities of dried Holuthurians (trepang, Béche de mér) are prepared here, the export sales for last year amounting to 3,277 pesos and 11 centayos (1,638 dollars and 56 cents United States currency). This figure can be raised very considerably by increased industry on the part of the Bantayanos. *One practical measure would be the complete closing.of this bed, or at least half of it, for three years, so that there will be enough mature oysters left to repopulate it, and “clutch,” i. e., dead coral, rocks, old shells, ete., should be seattered over the bottom so that the young may have material to which they ean attach. In this way the bed could be made much more productive than when first opened. ; in eae “aN wh ithe Peasane ie Une ce = M 1 Gaaire sedate? ry y v ih : Wi Alife s rove 2 + yeh 5 ee Shes AR a y iJ : iu . en obit aa wy hore ¢ i ' eu { y taal " | fi. ey j 4 + B& oi {3 THE SUCCESSFUL TRANSFERENCE OF BLACK BASS TO THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, WITH NOTES ON THE TRANSPORTING OF LIVE FISH LONG _ DISTANCES. By ALviIn SEALE. (From the Section of Msheries, Biological Laboratory, Bureaw of Science, Manila, P. I.) In April, 1907, I was authorized by the Insular Government to secure and bring to the Philippine Islands a shipment of live large-mouthed black bass [Micropterus salmoides (acépéede)]. One hundred and seventy-five fingerlings, alive and in good condition, were secured at Folsom, California, upon the payment of a fee to the California State Fish Commission. Permission was secured from the United States Army Transport Service to ship the fish on the transport Sherman, and the success of this enterprise was due largely to the interest of both officers and men of that ship. A small motor, driven by the electric current of the ship, was installed on the mess deck. An iron boiler, capacity 265 liters, was secured from the transport as an air reservoir, and a small air pump was connected with the boiler. A system of rubber pipes conducted the air from the boiler to the bottom of the cans in which the fish were carried and by working the motor only a short time sufficient air could be pumped into the reservoir to circulate through each can for four hours, the advantage of the reservoir being to maintain an even pressure and allow the air to cool. By means of a pipe, cold water could be kept running over the reservoir, which was also arranged so that ice could easily be packed around it.” he end of each of the rubber pipes leading *A system of cold-water coils inside the reservoir would perhaps be a better, but more expensive method. 153 154 SEALE. into the cans was drawn to a very minute point so that the air simply bubbled up through the water in a yery small stream. (See fig. 1.) Fic. 1.—APPARATUS USED IN TRANSPORTING BLACK BASS TO THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. When everything was ready, the fish were placed in six 38-liter milk cans which had previously been scalded and cleaned; about twenty-nine fish being allotted to each can. The temperature of the Spring Valley water in which the fish started was 11°; that of the air, 16°: and of the sea-water, 14°. : We sailed from San Francisco April 5, 1907. The next mornme, while washing down decks, a sailor carelessly allowed some salt water to run into one can and fourteen of the fish therein were dead before we discovered the cause. However, not another fish was lost until we reached Honolulu. The second day out, food in the form of hard- boiled eggs, was offered the fish, but they would not eat. In the mean- time the temperature of the water in the cans had been increased gradually to 21°, the air was 26°, and the sea water 25°.5. When the transport coaled at Honolulu, despite all efforts to prevent it, more or less coal dust sifted into the cans; and six fish died during the two days’ stay at that port. The remaining fish were alive when we reached Manila, May 4, twenty-eight days after starting from San Francisco. When we were two days out from Honolulu the fish began to eat. They were fed on chopped crabs secured from the cold storage on the ship. They were given a small amount of food once a day, and they ate greedily. Shrimps were substituted occasionally for crabs. A large pailful of water was taken from each can every day and replaced by one of fresh water from the ship’s reservoir. On every third day each can, after the fish were poured into another, was thor- oughly cleaned and scalded in order to prevent the growth of fungus; and every morning and evening the excreta and refuse in the bottom of the cans were siphoned out with a rubber pipe 18 millimeters in diameter. After leaving Honolulu the temperature of the water in TRANSFERENCE OF BLACK BASS. 1S the cans was kept at about 21° until within two days of Manila, when it was increased gradually to 23°. When we arrived in Manila the temperature of the water in the cans was 23°, that of the air was 29°, and of the sea water 28°. The fish had to be transported from Manila to Dagupan by rail, a distance of 193 kilometers, and thence 120 kilometers overland to Baguio, a mountain town in the Province of Benguet. This was the most difficult part of the trip, but it was accomplished in two days, with the loss of but one fish. The temperature of the water was lowered considerably during the last stages of the trip to Baguio, at which place the fish weve planted in three distinct spots: One lot in the small lake near the Hotel Pines, another in a deep pool in the Trinidad River, and a third in the large Trinidad Lake. (See diagram, fig. No. 2.) In December, 1909, I visited the places where these fish had been planted, and found that those placed in the small lake near the Hotel Pines had escaped early in the year; nothing was seen or heard of those planted in ‘T'rmidad River, but a tale was current of the capture of some large fish by the natives. The bass planted in Trinidad Lake had flourished and multiplied exceedingly well. A short trial with a fly gave suflicient proof that the lake was well stocked, as not only one of the original fish, but also one of the offspring was hooked; the latter (see Plate 1) was 190 millimeters long and the parent fish was almost twice this length. During February of the past yéar the small artificial lake in front of the Hotel Pines at Baguio was transformed into a good spawning pond by raising its walls, putting in concrete gates, and adding several loads of gravel for spawning beds. Twelve large bass caught in Tri- nidad Lake with a fly hook were transferred to this breeding pond on February 23. By May 4 they had spawned and there were hundreds of young bass in the pond, many of these have since been planted in other places, and some large bass were placed in Cayman Lake at Los Banos, Laguna Province. It is now an assured fact that people who live far inland may have this most desirable addition to their diet, and for those who care for it there is the pleasure and excitement of angling for this noble game fish. TRANSFERRING MOSQUITO-EATING FISH. In the year 1905 I was authorized by the Government of the Hawaiian Islands to secure and bring to Honolulu a shipment of live top minnows, Fundulus heteroclitus (Linn.), Gambusia affinis (B. & G.) and Mallienesia latipinna La 8. to assist in ridding that place of the pest of mosquitoes. These fishes belong to the family Poeciludw and are found in the southern United States. They feed almost exclusively on the eggs and young of the mosquito. Fifteen hundred dollars United States currency was 156 SEALE. LEGEND Trinidad pond. Trinidad road. Trinidad river Experimental farm. Goverment Stock farm. San Fernando tra/l. Bagu/o Shops. Market. Spawning pond for black bass. Hote/ Fine. Goverment Cer ler. Benguet Road. Observatory. Road to Camp John Hay. me =e es SS ee ep aah inn tS) ey 09) 3 SCALE | Centmeter = | Kilometer approx. Fic. 2.—DIAGRAM OF BAGUIO AND VICINITY, SHOWING LocaTIoN oF BASS PONDS. TRANSFERENCE OF BLACK BASS. 157 provided by the Territorial legislature for this venture. The fish were secured at Seabrook, Texas, and two weeks were spent in experimenting on conditions under which they could be transported through this long distance. It was proved that they could not successfully be iced and earried at a low temperature, a method which is usually most satisfactory, but that at a temperature of 23° they could be kept in ordinary milk cans with but little trouble. On September 4, 1905, I left Seabrook, Texas, for Honolulu, with six 38-liter milk cans and 75 top minnows in each can. By adhering to the following routine, but little difficulty was experienced in the transportation of the fish. At 8 o’clock im the morning the fish were fed sparingly on prepared fish food, finely ground liver or hard-boiled eggs > at 9.30 half the water in each can was siphoned from the bottom, thus cleaning out the can and remoying all uneaten food and excre- ment, and an equal amount of fresh water was added. At noon, all the cans were aérated by means of a large bicycle, pump, a sponge being tied over the hose to separate the air into fine particles. At 4 o'clock in the afternoon 8 liters of water were siphoned from the bottom of the cans and fresh water added; and late in the evening the cans were again aérated. At each place where the water was changed it was first tested by placing two fresh fish in’a bucket containing the new water at the proper temperature. Twelve fish died between Galveston, Texas, and San Francisco, Cali- fornia, and fifteen between San Francisco and Honolulu. I landed in Honolulu from the steamship Alameda on September 15, 1905, after a twelve days’ trip from Texas.” Only 27 of the 450 fish were lost. They were in good condition when they arrived and were at once transplanted to small breeding ponds which had already been prepared for them, and they at once began work on the mosquito larve. There was but 0.56° difference between the natural temperature of the water at Sea- brook and that at Honolulu. At the present time, these fish have multiplied to such an extent that ‘there are now several hundred thousand of them and they have been distributed to all the large islands and have very perceptibly diminished the mosquito pest, as is evidence by the following statement quoted from a letter from the governor of Hawaii written on May 23, 1910: * * Tam glad to state that top minnows haye been a decided success here. They were introduced, I believe, about six years or so ago, and have been placed in all the different districts of this island and in a number of places on the other islands. They have multiplied rapidly and the streams and ponds about Honolulu are full of them. I understand that in some cases where ponds have swarmed with the larvye of mosquitoes, the top minnows have entirely cleaned them out within a few days after their introduction. . At Waimanalo, on this island, where mosquitoes were usually plentiful, there are now scarcely 2 It would be better to feed every third day. 158 SEALE. any, owing to the introduction of this fish. One difficulty has been experienced, and that is that the natives and Chinese catch them in considerable quantities to eat and for bait. As a result of my experience in carrying live fish great distances, I have found that there are three important things which must not be lost sight of. Jirst, cleanliness. All cans im which the fish are trans- ported must be cleaned thoroughly at least every third day with hot water; this prevents the growth of fungus. The water in the cans must always be pure and the excrement and wneaten food must be siphoned out each day. The fish must never be touched with the hands. Second, temperature. Above all else a sudden change in the tempera- ture, of the water must be avoided; it must never be changed all at once, but the fresh water must gradually be mixed with that in which the fish already are. It shonld take at least several hours to lower the temperature one or even one-half degree. Third, vigilance. Success in this work is attamed only at the cost of eternal vigilance. When the fish are suffering from any cause whatsoever, they come to the top of the can continually and only by constant care and watching can the proper remedy be learned. ILLUSTRATIONS. PLATE I. Large-mounted black bass [Micropterus salmoides (Lacépéde)] from Trinidad Lake, Baguio, Benguet. TEXT FIGURES. Fic. 1. Apparatus used in transporting black bass to the Philippine Islands. (a) Three-fourth horsepower electric motor. (b) Aix pump. (c) Air supplying pipe to reservoir: (d) Air supplying pipe from reservoir. (e) 265-liter air reservoir (old iron hot-water boiler). (f) Box for holding ice. (g) 38-liter milk-can containing fish. (h) Safety valve. (i) Pressure indicator. Fig. 2. Diagram of Baguio and vicinity, showing location of bass ponds. 159 Sth Lae ye Be baWons Hs , Sl ptrend- Y ry ac AE 6S Z s 3 Sheet 7 uy 1 - 7 * - ; 5 ‘ in Parity (f * i a wv rf i ’ : ‘ eS 5 * ‘ k > ? aed i t i Scr., Vou. V, No. 3. [Puin. Journ. TRANSFERENCH OF BLACK BASs.] SHALE: pee = See Te PLATE iy (al CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE LEPIDOPTEROUS FAUNA OF THE PHILIPPINES. By W. ScHULTZE. (Prom the Hntomological Section, Biological Laboratory, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I.) A. NEW LEPIDOPTERA. Fam. LYC ANID. TARUCUS Moore. Lep. Ceylon (1881), 1, 81. Type: 7’. theophrastus Wabr. Tarucus leopardus sp. nov. Pl. J, fig. 9. é. Upperside of wings irridescent purplish blue with a narrow dull black line along outer margin; cilia white. Tail black, tipped with white. Hind wing with two indistinct submarginal spots at posterior angle. Underside of wings white with a faint ochraceous tinge and numerous dark brown markings as follows: A narrow subcostal band from base to middle of fore wing, thence obliquely toward posterior outer angle; basal area v ith three triangular patches, the medial one being most prominent ; outer area with three oblique bars from the costa, the second, which is the lo. zest, reaching vein IV; a prominent, nearly round, postmedial spot between veins III and LV; a submarginal band and a marginal row of six very small spots, each between two veins and a very fine marginal line. Cilia white. Hind wing with a basal bar, six antemedial transverse streaks, two medial transverse streaks, two postmedial streaks, and a postmedial band from inner margin to vein VI; a prominent submarginal band, six submarginal spots and a fine anteciliary line. The submarginal area between veins I and III is dark ochraceous and the two black spots upon it are surrounded by a highly metallic, green line. 9. Upperside of wings grayish brown with a bluish irridescence on basal half. Discal area whitish. All markings on underside similar to those above although less diffused. Hind wing with the submarginal row of spots large and distinct. Underside similar to that in 2 ; all markings somewhat larger. 161 162 SCHULTZE. Length of wing: ¢, 11 millimeters; 2, 13.5 millimeters. Luzon, Province of Camarines, Paracale, P. I. (J. P. Iddings col- lector). e Type 6, @ and cotype 6 No. 12743 in’ Entomological Collection, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. Fam. KUPTEROTID A. PSEUDOGANISA gen. noy. Type: P. currani. : Palpi upturned and thickly fringed with hair. Fore wing broad, the apex rounded, outer’ margin produced at vein IV. Veins VII, VIII, TX, stalked. Outer margin of hind wing very much pronounced at vein IV and sharply angulate. Closely related to Ganisa. Pseudoganisa currani sp. noy. Pl. I, fig. 2. 4. Head ochraceous brown. General color of thorax, abdomen and wings tawny aboye; collar cream-white ; basal half of the fore wing with shiny scales in certain, lights. Fore wing with a dark brown spot at the end of cell and straight oblique postmedial line and two brownish submarginal patches between veins Il and LY. Hind wing with the basal half hairy, the postmedial line slightly curyed outward. Underside of thorax, abdomen and wings yellowish ochraceous. All markings as on upper side, with reddish suffusions, especially between postmedial line and margin. 2 unknown. Length of wing: 4, 25 millimeters. Minpanao, Port Banga, District of Zamboanga, P. I. (W. I. Hutchin- son collector). Type ¢ No. 8748 in Entomological collection, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I.) I take pleasure in naming this species in honor of Mr. H. M. Curran, who has contributed a large number of insects to our collection. Fam. LYMANTRIDD A. NUMENES Walker. Cat. Lep., Het., British Mus. (1855), 3, 662. Type: WN. siletti Walk. Numenes insolita sp. noy. Pl. J, fig. 4. é.-Head and thorax aboye dark brown, fore legs fuscous. Palpi, thorax below, middle and hind legs, as well as abdomen, yellow. Latter LEPIDOPTEROUS FAUNA OF THE PHILIPPINES. 163 with a dark brown spot on the second segment dorsally. Fore wing creamy white, with a dark brown band from the base, along inner margin, to posterior outer angle. A narrow oblique antemedial and a broad postmedial band from costa to inner margin. The postmedial band some- what ampliated beyond the cell. Hind wing yellow with an irregular, dark brown, marginal band. Underside of wings pale yellow. Fore wing with the postmedial band and hind wing with the marginal band as above. 9 unknown. Length of wing: 3, 21 millimeters. PaLawaNn, Iwahig, P. I. (W. Schultze collector). Type 6 No. 10873 in Entomological Collection, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. This species seems to be closely related to N. contrahens Walker, from Sarawak, Borneo, which has the fore wings testaceous. ADLULLIA Walker. Cat. Lep., Het., British Mus. (1865), 33, 392. Type: A. lunifera Walk. Adlullia benguetana sp. noy. Pl. I, figs. 6, 7. 6. Head, thorax and abdomen ventrally, anal tuft and legs ochraceous. Thorax dorsally, and fore wing red-brown, the latter with the discal area of postrior margin irrorated with black scales. Abdomen dorsally and hind wing dark fuscous. @. Head, thorax above, and front and middle legs yellow, the latter somewhat paler; hind legs and thorax below fuscous. Abdomen dark brown, the anal tuft cream-white. Fore wing dark, fuscous brown; costal area, veins and cilia bright yellow. The interspaces between the yeins irrorated with yellow scales, especially toward outer margin. Hind wing dark brown, the cilia fuscous brown. Length of wing: ¢, 13.5 millimeters; @, 20 millimeters. Found in copula: Luzon, Benguet, Baguio, P. I. (J. P. Iddings collector). Types, ¢ and @, No. 12733 in Entomological Collection, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. Adlullia samarensis sp. noy. Pl. I, fig. 1. ?. Head, antennz and legs yellow, the latter irrorated with brown scales. Thorax above pale reddish brown with a few very long yellowish hairs. Thorax below and abdomen dark brown. Fore wing reddish brown; a large, lunular, cream-white, discal spot between veins III and V. A dentated row of yellow spots along outer margin and cilia. Posterior margins with a few yery long, yellow hairs. Hind wing with the basal 97121——2 164 SCHULTZE. half dark brown, the apical half yellow. Underside of wings similar to upper, though the discal spot of the fore wing is not as prominent. é unknown. Length of wing: @, 30 millimeters. Samar, P. I. (@. L. Parks collector). Cotypes, @ No. 12783 in Entomological Collection, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. Fam. ARCTIIDA. Subf. LITHOSIIN 4. DEILEMERA Hiibner. Verz. bek. Schmetterl. (1818), 178. Type: D. evergista Stoll. Deilemera gratia sp. noy. PI. J, fig. 3. 6. Head, collar and thorax cream-white. Palpi with a black spot on second and third joints'laterally. A black spot on front and one on top of head, two on the collar, one on each tegula and three medially on the thorax. Legs white; cox and thorax below black-spotted. Abdomen pale yellow, with black segmental bands dorsally and tow rows of lateral spots. Wings snow-white, semi-transparent. Fore wing with the veins more or less fuscous. Underside similar to upper, the fuscous color more pronounced especially along the costal margin of the fore wing. 9. The black, abdominal band on the penultimate segment yery wide and bi-emarginate posteriorly; anal segment cream-white. Length of wing: ¢, 28.5 millimeters, 2, 29 millimeters. Luzon, Province of Benguet, Pauai, P. I., 2,250 meters (R. C. Me- Gregor collector). Types, ¢ and @, No. 11136 in Entomological Collection, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. MONOTAXIS Hampson. Cat. Lep., Phal., British Mus. (1900), 2, 181. Type: VW. trimaculata Hamps. Monotaxis montanus sp. noy. Pl. J, fig. 10. 9. Head, collar, tegule, thorax and abdomen below ochraceous. Thorax and extremities of tegule metallic blue-green. Abdomen fuscous. Fore wing ochraceous, the costal margin metallic blue-green except the apical third. A band from base along posterior margin expanding into a large patch below the cell and another wedge-shaped, postmedially. Hind wing pale ochraceous, the apical area fuscous. $ unknown. Length of wing: 2, 18 millimeters. LEPIDOPTEROUS FAUNA OF THE PHILIPPINES. 165 Luzon, Province of Benguet, Lutab, P. I., 1,000 meters (Rk. C. Me- Gregor collector). Type 2 No. 12701 in Entomological Collection, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. Fam. GEOMETRIDAE. Subf. LARENTIIN. PHTHONOLOBA Warren. Nov. Zool. (1894), 1, 397. Type: P. decussata Moore. Phthnoloba benguetana sp. noy. Pl. J, fig. 5. 2. Head, collar and thorax bright green, a dark brown spot on each tegula. Abdomen and legs pale green, the latter streaked with brown and the former with a brown spot on the first segment. Fore wing bright green with a brown discocellular spot and double antemedial, medial, postmedial and submarginal brown zig-zag lines. ‘lhe post- medial lines form a brown patch in the discal area and at the posterior margin. Hind wing pale green with a brown discocellular spot, a curved postmedial line and an internal fuscous marginal band. Cilia with a series of fuscous spots at the ends of the veins. 6 unknown. Length of wing: 2, 19 millimeters. Luzon, Province of Benguet, Pauai, P. 1., 2,250 meters (R. C. Mc- Gregor collector). Cotypes, @ No. 11177 in Entomological Collection, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. Fam. TINEID A. Subf. GELECHIIN 2. HYPERPERISSA Walsingham. Cat. Bast. Lep., Het. (1900), 2, 546. Type: H. aurantiaca Semper. Hyperperissa pulchella sp. nov. PI. J, fig. 8. @. Head, thorax, abdomen and legs dark, metallic blue. Wings golden yellow. Fore wing with a streak at the base and the apical third dark, metallic blue. Hind wing with the apical dark metallic blue, the inner margin of which is nearly straight. é unknown. Length of wing: @, 14 millimeters. Luzon, Province of Benguet, Lutab, 1,000 meters, and Pauai, P. L., 2,250 meters (2. C. McGregor collector). Type 2 No. 12686 and paratype No. 11148 in Entomological Collec- tion, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. 166 SCHULTZE. B. SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HITHERTO UNRECORDED FROM THE ‘ PHILIPPINES. Suborder RHOPHALOCERA. Fam. LYCANID A. CHILADES Moore. Lep. Ceyl. (1881), 1, 76. Type: C. laiws Cram. CHILADES TROCHILUS Frey. : Lycena trochilus Freyer, Neuere Beitr. Schmetterl. (1844), 5, 98, pl. 140, fig. 1. : Lycena putli Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir (1848), 4, pt. 2, 422. Chilades putli Moore, Lep. Ceyl. (1881), 1, 77, pl. 35, fig. 4. 3 Chilades trochilus de Nicev., Butterfl. of India, Burma, and Ceylon (1890), 3, 91. . Zizera putli Semper,’ Schmetterl. d. Phil. Ins. (1892), 5, 172, footnote. Luzon, Mountaim Province, Kalinga, Sabue, P. I. (10561 H. M. Curran). ZIZERA Moore. Lep. Ceyl. (1881), 1, 78. Type: Z. alsus Wien. Verz. ZIZERA MORA Swinh. Zizera mora Swinhoe, Proc. Zoél. Soc., Lond. (1884) 506, pl. 47, fig. 2; de Nicev., Butterfl. of India, Burma and Ceylon (1890), 3, 118. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (8019 W. Schultze). ZIZERA GAIKA Trim. Lycena gaika Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., ser. 3 (1862), 1, 403. Zizera gaika Butl., Proc. Zoél. Soc. Lond. (1884), 484; de Nicey., Butterdfl. of India, Burma and Ceylon (1890), 3, 118, pl. 26, fig. 174. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (7351 W. Schultze) ; Laguna, Sta. Maria, P. I. (8532 H. M. Curran); Rizal, Montalban Gorge, P. I. (9128 F. D. Nash). CASTALIUS Hiibner. Verz. bek, Schmetterl. (1816), 70. Type: C. rosimon Fabr. CASTALIUS ELNA Hewits. Lycena elna Hetwits., Ex. Butterfl. (1876), 5, Lycena pl. 1, fig. 8. Castalius elna Moore, Proce. Zoél. Soe. Lond. (1877), 587; de Nicey., Butterfl. of India, Burma and Ceylon (1890), 3, 201; Bingham, Fauna British Ind., Butterfl., (1907), 2, 430. PaLawan, lwahig, P. I. (11166 W. Schultze). *I quote this species again, as Semper mentions it as rather doubtful from the Philippines. LEPIDOPTEROUS FAUNA OF THE PHILIPPINES. ING Fam. PAPILIONID. Subit. PAPILIONIN 2. PAPILIO Linnzus. Syst. Nat. (1758), 1, 458. Type: P. priamus Linn. PaPILio xuTHUS Linn. Papilio cuthus Linn., Syst. Nat. Given. Uy (oil, Papilio xanthus Rothsch., Noy. Zool. (1895), 2, 278. Papilio cuthus Bingham, Fauna British Ind., Butterfl. (1907), 2, 38. Luzon, Province of Benguet, Pauai, P. I., 2,250 meters (11130 R. C. McGregor). PAPILIO NEPTUNUS Gueér. Papilio neptunus Guérin, Deless. Souv. Inde (1843), 2, 69; Wall., Trans. Linn. Soe. (1865), 25, 42; Druce, Proce. Zoél. Soc. Lond. (1873), 357; Distant, Rhop. Malay. (1886), 335. Minpanao, P. I. (13196 C. 2. Overman). Fam. HESPERID At. PADUKA Distant. Rhopal. Malay. (1886), 375. Type: P. glandulosa Dist. PADUKA GLANDULOSA Dist. Paduka glandulosa Distant, loc cit. 376, pl. 35, fig. 5. PALAWAN, Puerto Princesa, P. I. (8757 C. M. Weber). Suborder HE TEROCERA. Fam. SPHINGID 2. Subf. PHILAMPELIN#. ANGONYX Boisduval. Spec. Gen. Lep. Het. (1875), 1, 317. Type: A. testacea Walk. ANGONYX TESTACEA Walk. Perigoma testacea Walk., Cat. Lep., British Mus. (1856), 8, 102. Angonyx testacea Rothsch. and Jord., Rey. Lep. Fam. Sphing. (1903), 544. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (11050 R. Werm). Subf. SESSIIN 4. CEPHONODES Hiibner. Verz. bek. Schmetterl. (1816), 131: Type: C. hylas Linn. CEPHONODES TITAN Rothsch. Cephonodes titan Rothschild, Noy. Zool. (1899), 6, 69; Rothsch. and Jord., Rev. Lep. Fam. Sphing. (1903), 469. juuzon, Province of Benguet, P. I., 1,850 meters (12726 J. P. Iddings). 168 SCHULTZE. Fam. NOTODONTID/. GARGETTA Walker. Cat. Lep. Ins., British Mus. (1864), 32, 455. Type: G. costigera Walk. GARGETTA COSTIGERA Walk. Gargetta costigera Walk., loc. cit. 455; Hamps., Fauna British Ind. Moths (1892), 1, 135. Luzon, Province of Cagayan, Tuguegarao, P. I. (9447 W. Wilhamson). Fam. COSSID At. COSSUS Fabricius. Ent. Syst. (1794), 3, pt. 2, 3. Type: C. ligniperda Fabr. CossUS ACRONYCTOIDES Moore. Brachylia acronyctoides Moore, Proce. Zoél. Soc. Lond, (1879), 411, pl. 8h, fig. 4. ~“Cossus acronyctoides Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1892), 1, 305. Luzon, Province of Laguna, Los Banos, P. I. (12901 #. M. Ledyard). Fam. LIMACODID A. NAGODA Moore. Lep. Ceyl. (1887), 3, 542. Type: NV. nigricans Moore. _NaAGoDA NIGRICANS Moore. Nagoda nigricans Moore, loc. cit., 542, pl. 211, fig. 10; Hamps., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. British Mus. (1893), 9, pl. 161, fig. 1; Fauna British Ind., Moths (1892), 1, 401. Luzon, Province of Benguet, Trinidad, P. I. (8352 C. S. Banks). Fam. LASIOCAMPIDA:. ODONESTIS Germar. Prod. (1811), 49. Type: O. potatoria Fabr. ODONOSTIS PLAGIFERA Walk. Lebeda plagifera Wallk., Cat. Lep. Ins., British Mus. (1855), 6, 1459; Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., British Mus. (1881), 5, 73, pl. 99, fig. 5. Odonestis plagifera Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1892), 1, 427. Luzon, Province of Benguet, Baguio, P..I. (10494 W. Schultze). LEPIDOPTEROUS FAUNA OF THE PHILIPPINES. 169 Fam. LYMANTRIIDA. AROA Walker. Cat. Lep. Het., British Mus. (1855), 4, 791. Type: A. discalis Walk. AROA MAJOR Hamps. Aroa major Hamps., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. British Mus. (1893), 9, 74, pl. 159, fig. 8; Fauna British Ind., Moths (1892), 1, 437. Luzon, Province of Benguet, Baguio, P. I. (10451 W. Schultze). LALLIA Stephens. Syst. Cat. Brit. Ins. (1829), 2, 52. Type: L. cenosa Hubn. LA&LIA surrusA Walk. : Ricine suffusa Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., British Mus. (1855), 4, 824. Prorodeca angulifera Walk., loc. cit., 919. Lelia suffusa Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1892), 1, 441. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (3123, 5215, W. Schultze) ; Nucros OccIDENTAL, Bago, P. I. (6282 C. S. Banks). DASYCHIRA Stephens. Tll. Brit. Ent., Haust. (1829), 2, 58. Type: D. pudibunda Linn. DASYCHIRA HORSFIELDI Saund. Arctia horsfieldii Saund., Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. (1851), 1, 126, pl. 12, figs. 1, 2. Dasychira horsfieldi Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1892), 1, 448. PALAWAN, Iwahig, P. I. (10870 W. Schultze). Fam. ARCTILD A. Subf. LITHOSIIN 2. MANOBA Walker. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. (1863), 7, 62. Type: WM. implens Walk. * MANOBA FRACTILINEA Snell.? Pitane fractilinea-Snell., Veth’s Midd.-Sumatra Lep. (1880), 38; Kirby, Cat. Het. (1892), 364. Bugoa multipuncta Hamps., Ill. Lep. Het., British Mus. (1893), 9, 81, pl. 158, fig. 3. Aimene multipuncta Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 93. Stictane fractilinea Hamps., Cat. Lep., Phal. (1900), 2, 259. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (4908 C. S. Banks). ? All species preceded by an* were determined by Sir George Hampson of the British Museum. 170 SCHULTZE. MILTOCHRISTA Hiibner. Verz. bek. Schmetterl. (1818), 166. Type: M. miniata Forst. MILTOCHRISTA SEMIFASCIA Walk. Setina semifascia Wallk., Cat. Lep. Is. British Mus. (1854), 2, 521. Lyclene semifascia Moore, Lep. Ceylon (1882), 2, pl. 103, fig. 7. Miltochrista semifascia Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 109. Luzon, Province of Benguet, Baguio, P. I. (8818 C. 8S. Banks). DARANTASIA Walker. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. (1859), 3, 186. Type: D. cuneiplena Wall. DARANTASIA CUNEIPLENA Walk. Darantasia cunerplena Walk., loc. cit. Swinh., Cat. Het. Lep. (1892), 1, 99, pl. 3, fig. 17; Hamps., Cat. Lep., Phal. (1900), 2, 273. Nzcros, Mount Canlaon, P. I. (12892 C. 8S. Banks). Subf. NOLIN 4. CELAMA Walker. Cat. British Mus. (1864), 32, 500. Type: C. bifascialis Wall. CELAMA TANIATA Snell. Nola teniata Snell., Tijdschr. v. Ent. (1874), 17, 65, pl. 6, fig. 1; Kirby, Cat. Het. (1892), 372. Roesella fragilis Swinh., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (1890), 184; Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 139; Kirby, loc. cit. 376. Sorocostia mesozana Lucas, Proe. Linn. Soc. N. 8. W. (1890), 4, 1075; Kirby, loc. cit. 377. Celama teniata Hamps., Cat. Lep., Phal. (1900), 2, 17. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (2377, 3978, 5148, C. S. Banks). > Subi. NYCTEOLIN 4.. EARIAS Hiibner. Verz. (1818), 395. Type: #. clorana Linn. *HARIAS INSULANA Boisd. Tortric insulana Boisd., Faune Ent. Madag. (1833), 121, pl. 16, fig. 9. Earias insulana Rogenh., Verh. Zo]. Bot. Ges. Wien. (1870), 20, 869. Harias smardinana Zell., Lep. Mic. Wahlb. Caffr. (1852), 79. Earias frondosama Walk., Cat. Lep. British Mus. (1863), 27, 204. Farias simillima Walk., op. cit. (1866), 35, 1775. Earias siliquana Stainton, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (1865), ser. 3, 5, 89. Earias gossypii Frauenf., Verh. Zoél. Bot. Ges. Wien. (1867), 17, 791. Farias tristrigosa Butl., Proc. Zoél. Soc. Lond. (1881), 614; op. cit. (1883), 157. Earias insulana Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. (1892), 1, 133; Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 133. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (2936 C. S. Banks). LEPIDOPTEROUS FAUNA OF THE PHILIPPINES. eal Fam. NOCTUID A. Subf. TRIFIN4. AGROTIS Ochsenheimer. Bur. Schmetterl. (1816), 4, 66. Type: A. segetis Schiff. AGROTIS SEGETIS Schiff. Noctua segetum Sehiff., Wien. Verz. (1876), 252. Agrotis segetum Leech, Proc. Zod]. Soc. Lond. (1889), 499; Meyr., Handb. British Lep. (1895), 91. Agrotis segetis Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 181. Luzon, Province of Benguet, Pauai, P. I., 2,250 meters (11385 R. C. McGregor). AGROTIS BICONICA Koll. Agrotis biconica Koll., Hiigel’s Kaschmir. (1844), 4, 480. Agrotis exigua Woll., loc. cit. 481. Agrotis spiculifera Guen., Noct., (1852), 1, 266. Agrotis aristifera Guen., op. cit; Moore, Lep. Ceylon (1884), 3, 32, pl. 14%, fig. 5. - Agrotis biconica Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 182. Luzon, Province of Benguet, Pauai, P. I., 2,250 meters (11377 R. C. McGregor). AGROTIS ¢-NIGRUM Linn. Phalena-Noctua c-nigrum Linn., Syst. Nat. (1758), 852. Noctua c-nigrum Scehiff., Wien. Verz. (1776), 77. Graphiphora e-nigrum Steph., Ill. British Ent. Haust. (1829), 2 ), 2, Agrotis c-nigrum Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 188. Luzon, Province of Benguet, Pauai, P. I., 2,250 meters (11 McGregor). . , AGROTIS YPSILON Rott. Noctua ypsilon Rott., Naturf. (1776), 11, 141. Bombyx spinula Esp., Schmetterl. Eur. (1782), 3, pl. 63, fig. 6, 7. Noctua suffusa Fabr., Mant., Ins. (1787), 2, 157. Agrotis suffwsa Treit., Schmetterl. Eur. (1825), 5, 152. Agrotis ypsilon Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 182. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (9748 W. Schultze). AGROTIS INGRATA Butl. Agrotis ingrata Butl., Ann. Mag. Mat. Hist. (1878), V, 1, 162; Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., British Mus. (1878), 2, 27, fig. 9. Luzon, Province of Benguet, Pauai, P. L., 2,250 meters (11185, 11384, Rk. C. McGregor). ACRONYCTA Ochsenheimer. Bur. Schmetterl. (1816), 4, 62. Type: A. leporina Linn. ACRONYCTA SINENS Walk. Orthosia sinens Walk., Cat. Lep. Ins., British Mus. (1857), 11, 746. Acronycta sinens Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 241. 172 SCHULTZE. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (9645); Benguet, Baguio, P. I. (10462 W. Schultze). CURGIA Walker. Journ. Linn. Soe. Lond. (1864), 7, 166. Type: C. nonagrica Walk. CurGIA NoNAGRICA Walk. Curgia nonagrica Walk., loc. cit. Radinacra euthusa Hamps., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., British Mus. (1891), 8, 79, pl. 145, fig. 1. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (3821, 7880 W. Schultze) ; Tarlac, Anao, P. I. (9455 R. C. McGregor). . LEUCANIA Ochsenheimer. Bur. Schmetterl. (1816), 4, 81. . Type: L. comma Linn. : LEUCANIA INFRAMICANS Hamps. Leucania inframicans Hamps., Ill. Typ. Lep. British Mus. (1893), 9, 90, pl. 161, fig. 2; Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 270. MINDANAO, Camp Keithley, P. I. (73892 Mrs. M.S. Clemens) ; Luzon, Manila, P. I. (9680 R. Werm). Lrucania Nicrizinrea Leech. Leucania nigrilinea Leech, Proce. Zodl. Soc. Lond. (1899), 483, pl. 50, fig. 8. Luzon, Province of Benguet, Lutab, P. I., 2,250 meters (12709 BR. C. McGregor). PHYCIDOPSIS Hampson. Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., British Mus. (1893), 9, 91. Type: P. albovittata Hamps. PHYCIDOPSIS ALBOVITTATA Hamps. Phycidopsis albovittata Hamps., loc. cit., pl. 161, fig. 13; Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 288. Luzon, Province of Benguet, Lutab, P. 1. (12699 R. C. McGregor). Subf. ACONTIIN 2. EUBLEMMA Hiibner. Verz. (1816) 256. Type: #. respersa Hiibn. * HUBLEMMA VERSICOLOR Walk. Autoba versicolor Walk., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. (1864), 7, 58. Mestleta angulifera Moore, Desc. Ind. Lep. Ins. Coll. Atk. (1879), 1795 Lep. Ceylon (1885), 3, 208, pl. 175, figs. 2, 2a. Eublemma angulifera Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 343. HLublemma versicolor Swinh., Cat. Lep., Het. (1900), 2, 65. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (2938 W. Schultze). LEPIDOPTEROUS FAUNA OF THE PHILIPPINES. iW) Subf. SARROTHRIPIN 2. BLENINA Walker. Cat. Lep. Het., British Mus. (1857), 13, 1214. ° Type: B. donans Walk. BLENINA DONANS Walk. Blenina donans Walk., loc. cit., 1215; Moore, Lep. Ceylon (1885), 3, 129, pl. 160, fig. 2; Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 377. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (9689 R. Werm). BLENINA QUINARIA Moore. Blenina quinaria Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Ins. Coll. Atk. (1879), 158, pl. 5, fig. 5; Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 379. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (9191 W. Garcia). CLETTHARRA Walker. Cat. Lep. Ins. British Mus. (1863), 27, 101. Type: C. valida Walk. CLETTHARRA ALBONOTATA Hamps. Clettharra albonotata Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 384. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (6388 W. Schultze). Subf. STICTOPTERINA. MACEDA Walker. Cat. Lep. Het. British Mus. (1857), 13, 1140. Type: WM. mansueta Walk. MAcEDA MANSUETA Walk. Maceda mansueta Walk., loc. cit. 1141. Calduba obdenta Wallk., op. cit. (1858), 15, 1815. Maceda discalis Walk., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. (1864), 7, 176. Maceda mansueta Moore, Lep. Ceylon (1884), 3, 82, pl. 154, fig. 4, 5; Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 397. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (9229 R. Pards). GYRTONA Walker. Cat. Lep. Het., British Mus. (1863), 27, 89. Type: G. prozimalis Walk. GYRTONA LAPIDARTIA Walk. Gyrtona lapidaria Walk., op. cit. (1864), 31, 257; Hamps., Ill. Lep. Het. British Mus. (1889), 7, pl. 143, fig. 20; Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 406. Luzon, Bataan, Lamao, P. I. (6961 H. Cuzner). GYRTONA HYLUSALIS Walk. : Gyrtona hylusalis Walk., Cat. Lep. Ins. British Mus. (1863), 27, 93; Hamps., Ill. Het. British Mus. (1893), 9, pl. 163, fig. 18; Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 405. Luzon, Province of Benguet, Baguio, P. I. (10458 W. Schultze). 174 SCHULTZE. Subf: QUADRIFIN 2. SYPNA Guenée. Noct. (1852), 3, 144. Type: S. @micronigera Guen. Sypya Puncrosa Walk. Tavia punctosa Walk., Cat. Lep. Ins. British Mus. (1865), 33, 939. Sypna ochreiciia Hamps., Ill. Het. British Mus. (1891), 8, 89, pl. 147, fig. 1. Sypna punctosa Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 447. Luzon, Province of Benguet, Pauai, P. I., 2,250 meters (11138 R. C. McGregor). : ERCHEIA Walker. Cat. Lep. Het. British Mus. (1857), 13, 1107. Type: H. cyllaria Cram. ERCHEIA CYLLOTA Guen. Achaea cyllota Guen., Noct. (1852), 3, 248. Eircheia cyllota Moore, Lep. Ceylon (1885), 3, 115, pl. 157, fig. 2. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (2585 W. Schultze). NYCTIPAO Hiibner. Verz. (1818), 271. Type: NV. erepuscularis Linn. NYCTIPAO STRIGIPENNIS Moore. Nyctipao stringipennis Moore, Proc. Zobl. Soc. Lond. (1883), 25; Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 460. liuzon, Manila, P. I. (5086 C. S. Banks). CHRYSOPERA Hampson. Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 493. Type: C. combinans Wall. CHRYSOPERA COMBINANS Walk. Achacea combinans Walls., Cat. Lep. Het. British Mus. (1858), 14, 1399; Moore, Lep. Ceylon (1885), 3, 165, pl. 169, fig. 3. Chrysopera combinans Hamps., loc. cit. 493. Luzon, Province of Tarlac, Anao, P. I. (9449 R. C. McGregor). HYP/ETRA Guenée. Noct. (1852), 3, 259. Type: H. noctuoides Guen. HyP&TRA NOCTUOIDES Guen. Hypetra noctuoides Guen., loc. cit.; Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 507. 2 Luzon, Manila, P. Il. (4764 #. D. Merrill). HYP2@TRA BUBO Hiibn. Athyrma bubo Hiibn., Zutr. (1832), 4, 13, figs. 633, 634. Hypetra bubo Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 508. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (1432 W. Schultze). LEPIDOPTEROUS FAUNA OF THE PHILIPPINES. 17 DORDURA Moore. Descr. Ind. Lep. Ins. Coll. Atk. (1879), 170. Type: D. aliena Walk. DorpurA ALIENA Walk. Hypetra aliena Walk., Cat. Lep. British Mus. (1865), 33, 964. Dysgonia tincta Hamps., Ill. Typ. Het. British Mus. (1893), 9, 112, pl. 165, fig. 3. Dordura aliena Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 511. Luzon, Manila, P. 1. (8798 J. Guerrero). HAMODES Guenée. Noct. (1852), 3, 202. Type: H. propitia Guen. HAMODES AURANTIACA Guen. Hamodes aurantiaca Guen., loc. cit. 203. Ophisma attacicola Walk., Cat. Lep. Het. British Mus. (1858), 14, 1383. Hamodes attacicola Swinh., Proc. Zoél. Soc. Lond. (1885), 463. Hypernaria dicistriga Moore, Proc. Zoél. Soc. Lond. (1867), 78. Hamodes dicistriga Moore, op. cit. (1877), 609. Hamodes marginata Moore, Deser. Ind. Lep. Ins. Coll. Atk. (1882), 169. Hamodes aurantiaca Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 547. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (12683 C. 8. Banks). ENMONODIA Walker. Oat. Lep. Het. British Mus. (1858), 14, 1332. Type: HL. pudens Walk. ENMONODIA PUDENS Walk. Hypopyra pudens Walk., loc. cit. 1329. Spirama pudens Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 555, Enmonodia pudens Butl., Entom. (1893), 26, 353. Hnmonodia hypopyroides Wallk., loc. cit., 1333. Hypopyra grandeva Feld., Reise Noy., Lep. (1873), pl. 115, fig. 2. Hypopyra persimilis Moore, Proc. Zoél. Soe. Lond. (1877), 608. Luzon, Province of Laguna, Los Bafios, P. J. (12902 #. W. Ledyard). Bam. EPIPLEMID/. ORUDIZA Walker. Cat. Lep. Ins. British Mus. (1861), 23, 857. Type: O. protheclaria Walk. ORUDIZA PROTHECLARIA Walk. 0 Orudiza protheclaria Walk., loc. cit. 858; Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1895), 3, 124. Luzon, Province of Bataan, Lamao, P. I. (9149 W. Schultze). 176 SCHULTZE. Fam. GEOMETRID A. Subf. BOARMIIN4. ORZONOBA Walker. Cat. Lep. Het. British Mus. (1860), 20, 218. Type: O. clelia Cram. ORZONOBA CLELIA Cram. Phalena clelia Cram., Pap. Exot. (1782), 3, 172, pl. 288, figs. B, C. Orzonoba clelia Moore, Lep. Ceylon (1887), 3, 395, pl. 187, fig. 2; Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1895), 3, 212. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (7138 W. Schultze). APLOCHLORA Warren. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. (1893), 386. Type: A. vivilaca Walk. APLOCHLORA VIRIDIS Warren. Aplochlora viridis Warren, loc. cit., pl. 31, fig. 7. Luzon, Province of Benguet, Pauai, P. I., 2,250 meters (11372 R. C. McGregor). Subf. LARENTIIN 2. PHOTOSCOTOSIA Warren. Proc. Zodl. Soc. Lond. (1888), 328. Type: P. miniosata Walk. PHOTOSCOTOSIA MINIOSATA Walk. Scotosia miniosata Walk., Cat. Lep. Het. British Mus. (1862), 25, 1354. Photoscotosia mimosata Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1895), 3, 380. Luzon, Province of Benguet, Pauai, P. [., 2,250 meters (11134 R. C. McGregor). CATACLYSME Hiibner. Verz. bek. Schmetterl. (1818), 329. Type: C. riguata Hiibn. CATACLYSME CONTURBATA Walk. Larentia conturbata Walk., Cat. Lep. Ins. British Mus. (1862), 26, 1703. Cataclysme conturbata Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1895), 3, 349. Luzon, Province of Benguet, Pauai, P. [., 2,250 meters (11379 R. C. McGregor). PHTHONOLOBA Warren. Nov. Zool. (1894), 1, 397. Type: P. decussata Moore. PHTHONOLOBA DECUSSATA Moore. Phthonoloba decussate Moore, Proc. Zoil. Soc. Lond. (1867), 655, pl. 33, fig. 10. Necros, Mount Canlaon, 850 meters (6448 C. 8. Banks). LEPIDOPTEROUS FAUNA OF THE PHILIPPINES. 1 =I I Subf. ACIDALIIN 42. ACIDALIA Treitschke. Hur. Schmetterl. (1825), 5, 438. Type: A. ochrata Scop. *ACIDALIA RUFULA Swinh. Acidalia rufula Swinh. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (3506 C. 8S. Banks). Subf. GEOMETRIN 4&. DYSPHANIA Hiibner. Verz. (1816), 175. Type: D. militaris Linn. DyYSPHANIA PALMYRA Stoll. Phalena Bombyx palmyra Stoll, Cram. Pap. Exot. (1790), 5, 159, pl. 36, fig. 1. Huschema palmyra Hiibn., Verz., (1816), 175; Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1895), 3, 470. Huschema transversa Moore, Lep. Ceylon (1887), 3, 422, pl. 189, figs. 3, 3a. Dysphania palmyra Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. (1900), 2, 381. Patawan, Iwahig, P. I. (9445 C. M. Weber, 11106 W. Schultze). AFRENA Hampson. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (1895), 314. Type: A. esmeralda Hamps. AFRENA ESMERALDA Hamps. Afrena esmeralda Hamps., Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. (1895), 314; Fauna British Ind., Moths (1896), 4, 565. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (11545 W. Schultze). Fam. PYRALIDZD. Sub. ANERASTIIN 2. ANERASTIA Hiibner. Verz. (1816), 367. Type: A. lotella Hiibn. *ANERASTIA CELSELLA Walk. Anerastia celsella Wallk., Cat. Lep. British Mus. (1863), 27, 193; Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1896), 4, 56. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (3831 C. S. Banks). * ANERASTIA PALLIDICOSTA Walk. Pempelia cautella Wallk., Cat. Lep. British Mus. (1863), 27, 73. Cadra defectella Walk., op. cit. (1864), 30, 962. Ephestia cautella Hamps., Fauna British Ind.. Moths (1896), 4, 66. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (117, 3828, 3876 C. S. Banks). 178 SCHULTZE. NEPHOPTERYX Hiibner. Verz. (1816), 370. Type: N. rhenella Zinck. * NEPHOPTERYX SYNTARACTIS Turn. Nephopteryx syntaractis Turner, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensl. (1904), 18, 145. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (4169 C. S. Banks). CANTHELEA Walker. Cat. Lep. British Mus. (1866), 35, 1726. Type: C. egnusalis Wall. * CANTHELEA AGNUSALIS Walk. Pyralis?egnusalis Walk., op. cit. (1859), 19, 905. Homcosoma gratella Walk., op. cit. (1863), 27, 26. Homeesoma derasella Swinh., Proc. Zoél. Soc. Lond. (1885), 877, pl. 57, fig. 19. ELpicrocis egnusalis Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1896), 4, 85. Luzon, Manila, P. J. (2376, 2632 C. S. Banks). PHYCITA Curtis. British Ent. (1840), 6, 233. Type: P. spissicella Fabr. *PHYCITA PROXIMALIS Walk. Nephopteryx proximalis Wall., Cat. Lep. British Mus. (1863), 27, 68. Phycita proximalis Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1896), 4, 94. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (5864 C. S. Banks). *PHYCITA CLIENTELLA Zell. Nephopteryx clientella Zell., Stett. Ent. Zeit. (1867), 396. Phycita clientella Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1896), 4, 94. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (2628 C. 8. Banks; 5246 W. Schultze). RHOBOPHAA Guenée. Hur. Microl, Ind. Meth, (1845), 74. Type: R. advenella Zinck. *“RHODOPHA HERINGIT Rag. Rhodophea heringii Rag., Ann. Soc. Ent. France (1888), 282; Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1896), 4, 99. j Luzon, Manila, P. I. (2631 C. S. Banks). Subf. ENDOTRICHIN As, ENDOTRICHA Zeller. Tris (1847), 293. Type: . flammealis Schiff. *ENDOTRICHA PUNCTICOSTALIS Walk. Rhisina puncticostalis Walk., Cat. Lep. British Mus. (1865), 34, 1324. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (4176 C. S. Banks; 4244 Geo. L. Araneta). LEPIDOPTEROUS FAUNA OF THE PHILIPPINES. 179 Subf. PYRALIN 4. PYRALIS Linneus. Syst. Nat. (1767), 12, 881. Type: P. farimalis Linn. *PYRALIS PICTALIS Curt. Asopia pictalis Curt., British Ent. (1834), 11, pl. 527. Pyralis pronealis Walk., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (1859), 19, 906. Pyralis proximalis Wall., Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. (1864), 120. Myelois bractiatella Walk., Cat. Lep. British Mus. (1863), 27, 36; Moore, Lep. Ceyl. (1887), 3, 262, pl. 178, fig. 3. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (2592 C. S. Banks). : -Subi. HYDROCAMPIN 2. NYMPHULA Schrank. Fauna Boica (1802), 2, 162. Type: NV. nympheata Linn. *NYMPHULA TURBATA Butl. Nymphula turbata Butl., Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. (1881), 586; Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1896), 4, 192. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (2934 W. Schultze, 4172 O. S. Banks, 5898 G. M. Neil). MUSOTIMA Meyrick. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (1884), 288. Type: MW. anducalis Feld. *MUSOTIMA SUFFUSALIS Hamps. Musotima suffusalis Hamps., Ill. Lep. Het. British Mus. (1893), 9, 178, pl. 174, fig. 20; Fauna British Ind., Moths (1896), 4, 199. luuzon, Manila, P. I. (5884 G. MW. Neill). ORPHNOPHANES Lederer. Wien. Ent. Mon. (1863), 428. Type: O. eucerasalis Walk. *ORPHNOPHANES ALBISIGNALIS Hamps. Orphnophanes albisignalis Hamps., Fauna British Ins., Moths (1896), 4, 231. Luzon, Province of Benguet, Trinidad, P. I. (8688 C. 8. Banks). Subf. MARGARONIIN&. LOMOTROPA Lederer. Wien. Ent. Mon. (1863), 7, 404. Type: L. costifleralis Guen. LOMOTROPA COSTIFLEXALIS Guen. Pygospila costiflecalis Guen., Delt. et Pyral. (1854), 313; Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1896), 4, 362. Lomotropa costiflexalis Led., 1. ec. 405, pl. 14, fig. 8. Iuuzon, Manila, P. I. (3549 R. #. Brown, S. J.). 971213 180 SCHULTZE. Subf. PYRAUSTIN 4. OMPHISA Moore. Lep. Ceylon (1886), 3, 317. Type: O. anastomosalis Guen. OMPHISA ANASTOMOSALIS Guen. Pionea anastomosalis Guen., Delt. et Pyral. (1854), 373. Omphisa anastomosalis Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1896), 4, 382; Swinh., Cat. Lep., Het. (1900), 2, 521. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (8049 C. 8. Banks). CHROCHIPHORA Hiibner. Geyer, Samml., Exot. Schmetterl. (1838), 4, 12. Type: C. testulalis Hubn. CHROCHIPHORA TESTULALIS Hubn. Chrochipora testulalis Hubn., loc. cit., figs. 629, 630. - Stenia testulalis Guen., Delt. et Pyral. (1854), 230. Siriocauta testulalis Led., Wien. Ent. Mon. (1863), 7, 424. Maruca testulalis Moore, Lep. Ceylon (1885), 3, 298; Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1896), 4, 393. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (9757 R. Werm). ACHARANA Moore. Lep. Ceylon. (1885), 3, 285. Type: A. pheopteralis Guen. ACHARANA LICARSISALIS Walk. Botys licarsisalis Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., British Mus. (1859), 18, 686. Pachyzancla licarsisalis Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1896), 4, 402. Acharana licarsisalis Swinh., Cat. Lep., Het. (1900), 2, 526. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (3124, 3926, 4323, 4727, W. Schultze). Fam. TINEIDZ. MICROCOSSUS Moore. Lep. Ceylon (1885), 3, 497. Type: M. mackwoodti Moore. Microcossus MacKwoopit Moore. Microcossus mackwoodii Moore, loc. cit., 498, pl. 208, fig. 9. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (4757, 8047 W. Schultze). ILLUSTRATIONS. PLATE I. Fig. 1. Adlullia samarensis Schultze 9. 2. Pseudoganisa currani Schultze ¢. 3. Deilemera gratia Schultze 9. 4. Numenes insolita Schultze @. 5. Phthonoloba benguetana Schultze 9. 6. Adlullia benguetana Schultze ¢. 7. Adlullia benguetana Schultze 9. 8. Hyperperissa pulchella Schultze 9. 9. Tarucus leopardus Schultze ¢ (underside): 0. Monotaxis montanus Schultze 9. 181 . Es a No Ii ! . ¥ . é é 2h . * £5 Phase 9, ? a 5 fey Rae = el)! ner . = i 1 x ' hak eae § ns - SCHULTZE : LEPIDOPTEROUS FAUNA OF THE PHILIPPINES. ] [PuHin. Journ. Scr., Vou. V, No. 3. 8 J. Castro, ad nat. del. 1910. 10 PLATE I. NEUE COLEOPTERA LAMELLICORNIA VON DEN PHILIPPINEN. Von J. Mosrr. (Berlin, Germany.) Die im folgenden beschriebenen Arten befanden sich unter dem Material, welches mir das Bureau of Science in Manila zur Bestimmung tbersandte, und wurden mir ,von diesen Arten Doubletten giitigst tiberlassen. : Macronota luctuosa Voll., subsp. palawanica subsp. nov. Differt a luctwosa Voll.: Minor, clyper femoribus tibiisque rufis.— - Long. 17 mill. Typus No. 10725 in Coll. Ent., Bureau of Science, Manila, P.. I. Hab: Panawan, lwahig, P. I. (W. Schultze collector). Auf Palawan kommt eie kleme Lokalform der Macronota luctuosa Voll., vor. Die Exemplare von Amboina, Sumatra und Nias sind von gleicher Grosse. Wihrend jedoch bei den Hxemplaren von Sumatra und Nias, Clypeus und Fiihler schwarz sind, sind bei solchen yon Amboina der Clypeus und Fiihler rothraun. Auch zeigen bei einigen Exemplaren yon letzterer Lokalitait die Beine eine pechbraune Farbung. .Hxemplare yon Palawan sind nun bedeutend kleiner und sind bei ihnen der vordere Teil des Clypeus, die Fiihler, Schenkel und Schienen rotbraun gefarbt. Astrzea multimaculata sp. nov. a Nigra, supra opaca flavomaculata. Capite punctato, fronte flavo- bivittata, clypeo nitido, antice emarginato; antennis piceis; prothorace disco ‘sparsim lateraliter paulo densius punctato, vittis 5 maculisque 2 an 4 flavis ornato; scutello yitta media flava; scapulis flavis; elytris disco striatis lateraliter aciculato-punctatis, singulis maculis 13-15 flavis ornatis; pygidio flayo, nigro-bivittato, aciculato-punctato, punctis setas minutas flavas ferentibus. Corpore infra medio nitido, lateribus flavo- tomentosis.—Long. 11 mill. Typus No. 7294 in Coll. Ent., Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. Hab: Minpanao, Camp Keithley, P. I. (dirs. M. 8S. Clemens col- lector) . Die Art, von der zwei minnliche Hxemplare vorliegen, ist etwas kleiner als A. tigrina Mohn., hat dieselbe Zeichnung des Halsschildes aber : 183 184 MOSER. zahlreichere gelbe Flecke auf den Fliigeldecken. Der glinzende Clypeus ist vorn in der Mitte bogenférmig ausgeschnitten, die Lappen sind abgerundet; Scheitel und Stirn sind matt und mit zwei gelben Lings- binden versehen. Die Fiihler sind pechbraun. Das Halsschild hat finf gelbe Lingsbinden, von denen die mittlere weder den Vorder-noch den Hinterrand erreicht, wihrend’ die vier tibrigen, vom Vorderrande ausgehend, hinten yerktirzt sind. Wor dem Hinterrande befindet sich jederseits des Schildchens ein gelber Makel und bei dem emmen Exemplar ist auch ein kleiner punktformiger Fleck zwischen den beiden ausseren Binden yorwirts der Mitte vorhanden. Der Discus des Halsschildes zeigt nur eine zerstreute und schwache Punktierung, wihrend die Punkte an den Seiten etwas dichter stehen und hier hufeisenformig smd. Das Schildchen trigt eine gelbe Liangsbinde. Die Fligeldecken zeigen auf dem Discus neben der Naht drei nach yorn und hinten verschwindende Langsnadelrisse und daneben nach dem Aussenrande zu Reihen yon nadelrissigen Punkten. Die Naht ist nicht wie bei tigrina in eine Spitze ausgezogen. Jede Fliigeldecke trigt 13-15 gelbe Flecke, von denen 8 ungefaihr an derselben Stelle stehen wie bei tigrina, aber eine mehr quere Gestalt haben, waihrend die tibrigen, kleimeren, auf dem Discus neben der Naht legen. Das gelb tomentierte Pygidium tragt zwei schwarze Lingsbinden. Hs hat eine zerstreute hufeisenformige Punk- tierung und ist jeder Punkt mit emem gelblichen Borstchen versehen. Die Unterseite ist in der Mitte glinzend und mit vereinzelten Punkten besetzt. Die Seiten sind breit gelb tomentiert und zeigen sich auf dem Abdomen in dieser Tomentbedeckung an jeder Seite drei quere schwarze unbedeckte Flecke. Bei dem einen der beiden yorliegenden Exemplare stehen diese schwarzen Flecken auf dem dritten und vierten Bauchseg- ment mit der schwarzen Mitte in Verbindung. Die Seiten der Brust sind mit nicht dicht stehenden gelben Haaren besetzt, wahrend die weitlaufigen nadelrissigen Punkte des Abdomens kleine gelbliche Borsten tragen. Der Brustfortsatz ist kurz, vorn breit gerundet. Die Vorderschienen sind beim $ zweizihnig, die inneren Sporen der Hinterschienen sind bei den vyorliegenden beiden Exemplaren nicht linger als die ausseren. Der Forceps ist ganz anders gebildet als bei tigrina. Hoplia philippensis sp. nov. : Rufo-picea, dense aureo-squamulata et sparsim flayo-pilosa. Clypeo leviter coriaceo, nitido, postice punctis grossis setiferis tecto; tibiis anticis tridentatis, antennis 9-articulatis—lLong. 5.5 mill. Typus No. 6026 in Coll. Ent., Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. Hab: Nucros OccipentTaL, Maao, P. I. (Charles S. Banks collector). Die Art gehort zur auwrantiaca-Gruppe. Sie ist von rotbrauner Par- bung und dicht mit goldigen Schuppen bedeckt. Der Clypeus its un- beschuppt, schwach lederartig glanzend, im hinteren Teile mit sehr groben gelblich beborsteten Punkten. Siammtliche Schuppen sind von NEUE COLEOPTERA LAMELLICORNIA. 185 rundlicher Gestalt und unterscheidet sich die Art dadurch leicht yon der gleichfalls auf den Philippinen vorkommenden simplea Sharp, bei der die Schuppen der Fliigeldecken langlich geformt sind. Die kurzen gelblichen Borstenhaare der Fliigeldecken stehen in regelmissigen Reihen und zwar fehlt da, wo sich ein Borstenhaar befindet, die Schuppe. In Gestalt und Form der Schuppen hat die Art Ahnlichkeit mit aurifera Brnsk. yon Borneo, doch sind bei letzterer Art die Vorderecken des Halsschildes stirker yorgezogen und spitzwinklig, bei philippensis recht- winklig. Hoplia maculifera sp. nov. Picea, supra dense flavo-squamosa, vittis duabus maculisque nonnullis elytrorum nigro-brunneis, subtus dense aureo-squamulata. Clypeo haud squamoso, subrugoso; tibiis anticis tridentatis, antennis 9-articulatis— Long. 7 mill. Typus No. 7225 im Coll. Hnt., Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. Hab: Luzon, Province of Benguet, Irisan River, P. 1. (R. C. Me- Gregor collector) . Etwas grosser als die vorhergehende Art, die Form der Schuppen und die borstenartige Behaarung ebenso, aber die Schuppen anders gefarbt, der Clypeus runzelig, so dass die grésseren beborsteten Punkte nicht hervortreten wie bei der vorhergehenden Art. Die Schuppen der Oberseite sind heller oder dunkler gelb gefiirbt, die Zeichnungen sind mehr oder weniger dunkelbraun. Auf dem Halsschilde befinden sich in der Mitte zwei Liingsbinden und sind ausserdem noch zwei dussere angedeutet. Auf den Fliigeldecken befindet sich ein Lingsfleck unterhalb der Schulter, einer auf dem Discus vor der Mitte und ein fast nierenformiger hinter der Mitte. Die Schuppen der Unterseite schimmern schwach goldig. Wegen des anders skulptierten Clypeus glaube ich nicht, dass diese Art nur eine Varietit der vorhergehenden ist, wenn gleich auch die Arten der aurantiaca-Gruppe abnlich gefirbte Varietéten zu bilden pflegen. Lepidiota corpulenta sp. nov. @ castanea, supra nitida, parce flayo-squamulata. Capite, fronte sparsim fortiter punctulata, clypeo lateribus rotundatis, margine antico haud exciso, ruguloso-punctato, punctis omnibus flavo-squamosis; anten- nis 9-articulatis; prothorace antice et postice attenuato, angulis posticis obtusis, anticis fere rectis, paulo prominulis, haud dense fortiter et ruguloso-punctato, punctis squamas minutas ferentibus; scutello semicir- culari, parce punctulato; elytvis subcostatis, rugoso-punctatis, punctis squamulatis, sutura levi; pygidio densius cinereo-squamulato-setoso, Subtus pectoris lateribus griseo-villosis, abdominis medio sparsim, later- ibus dense cinero-squamulatis ; tibiis anticis tridentatis—Long. 26 mill. Typus No. 6883 in Coll. Ent., Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. Hab: Minpanao, Camp Keithley, P. I. (Mrs. M. S. Clemens col- lector) ; Crsu (7431 A. Celestino). 186 MOSER. Die Art, von der drei weibliche’ Hxemplare vorliegen, gehért zu den kleineren Arten der Gattung Lepidiota, ist von robuster Gestalt und durch neungliedrige Fiihler ausgezeichnet. Die Firbung ist braun, die Oberseite ist gliinzend und mit nicht dicht stehenden kleinen gelblichen Schitippchen bedeckt. Die Stim ist kraftig aber zerstreut, der Clypeus grob runzelig punktiert, alle Punkte tragen gelbe borstenartige Schup- pen. Das dritte Fiihlerglied ist um die Halfte linger als das vierte. Das Halsschild ist bedeutend breiter als lang, in der Mitte am breitesten, dhe Hinterecken sind stumpfivinklig, die schwach yorgezogenen YVor- derecken fast rechtwinklig. Die Oberflache ist ebenso wie die des Schild- chens nicht dicht aber grob runzelig punktiert und jeder Punkt mit emem kleinen gelblichen Schtippchen yersehen. Die Fliigeldecken zeigen ausser der glatten, schwach erhabenen Naht, noch 2—3 Rippen, welche sich schwach von der runzlig punktierten und mit kleinen Schuppen yersehenen Oberfliche abheben. Das Pygidium ist dichter nadelrissig punktiert und weisslich beschuppt. Die Seiten der Brust sind gelblich- grau behaart, die Mitte der Brust zeigt nur vereinzelte grobe Punkte. Die Mitte des Abdomens ist zerstreut punktiert, die Seiten sind dicht mit borstenartige weissliche Schuppen tragenden Punkten bedeckt. Die Beine sind weiss beborstet, die Vorderschienen dreiziihnig. Apogonia metallescens sp. noy. . Nigro-brunnea, nitida, supra vividi et cupreomicans. Capite haud dense punctulato, clypea antice parum emarginato, fortius punctato; an- tennis piceis; prothorace transverso, angulis posticis rotundatis, angulis anticis prominulis, acutis, disco haud erebre, lateraliter paulo densius punctato et leviteo impresso; scutello dere levi; elytris postice paulo ampliatis, subrugoso-punctatis, vix costatis; pygidio ruguloso-punctato. Subtus medio subtiliter et sparsim, lateraliter densius et fertius um- bilicato-punctata, tibiis anticis bidentatis—Long. 10-11 mill. Typus No. 6901 in Coll. Ent., Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. Hab.: Mrinpanao, Camp Keithley, P. I. (Mrs. WM. S. Clemens col- lector). ; In Grosse und Gestalt der A. major Waterh., von Japan ahnlich, die Fligeldecken jedoch ohne deutliche Rippen. Die Farbung ist schwarz- braun, die Oberseite metallisch griin, teilweise auch kupfrig schimmernd. Die Stirn ist nicht dicht, der Clypeus dichter und etwas gréber punk- tiert, vorn flach ausgerandet. Das Halsschild ist mehr als doppelt so breit wie lang, die Vorderecken sind etwas vorgezogen, die Hinterecken breit abgerundet; der Discus ist bei dem einen der heiden vorliegenden Exemplare zerstreut, bei dem anderen miissig dicht punktiert; neben — den Seitenrindern stehen die Punkte etwas dichter und sind grober und findet sich hier ein flacher Eimdruck. Das Schildchen ist bei dem einen Exemplar ganz glatt, bei dem anderen trigt es einige sehr schwache Punkte. Die Fliigeldecken zeigen nur bei schriger Betrach- NEUE COLEOPTERA LAMELLICORNIA. 187 tung schwache Andeutungen yon drei Rippen. Sie sind miissig dicht runzeiig punktiert, nach den Seiten hin grober und hier querrunzelig. Das Pygidium zeigt eine sehr kraftige runzelige Punktierung. Unter- seits ist die Mitte nur zerstreut und fein punktiert, wahrend an den Seiten die Punkte dichter stehen, grober sind und iusserst kleine, nur mit der Lupe sichthbare Borstchen tragen. Die Vorderschienen sind zweizihnig. Apogonia nigrobrunnea sp. noy. Nigro-brunnea, nitida. Capite sat crebre punctato, clypeo brevi, antice subtruncato, ruguloso-punctato; antennis rufis; prothorace trans- verso, sat dense punctato, lateraliter leviter impresso, angulis posticis rotundatis, angulis anticis paulo prominulis, fere rectis; scutello linea media leavi; elytris postice parum ampliatis, disco subtiliter, lateraliter paulo fortius punctatis, subtricostatis ; pygidio dense et fortiter punctato, subearimato. Subtus medio sparsim, lateraliter densius punctata, punctis setas minutas ferentibus; tibiis anticis tridentatis—Long. 12 mill. Typus No. 991 in Coll. Ent., Bureau of Science, Manila. Hab: Luzon, Province of Benguet, Ivisan River, P. I. (R. C. Mc- Gregor collector). In Gestalt der vorigen Art ahnlich von schwarzbrauner Farbung, stark glanzend, metallisch schimmernd. Der Kopf ist miassig dicht, an der Clypeusnaht weitliufiger punktiert, der Clypeus ist vorn fast gerade abgestutzt und grob, beinahe runzelig punktiert. Die Fiihler sind rot- gelb. Das Halsschild ist sehr quer, miissig dicht, auf den Seiten etwas runzelig punktiert, jederseits neben den Seitenrandern mit schwachem Kindruck. Die Hinterecken sind breit abgerundet, die etwas vorgezo- genen Vorderecken beimahe rechtwinkig. Das Schildchen lasst eine glatte Mittellinie erkennen. Die nach hinten schwach erweiterten Flii- geldecken sind etwas weitliufiger punktiert als das Halsschild. Auf dem Discus sind die Punkte schwach, an den Seiten etwas kraftiger. Ausserdem erscheinen die Fliigeldecken schwach quergerunzelt. Die drei Rippen sind sehr undeutlich, die erste verbreitert sich nach hinten. Das Pygidium ist sehr grob punktiert und trigt in der Mitte einen undeutlichen Lingskiel. Die Unterseite zeigt in der Mitte zerstreute, an den Seiten dichter stehende Punkte und ist jeder Punkt mit einem sehr kleimen gelblichen Borstchen versehen. Die Vorderschienen sind kraftig dreizihnig. Apogonia viridana sp. noy. f Conyexa, viridis, nitida; antennis, pygidio pedibusque brunneis. Ca- pite, fronte fortiter punctulata, clypeo antice truncato, ruguloso-punc- tato; prothorace longitudine duplo latiore, sparsim punctato, angulis posticis obtusis, subrotundatis, angulis anticis fere rectis, paulo promi- nulis; scutello fere laevi; elytris subrugoso-punctatis, indistincte bicos- tatis; propygidio pygidioque fortiter ruguloso-punctatis, punctis squami- 188 MOSER. feris. Corpore infra medio sparsim punctato, lateribus sat dense flavo- squamosis; tibiis anticis bidentatis—lLong. 7 mill. Typus No. 10660 in Coll. Ent., Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. Hab: Luzon, Cagayan, Camalaniogan, P. I. (H., M. Curran col- lector). Hine kleinere gewolbte Art, griin, glinzend, Fthler, Propygidium, Pygidium und Beine braun, Halsschild und Kopf bei dem einen der beiden vorliegenden Exemplare etwas kupferig. Die Stirn ist missig dicht mit tiefen Punkten bedeckt, der vorn fast gerade abgestutzte Clypeus ist dicht, fast runzelig punktiert. Das Halsschild trigt nur eine zerstreute Punktierung, die stumpfen Hinterecken sind fast abge- rundet, die etwas yvorgezogenen Vorderecken ungefahr rechtwinklig. Das Schildchen ist bei dem einen der beiden Exemplare ganz glatt, bei dem anderen sind einige schwache Punkte erkennbar. Die Fliigeldecken sind zwar nicht sehr dicht aber grob und namentlich nach den Seiten- rindern zu runzelig punktiert. Zwei Rippen auf dem Discus treten nur wenig hervor, die Naht ist fast glatt, neben den Seitenrindern be- finden sich fiinf regelmiissige Punktreihen. Propygidium und Pygi- dium sind mit groben Punkten bedeckt, so dass sie stark runzelg er- scheinen. Jeder dieser Punkte trigt ein klemes gelbes Schiippchen. Die Mitte der Brust ist zerstreut punktiert, die Bauchsegmente zeigen in der Mitte eine Querreihe yon beborsteten Punkten, die Seiten der Brust und des Abdomens sind ziemlich dicht mit gelblichen Schuppen bedeckt. Die Vorderschienen sind zweizihnig. Die Art scheint der mir unbekannten A. magnifica Rits. nahe zu stehen, doch ist diese grésser und hat dreizihnige Vorderschienen. Apogonia lutea sp. nov. , Hlongata, lutea, nitida, capite thoraceque obscurioribus. Fronte haud dense punctulata, clypeus antice parum emarginato, fortiter punctato; antennis testaceis; prothorace valde transyerso, disco sparsim versus mar- gines laterales densius punctato, angulis posticis rotundatis, angulis an- ticis prominulis; seutello laevi; elytris haud crebe fortiter punctatis, disco bicostatis, sutura costique fere laevyibus; pygidio sparsim punctato, punctis in posteriore parte flavo-pilosis. Subtus medio fere laevi, late- ribus fortiter haud dense punctatis, punctis setas minutas ferentibus; tibiis anticis tridentatis—Long. 9 mill. Typus No. 7223 in Coll. Ent., Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. Hab: Luzon, Province of Benguet, Ivisan River, P. I. (R. O. Me- Gregor collector). Von linglicher Gestalt, nach hinten schwach yerbreitert schmutzig gelb, Kopf, Halsschild, Schienen und Tarsen braunlich. Die Stirn ist missig dicht mit ziemlich kriftigen Punkten besetzt, der vorn schwach ausgerandete Clypeus tragt eine sehr grobe Punktierung, so dass er fast runzlig erscheint. Das Halsschild ist auf dem Discus weitlaufig, nach NEUE COLEOPTERA LAMELLICORNIA. 189 den Seiten zu enger punktiert, die Hinterecken sind abgerundet, die Vorderecken etwas vorgezogen. Die Fliigeldecken zeigen auf dem Discus eine unregelmissige, ziemlich grobe Punktierung und markieren sich zwei Rippen dadurch, dass sie ebenso wie die Naht fast punktfrei sind und yon Punktreihen begrenzt werden. Neben den Seitenraindern der Fliigeldecken befinden sich mehrere regelmissige Punktreihen. Das Pygidium zeigt eine weitliufige Punktierung und tragen die Punkte im hinteren Teile abstehende gelbe Haare. Die Unterseite ist in der Mitte fast glatt, dagegen findet sich an den Seiten eine kraftige aber nicht besonders dichte Punktierung; die Punkte sind mit klemen gelblichen Borstehen besetzt. Die Vorderschienen sind dreiziihnig. Apogonia rugipennis sp. nov. Elongata, fusca, nitida, flayo-pilosa. Capite rugoso-punctato, clypeo antice emarginato ; prothorace transverso, sat dense fortiter subruguloso- punctato, angulis posticis rotundatis, angulis anticis fere rectis, vix prominulis; scutello dense punctato; elytris rugoso-punctatis, indistincte bicostatis; pygidio conico, fortiter et profunde punctato. Subtus sat dense punctata; tibiis anticis tridentatis.—Long. 9 mill. Typus No. 7235 in Coll. Ent., Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. Hab: Luzon, Province of Benguet, Irisan River, P. I. (R. C. Mc- Gregor collector) . Von langlicher Gestalt, unten heller oben dunkler braun, das Hals- schild und der Kopf, mit Ausnahme des Clypeus, schwach griin metallisch schimmernd. Die ganze Oberseite und Unterseite sind mit sehr feinen, nicht dicht stehenden Hirchen bedeckt, welche auf der Unterseite anlie- gen, auf der Oberseite schwach aufgerichtet sind. Der Kopf ist sehr runzelig punktiert, der Clypeus vorn ausgerandet. Das Halsschild zeigt eine grobe Punktierung, die Zwischenriume zwischen den Punkten sind schwach runzelig; die Hinterecken sind abgerundet, die fast rechtwink- ligen Vorderecken kaum vorgezogen. Das Schildchen ist auf der ganzen Flaiche punktiert. Auf den grob und runzelig punktierten Fliigeldecken markieren sich zwei Rippen nur sehr undeutlich. Das Pygidium ist stumpf kegelformig und trigt sehr grosse und tiefe Punkte. Die ganze Unterseite ist ziemlich dicht punktiert, nur auf der Mitte der Brust stehen die Punkte etwas weitliufiger.. Die Vorderschienen tragen drei Zahne, von denen die beiden untersten sehr kriftig sind. athe hry TRG ta Seana aie tt.) ee yuh Cie " § ae arent He! | gh dimen aati rst [Stes , ' +* uv ‘ hd 7 J age a at POOR FORTS: ; BREN Ay Cte kee biketaa ty oy Baie’ oes di chon hee FILIPINO EARS, Il: EARS FROM THE MALECON MORGUE. By Ropert BENNETT BEAN. (From the Anatomical Laboratory, Philippine Medical School.) The ears of all the unclaimed bodies that remained in the Manila City Morgue during a short period of time are presented here in three plates to illustrate the Primitive, the Iberian, and various forms of blended ears. The individuals represent a small section of a random sample of the lower strata of Manila’s population. There are im all 19 adult male and 7 adult female Filipinos and 1 adult male Russian. A table containing the stature, cephalic index and nasal index of the subjects is given so that the physical characteristics of the individual may be compared with the ear type. The Iberian ears are shown in Plate I. The ears in the upper row are Iberian Type A; those in the middle row are Iberian. Type B; and those in the lower row are Iberian T'ype D. The most characteristic ear of each type is placed on the left; the others are modified forms. Photo- graphs of both the right and left ear of each subject are reproduced in two positions: First, the side view of each; then the right ear from behind and the left ear from in front. Detailed descriptions are unnecessary, but a few salient facts may be mentioned. ‘The essential characteristics of the Iberian ear are seen in the inversion of the concha and the rolling out of the helix. This gives a shallow bowl im the concha and a flat helix below. The whole ear assumes a flat appearance and is usually placed parallel to the head rather than at right angles; The rim of the helix is shaped like the italic letter f or the old English or German 7, which can be seen when the ear is looked at from behind. he ear is thin, the lines of the skin are fine, and the skin is smooth in appearance, but harsh to the touch. The Modified Primitive ears of Plate II are arranged in the order of increasing modification from the upper left-hand corner to the lower right-hand corner of the plate. The Primitive ear is characterized by inversion of the concha and rolling in of the helix. The upper and lower parts of the latter project in the formation of a shelf. The concha is deep and resembles a bowl. Viewed from behind, the flat dorsal surface 191 192 BEAN. of the. bowl may be seen, and the upper part of the helix and the lower part of the lobule appear to be the lips of the bowl. ‘The ear is thick, the skin lines are coarse, and the skin is rough in appearance, but feels like velvet. i Kar No. 87 is notable because it was removed from the head of a Russian; on the right it is Modified Iberian, whereas on the left it is , Modified Primitive. The physical characteristics of this individual re- semble the Blends, moderately brachy-cephalic, leptorrhine and tall. The man was no doubt a mixture of the Iberian from Europe and the Primitive from Siberia. Plate III represents ears that appear to be fused Iberian and Primitive. In each ear there are characteristics of both, but they are different from either, and the physical characteristics are those of the Australoid type. It may also be worthy of note that the physical characteristics of the individuals with the modified Iberian ears of Plate I are largely Iberian and the physical characteristics of the individuals with the Modified Primitive ears of Plate II are largely Primitive. The cephalic index is not so good a criterion of type as the ear form, because it is seen that the average cephalic index of the subjects with Iberian characteristics is almost as great as that of those with Primitive markings. The nasal index for the same reason is a better indicator than the stature. Stature and cephalic index may be so altered by the environment as to become of no service in the determination of type; therefore, other factors should be emphasized for this purpose. ‘The ear form and the nasal index are more stable and less influenced by enyiron- ment; therefore they are better factors than the other two. TABLE I.—(See PLATE I.) | Type. No.| Cental Nasal Stature. | , Therian See eee ee 93| 78.0 ¢ 86.0] 151.0 9 Tear yeleel ug aaa Seas 94| 98.4 7.4| 170.8¢ Blendicssee herman 2m ERE 5 96| 83.3 80.0 | 166.8 ¢ Tiberian] ots eS 74| 81.0 73.0 | 153.0 2 Blend ok eee ek iene 72| 85.3 90.5 | 160.0 7 TETAS ees en ten e 95 | 78.0 76.0| 163.5 ¢ Therian ae umd te 4 exp Uae ras 79| 77.6 78.8 | 161.2 9 pines sowie Bee) Oe tak ae 69| 86.0 72.0| 150.0 9 Blends seat tae vim een 80} 82.0 78.0 | 154.2 9 83.8 ¢ ie 165.3 ¢ ANVGTARE = oo iioanarnace=s =} 80.9 9 } ibe { 158.9 9 FILIPINO EARS, II. TaBLE IJ.—(See Puate II.) Rane Cephalic | Nasal | Type. No.| “Sndex. | index, | Stature. | Modified Primitive -__.--___-__- 76 | 82.5] 97.0 | 165.2¢ Modified Primitive___---__--___- 77 | 84.8) 102.5] 1600¢ PA GII Stl Gees ee aaeee keene 90 80.0 91.0 170.5 Adriatic 7 90.2 | 89.0 173.0 o Modified Primitive______________| 82 80.0 105.0} 164.53 | b} 84.0 80.0 162.7 f 82.0 79.0 150.4 ff 81.0 84.0 162.7 fh) 82.0 71.0 175.5 & ACVIETA GO Sabi ee a eee $3.1 90.3 163.6 ¢ TasiE II1.—(See Prate III.) | +, | Cephalic | Nasal Type NO index. | index. | St#ture. TNC a ee 64 | 89.7 | 91.0 140.5 2 Blends ps Stes eee ee ane 84 | 87.0 82.0 168.5 ¢ PNWRSHRNOMG ba ee 91 83.9 108.1) 143.5 ¢ /NURTEN ONO _- oe ae | 71 86.0 98.0 | 155.0 2 INOS RENO re 86 71.0 85.0 146.0 9 Wperign see = ee eres = 92 77.9 81.6 162.7 Blend —___-. -|100 85.0 87.0 157.7 o AGUG RMON os oe ees 89 77.0 102.5 | 158.6 Sf NDE ri anys: 2-22 oe LE 98 78.0 78.0 160.3 ¢ = ; | PAW CLAD Choe eee sa naan rae 81.7 90.3 | 143.3 9 193 a vO : - 3 2 et sept Joie t 4 . ; y' D i _ 4 / oy yy pf , ‘ Py; tae . . ms Me ie —o, ; . 4 ~ % Se > ss Ve sy Ny 7 : “e - f : { i . {, £ * mer’ oS 5 . ve . i S 4 I ws ae . j t Ip t r 4 ‘ a . ILLUSTRATIONS. Pirate I. Modified Iberian ears. No. 93, Iberian. No. 94, B. B. B. No. 96, Blend. No. 74, Iberian. No. 72, Blend. No. 95, Iberian. No. 79, Iberian. No. 69, Alpine. No. 80, Blend. II. Modified Primitive ears. No. 76, Modified Primitive. No. 77, Modified Primitive. No. 90, Adriatic. No. 70, Adriatie Modified. No. 82, Primitive. No. 85, Blend. No. 66, Blend. No. 78, Blend. No. 87, Blend. III. Blended ears. No. 64, Primitive. No. 84, Blend. No. 91, Australoid. No. 71, Australoid. No. 86, Australoid. No. 92, Iberian. No. 100, Blend. No. 89, Australoid. No. 98, Iberian. 971214 195 2 oO. Scr., Vou. V, No. JOURN. [Pan FiLirIno Hars, II.] BAN: MODIFIED IBERIAN EARS. PLATE “ll S1tv1d “SUV SAILINIYd G3ISIGOW 8L ‘2 ‘ON ‘A “TOA “IOS ‘NUMOr ‘IIH d] [IL ‘SUval ONTaITI yy : Nvorg “THhl Stvw1dd “Suva G30N31¢8 ‘6 “ON ‘A “TOA “109 ‘NaNO “TIHd] [II ‘Suvq@ ONIdITIWy : NVag ADDITIONAL NOTES ON BIRDS FROM NORTHERN MINDANAO, PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. By Ricuarp C. McGRucor. (Prom the Ornithological Section, Biological Laboratory, Bureau of Science, i Manila, P. I.) In 1907 Mr. Andres Celestino made a small collection of birds in northern Mindanao ;* recently (1909) he again collected on the Agusan River, securing several specimens worthy of record. Anous stolidus (Linnzus). A male was caught on the Agusan River on the last day of December. The collector tells me that the bird made no effort to fly and seemed to have been wounded. Herodias timoriensis (Lesson). A female was taken, December 17, on the Agusan River at some distance from the coast. The longer dorsal plumes extend 30 to 40 millimeters beyond the tip of tail; tarsus, 126 millimeters. Mareca penelope (Linnzus). One male in worn plumage was killed near Bunauan, Agusan River, on December 17. Lophotriorchis kieneri (Geoffroy St. Hillaire). One specimen from Bunauan is similar to the immature male from Tablas * except that the thighs are banded with light brown and the upper parts are whiter. Baza magnirostris Gray. One female from Bunauan, December 17, is the third specimen of this species to be recorded from Mindanao. Polioaétus ichthyzetus (HorSfield) . One female from Bunauan, December 17. Alcyone argentata (Tweeddale). One male from Bunauan. This Journal, Sec. A (1909), 4, 67-77. “This Journal (1906), 1, 772. a ow IAS ne - i ng A) - - ‘ een 1 ¥ i : Z ee ie iy ya teeta jG Pe ese y i \ Le ut es \ SEN ae 4 2 obtesrts hi sf gored a ° ee fs J bee gare ite ee Cat \ us i Aton stant, ve | ei bi Asser’ wees READ: at . ity it ees ee 4% sinha " PMN ay ce! eect l: Pee Aheee ; Prac! Gti Ba . i a y NOTE ON THE MIGRATION OF THE TIC-WEE BUZZARD IN THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. By Ricuarp C. McGRrEcGor. (From the Ornithological Section, Biological Laboratory, Bureaw of Science, Manila, P. I.) The gray-faced buzzard-eagle or Javan buzzard, Butastur indicus (Gmelin), is the commonest and most widely distributed faleonid in the Philippines. It has been definitely recorded from not less than twenty-seven islands of the Archipelago. Its general distribution as given by. Blanford* is Hastern Asia from Japan and China to the Ma- layan Peninsula and Islands as far as the Philippines, Celebes, and New Guinea. This species is migratory in a large part of its range and it is on this phase of its life history that I wish to record a few notes. I will first quote a paragraph from Meyer and Wiglesworth * as being of particular interest in this connection. Tt is possible to show that this species occurs in the East Indian Archipelago only as a migrant from China, Ussuriland, and Japan during the northeast monsoon, the winter in the latter countries. Such Mr. Whitehead considered it undoubtedly to be in Borneo, and Mr. Everett states that “it appears in Labuan and Northern Borneo in September and remains through the winter. It is quite the most abundant of the migratory as Haliastur intermedius is of the [page 47] resident birds of prey in those parts of the island.” Mr. Whitehead also remarks it as a migrant in Palawan. Abbé David states that it breeds in the mountains near Peking, although it appears not to be plentiful in China; further south it passes through the lower Yangtse country, as Mr. F. W. Styan writes, “on migration in March and April. A good number travel together, and remain a week or so among the hills on their way; they seem to avoid the plains.” . Apparently the species is resident, or some remain to breed, in the Philippines, an egg, which appears to belong to this species, having been obtained in Mindanao by Sechadenberg and Koch. Oates* records an egg of this species from “Eastern Siberia 29th April (Dorries).” This egg is “a regular oval in shape, smooth, fairly glossy, and plain white with a yery slight tinge of blue.” * Fauna Brit. Ind., Birds (1895), 3, 365. ° Birds of Celebes (1898), 1, 46. *Cat. Birds’ Hges (1902), 2, 278. 199 200 M’GREGOR. At favorable points in the Philippine Islands the tic-wee buzzard may be observed passing in great numbers during its autumn migration. In the Island of Calayan I noted this species first on September 18, 1903. On October 14 large flocks were seen and, on the 17th and 18th of the same month, great numbers of birds passed overhead, in a south- erly direction, in long, straggling bands. While I was on Batan Island in 1907, Mr. William Edmonds in- formed me that numbers of hawks visited Batan each year between Oc- tober 10 and 20. Later, Mr. Edmonds sent me a specimen of Butastur indicus. In December 1908, through the courtesy of Lieutenant-Com- mander McCormick, of the Albatross, three living specimens of B. in- dicus were brought to the Bureau of Science. Two of these had beea forwarded by Mr. Otto Sheerer and one had been caught aboard the Albatross in the yicinity of Camiguin Island.* The following letter to Mr. Dean C. Worcester from Mr. Sheerer contains interesting notes on the habits of the tic-wee buzzard and on the methods of its capture by the natives. By U. 8. ship Albatross I beg to send you a pair of those falcons which visit our islands every year in the month of October. At that time the natives of Ivana (Batan) erect on the loftiest ridges behind the pueblo rude watch towers consisting of nothing more than four poles some 15 to 20 feet long stuck in the ground upright, or, better, in a slanting position, overhanging the steep side of the mountain and forming a square of some 4 feet each side, joined in the middle by crosspieces and covered in on top with a mass of branches and leaves. Some 3 feet underneath this thin thatch there is a sort of flooring on which the hunter mounts. The birds arrive regularly at dusk, say 6 p. m. They arrive pretty much tired out and gladly avail themselves of these tree-resembling scaffolds or towers to rest their wings over night. Scarcely settled down to reSt, the man underneath reaches out and pulls the struggling bird in by the feet. Thus, a lucky hunter may secure two or three at a sitting. I have tried the thing myself, but the night happened to be cloudy and stormy, and as by 7 o’clock no birds had arrived, as it sometimes happens in such weather, my guide called the game off. I secured, however, these two which had been caught the previous night. They came from the northwest and leave the next day for the southwest. They are fed best on chicken entrails. or fish and they seem to prefer their food presented to them stuck on the sharp: point of a split bamboo stick. One of the birds: sent by Mr. Sheerer was photographed in Manila and is shown on Plate I. ‘Man. Philippine Birds (1909), 230. ILLUSTRATIONS. Piate I. Bustatur indicus (Gmelin). (From photographs by Charles Martin.) 201 1 S31tv41d € ‘ON ‘A “TOA “10g "NUMOr ‘IETg] [auvzzng GtM-olL THE 10 NOLLVUDI : wopaUDH OW & PHILIPPINE ORNITHOLOGICAL LITERATURE, III. By Ricwarp C. McGrecor. (From the Ornithological Section, Biological Laboratory, Bureau of Science, Mamita, P. I.) Bourns, F. §. and Worcester, D. C.: Preliminary notes on the birds and mammals collected by the Menage scientific expedition to the Phil- ippine Islands. Minnesota Acad. Nat. Sci. Occ. Papers (1884), 1, No. 1, 1-64. A yery interesting paper containing descriptions of 36 new species of birds; new localities for 226 species previously known from the Islands; two species, Caprimulgus jotaka and Prionochilus modestus, recorded from the Philippines for the first time; and additional descriptions and notes concerning some 40 previously little known species. The new species described are: Ninow spilonotus, Phabotreron cinereiceps, P. briumneiceps, P. maculipectus, P. fron- talis, Phloganas menagei, Batrachostomus menagei, Ceyx nigrirostris, Cen- tropus steerii, Iyngipicus menagei, Chibia menagei, Oriolus cinereogenys, O. nigrostriatus, Aithopyga arolasi, A. bonita, HB. minuta, Dicewm pallidior, D. sibuyanica, D. intermedia, D. assimilis, Prionochilus ceruginosus, P. bicolor, Zosterops siquijorensis, Hyloterpe winchelli, H. major, H. mindorensis, Cryp- tolopha flavigularis, Geocichla cinerea, Oittocincla superciliaris, Ptilocichla minuta, Lole cinereiceps, I. monticola, Muscicapula samarensis, Rhipidura sauli, Rhinomyias albigularis, and R. occularis. Bourns, F. §.: A list of the birds known to inhabit the Philippine and Palawan Islands, showing their distribution within the limits of the two groups. See under Worcester and Bourns. Clarke, W. E.: On some birds from the Island of Negros, Philippines. Ibis. (1894), VI, 6, 532-535. A list of 25 species of which Ohetwra celebensis is recorded from the Philippines for the first time and Cinnyris guimarasensis, Pelargopsis gigan- tea, Thriponax hargitti, Spilornis holospilus, and Gallicrex cinerea are re- corded as new to Negros. Clarke, W. E.: On some birds from the, Island of Negros, Philippines. (Second contribution). Jbis (1895), VII, 1, 472-479. Notes on 12 species; Falco atriceps is recorded as new to the Philippines. Clarke, W. E.: On some birds from the Island of Negros, Philippines. Part IIT. Ibis (1898), VIL, 4, 119-124. Notes on 41 species, of which 6 are recorded as new to Negros, viz: Hirundo guttuwralis, Caprimulgus manillensis, Microhierax erythrogenys, Por- zana fusca, Amaurornis olivacea, and Gallinula chloropus. 203 204 M’GREGOR. Clarke, W. E.; On some birds from the Island of Negros, Philippines. Part IV. Jbis (1900), VII, 6, 351-361, pl. 8. Notes on 26 species, of which Phloganas keayi, new species, is described and figured ; an unknown Batrachostomus and the female of Caprimulgus griseatus are described; Ardea sumatrana, Dupetor flavicollis, and Nannocnus eurythmus are recorded as new to Negros. Dillwyn, L. L.: On an undescribed species of Megapodius. Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1851), 118-120, pl. 39. Description and plate of Megapodius cwmmingii, new species, with notes on the nesting habits of the Bornean species. Elliot, D. G.: On the fruit-pigeons of the genus Ptilopus. Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1878), 500-575, pls. 33 and 34, text figs. 1-6. An elaborate review of the genus and of its literature with descriptions, synonyms, and key to the species. Finsch, Q.: Ueber einen Neuen Nashornyogel der Gattung Penelopides Reichb. Notes Leyden Mus. (1903), 28, 190-194. Description of Penelopides talisi, new species, from Cagayan, northern Luzon. McGregor, R. C.: On birds from Luzon, Mindoro, Masbate, Ticao, Cuyo, Cagayan Sulu, and Palawan. Bull. Philippine Mus. (1903), No. 1, 1-12. Chibia cuyensis is described as new. Six species, either new to the Islands or of uncertain status, are noted: Querquedula querquedula, Spatula clypeata, Phalacrocoraz carbo, Tachornis infumata, Uroloncha fuscans, and Sturnia sinensis. Descriptions or notes of interest are recorded for the following: Caprimulgus griseatus, Oriolus albiloris, O. isabelle, Orthotomus chloronotus, Nettopus coromandelianus, Fuligula fuligula, Collocalia marginata, Cinnyris whiteheadi, Anthothreptes griseigularis, Cittocincla superciliaris, and Cy- anomyias ceelestis. New localities for species are recorded as follows: Luzon, 5 species; Mindoro, 1 species; Culion, 3 species; Palawan, 1 species; Cagayan Sulu, 12 species; Cuyo, 22 species; Masbate, 10 species; Ticao, 91 species. McGregor, R. C.: Birds from Benguet Province, Luzon, and from the Islands of Lubang, Mindoro, Cuyo, and Cagayancillo. Bull. Phal- ippine Mus. (1904), No. 3, 1-16. Pericrocotus novus is fully described for the first time and notes of interest on about 40 species are recorded. From Lubang 73 species are recorded; from Verde, 35 species; from Agutaya, 8 species; from Cagayan- cillo, 45 species; to the Mindoro list 16 are added; to the Cuyo list 15 are added. This paper ends with a list of 72 species from Benguet Province, Luzon. McGregor, R. C.: The Birds of Calayan and Fuga, Babuyan Group. Bull. Philippine Mus. (1904), No. 4, 1-34. This paper includes descriptions and records of several species which come from neither Calayan nor Fuga and unfortunately their places of capture are not always clearly indicated. The new species are: Turnix worcesteri, Macropygia phea, Otus cuyensis, O. calayensis, Hudynamis frater, Zosterops ’ flavissima, and Hyloterpe fallax. The following are recorded as new from the PHILIPPINE ORNITHOLOGICAL LITERATURE III. 205 Philippines: Oceanodroma, species, Stuwrna fluviatilis, Polionetta zonorhyncha, Mareca penelope, Spodiopsar sericeus, Chrysomitris spinus, Saxicola cenanthe, Acrocephalus sorgophilus, Chelidon dasypus, Clivicola riparia, Astur cu- culoides, Turdus pallidus, Antigone sharpei, and Fringilla montifringilla. ‘ McGregor, R. C. and Worcester, D. C.: A handlist of the birds of the Philippine Islands. Publ. Bu. Govt. Labs. Manila (1906), No. 36, 1-100. An enumeration of 693 species with their orders, families, and genera, and with the exact distribution of each species within the Archipelago. This is a useful list. Mearns, E. A.: Descriptions of a new genus and eleven new species of Philippine birds. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington (1905), 18, 1-8. Leonardia, new genus; Leonardia woodi, Pseudotharrhaleus mindanensis, Macronus mindanensis montanus, Althopyga bolton, Cyrtostomus dinagaten- sis, Anthreptes cagayanensis, Merula kelleri, Gerygone rhizophore, Musci- capula montigena, Pardaliparus elegans mindanensis, new species. Mearns, K. A.: Descriptions of eight new Philippine birds, with notes on other species new to the Islands. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington (1905), 18, 83-90. Turniz suluensis, Muscadivora langhornei, Caprimulgus affinis mindanen- sis, Phyllergates heterolemus, Cephalophoneus suluensis, Hyloterpe apoensis, Dicewm davao, and Lamprocorax todayensis are described as new. Leonar- dina is proposed in place of Leonardia Mearns, preoccupied. Seven species are recorded from the Islands for the first time, namely: Limonites minutus, Hydralector gallinaceus, Plegadis falcinellus, Herodias timoriensis, Loriculus galgulus, Collocalia francica inexpectata, and Hiruwndo rustica rustica. Mearns, HE. A.: Note on a specimen of Pithecophaga jefferyi Ogilvie- Grant. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington (1903), 18, 73. Record and measurements of a specimen from Mindanao. Mearns, E. A.: Two specimens of Chetura celebensis (Sclater). Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington (1905), 18, 185. Record and measurements of two specimens from Basilan. Mearns, E. A.: Two additions to the avifauna of the Philippines. Phil. Journ. Sct. (1907), 2, Sec. A, 353. i Butorides spodiogaster and Spodiopsar cineraceus recorded for the first time from the Philippines. Mearns, E. A.: Descriptions of a new genus and nine new species of Philippine birds. Phil. Jowrn. Sct. (1907), 2, Sec. A, 355-360. Malindangia, new genus; Malindangia megregori, Cyornis mindorensis, Centropus carpentert, Rhipidura hutchinsoni, Hypsipetes batanensis, Merula malindangensis, M. mayonensis, Geocichla mindanensis, Zosterops halconensis, new species. A key to the Philippine species of Merula is also given. Moseley, E. L.: Descriptions of two new species of flycatchers from the Island of Negros, Philippines. Ibis (1891), VI, 3, 46-47, pl. 2. Cryptolopha nigrorum and Abrornis olivacea are described and figured. 206 M’GREGOR. Sclater, P. L.: Report on the birds. Report on the scientific results’ of the voyage of H. M. 8. Challenger during the years 1873-76 under the command of Capt. George 8. Nares, R. N., F. R. S. and Capt. Frank Turle Thomson, R. N. prepared under the superintendence ; of Sir C. Wyville Thomson Knt. F. R. St. ete. (1881), Zool. 2, 5-25, pls. 1-6. Two of the papers deal with Philippine birds. J. On the birds collected in the Philippine Islands, pp. 5-25, pls. 1-6, being a republication from the Proc. Zool. Soe., 1877. The species figured are: Loriculus panayensis, Ba- trachostomus septimus, Buceros mindanensis, Dicrurus striatus, Diceeum mindanense, Nectarophila julie, and Phabotreron brevirostris. The other paper is: X. On the Laridz collected during the Expedition, pp. 133-140, being a republication of Saunder’s paper from the Proce. Zool. Soc. 1877. The Philippine specimens recorded are: Hydrochelidon hybrida and Larus ridibundus from Manila, and Sterna bergii from Zamboanga. Sharpe, R. B.: List of a collection of birds made by Mr. L. Wray in the main range of mountains in the Malay Peninsula, Perak. Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1888), 268-287. Muscicapula westermanni, new species, is described in this paper. Sharpe, R. B.: Notes on some species of birds of the family Diceide. Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1883), 578-580. In this paper Dicewm schistacewm Tweeddale is considered to be the young of D. rubriventer Lesson and D. modestwm Tweeddale the young of D. everetti. Sharpe, R. B.: Contributions to a history of the Accipitres or birds of prey.—lI. On the females of the common and South-African Kestrels. Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1874), 550-584; pl. 68. The female of Cerchneis tinnunculus is figured. Sharpe, R. B.: On the genus Alcyone. Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1869), 351-357. Key to and descriptions of all the then known species of Alcyone. Sharpe, R. B.: Additional notes on the genus Ceyr. Proc. Zool. Soc. - London (1869), 507-511. A comparison of the arrangement of the species of Ceyx as given by Sharpe and by Salvadori, with a key, and with remarks on Ceyx rufidorsa and CO. sharpii. Sharpe, R. B.: On the genus Ceyx. Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1868), 587-599. : A review of the genus with key to and descriptions of the species. Sharpe, R. B.: On the genus Pelargopsis, Gloger. Proc. Zool. Soe. London (1870), 61-69. A review of the genus with key to the species and deseription of P. Beale, new species. PHILIPPINE ORNITHOLOGICAL LITERATURE III. 207 Sharpe, R. B.: [Classification of the Rallide.] Bull. Brit. Orn. Club (1893), 1, No. V, 26-28. _ Includes the diagnosis of Poliolimnas, new genus, type P. cinereus Vieillot) . : : Sharpe, R. B.: [New birds from the Sulu Archipelago.] Buil. Brit. Orn. Club (1893), 3, No. XII, 9, 10. Diagnosis of Scops sibutwensis, Prioniturus verticalis, Diceeum sibutuense, and Hdoliisoma everetti, new species. Sharpe, R. B.: [On the distribution of the species of the genus Buto- mdes.| Bull. Brit. Orn. Club (1893), 3, No. XID, 17, 18: Notes on Butorides javanica and B. amurensis; diagnosis of B. spodio- ‘ gaster, new species. : Sharpe, R. B.: [On two new owls.| Bull. Brit. Orn. Club (1897), 6, No. XIV, 47; also Ibis (1897), VII, 3, 449. Ninox everetti, new species, described from Siasi. Sharpe, R. B.: [Notes on the bitterns and herons.| Bull. Brit. Orn. Club (1894), 3, No. XVII, 30-33. Gives the distribution of the various species of Ardetta and calls atten- tion. to the name Ardea manillensis of Meyen which must be used for the Asiatic race of A. purpurea. Sharpe, R. B.: [On Micropus nehrkorni.] Bull. Brit. Orn. Club (1894), 4, No. XX, 4, 2. Sharpe shows that Micropus nehrkorni of Blasius is really a Melaniparus. Sharpe, R. B.: [Notes on the Muscicapide.] Bull. Brit. Orn. Club (1901), 11, No. LX XIX, 60. Siphia enganensis Grant is referred to S. herioti Ramsay; Dendrobiastes basilanica Sharpe is said to be without doubt the female of Muscicapula mindanensis Blasius and this species should stand as Muscicapula basilanica (Sharpe). Sharpe, R. B.: [| Notes on the Ardemex.| Bull. Brit. Orn. Club (1894), 3, No. XVII, 37-39. ; Sharpe accepts the name Phoyx for the large purple herons and proposes, among other new generic names, that of Wesophoyx for Herodias intermedia. Sharpe, R. B.: [List of the species of Ardeide.] Bull. Brit. Orn. Club (1895), 5, No. XXXI, 10-13; also [bis (1896), VII, 2, 253-257. A list of the species of herons and bitterns as determined for the Cata- logue of Birds in the British Museum, volume 26. Steere, J. B.: On the distribution of genera and species of non-migratory land-birds in the Philippines. Jbis (1894), VI, 6, 411420; also Auk (1894), 11, 232-240. An elaborate essay in which the author attempts to prove that the law of distribution of non-migratory land-birds of the Philippines may be stated as follows: “The genus is represented by but a single species in a place. Or in more general terms as follows: No two species near enough alike structurally to be adapted to the same conditions will occupy the same area.” On this subject see Worcester, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus. (1898), 20, 567. 208 M’GREGOR. Steere, J. B.: The Philippine Islands. Nature, Noy. 8 (1888), 39, 37. A letter dated Manila, July 2, 1888. The Philippine Islands defined as a -zoblogical province comprising a number of subprovinces, each character- ized by representative species of birds and probably of mollusks. Steere, J. B.: A list of the birds and mammals collected by the Steere Expedition to the Philippines, with localities and with brief pre- liminary descriptions of supposed new species. Ann Arbor, Mich., July 14 (1890), 1-27. A list of 367 species with islands on which they were found by the members of this expedition: J. B. Steere, D. C. Worcester, F. S. Bourns, and HE. L. Moseley, and with descriptions of the following new species: Prioniturus luconensis,.P. mindorensis, Cyclopsitta mindanensis, Loriculus siquijorensis, L. mindorensis, L. worcesteri, Circus philippinensis, Spilornis panayensis, Thriponax philippinensis, T. mindorensis, Chrysocolaptes sama- rensis, Yungipicus basilanicus, Y. leytensis, Ceyx samarensis,-C. mindanen- sis, CO. basilanica, C. fluminicola, C. bournsi, C. malamawi, Actenoides mose- leyi, Centrococcyx mindorensis, Penelopides basilanica, P. samarensis, P. mindorensis, Artanides mindorensis, A. mindanensis, A. panayensis, Hdolii- ~ soma (Graucalus) panayensis, Pseudolalage minor, Pericrocotus leytensis, Hypothymis samarensis, Cyanomyas helene, Setaria samarensis, Oriolus samarensis, Macronus mindanensis, Mixornis nigrocapitatus, Ptilocichla ( ?) basilanica, Ptilocichla(?) mindanensis, Irena elle, Poliolophus basilanicus, Tole guimarasensis, I. mindanensis, I. siquijorensis, Cittocincla cebuensis, Orthotomus panayensis, O. samarensis, Zosterops basilanica, Philemon phal- ippinensis, Diceum besti, Prionochilus samarensis, Cinnyris gwimarasensis, Corvus samarensis, and Sarcophanops samarensis. Although the descriptions are usually extremely meager and often altogether too short, this is ‘the most important single paper on Philippine birds since Sharpe’s report on the Steere collection. Waterhouse, F. H.: Avyium generum index alphabeticus. Bull. Brit. Orn. Club (1899), 9, 1-31. An index to the genera adopted in the 27 volumes of the Catalogue of the Birds in the British Museum. Whitehead, J.: Notes on the birds of Palawan. Jbis (1893), VI, 5, 38-61, pl. 2. A list, with notes, of 157 species collected by Whitehead. Buchanga palawanensis is described as new, and Baza leucopais is the subject of the colored plate. Whitehead, J.: Field-notes on birds collected in the Philippine Islands in 1893-6. Jbis (1899), VII, 5, (part 1) 81-111; part II, 210-264; part III, 381-399; part IV, 485-501. An enumeration of 359 species collected or observed by Whitehead, with notes of considerable interést and importance. Most of the species were previously recorded in the series of articles by Grant. Whitehead, J.: [On a new pigeon.] Bull. Brit. Orn. Club (1897), 6, No. XLIII, 34; also [bis (1897), VII, 3, 439. Ptilocolpa nigrorum, new species, described from Negros. Whitehead, J.: [A new flycatcher.] Bull. Brit. Orn. Club (1893), 1, INo, WIL, Bil, PHILIPPINE ORNITHOLOGICAL LITERATURE III. 209 Diagnosis of Cryptolopha xanthopygia, new species, from Palawan. Whitehead, J.: [On the genus Dendrophila.| Bull. Brit. Orn. Club (1897), 6, No. XLV, 49; also Ibis (1897), VII, 3, 450, 451. Dendrophila lilacea, new species, described from Samar. Whitehead, J.: [On a new flycatcher.]| Bull. Brit. Orn. Club (1897), 6, No. XLIV, 43; also [bis (1897), VII, 3, 446. Muscicapula nigrorum, new species, described from Negros. Worcester, D. C.: Contributions to Philippine ornithology. Part IJ.— Notes on the distribution of Philippine birds. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. (1898), 20, 567-625, pls. 55-61. This paper consists of a discussion of the zoélogical relationships of the various island groups based upon the evidence furnished by their birds. The divisions are mainly the same as those advocated by Steere, but Bohol is grouped with Leyte instead of with Cebu. Cebu is separated from the central islands, and Balabae and Palawan with the Calamianes are shown to be more closely related to Borneo than to the rest of the Philippines. The conclusions reached are too extended to be repeated here. Steere’s law of distribution is fully discussed and shown to be unwarranted by the evidence. The factors of the origin and distribution of the genera and species of resident Philippine land birds are set forth in considerable detail ; the conclusions are too lengthy for repetition. A bibliography concludes the paper. Plate 55 is a map of the Philippine Islands. The remaining plates are diagrammatic. Worcester, D. C.: On a nesting specimen of Caprimulgus griseatus Walden. Phil. Journ. Sci. (1907), 2, Sec. A, 275, pl. 1-2. Nesting of this species in northern Luzon with reproductions of three photographs of the bird and one photograph of its eggs. Worcester, D. C.: On a nesting place of Sula sula (Linneus) and Sterna anestheta Scopol. Phil. Journ. Sct. (1907), 2, Sec. A, 275-276, joll, al, States that these two species probably nest on Didikas Rocks. The plate is from a photograph of these rocks. Worcester, D. C. and Bourns, F. §.: Contributions to Philippine orni- thology. Part I—A list of the birds known to inhabit the Phil- ippine and Palawan Islands, showing their distribution within the limits at the two groups. Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. (1898), 20, 549-566. This is a most useful list; the species and islands are arranged in tabular form with indication of the species collected by the Menage Expedition. See also under Bourns and Worcester. Worcester, D. C.: Preliminary notes on the birds and mammals col- lected by the Menage scientific expedition to the Philippine Islands. See under Bourns and Worcester. Worcester, D. C.: A hand-list of the birds of the Philippine Islands. See under McGregor and Worcester. Order No, 401, Order No. 402, i aaa i 2 ; eee Order No, 403. ‘THE NABALOI DIALECT. Hcy Sy) Orro ScHBERER. Ws “TOGETHER win ; ‘ ; i a ee OF aes ee : ee Ne 199 pages. on The ca ; 66. ritth) ieee New York City, U.S. A. essrs. Wm. ea Son, 28 Hssex Street, Strand, London, W. C., Baetand! 7 off, Nobelstraat 18, The Hague, Holland. ° Mayer & Mulle Pri ‘Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Germany. Fgh 32 Rafiles Place, Singapore, Straits” Settlements. ; ms lie Street, Colombo, Ceylon. st (CIRC ARS, ND ore EEEGH VES MATTER SENT ON APPLICATION. | + ‘ Beaune with Volume y, anew section, “Section D, Et eral Biology,” will be added to the i a ‘The ie for the v ie rere. i GRIFFIN, LAWRENCE E. The Pearl Fishery of Bantayan_- Sy Nei : SEALE, ALVIN. The Successful Transference of Black Bass into the - mae Philippine Talands) with Notes on the Transportation of Live Fish : TON ey DAStance sie i ised NU) Wse Nh pee tele AL gel cg aT i) IAD a LS ELEN SCHULTZE, W. Contributions to the Lepidopterous aa of the Phil- ; SUED DUMES sete Naty EL SMAI AN A ASD Mate 6 JT SEAN ett sat ea gS DNR oR Ase 16: MOSER, J. Node Caicanese ‘Tamellicoraia Von Den Philippinen Bet ues f BEAN, ROBERT BENNET. Filipino Ears, II: Ears From Malecon 4 McGREGOR, “RICHARD Cy Aadiganal: Notes on Birds oko lero Mindanao, Philippine Islands Be NUE) AoE sie OREN ONE 12s ta ea aa LE ea OT ere aL) McGREGOR, RICHARD C. Note on the Migration of cae ‘Tic-Wee Mas ‘Buzzard in the Philippine Islands _ leas ORM WAS BME OMIA NAD RAR UA Stl 2 199 McGREGOR, RICHARD C. Philippine Gmithological Literature It _ fea. : i ' The ‘‘Philippine Journal of Science’ is issued as follows: Aube eae Section A, Chemical and Geological Sciences and the Industries, $2 United States currency per year. ‘ ; Section B, Medical Sciences, $3 United States ourrency per year. Section C, Botany, $2 United States currency per year. i Section D, Ethnology, eae ee and General Biology, $2 United States cur- renoy per year. The entire “J ournal,” $5 United States currency for yee: II, TIT, iy) and V, There- Wie after, $7 United States currency per year. Ms ret (i Authors receive 100 copies of their papers free. . Subscriptions should be sent to the Business Manager, Philippine Journal of Baionees Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I., or to any of the agents listed below. ara give order number, FOREIGN AGENTS. The Macmillan Company, 64-66 Fifth Avenue, New York ie WS Aly Messrs. Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W., C., England. +i Mr. Martinus Nijhoff, Nobelstraat 18, The Hague, Holland. Aiea att Messrs. Mayer & Muller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Gemany. i Messrs. Kelley & Walsh, Limited, 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements. Messrs, A. M. & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, | Ceylon, A limited number of unbound copies of previous volumes are available, which may be secured from the Business Manager, Philippine Journal of Science, Manila, P. I., at the following rates: Volume I, 1906 (not divided into sections), $10 United States currency; Supplement to Volume I, $3.50 United States currency; Volume I (without supplement), $6.50 United States currency; all later volumes at current subscription Bribes RVOUE IVE Aer OCTOBER, 1910 — No. 4. THE PHILIPPINE JOURNAL OF SCIENCE EDITED BY PAUL C. FREER, M. D., Pa. D. WITH THE COOPERATION OF DEAN C. WORCESTER, A. B.; ROBERT BENNETT BEAN, M. D. MERTON L. MILLER, Pu. D.; CHARLES S. BANKS, M. S. ALVIN SHALE, A. B.; LAWRENCE E. GRIFFIN, Pu. D. RICHARD C. McGREGOR, A. B.; NELLIE LOUISE COOK, B. L., M. A- ' PUBLISHED BY THE BUREAU OF SCIENCE OF THE GOVERNMENT OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS D. ETHNOLOGY, ANTHROPOLOGY, AND GENERAL BIOLOGY MANILA BUREAU OF PRINTING 1910 wit as ares 5 cee THE HISTORY OF SULU. — By Nasees M. a i 275 pages. Net ah seca een Price $0.75, United States cumin ae i - "MINDANAO. Way een Ne ‘THE SUBANUNS OF SINDANGAN BAY. 1 By ES B. Cunrssre. 122 pages. ey igo Law and eneion! is one ioe an eae. ae Seis. able set of works on the origin, history and customs of these tribes, who are among the most . interesting jee of the world. Price $1.25, United States currency, postpaid. NOTE. ‘Orders should be sent to the Business Manager, Philippine Journal of ineieacas M or to any of the below-listed agents. Please give Order Number. FOREIGN AGENTS. The Rncrrnitert Company, 64-66 Fifth Avenue, New York City, v. Ss) a Messrs. Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C. England. Mr. Martinus Nijhoff, Nobelstraat 18, The Hague, Holland. My i Messrs. Mayer & Muller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, ‘Berlin, N. Ww. Germany. Messrs. Kelley & Walsh, Limited, 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits BetHomenbs, Messrs. A. M. & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, ‘Ceylon. — RIRGULANS “AND DESCRIPTIVE MATTER SENT on APPLICATION. GO Welle, Js VONe Te uNhs JOURNAL OF SCIENCE D. ETHNOLOGY, ANTHROPOLOGY, AND GENERAL BIOLOGY Vou. V - OCTOBER, 1910 No. 4 Ja LIST OF SNAKES FROM THE ISLAND OF POLILLO, P. I., WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF A NEW GENUS AND TWO NEW SPECIES.’ By LAWRENCE HE. GRIFFIN. (Associate Professor of Zoology in the Philippine Medical School.) Python reticulatus (Schneider), Nos. 811, 824, 825, 826. Four specimens, from 0.9 to 2.5 meters in length. Natrix spilogaster Boie, No. 808. Cyclocorus lineatus (Reinhardt), Nos. 809, 810. HAPLONODON?* gen. nov. Maxillary teeth in two series, separated by a short interspace; the pos- terior teeth of each series largest, 14 or 15 in all. Anterior end of maxilla bent shghtly inward. Anterior mandibular teeth enlarging to the fourth, followed by smaller teeth of equal size. Head distinct from neck. Hye moderate, pupil ver- tically elliptic. Body slender, shghtly compressed; tail long. Scales smooth, in 17 longitudinal rows, without apical pits; subcaudals in two rows. * Contribution from the Biological Laboratory, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. * amNéos, Single; vwdés, toothless. 98666 ’ 211 Pal GRIFFIN. Haplonodon philippinensis sp. noy. [Plate I.] The anterior end of the maxillary is curved inward but slightly. The maxillary teeth are arranged in three series; the eight or nine anterior imerease in size from the first to the last; after a short interspace come three small teeth, followed by three which are much larger, laterally compressed, and almost fang-like. There is no interspace between the last tooth of the middle series and the first one of the posterior series. The four anterior mandibular teeth increase in size to the fourth and are considerably larger than the remaining ones, which are all of about equal size. Eye moderate, pupil vertically elliptic. Body slender, slightly compressed ; tail long; a well-defined keel along each side of the belly and tail; subcaudals in two rows. Scales smooth, arranged in longitudinal rows, without apical pits; the vertebral and lateral rows are not notice- ably larger than the others; scales in 17 rows; ventrals 203; anal entire; subcaudals 95-++ (the tip of the tail is broken off). ostral considerably broader than deep, Maxilla of Hap- its upper point entering deeply between the internasals, tonodon phitip- the portion visible from above being equal to one-third pinenss Xf its distance from the frontal; nostril quite large, in a single concave nasal; imternasals much shorter and narrower than prefrontals; frontal almost as broad as long, twice as wide as the supraoculars, measuring each on the line joining the middle of the eyes; much shorter than the parietals, a little longer than its distance from the point of the rostral; loreal about three times as long as broad, entering the eye; one small procular above the loreal, nearly reaching the frontal; two postoculars; temporals 2+-2; nine upper labials, fourth and fifth entering the eye, seventh and eighth largest and of equal size; five lower labials im contact with the anterior chin-shields, which are longer and broader than the posterior. The dorsal surface of the body and tail are crossed by 79 dark brown bands, separated by narrow bands of white finely dotted with brown. The ‘edges of the latter bands are pure white, which outlines the darker and broader bands very distinctly and prettily. Im the dorsal portions of the lighter bands the brown dots are often confluent, producing a grayish brown color. The dots are finer and more separated toward the ventral surface. The ventral portions of most of the brown bands are narrowly separated from the dorsal parts by fine white lines. A large brown spot les upon each lateral end of most of the ventral scales; the ventral sur- face of the head and body is white. Brown dots become increasingly numerous on the lower surface as the anus is approached ; the lower sur- face of the tail is closely coyered with brown dots. The upper surface LIST OF SNAKES FROM THE ISLAND OF POLILLO. Dales of the head is very dark dull brown, almost black,gadorned by a reticulate pattern of fine white lines. The centers and lower edges of the upper labial scales are’ white, their adjoining edges brown. All the scales are extremely smooth and glossy. The colors did not change upon preserva- tion of the specimen in formalin. This snake seems to be very rare. The natives to whom it was shown had never seen it before, and none of them knew a native name for it. List of specimens of Haplonodon philippinensis sp. nov. a a re] a Z 42/4 {/e|%)|é : El a Ss Ss | a 5 tS) Museum. | 8% | Sex. |Locality.| , WB&™. \conector.| S | 2 5 eet Ss g 2 collected. 5 3 SS ay Ss = | 5 We iaes le aS: ie | | Bn S Vel Ss 3 2 3) a nN > < n A n & =| | | mm. | mm ; Bureau of | 883 | Male} Polillo_| Oct. 1909_| C. Cano-| 17 | 203 | 1] 95+ | 2+2] 9 0.800 (0. 196 | Science. nizado. | | This species combines characters of both Ophites (lycodon) and Di- nodon, and might easily represent an intermediate genus. It differs from Ophites in the lesser inward curvature of the anterior end of the maxilla, the greater number of anterior maxillary teeth, the small number of ~ middle maxillary teeth, abruptly succeeded by three greatly enlarged posterior teeth, and by the gradual and lesser enlargement of the four anterior mandibular teeth, which are followed by small teeth without an interspace. It differs from Dinodon in haying only a single interspace between the maxillary teeth, that between the last enlarged anterior tooth and the first small middle tooth. The tail is also longer in pro- portion to the body than in any species of Dinodon. It differs from both genera in the absence of apical pits. Elaphe erythrura (Dumeril & Bibron), No. 804. Dendrophis pictus (Gmelin), Nos. 773, 774, 775, 776, 790, 791, 792. These snakes are colored a uniform dark brown above. The lateral rows of scales and the ventral surface are a uniform light blue. A narrow black line runs along the outer edges of the ventrals. When the seales of the dorsal surface are rubbed off, the underlying skin is a uni- form rich, dark blue. These specimens are colored almost exactly like Dendrelaphis ceruleatus. The natives of Polillo call all Dendrophis and Dendrelaphis, and probably other similar snakes, calapiin matulin. Calaptin means “poi- sonous snake,” matulin, “quick.” Dendrelaphis czeruleatus Griffin, Nos. 760, 761, 762. Hurria rhynchops (Schneider), No. 788. Boiga cynodon (Boie), No. 803. Boiga angulata (Peters), No. 789. 214 GRIFFIN. The specimen does not agree exactly in all respects with the description given by Boulenger in the Catalogue of the Snakes in the British Museum, but it probably is one of this species. The stomach of this specimen con- tains a large lizard (Calotes). Boiga dendrophila (Boie), Nos. 805, 806. Psammodynastes pulverulentus (Boie), No. 812. Dryophis prasinus Boie, Nos. 796-802. Chrysopelea ornata (Shaw), Nos. 777-787. Hemibungarus sp. No. 807. Said to be the young of H. calligaster (Wiegmann). Trimerisurus halieus® sp. nov. g Subcaudals in two rows. Tail but slightly prehensile. Scales be- tween eyes smooth, gular scales smooth. Upper surface of head flat and depressed, snout with distinct canthus. First pair of lower labials in contact behind the symphysial. Scales in 21 rows; ventrals 170-182, - anal entire, subcaudals 52-59; 10-13 scales between the supraoculars. Supraocular narrow, often partially or completely broken up. Length of eye not more than half the distance from the eye to the tip of the snout, and in most specimens less. Dimensions of rostral equal, or the width slightly more than the depth. Nasal semidivided; internasals separated by one, two or three scales; upper head scales of moderate size, flat, subimbricate; two or three postoculars; a subocular, im contact with the third and fourth labials, separated from the fifth and sixth (and some- times from the fourth) by one series of scales. 9-11 upper labials, usually 10; the fifth to the last small; the first not fused with the nasal; the second forming the anterior border of the loreal pit; the third the largest,-touching the subocular; the fourth also large, its upper portion occasionally separated as a distinct scale; temporal scales smooth and large, scales of body distinctly but not strongly keeled, lateral rows and scales of tail smooth. The back and sides are dark blue to brownish-purple, either uniform or crossed by irregular dull, reddish-brown bars. The ventral surface is a light shade of the body color, generally bluish. The posterior border of each ventral scale is more lightly colored, thus forming an alternating series of light and dark transverse bands which correspond to the ventral scales. There are no lateral stripes as in 7. gramineus and T. flavo- maculatus. ‘The tail is colored like the body, never red. ® @dveus, a fisherman. LIST OF SNAKES FROM THE ISLAND OF POLILLO. 215 List of specimens of Trimerisurus haliens sp. nov. | ; = |S a) og es |S le a |S 2 ~~ mH Museum, 8 Sex. | Locality. een Collector. 8 © 5 4 & 3 2 g gs : a |= \e|4/2\2 ssa8 5 3 | 8 |S \8| 8 |s (ezl28 Z a A ln|]s| > | a ln 42 | mm. | mm Bureau of | 763 | Female_} Polillo__| Oct. 1, | Canoni- {0.810 |0.110 | 21 | 1 | 181 | 55 | 10 | 10 Science. 1909. zado. H Iho) sel) AREY Coo) — (0 (0) [ho Ko) |) ESRI) |) che) ff ark jf at) asHE |) GH) 1) a1} }) ab Ye) Saat 7H). | (oho) (6 Ko peenen PERSE o (0 emennpe Prue oo Yume Herat 7( Oa ry: 0) 102 Kl Ll a Urea ko SF KO 0) | INYO) =a! WG oko) 0) fo) | 0K) | 70) |] OR) | Babel] aL |) alizige Ge? If alt) alt) | Do 767) |----do__-|-_--do-__|-__-do____|-_--do___||.650) || .090)| 211) 1) 178, | 52) 11 | a1 1DYo) 2H} GH) 0) |) |) lie TH) I 1 OAL 1) aL |) MFHT) 43.1} GIB} |} l(a) 10fe) || 2B) |i 5K) 0 oo (|) St} SCT) |) ala) |) OAL pat |] aia) GS ae Wy at) Do —-__| 770 | Male_—_-|_---do__-_|___-do ____|___-do ___| .740 | .100 | 21 | 1 | 170 | 58 | 10 | 10 | Do ----| 771 | Female -|__-_do___|_-__-do--__|____do ___} .820 | .110 | 21 | 1 | 182 | 54 | 10 | 10 DX) eel) VPA (2?) ee (OK) Voy (6 Koy II) |} Salt) | PAL |) al [talks |) Gis |) 1) |} a0) I | | | =! The specimens were all collected along the banks of streams or in damp localities. ‘This snake seems to leave the ground very rarely. When the natives of the islands go at night along the streams to catch mudfish by torch- light, the snakes are commonly seen near the edge of the water, and the fishermen say that they. are there for the same purpose as themselves, and for this reason call the snake manda-dalag, which, literally trans- lated, means “the fisher of the dalag (or mud-fish).” Sr. Cesario Cano- nizado captured one specimen which had buried most of its body in the sand close to the water’s edge. The place where the snake was lying was partly covered with water, while a few inches away was deeper water in which numerous small fish were swimming about for which the snake appeared to be lying in wait. On another occasion Canonizado noticed a commotion in the rice near the edge of a paddy. ‘The disturbance was caused by a struggle between a large Varanus and a snake of this species. On the approach of Canoni- zado the Varanus ran away, so he could not see which was the attack- ing party. The snake was easily lassoed, for this species seems to be much more inclined to fight than to retreat from men. When the fisher- men, in their night fishing, walk along the water’s edge holding their torches ahead of them the snakes frequently strike at the lights, and occasionally the fishermen are bitten with fatal results. The stomach of No. 764 contained an entire frog. In the intestine of No. 763 were found a few scales, probably of a fish. The intestine of No. 765 contained a large ball of hair of a rat. ie 1A Haplonodon philippinensis Griffin, sp. nov., natural size. J i . ¥ i ¥ , ; 217 i ; ee fee Wa Peon GRIFFIN: SNAKES PROM THE ISLAND OF POLILLO.] [ PHIL. Journ. Scr., Vou. V, No. 4. LZZA daa yy T. Espinosa, del. rte te eee " i Ae Nis lial ae Ny u * ey ae a if, 7 f vig ) i i eavulay =. & i ur , me 4 i e j i a tae j ‘ i | 5 BIRDS FROM THE COAST OF NORTHERN LUZON AND FROM THE ISLANDS OF SABTAN AND DALUPIRI. By Ricwarp C. McGrecor. (From the Ornithological Section, Biological Laboratory, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I.) In August, 1909, through the courtesy of Dean C. Worcester, Secretary of the Interior, I was enabled to visit Sabtan Island in the Batanes, Dalupiri Island in the Babuyanes, and several localities on the coast of northern Luzon. Although but a short time, usually one hour to one day, was spent in each locality, some interesting birds were secured, and it seems worth while to record the species noted. Tagudin, August 14.—Tagudin is situated on the coast, in the south- ern part of Ilocos Sur. A small colony of the starling, Htheopsar cris- tatellus (Linneus), was found established here and the large-nosed shrike, Cephalophoneus nasutus (Scopoli) was abundant. Three night- jars, Caprimulgus griseatus Walden, were flushed from among small bushes at 200 meters from the beach. Sabtan Island, August 16.—Thorough collections were made on Batan Island im 1907,* and it is improbable that Sabtan will yield any addi- tional species. The following were seen during a few hours spent in the hills back of San Vicente, Sabtan: Munia jagori Martens, Anthus rufulus Vieillot, Zosterops batams McGregor, and Micropus pacificus (Latham). Dalupiri Island, August 19.—Dalupizi is the one island of the Babu- yanes from which we have had no zodlogical nor botanical collections. From the sea this island presented a low, even outline with but a slight elevation in the central part, and the vegetation appeared to consist of grass and small shrubs, thus resembling Fuga and contrasting strongly with Calayan and Camiguin. Upon landing and working inland a short distance there was discovered a considerable growth of small trees, but the soil was very thin and scarcely covered the coral-limestone. It is not to be expected that this island sustains so varied or interesting a fauna as does either Calayan or Camiguin. he birds identified on Dalupiri *This Journal, Sec. A (1907), 2, 337. 219 220 M’GREGOR. belong to the following species: Demigretta sacra (Gmelin), Centropus viridis (Seopoli), Hypsipetes fugensis Grant, Oriolus acrorhynchus Vi- gors, and Corone philippina (Bonaparte). Abtlug River, August 21 to 26.—The Abulug River enters the sea on the northern coast of Luzon at a distance of some twenty-five kilometers from the mouth of the Rio Grande de Cagayan. While Mr. Worcester and his party went to the headwaters of the river for the purpose of visiting a tribe of mountain people, I was left with my assistants at a camp a few kilometers from the coast. This part of the yalley is covered with thick, lowland jungle, and the difficulties of travel by land are increased by masses of débris brought down by the yearly floods which cover large areas with water from two to five meters in depth. The most interest- ing birds secured in the vicinity of the camp were Halcyon lindsayi, male and female, and a specimen of Hyloterpe albwentris. In the fol- lowing list an asterisk indicates that specimens were collected : BIRDS FROM ABULUG RIVER CAMP. Osmotreron axillaris (Bp.).* Tole gularis (Pucheran) .* Phapitreron leucotis (‘Temm.) .* Pycnonotus govavier (Scop.). Leucotreron leclancheri (Bp.).* Kittacincla luzonmensis (Kittlitz.). Macropygia tenuirostris Bp.* Orthotomus chloronotus Grant.* Streptopelia dussumieri (Temm.).* Artamus leucorynchus (Linn.). Bubulcus coromandus (Bodd.). Hyloterpe albwentris Grant.* Hurystomus orientalis (Linn.). Diceum pygmeum (WKittlitz) .* Halcyon lindsayi (Vig.).* Cinnyris henkei Meyer.* Collocalia troglodytes Gray.* Muma cabanisi Sharpe.* Yungipicus validirostris Blyth.* Oriolus acrorhynchus Vig. Cyornis philippinensis Sharpe. Corone philippina (Bp.). Rhipidura cyaniceps (Cass.). Claveria, August 27.—Claveria is a small town on the northern coast of Luzon, some thirty-five kilometers northwest of the mouth of the Abtlug River. There is considerable forest in the vicinity of this town, where large hornbills (Hydrocorax) were heard calling. The only birds collected at Clayeria were Artamides striatus (Boddaert) and Anthreptes griseigularis Tweeddale. Northeastern coast of Luzon, August 28 and 29.—Between Cape En- gano and Palanan several brief landings were made at places for which no names appear on charts. ‘There was not sufficient time to get into the forest at any of these points and very little of imterest was found near the beach. A pair of Orthorhamphus magnirostris (Vieillot) and several examples of Ardea suwmatrana Raffles were seen at our fifth landing. BIRDS FROM THE COAST OF NORTHERN LUZON. 221 Palanan, August 30.—One male specimen of Charadius fulvus Gmelin was killed at Palanan. Casiguran, August 31.—Two species, Hirwndo striolata (Boie) and Uroloncha everett. (Tweeddale), were abundant at Casiguran and speci- mens of them were collected. Baler, August 31 and September 1.—At Baler species of Dasylophus, Dicrurus, Kittacincla, and Tole were abundant in small trees and thickets near the beach, while hornbills, Hydrocoraw and Penelopides, seemed to be abundant on a heayily wooded hillside. Specimens collected at Baler belong to the following species: Bolbopsittacus lunulatus (Scop.). Yungipicus validirostris (Blyth). Loriculus philippensis (P. L. 8S. Artamides striatus (Bodd.). Mill.). Tole gularis (Pucheran). Collocalia fuciphaga (‘Thunb.). Rhabdornis mystacalis (Temm.). Anthreptes griseigularis 'Tweed. y Revit Ns Peete ee (inset Weslagw: (Cea Per 6g AA elo at ’ UEBER CHRYSOMELIDEN UND COCCINELLIDEN DER PHILIPPINEN. Von J. WEISE: ~ (Berlin, Germany.) Herr Charles 8. Banks sandte mir eine Anzahl von Insekten des Bureau of Science in Manila aus den oben genannten Familen zur Durchsicht em. Sie geben Anlass zu folgenden Bemerkungen und Beschreibungen. : IT. CHRYSOMELIDEN. 1. Cleorina philippinensis Jac., Ann. Soe. Ent. Belg. (1898) 42, 364. Es ist fraglich, ob sich diese Art wirklich von C. morosa Lef., Cat. 144, specifisch unterscheidet. Die echte philippinensis entfernt sich von anderen Arten z. B. Cleorina wneomicans Baly durch die abgektirzte Punktreihe der Fliigeldecken, welche nicht neben der Naht, sondern zwischen der ersten und zweiten ganzen Punktreihe legt. Die Hinter- brust ist dicht und grob punktiert, der Bauch fei chagriniert, die Mitte - des ersten Segmentes runzelig punktiert. Ungenau ist die Angabe Lefey- rés in der Gattungsdiagnose: ,,die 5 letzten Ftihlerglieder wenig ver- dickt ;” es sind vielmehr nur die Glieder 2 bis 4 diimner als die tibrigen. (5489, C. 8. Banks.) 2. Aulacophora uniformis Chap., Bull. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. (1876) 19, 99. Die vorliegenden Stiicke sind 7 bis 9 mm. lang (Chapius gibt 11 mm. an) und haben ungefahr dieselbe Grosse wie rosea Fabr. und pos- tica Chap. Das letzte Fiihlerelied kann rotlichgelb oder schwarz sein; letztere Farbe dehnt sich zuweilen auch tiber das vorletzte Glied aus. 3. Antipha punctata All., Bull. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. (1889) 33, 107. Der Thorax ist vollig oder fast glatt und hat nur wenige Punkte tiber den Vorderecken. Die Fliigeldecken sind mit nicht besonders starken, teilweise gereihten Punkten besetzt, die im letzten Drittel schwicher werden, eine Basalbeule wird durch einen leichten Querein- druck angedeutet. Jede Fliigeldecke hat zwei schwarze Querbinden, eine an der Basis, die andere hinter der Mitte. Die erste ist gemeinschaftlich, ziemlich yon gleicher Breite, oder am Seitenrande erweitert, sie nimmt 223 224 WEISE. ungefiihr ein Sechstel der Linge ein. Die zweite beriihrt weder Naht noch Seitenrand, ist gewohnlich in der Mitte eingeschntirt und jeder- seits etwas nach hinten ausgezogen ; sie scheint aus zwei Flecken entstan- den zu sein. Diese Zeichnung ist sehr variabel. Ofter ist die vordere Binde auf einen kleinen Fleck am Seitenrande, dicht hinter der Schulterbeule beschrinkt und die innere Halfte der zweiten Binde ist erloschen ; jeden- falls kommen auch Stticke mit einfarbig rotlich gelbbraunen Fligel- decken yor. (295, C. S. Banks; 6368, #. D. Merrill.) 4. Cynorta cavifrons Duviy., Stett. Ent. Zeit. (1885) 46, 247. Grésse und Farbe scheinen bei dieser Art zu variieren. Von den beiden vorliegenden Exemplaren (¢), ist das ee 4.5 mm. lang, das andere 5.5, der Bauch bei dem kleineren einfarbig blaulich schwarz bei dem grésseren sind die beiden ersten Ringe und der Mittelzipfel des letzten rotlich gelb. (5344, C. S. Banks.) 5. Cynorta citrina Jac., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. (1894) 38, 190. Die Exemplare sind 6-6.5 mm. lang. Wenn Allard die Bildung der vorderen Gelenkhohlen und die unbewehrten Schienen bei seiner Gattung Brachita, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1889, C. r. 103, richtig beobachtet hat, so gehort diese nicht zu Cynorta, obwohl man aus den sonstigen Anga- ben, darauf schhesen diirfte. Die folgende Art, von der nur 1 @ vor- liegt, scheint ebenfalls einfache Schienen zu haben. (6408, H. MZ. Cur- ran; 12950, #. D. Merritt.) 6. Cynorta longicornis sp. nov. Elongata, citrina, antennis (basi excepta) tibiis tarsisque nigricanti- bus, macula yerticis apiceque elytrorum fuscis. Prothorace quadrifo- yeolato, obsolete punctulato, elytris sericeo-micantibus crebre subtiliter punctatis, obsoletius costulatis. Long. 9 mm. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (Charles 8. Banks, collector). ; Type @ No. 5308 in der Entomologischen Sammlung des Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. Schlank gebaut, auf dem Riicken abgeflacht, mit auffilliig langen Fiihlem und Beinen, die beide ungefahr so lang wie der Korper sind. Letzterer ist citronengelb, weniger lebhaft als in citrina gefarbt, Kopf und Thorax glinzend, Fliigeldecken etwas seidenschimmernd. Fiihler schwirzlich, die beiden ersten Glieder, namentlich unterseits, rotlich gelbbraun, Schienen und Tarsen ebenfalls schwiirzlich, die Oberseite des vorletzten Gliedes der Maxillartaster, ein kleimer Lingsfleck des Schei- tels und die dusserste Spitze der Fliigeldecken angedunkelt. Augen stark gewolbt, die Fiihler auf einem grossen Hocker der Stirn eingefiigt, der oben durch eine feine Liingsrinne halbiert ist. Kopfschild sehr lang UEBER CHRYSOMELIDEN UND COCCINELLIDEN. 225 dreieckig, Nasenkiel und Vorderrand wulstartig erhoht, Oberlippe sehr gross, Mandibeln an der Spitze pechschwarz. Thorax etwas linger als breit, von der Basis bis vor die Mitte schwach erweitert, dayor verengt und die Vorderecken nach aussen vortretend, die Scheibe ganz verlo- schen punktuliert, mit vier schwachen Gruben, zwei kleinen, dicht neben- einander, hinter dem Vorderrande, die beiden anderen dahinter, gross, quer. Fliigeldecken sehr fein, doch deutlich punktiert, mit zahlreichen verloschenen Lingsyertiefungen, welche durch sehr feine und niedrige Rippen getrennt werden. Die in der Farbung aihnliche Brachita terminata All. lasst sich ohne Weiteres durch den Thorax unterscheiden, welcher doppelt so breit als lang angegeben ist. 7. Cynorta quadriplagiata sp. nov. ' Elongata, citrina, nitida, postpectore, abdomine elytrisque nigris, his in singulo maculis duabus magnis citrinis, prima subbasali, subquadrata, secunda oblonga. Long. 6—6.5 mm. Canavan Istanp, P. I. (R. C. McGregor, collector). Type No. 638 in der Entomologischen Sammlung des Bureau of Science, Manila,~P. I. Leuchtend citronengelb, die Hinterbrust, der Bauch, ein Saum um jede Fliigeldecke und eine gemeinschaftliche Querbinde der letzteren tief schwarz. Von der gelben Farbe bleiben auf jeder Fligeldecke zwei grosse Makeln tibrig. Die erste ist quadratisch, mit verrundeten Ecken, reicht nahe an den Vorder-, Seiten- und Nahtrand und endet in kaum ein drittel der Linge. Die zweite ist ungefahr doppelt so lang als breit, beginnt schrag etwas vor der Mitte und endet, leicht zugespitzt, vor der Spitze. Sie liegt»der Naht naher als der Makel 1 und dem Seiten- und Hinterrande. Die Spitze der Mandibeln ist pechschwarz. Fiihler etwas kirzer als der Korper, normal gebaut, Glied 4 etwa so lang als die beiden vorhergehenden zusammen. ‘Thorax breiter als lang, yon der Basis bis weit vor die Mitte almahlig erweitert, nahe den Vorderecken gerundet verengt, die Scheibe grésstenteils von einem glatten, weiten Querein- drucke eingenommen, neben dem die Seiten und der gewélbte, ziemlich grosse Raum tiber den Vorderecken dicht und fein punktiert sind. Schildchen vorn rotbraun, hinten schwarz. Fliigeldecken ziemlich dicht, fein und flach punktiert. Die Beschreibung ist nach dem @ entworfen, das 3 diirfte eine Aus- zeichnung auf dem Kopfschilde haben. 8. Monolepta bifasciata Hornst. Diese Art ist tiber die Sunda Inseln und Philippinen verbreitet und von Manila durch Boheman als rubrosignata beschrieben worden. Das letzte Fiihlerglied, der Anus und das Pygidium sind dunkel gefirbt, die 226 WEISE. Basalbinde der Fliigeldecken ist innen erweitert und an der Naht beinahe doppelt so breit als an der Schulter. Die Ubersicht der Art ist folgende: Chrysomela bifasciata Hornst., Schrift. naturf. Freunde, Berlin, (1788) 3. Java. Galleruca bifasciata Fabr., Ent. Syst. (1792) 1, 2, 27; Jac., Notes Leyd. Mus., (1884) 538. (Jlonolepta) Sumatra, Java. Crioceria 4-notata Fabr., Syst. Eleuth., (1801) 1, 460. Sumatra. Galeruca 4-notata Oliv., Entom. (1808) 6, 665, t. 5, fig. 90. Java. Monolepta rubrosignata Bohem., Res. Eugen. (1859) 182. Manila. 9, Phyllotreta serricornis Duviv. Diese Art kann nicht bei der Gattung Phyllotreta bleiben, sondern gehért zu Luperomorpha Ws. An den Fiihlern sind die Gleder 2 und 3 beim @ sehr kurz, 2 kugelig, 3 quer und bedeutend ktirzer als 2; beim ? sind sie langer, 2 kugelig, wenig grosser als beim 36, 3 schmaler und merklich linger als 2, die folgenden Gheder sind yerdickt, beim 6 bis zum zehnten Gliede gesiigt. Das vierte Glied ist so lang wie Glied 2 und 3 zusammen ( @ ), oder wie die drei vorhergehenden Glieder zusam-— men (¢6). Der Thorax hat eime verloschene Queryertiefung in der Mitte, die Seiten sind fast gradlinig und parallel und treten an der Borstenpore in den Vorderecken nach aussen vor. Der Enddorn der Hinterschienen steht ziemlich in der Mitte und ist grade nach hinten gerichtet, der Metatarsus endlich hat eine schmale, vollig glatte Basis. 10. Erystus banksi sp. noy. Subrotundatus, convexus, pallide testaceo-flavus, nitidus, prothorace sublaevis, basi rotundatim angustato, elytris subtiliter punctatis, pro- tecto laterali lato, paullo fortius punctato a dorso stria punctata sat profunda separato. Long. 5—5.5 mm. Luzon, Province of Rizal, Montalban Gorge, P. I. (Charles S. Banks, collector.) Type No. 5310 in der Hntomologischen Sammlung des Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. An dem einfarbig blass braiunlich-gelben, oberseits eme Spur durch- scheinenden Kérper und den verworren punktierten Fltigeldecken, auf denen weder vertiefte Lingsreihen noch gewolbte Zwischenstreifen zu bemerken sind, von den bis jetzt bekannten vier Arten zu unterscheiden, yon podagroides und villicus Ws. ausserdem durch die gerundeten Hin- terecken des Thorax. Gerundet, etwas linger als breit, gleichmiissig, aber nicht besonders stark gewolbt. Stirnhécker verloschen umgrenzt oder kaum angedeutet. Die Fiihler reichen ziemlich bis zur Mitte der Fliigeldecken, Glied 2 ist das kiirzeste, 3 linger, aber nicht ganz so lang als 4. Thorax kurz, dreimal -so breit wie lang, die Seiten stark gerundet und mit den Hin- terecken in einer Flucht abgerundet. Hs tritt jedoch weiter nach innen ein kleiner Winkel vor, welcher die eigentlichen Hinterecken andeutet. UEBER CHRYSOMELIDEN UND COCCINELLIDEN. Da In diesen ist die Thoraxbasis viel schmaler als der Vorderrand, und iiber ihnen ist der Basalrand der Fliigeldecken in leichtem Bogen aus- gerandet. Die Fligeldecken sind scheinbar ganz verworren fein und flach punktiert, die Punkte yon einem dunkel durchscheinenden Kreise umgeben; bei genauer Betrachtung bemerkt man aber dass die Punkte zu unregelmassigen Doppelreihen geordnet sind. Die Scheibe ist aussen durch emen starken Punkstreifen yom Seitendache getrennt. Dieses erinnert durchaus an das Seitendach der Cassiden, ist: im der inneren Halfte fast glatt, im der fusseren unregelmassig punktiert. 11. Agonia banksi sp. nov. Hlongata, parum convexa, fulva, nitida, antennis subfiliformibus, ni- gris, articulo primo rufescente, elytris fortiter punctatis, bicarinatis, apice leyiter singulatim-rotundatis, vitta suturali et laterali, antice ab- breviatis, postice late conjunctis abdominisque segmentis duobus ultimis nmigris. Long. 3.5-3.8 mm. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (Charles S. Banks, collector). Type No. 5346 in der Entomologischen Sammlung des Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. Ahnlich gebaut, aber bedeutend kleiner als Ag. vandepolli Gestro und durch die Spitzenbildung der Fliigeldecken leicht von dieser und den anderen ahnlichen Arten zu unterscheiden. Die Fliigeldecken sind hin- ten nicht gemeinschaftlich, sondern einzeln abgerundet, denn sie haben an der Naht eimen schwachen dreieckigen Ausschnitt in welchem die Nahtecke ee Spur vorgezogen ist. Der Thorax ist breiter als lang, an den Seiten sanft gerundet, oben glatt, eine Reihe hinter dem Vorder- rande und eine kurze Schrigreihe jederseits dahinter sind aus starken Punkten gebildet, vier grosse, sparsam punktierte Gruben befinden sich yor der Basis. Die Punkte der Fligeldecken sind sehr gross und tief; die schwarze Nahtbinde ist schmal, vorn auf die Kante selbst beschrankt, dann schwach erweitert, die Seitenbinden fangen yorn ebenfalls schmal an und verbreitern sich so, das sie in zwei drittel Liinge, von wo aus die ganze Spitze schwarz gefarbt ist, die dussere Rippe bertihren. Die Bin- den beginnen in ein drittel Linge. 12. Agonia manilensis sp. noy. Hlongata, parum conyexa, pallide fulva, antennis (articulo primo fer- rugineo excepto) maculaque apicali elytrorum nigris, tarsis segmentoque ultimo yentrali infuscatis, prothorace sublaevi, foveis quator ante basin lineaque sub apicali parce punctatis, elytris bicostatis: Long. 44.3 mm. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (Charles S. Banks, collector). Type No. 2621 in der Entomologischen Sammlung de Science, Manila, P. I. Breiter gebaut als die vorige, mit kleineren Punkten in den Reihen 98666——2 Bureau of m 228 Koi WEISE. der Fliigeldecken, letztere hinten gemeinschaftlich abgerundet und am Rande daselbst deutlicher gekerbt, der Thorax sparsamer punktiert, die Fiihler etwas kiirzer, aber in den fiinf letzten Gliedern stirker, in der Spitze der Fliigeldecken endlich nur eime aussen verengte schwarze Quermakel, welche ungefaihr das letzte Fiinftel einnimmt, Der Thorax ist glatt, hinter dem Vorderrande mit einer weitliufigen starken Punkt- reihe, dahinter folgen jederseits 2 Punkte, dann die vier Gruben vor der Basis, die mit wenigen grossen Punkten besetzt sind. 13. Prioptera immaculata Wagener, Mitteil. Miinch. (1881) 26. Die kurze Beschreibung dieser Art lisst sich verschieden z. B. auch auf eimfarbige Stiicke der sinwata Oliv. anwenden, denn Wagener hat ein wesentliches Merlkmal, die Grosse und Tiefe der drei Gruben jeder Fliigeldecke tibergangen.' Es ist daher ungewiss, ob die bei Manila, (No. 6541) von Rk. C. McGregor gesammelten Hxemplare dazu gehoren. Ich betrachte sie deshalb vorlaiufig nur fraglich als: Prioptera immaculata Wagener, var. fuscopunctata var. nov. Flayo-testacea, nitida, prothorace sublaevi, elytris sat dense fusco- punctatis, trifoveolatis, fovea interna profunda, macula nigra notata. Long. 8—9 mm. An der Skulptur der Fliigeldecken leicht kenntlich. Dieselben sind verworren, fein und ziemlich dicht punktiert, die Punkte erscheimen aber grosser, weil sie in einem durchscheinenden schwirzlichen Kreise stehen. Von den drei Gruben jeder Decke ist die innere gross und tief, mit einer schwarzen Makel versehen, die beiden fusseren sind flacher, die hintere rund, die vordere langlich, undeutlich, eigentlich nur eine Hrweiterung des Punktstreifens, welcher die Schulterbeule innen absetzt. In der Basalhilfte der Fliigeldecken heben sich drei, von Punktreihen begrenzte, glatte, hellere Lingslinien heraus, von denen die erste den Innenrand der tiefen Grube bildet, aber oft bis vor die Spitze sichtbar bleibt. Die zweite endet am Aussenrande der tiefen Grube, die dritte lauft vom Schulterhécker tiber dem Aussenrande der Scheibe bis zur Mitte. Das Basaldreieck ist kurz und sehr breit, und steigt zu einer sehr undeutlichen Kante auf, die an der Naht nicht hockerartig erhoht ist. 14. Prioptera sinuata Oliv. Diese Art wurde ebenfalls bei Manila (No. 552 und 8035, W. Schultze) gesammelt. In der Normalfirbung hat jede Fliigeldecke 6 schwarze Makeln (1, 1, 1, 2,1), von denen die kleinste, Makel 6, welche Boheman, Mon. 1; 1850, p. 59 nicht erwihnte, sondern erst Mon IV, 1862, p. 25 anfiihrte, unmittelbar neben der Naht vor der Spitze liegt und zuweilen mit dem entsprechenden Flecke der anderen Decke eine gemeinschaftliche Makel bildet. Die drei Gruben jeder Fliigeldecke sind Klein, dusserst flach und verloschen, aber stirker als die Scheibe punktiert. Boheman UEBER CHRYSOMELIDEN UND COCCINELLIDEN. 229 erwihnt (Mon. IV. 25) eine Abinderung ,,b.” ,,Hlytrorum maculis parvis, punctiformibus;” sie bildet den Ubergang zur ab. deficiens: Maculis elytrorum plus minusye deficientibus. Zuerst verschwinden in der Regel die Makeln 6 und 4. 15. Metriona manilensis sp. nov. Subrotundata, sat convexa, subtus dilute testacea, supra rufa, nitida, protecto late explanato flavecente, antennis articulis quinque ultimis al- bidis, prothorace transversim elliptico, levi, elytris striato-punctatis, antice vix gibbosis. Long. 7—7.5 mm. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (Charles 8S. Banks, collector). Type No. 5343 in der Entomologischen Sammlung des Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. Durch die Farbe des Korpers und der Fiithler sehr ausgezeichnet. Letztere sind ahnlich wie die ganze Unterseite, blass rothlich gelbbraun die fiinf verdickten Hndglieder aber weiss. Die Oberseite ist hell und ziemlich lebhaft braunlich rot, das breite Seitendach durchscheinend und blass gelb. Der Korper ist wenig linger als breit, und der Thorax ist mit den ligeldecken gleichmissig gerundet. Thorax doppelt so breit als lang, quer elliptisch, die Hcken liegen in der Mitte des Seitenrandes und sind nicht vollig verrundet, sondern bilden einen schwachen, stumpfen Winkel; die Scheibe ist ziemlich glatt. Fliigeldecken an der Basis im Bogen ausgeschnitten und so breit als der Thorax, bis zur Mitte gerun- det-erweitert, dahinter ahnlich yerengt, die Scheibe missig gewolbt, regelmiissig in Reihen punktiert, im Basaldreieck stark abfallend. Von hinten betrachtet bildet die héchste Stelle an der Naht einen sehr schwa- chen, stumpfen Hocker, der niedriger ist als die Schulterbeulen. It. COCCINELLIDEN. 1. Coelophora octopunctata sp. nov. Subhemispherica, testaceo-flava, nitida, prothorace ~subtiliter punc- tulato, lateribus haud sinuato, elytris subtiliter punctatis, singulo punc- tis quartuor (3, 1) nigris. Long. 6.5-7 mm. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (P. L. Stangl, collector). Type No. 260 in der Entomologischen Sammlung des Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. Hiner grossen C. newporti Muls. aibnlich, aber die Seiten des Thorax vor der Mitte nicht ausgerandet, die Punktierung der Oberseite erheblich feiner und die beiden schwarzen Makeln, die der Basis von Thorax und Fliigeldecken bei newporti gemeinsam sind, fehlen ginzlich. Die vier schwarzen Punkte der Fliigeldecken sind miissig gross und liegen ungefahr wie die von newporti: 3 in einer schwach nach hinten gebogenen Quer- reihe vor der Mitte, der vierte hinter der Mitte, etwas weiter vom Seitenrande enfernt, wie Punkt 3. Hin anderes Exemplar erhielt ich yon Plason aus Java. 230 WEISE. 2. Coelophora sexguttata sp. nov. Subhemispherica, flayo-testacea, prothorace, scutello elytrisque nigris, nitidis, prothorace subtilissime punctato, flavo-marginato, elytris subti- liter punctatis, singulo guttis tribus fulvis, 1, 2 collocatis. Long. 5 mm. Bavan Isuanp, P. lL. (2. C. MeGregor, collector). Type No. 7767 in der Entomologischen Sammlung des Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. In der Korperform ungefihr mit inequalis Fabr. tiberemstimmend, etwas weniger gewolbt als halbkugelig, briunlich gelb, der Thorax (ausge- nommen ein fast gleichbreiter Saum am Vorder- und Seitenrande), das Schildechen und die Fliigeldecken schwarz, letztere mit je 3 réthlich gelben Tropfen: 1, 2. Der erste liegt an der Basis am Schildchen, ist wenig linger als breit und hat keinen gerundeten, sondern einen ziemlich geraden Innenrand, der sich allmahlich yon der Naht entfernt. Die andern Tropfen bilden auf beiden Decken eine leicht nach hinten gebogene Querreihe. Der aussere Tropfen jeder Decke beginnt etwa in der Mitte, der innere wenig hinter derselben, beide sind gerundet und yon ahnlicher Grésse als der erste; der aussere ist yom Rande eben so weit entfernt wie vom inneren Tropfen. Dieser hegt der Naht etwas niher. Die Stirn ist gewirkt, zart punktuliert, der Thorax verloschen gewirkt, aber starker als die Stirn punktiert. Die Punkte der Fliigeldecken sind doppelt so stark wie die des Thorax. : 3. Sticholotis banksi sp. nov. Hemispherica, fulva, nitida, creberrime punctata, elytrorum disco, meso- et metasterno nigris. Long. 2.2.-2.5 mm. Luzon, Manila, P. L. (Charles S. Banks, collector). Type No. 5462, in der Entomologischen Sammlung des Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. j Gehért in die Abteilung, die einen gefliigelten Korper und gleichmas- sig verworren punktierte Fliigeldecken besitzt und ist in K6rperform und Farbe der Sticholotis limbata Motsch. am ahnlichsten, jedoch hoher gewolbt und bedeutend stiirker punktiert als diese. Head finely and closely punctured, fulvous, the apex of the mandibles piceous. Thorax fulvous, three times broader than long, the sides strongly rounded, the surface closely punctured. Elytra closely and moderately strongly punctured, black, the lateral margins broadly fulvous. 4. Sticholotis ovata sp. noy. Breviter-ovalis, convexa, testaceo-flava, nitidula, prothorace sat crebre subtilissime punctato, elytris vitta suturali et laterali, hac medio sub- interrupta fuscis, disco subtiliter punctatis, punctis apicem et latera versus subtilioribus, area elongata communi ante medium sublevi extus stria punctata terminata. Long. 2 mm. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (Charles S. Banks, collector). UEBER CHRYSOMELIDEN UND COCCINELLIDEN. BB Type No. 3033 in der Entomologischen Sammlung des Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. Von allen anderen Arten durch breit-eiformige Korperform und die Bauchlinien verschieden, welche einen Viertelkreis bilden, aber nicht den Hinterrand des 1. Segmentes erreichen, sondern diesem parallel zum Seitenrande ziehen. Blass rotlich gelb, missig glinzend, ein wenig breiter, vorn erweiterter Nahtsaum und ein in der Mitte eingeschniirter, fast unterbrochener Seitensaum, der hinten mit dem Nahtsaume ver- bunden ist, hell braun bis schwiarzlich. Stirn breit, eben, an den Seiten dichter als in der Mitte punktuliert, clypeus jederseits gradlinig nach yorn verenet und fiir die Fiihlerwurzel nicht ausgeschnitten. Thorax mehr als doppelt so breit wie lang, mit ziemlich parallelen, vor der Mitte conyergierenden Seiten; auf der Scheibe gleichmiassig weniger dicht, aber | stiirker als die Gegend der Stirm neben den Augen punktiert und aus- serst fein und kurz, schlecht bemerkbar behaart. Fltigeldecken an der Basis unbedeutend breiter als der Hinterrand des Thorax, bis zur Mitte leicht erweitert, dann yerengt und am Ende gemeinschaftlich sehr schmal abgerundet ; die Scheibe gewolbt, ziemlich dicht und sehr fein punktiert. Die Phurlktie sind innen stirker als aussen und hinten. Vor der Mitte ist ein gemeinschaftlicher ovaler Lingsraum fast glatt; er wird aussen von einer einreihig stark punktierten, gebogenen, feinen Rinne begrenzt, dic hinten in eine kurze, der Naht parallele Punktreihe tibergeht. Jede Fliigeldecke hat eine gemeinschaftliche schwarzliche Binde an der Naht und eine braunliche am Seitenrande. LErstere ist missig breit und erweitert sich yor der Mitte ganz allmihlich bis zur Basis. Die Seiten- binde hat in der Mitte einen winkeligen Ausschnitt, welcher sie fast unterbricht. Die Schulterbeule ist sehr klem und niedrig, der Korper aber vollkommen gefliigelt. Das nur stumpf zugespitze Endglied der Maxillartaster, der eiformige Korper und die vom Hinterrande des ersten Bauchsegmentes entfernten Schenkellinien diirften spiter eine Trennung des Tieres yon Sticholotis notig machen. 5. Aspidimerus tristis sp. nov. Subrotundatus, convexiusculus, niger, crebre breyissimeque griseo- pubescens, quasi pruinosus, margine antico clypei, limbo laterali protho- racis, pectore abdomineque piceo-rufis; supra dense subtilissimeque punc- tulatus. Long. 2.5 mm. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (Charles S. Banks, collector). Type No. 4903, in der Entomologischen Pca des Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. Gerundeter und merklich flacher als die tibrigen Arten, durch die schwarze Farbe der Oberseite leicht kenntlich. Diese Farbe wird durch eine dichte ausserst zarte und kurze greise Behaarung zum Teil vyerdeckt. Da a |. | WEISE. - Die Unterseite und der grésste Teil der Beine sind rotlich pechbraun gefirbt, ebenso ein feimer Saum am Vorderrande des Kopfschildes und ein breiterer Streifen an’ den Seiten des Thorax. Die Punktierung der Oberseite ist sehr dicht und fein. Durch die Tatigkeit der Mitglieder des Bureau of Science in Manila ist die Zahl der auf den Philippimen gefundenen Coccinelliden yon 18 Arten, die der Catalog yon G. A. Baer, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (1886) 173, anfiihrt, auf 42 gestiegen. Besondere Hrwahnung verdienen: 6. Leis dunlopi Crotch. (6406, H. MW. Cuzner). 7. Leis dinudiata Fabr. ab. bicolor Hope (255, P. L. Stangl). 8. Rodolia rufopilosa Muls. (249 und 5570, C. S. Banks). 9. Rodolia podagrica Ws. (252, C. S. Banks). 10. Ortaha pusilla-mesta Ws. (5462, C. S. Banks). ; 11. Platynaspis migra Ws. (2250 und 5027, C. S. Banks). 12. Stethorus pawperculus Ws. (4737, C. S. Banks). 13. Stethorus rotundatus Motsch. (4950, C. S. Banks). Alle Stethorus-Arten nihren sich von der sehr schidlichen ,,Spinn- milbe,” ,,red spider,” ,,red mite,” Tetranychus telarius Linn. Die beiden vorstehend genannten Arten unterscheiden sich leicht durch folgende Punkte: pawperculus Ws. ist breit oval, auf den Fliigeldecken yerhalniss- missig kriftig, sehr dicht narbig punktiert, hat aber eimen gemeinschaft- lichen schmal ovalen glatten Raum an der Naht vor der Mitte, an dessen Aussenrande die Punkte eine oder mehrere nicht ganz regelmiassige Reithen bilden; rotundatus Motsch. ist etwas grosser, gerundet, auf den Fliigeldecken ziemlich gleichmissig und dusserst fein punktiert. Die Punkte werden nach aussen unbedeutend starker. ' DIE RUTELIDEN DER PHILIPPINISCHEN INSELN. Von Fr. OHAUS. (Steglitz-Berlin, Germany.) In einer kleinen Sendung von Ruteliden aus der Sammlung des Bureau of Science in Manila, die mir im Sommer 1909 zur Bestimmung zuging, befanden sich auch einige neue Arten, deren Beschreibung mir Anlass gab, auch die von Prof. Carl Semper und Mr. J. Whitehead auf den Philip- pinen gesammelten Ruteliden, die sich in meimer Sammlung befinden, zu studieren. Der ersten Sendung des Bureau of Science folgte im Januar eine bedeutend reichhaltigere zweite, dieser im April dieses Jahres eine dritte, beide wieder eime ganze Reihe neuer Arten enthaltend. Meine urspriingliche Absicht, eine Monographie der Ruteliden der Phi- lippinen zu liefern gab ich angesichts des so reichlich zustromenden Ma- terials vorliiufig auf, weil ich mir sagte, dass eine solche bei dem wis- senschaftlchen Hifer und der regen Sammeltitigkeit der Herren vom Bureau of Science doch in kurzer Zeit nicht mehr geniigen wiirde. Im Folgenden gebe ich daher nur eine Beschreibung der neuen Arten und eine alphabetische Liste aller bis jetzt bekannten Ruteliden der Philip- pinen mit Literatur-und Fundortsangaben; von den Beziehungen, die die Ruteliden der Philippinen zu denen der tibrigen Teile der orientali- schen Region haben, moéchte ich kurz die folgenden hervorheben. Von den beiden Hauptgruppen der Ruteliden, den Arten mit vertical gestellter Oberlippe—Ruteline psalidochilida—und denen mit horizontal legender Oberlippe—Ruteline ptyeladenochilidee—sind die ersteren, wie in der ganzen orientalischen Region, nur durch die Gattung Adoretus vertreten. Von dieser sind bisher nur 4 Arten gefunden worden, darunter der weit verbreitete Adoretus wmbrosus Fabr. und sein nachster Verwandter, der auch auf Malakka und Formosa vorkommende A. ranwnculus Burm. Von dem, den beiden genannten Arten sehr nahe stehenden A. tenwima- culatus Waterh. aus China und Japan wissen wir bestimmt, dass er im Larvenstadium mit Kulturpflanzen (Zuckerrohr, Bananen), die nur durch Wurzelschésslinge verbreitet werden, verschleppt wird, von einem anderen nahen Verwandten, dem A. versutus Har. macht dies die eigen- tiimliche geographische Verbreitung —St. Helena, Seychellen, Ceylon und Vorderindien, Singapur, Canton, Batavia, Viti, Samoa—hdochst . 233 234 OHAUS. wahrscheinlich, und darum halte ich auch die HKinschleppung yon wm- brosus und ranunculus aut den Philippinen ftir hochst wahrscheinlich. Auch A. philippinicus Pic ist mir in dieser Bezichung verdachtig und nur den A. /uridus Blanch. der einer ganz anderen Gruppe der Gattung angehort und seine nachsten Verwandten im Himalaya und auf Celebes hat, halte ich ftir wirklich endemisch. Die zweite Hauptgruppe, die Ruteliden mit horizontaler Oberlippe, sind durch die Abteilungen der Anomalini (mit 9-gliedrigen Fiihlern) und die sogenannten echten Ruteliden (mit 10-gliedrigen Fithlern) vertreten. Aus der Abteilung der Anomalini ist die artenreiche Gattung Anomala auch hier mit der hochsten Artenzahl vertreten. Alle bis jetzt hier gefundenen Arten sind endemisch mit Ausnahme der weit verbrei- teten A. varicelor Gyllenh. die aber auch eine gut charakterisierte Lokal- form bildet. Die Gattung Mimela, in Vorder- und Hinter-Indien, China, ‘Japan und den grossen Sunda-Inseln mit etwa 80 Arten verbreitet, ist auf den Philippinen nur durch 3 Arten vertreten; davon ist nur eine Art endemisch, die zweite, maculicollis von Sibay, ist in ganz Borneo verbreitet, und die dritte, die in Java haiufige blumei Hope, wurde mir bisher nur einmal von einem Handler mit der Fundortsangabe Manila mageschickt und muss daher yorlaufig noch als zweifelhaft aufgeftihrt werden. Von den Popillien ist die Gattung Psewdomalaia mit allen bekannten 4 Arten endemisch, und auch die hier vorkommenden Arten der Gattung Popillia sind alle endemisch und —vielleicht mit Ausnahme der varia- bilis—so abweichend von den iibrigen Arten der Gattung, dass man ftir sie ee besondere Untergattung griinden miisste. Ihre nachsten Ver- wandten hat Pseudomalaia auf Celebes, Saleyer und Sangir, wihrend die Popilla-Arten teils eme Weiterentwicklung von Psewdomalaia—mit stirkerem Mesosternalfortsatz—darstellen, teils Anklange an Celebes- und Himalaya-Formen zeigen. Die ganze Abteilung der Anomalini ist relativ jung und noch in yoller Entwicklung begriffen, was sich einerseits daraus ergiebt, dass sich alle Unterabteilungen und Gattungen noch durch vermittelnde Formen mit einander verbinden lassen, anderseits daraus, dass.sie in friih isolirten Gebieten, wie Australien (hier abgesehen von der mit Zuckerrohr einge- schleppten Anomala antiqua Gyllenh. aus China), Madagascar und Chile- Patagonien vollstandig fehlen. Die echten Ruteliden, in der orientalischen Region durch die Gruppe der Parastasiiden vertreten, sind ausgezeichnet durch ihren ungemein mannigfaltigen sexuellen Dimorphismus; es giebt kaum irgend einen Teil des Korpers, der hier nicht Trager secundirer sexueller Merkmale ware und gerade die secundiren Geschlechtsmerkmale sind es, die hier in ersten Linie zu einer Differenzierung der Formen geftihrt haben. So sind die ¢ der Peperonta harringtont Westw. vom Himalaya, der Dicaulo- DIE RUTELIDEN DER PHILIPPINISCHEN INSELN. I35 cephalus feae. Gestro. resp. fruhstorferi yon Sumatra resp. Tonkin, der Ceroplophana modiglhanti Gestro yon Sumatra und Borneo so ver- schieden, dass man fiir sie eigene Gattungen aufgestellt hat; ihre @ aber sind einander so ihnlich, dass man Miihe hat, sie als Arten yon einander mi unterscheiden und fiir sich allein betrachtet, sicher nie auf den Gedanken kommen wiirde, sie in verschiedene Gattungen zu stellen. Soweit bis jetzt bekannt, sind die Parastasiiden Bergbewohner und leben im Larvenzustand, wahrscheinlich auch zumeist als ausgebildete Insekten in abgestorbenen Baiumen, einige Arten in den Wurzeln abgestorbener | Biume, die sie nur gelegentlich: zur Paarung oder zum Aufsuchen neuer Brutstellen verlassen. Hntsprechend dieser zumeist versteckten Lebens- weise werden die Kafer selten gefunden. Nach unserer Kenntniss von ihrer Biologie miissen wir es fiir unwahrscheinlich halten, dass die Arten innerhalb der Region verschleppt werden konnten und tatsachlich ist uns auch kein sicherer Fall einer solchen Verschleppung bekannt.. Wenn wir nun ausserdem beriicksichtigen dass wir in den Parastasiiden sehr alte Formen vor uns haben, aus der Gruppe der echten Ruteliden wohl die altesten, dann diirfen wir diejenigen philippinischen Arten, die sich neben den Philippinen auch in anderen Teilen der orientalischen Region finden, unbedenklich als Relikte auffassen, als Uberbleibsel aus der Zeit, da die Philippinen noch mit dem Festland und den grossen Sunda-Inseln zusammenhingen. Von diesem Gesichtspunkte aus betrachtet ist jede der hier vorkommenden Arten interessant. Parastasia confluens Westw. eime der altesten Formen der Gruppe. findet sich ausser auf Luzon auch auf Malakka, Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Celebes, Salayer, Amboima, Ceram, Buru, Aru, Sangir, Ternate, Salawati und Neu-Guinea. Parastasia indica Ohs. findet sich ausser auf Nord-Luzon im Himalaya und in Tonkin. Parastasia westwoodi Waterh. findet sich auf Mindoro, Malakka, Su- matra und Java. Parastasia nonfriedi Ohs. yon Palawan hat dieselbe Verbreitung. Die genannten 4 Arten haben sich in den verschiedenen Teilen ihres Verbreitungsgebietes unveriindert erhalten, so dass es nirgends zur Bil- dung von Lokalrassen gekommen ist. Anders ist es mit der weitverbreite- ten P. bimaculata Guer. Diese findet sich wnverindert auf Malakka, Sumatra, Borneo, Bangka, Banguey, Celebes, Ternate, Halmahera, Buru, Amboina, Ceram und im Westen yon Neu-Guinea; zur Bildung yon Lokalrassen, die zmeist als selbstindige Arten beschrieben wurden, kam , es auf den Andamanen und Nicobaren, in bestimmten Teilen von Celebes, auf den Salomon Inseln, Tonga Inseln und im Osten yon Neu-Guinea (Sattelberg). Auch die P. nigriceps Westw. und nigroscutellata Ohs. yon Nord-Luzon und Negros sind als solehe Lokalformen der bimaculata Guer. zu betrachten. 236 OHAUS. Parastasia discolor Westw. yon Nord-Luzon hat ihre nichsten Ver- wandten, die scutellaris Erichs. auf Malakka, Sumatra und Borneo, die unicolor Arrow auf Borneo; auch diese 3 Arten kann man als relativ noch junge und darum noch wenig differenzierte Lokalformen einer friiher einheitlichen Art auffassen. Als ich in meiner Monographie der Parastasiiden* die Unterschiede dieser drei Arten auseinandersetzte, gelang mir dies ziemlich leicht, weil ich nur wenige Stiicke vor mir hatte ; inzwischen habe ich aus Sumatra und Borneo mehrere Stiicke erhalten, durch welche die Unterschiede zwischen scutellaris Erichs. und wnicolor Arrow schon bedenklich verwischt werden. Starker ist die Differenzierung bei P. canaliculata Westw. die sich von ihren nachsten Verwandten, der rufopicta Westw. und birmana Arrow aus dem mittleren und éstlichen Himalaya durch den eigenartigen sexuellen Dimorphismus unterscheidet. Die Lutera nigromaculata Ohs. yon Camarines ist dagegen yon ihrer nachsten Verwandten, der L. luteola Westw., deren Verbreitungsgebiet den Himalaya, die Nicobaren, Adonara, Sumatra und Java umfasst, durch eine Reihe guter Merkmale geschieden. Von philippinischen Ruteliden habe ich fiir meme Sammlung schon friiher erworben einen Teil der Ausbewte von Prof. Semper, die ich teils von seinem Bruder, G. Semper, in Altona, teils mit der Sammlung des Herm W. L. C. Weber in Hamburg erhielt; sodann die ausserordentlich reiche und interessante Ausbeute von J. Whitehead aus dem Tring- Museum; ferner lagen mir vor die Ruteliden des Madrider Museums, die ausser elmer spiirlichen Anzahl bekannter Arten zwei neue, die Popillia conopyga Ohs. und Lutera nigro-maculata Ohs. enthielten; auch Herr G. A. Baer, der Verfasser des Katalogs der philippinischen Kafer, schickte mir seine Sammlung und tiberless mir daraus die mich interes- sirenden Arten; ihm widme ich die einzige darin enthaltene neue Art HBuchlora bari. ANOMALA Samouelle. In der Anordnung der neuen Arten folge ich Burmeister’s Handb. IV. 1. und benutze auch dessen Hinteilung der Gattung in wenige Undergattungen. Anomala (Rhinoplia) infans sp. nov. Parva, tota testacea, nitida, capite rufo tarsis tibiarumque dentibus paulo obscurioribus. Clipeus trapezoidalis planus marginibus lateralibus et apicali alte elevatis, angulis anterioribus acutis, politus impunctatus ; sutura frontalis recta impressa; oculi permagni globosi; frons cum yertice disperse punctulata. Thorax fere quadratus conyexus undique anguste marginatus lateribus arcuatus disperse punctulatus. Scutellum parvum cordatum sat dense punctulatum. LElytra parallela convexa + Deutsche Ent. Ztschr. (1900), 244. DIE RUTELIDEN DER PHILIPPINISCHEN INSELN. 237 humeris prominentibus regulariter striata et in stris sat fortiter punctata. Propygidium pygidii fere longitudine margine posteriore disperse punc- tulatum. Pygidium triangulare apice parum rotundatum sat dense punctatum, nudum, lateribus solum disperse ciliatum. Segmenta ab- dominalia disperse punctulata nitida linea punctorum piligerorum praedita. Metasternum nitidum, punctulatum vix pilosum. Tibie antice tridentate, dente apicali magno, tarsi graciles longi, ungue majore tarsorum anticorum mediorumque longo gracili vix perspicue inciso. Antenne flavee, claya quam funiculus breviore. Long. 6.5, lat. hum. 3 mm. Luzon, P. I. (C. Semper, collector). Type, em einzelnes ¢ in meimer Sammlung. Die Mundteile sind sehr klein. Am Oberkiefer ein kraftiger Mahlzahn und ein einfacher, scharf vorspringender Spitzenzahn; am Unterkiefer tragt die aussere Lade an der Spitze een grossen oben abgeflachten, unten leicht ausgehohlten, vorn zugerundeten Zahn (ahnlich wie bei Pharaonus wnd Gnatholabis), darunter jederseits einen kleineren ihnlichen Zahn und ganz an der Basis eme Querreihe yon 3 scharf zugespitzen Zihnchen. Die Fligeldecken sind regelmissig gefurcht und in den Furchen kraftig punktiert, primiire Rippen und Interstitien gewolbt, das Interstitium subsuturale durch eine nur ganz am Anfang etwas unregelmissige Punktreihe in 2 secundire Rippen geteilt. Das lange Klauenglied ist geziihnt, die gréssere Klaue an Vorder- und Mittel- ftissen sehr lang und schlank, kaum sichtbar auf der oberen Kante eingeschnitten. Anomala (Heteroplia) flavoscutellata sp. nov. Oblongo-ovata, parya, postice paulo deplanata, nitida, flavotestacea vertice rufescente, thorace maculis duabus fusco-brunneis, elytris totis brunneis, supra glabra, subtus dispersissime pilosa. Clipeus trapezo- idalis margine anteriore alte eleyatus, leviter excavatus, cum fronte et vertici rufescentibus disperse punctatus, sutura frontalis postice arcuata vix perspicua; oculi sat magni globosi, antenne claya (¢) magna stipitis longitudine. Thorax longitudine dimidio fere latior lateribus regulariter arcuatus undique anguste marginatus, sat dense at non confluenter, punctulatus, medio subtiliter sulcatus. Scutellum parvum dense punctatum. Hlytra postice paulo ampliata et deplanata regulariter punctato-striata, interstitio subsuturali lato disperse punctato. Pygidium latum, parum convexum, disperse punctatum lateribus cilatum. Seg- menta abdominalia et pectus sat fortiter punctata sparsim pilosa. Pedes breviores sat robusti,-tibize anticee fortiter bidentate, tarsi graciles longi, anteriorum unguis major incrassatus incurvatus, supra dente parvo armatus, intermediorum unguis major longus gracilis apice equaliter fissus. Long. 8, lat. max. 4.5 mm. 93 OHAUS. Luzon, Proyince of Cagayan, Cape Engano, P. I. (J. Whitehead, col- lector). Type, em ¢ in meiner Sammlung. ; Kopf rotlchgelb, Halsschild mit 2 grossen dunkelbraunen Flecken, neben denen nur am Rand und auf einem schmalen Mittelstreifen die gelbe Grundfarbe sichtbar wird. Schildchen blassgelb, Fliigeldeclken dunkelbraun, nur die Schulter und ein schmaler Linngsstreifen gelblich, Afterdecke, Unterseite, Beine und Fiihler gelb. Die Mundteile sind kdein aber kriftig gebaut, am Oberkiefer ist der Spitzenzahn gespalten, der Unterkiefer trigt an der dusseren Lade sechs kurze spitze Zihne in der gewohnlichen Reihenfolge 1, 2, 3. Am Forceps (Periphallium) sind die Parameren symmetrisch, an der Basis verschmilert und etwa im Winkel von 45° nach aussen divergirend, die Spitzen verbreitert, zuge- rundet und auf der Oberseite gekielt; die Ventralplatte des Mittelsttickes ist verlaingert, mit der Spitze zwischen die Parameren reichend; aus- serdem tragt das vas deferens eine lange hornige gebogene Spitze die zwischen den Parameren heryortritt. Anomala (Heteroplia) macrophthalma sp. noy. A. macrophylla Wied. et A. castelnaui Ohs. proxime affmes. Oblongo- ovata, parum convexa, testacea capite rufescente, nitida, supra glabra, subtus femoribus et pectore dense ac longe villosis. Long. 11, lat. max. 5.5 mm. Luzon, Province of Cagayan, Aparri, P. I. (2. C. WeGregor, collector). Type, ¢6 inmeiner Sammlung. (No. 12456 des Bureau of Science.) Aus der nichsten Verwandtschaft der A. macrophylla Wied. yon Jaya und castelnawi Ohs., die ich irrttimlicher Weise mit dem Fundort ,,Brasilien” erhielt, waihrend sie in Wirklichkeit auf Malakka, in Siam und Cochinchina und auf Sumatra vorkommt. Die genannten drei Arten sind nahe verwandt, unterscheiden sich aber leicht durch die Bezahnung der Vorderschienen, die bei der macrophylla neben dem Spitzenzahn einen grossen, weit abstehenden Seitenzahn tragen, bei der macrophthalma einen schwachen, aber deutlichen Seitenzahn, wihrend sie bei der castelnawt zahnlos sind. : Kérperform gestreckt oval, nach yorn und hinten gleichmiissig ver- breitert, leicht gewolbt, Farbe blassgelb, glanzend, nur der Kopf leicht rotgelb, Oberseite kahl, unten die Brust und Schenkel lang und dicht behaart. Kopfschild so lang als breit, die Vorderecken ganz schwach gverundet, der Rand rmgsum fein aufgebogen, dicht und feim punktiert ; die Stirmnaht ist deutlich, gerade, Stim und Scheitel ziemlich dicht fem punktiert. Die Augen ganz auffallend gross, stark vorgequollen, nur etwa zu einem Drittel von den schmalen Augenkielen tiberzogen. Fiihler- keule so lang wie Stirn und Scheitel zusammengenommen, verbreitert, grau, die Geissel gelb. Die Mundteile sind stark zuriickgebildet, DIE RUTELIDEN DER PHILIPPINISCHEN INSELN. 239 \ Unterkieferhelm mit drei starken Borsten statt der Zaihne, Halsschild doppelt so breit als lang, vor der Mitte verbreitert, Vorder und Hinter- ecken stumpf, nicht vorgezogen, die Mitte der Linge nach leicht gewolbt mit femer lLangsfurche, die Oberfliche zerstreut fem punktiert. Schildchen relativ gross, zerstreut punktiert. Fliigeldecken auf der Scheibe regelmassig und tief gefurcht, Rippen und Interstitien gut gewolbt, im Interstitium subsuturale zwei secundire Rippen, zwischen die sich von der Basis bis zur Mitte eine feine tertidre schiebt ; im zweiten und dritten Interstitium eine unregelmissige Reihe grober Punkte; an den Seiten sind die Furechen und Punkte seichter. Afterdecke fein punktiert und zerstreut kurz behaart, ebenso die Bauchringe. . Vor- derschienen lang und schmal, mit einem langen, schlanken Spitzenzahn und kurzem, schwachen Seitenzahn; Mittelschienen in der Mitte ver- breitert und hier mit einer langen Stachelkante, nach der Spitze hin verschmialert ; Hinterschienen kurz, an der Spitze am breitesten, vor der Spitze nicht eingeschniirt, mit einer Stachelkante. Von den Vorder- klauen ist die innere linger, leicht verdickt und gespalten; von den Mittelklauen ist die fussere an der Spitze leicht eingeschnitten, nicht grosser als die innere; die Hinterklauen. sind beide gleich lang, einfach ; alle Klauenglieder mit einzelnen langen Borsten. Anomala (in specie) proctolasia sp. nov. Praecedenti similis plerumque minor, differt preecipue clipeo quadrato angulis yix rotundatis, thorace ante elytrorum basim angustato, tibiis fortiter dentatis, pygidio dense piloso. Parva, oblonga, convexa, nitida, aut tota flavo-testacea vix snescens abdomine fusco-eneo, aut fusco- znea, capite et thorace cum pedibus testaceis, viridi-wnescentibus, thorace maculis duabus fusco-eneis ornato. Clipeus transversus angulis vix rotundatis margine undique elevato fusco, planus dense rugose-punctatus ; sutura frontalis recta imfuscata; frons cum vertice testacea macula fusco-viridi pone oculos ornata, dense rugose punctulata punctis majoribus prope oculos intermixtis. Thorax transyersus medio dilatatus antice et postice equaliter fere angustatus angulis anticis acutis paulo productis, posticis obtusis rotundatis, undique grosse, hic illic confluenter punctatus, sulculo basali non interrupto. Scutellum grosse punctatum. Elytra parallela regulariter et profunde sulcata et in sulcis transversim punctata. Pygidium opacum dense rugulose-punctatum et pilis ap- pressis vestitum; segmenta abdominalia dense punctata linea piligera solum predita, metasternum densius pilosum. Pedes robusti, tibiz antic dentibus duabus validis fuscis armate. Antenne testacex clava quam stipes in utroque sexu breviore. 6 2. Long. 9.5, lat. 5 mm. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (Donckier, collector) ; Potro, P. I. (Rk. CO. Mc- Gregor, collector). 240 OHAUS. Das Kopfschild ist viereckig, etwas breiter als lang, die Kcken kaum gerundet, der Rand ringsum deuthch aufgebogen, schwarzbraun. Das Halsschild ist ziemlich hochgewolbt, in der Mitte verbreitert, vor den Fliigeldecken deutlich eimgeschniirt, die stumpfen Hinterecken leicht gerundet, nach yorn stiirker verschmalert, die spitzen Vorderecken vorgezogen, die Oberfliche dicht und grob punktiert, die Mitte hie und da runzelig. Die Fliigeldecken sind regelmissig gestreift, die Punkte in den Furchen meist quergestellt, im ersten oder subsuturalen Inter- stitium 2 regelmiissige secundire Rippen, zwischen die sich an der Basis der Anfang einer tertiiren schiebt; in dem zweiter und dritten Intersti- tium sind je 2 secundire regelmissige Rippen, in den seitlichen Intersti- tien nur eine secundire Rippe. Die Oberkiefer haben zwei Spitzenzahne. Am Forceps ist das Mittelstiick sehr gross, die Parameren sind sym- metrisch, von der Basis rasch sehr stark verengt und nach unten in einen Lappen ausgezogen, der eine nach yorn gerichtete Spitze tragt. Anomala ovatula sp. nov. Parva, oyata, alte convexa, testacea variis fusco-eneis signaturis ornata, nitida, supra glabra, subtus sparsissime griseo-hirsuta. 6 @ Long. 9-10, lat. 5.5-6 mm. : Minpanao, Camp Keithley, P. I. (Mrs. M. S. Clemens, collector) ; inyte, P. L. (J. Whitehead, collector) ; PALAWAN, P. I. (C. M. Weber, collector). Hine kleine, hochgewolbte, eiformige Art, die auf den ersten Blick emer kleinen Mimela discoidea yon Jaya recht ahnlich sieht. Die Grundfarbe ist ei helles Scherbengelb, das in verschiedener Ausdehnung dunkel erzgriine Zeichnung trigt. Bei dem hellsten Stiick ist alles hell scherbengelb, nur der Kopf (ohne Kopfschild), eime grosse Makel auf dem Thorax, die Vorder- und Hinterrand bertihtt und nur die Seiten - breit freilasst, und die Umgebung des Schildchens in geringer Aus- dehnung dunkel erzgriin. Beim dunkelsten Stiick ist der ganze Kopf mit dem Kopfschild, das Halsschild bis auf eimen schmalen Saum, das Schildchen,- die Fliigeldecken mit Ausnahme eines Liingswisches innen neben der Schulter und des Hinterrandes, sowie die Schienen dunkel erzgriin. Das Kopfschild ist um die Halfte breiter als lang, die Ecken stark gerundet, der Rand fein aufgebogen und schwarz gesiumt, die Oberflache fein gerunzelt. Die Stirnnaht ist fein erhaben, gerade, die Stirn schwach abgeflacht, dicht runzelig, der Scheitel gewolbt, ziemlich dicht und kraftig punktiert. Die Mundteile sind trotz ihrer Kleinheit kraftig, die Oberkiefer mit drei, die Unterkiefer mit sechs spitzen Zabnen; die Fiihlerkeule in beiden Geschlechtern nahezu gleich lang. Das Halsschild ist in der Mitte verbreitert, nach vorn und hinten gleichmissig verengert, die Vorderecken deutlich, vorgezogen, tiberall dicht und kraftig punktiert; das Schildchen ahnlich, aber etwas weit- DIE RUTELIDEN DER PHILIPPINISCHEN INSELN. QA laufiger. Die Fliigeldecken sind regelmissig tief gefurcht und in den Furchen punktiert, die Punkte in den Furchen fein umwallt, die Rippen glatt, punktfrei. Im ersten oder subsuturalen Interstitium stehen 2 gut gewolbte secundire Rippen, die durch eine nur vorn unregelmiissige und yerbreiterte Punktreihe getrennt sind; das zweite und dritte Interstitium enthalten je zwei secundire Rippen mit regelmassiger trennender Punkt- reihe, das vierte und fiinfte nur je eime secundare Rippe. Die After- _deecke ist hockerig mit grossen grubigen Punkten, glinzend, nur am Rand spirlich gewimpert. Die Unterseite ist grob und dicht. punktiert, glinzend, die Vorderschienen mit einem kraftigen Seitenzahn. neben dem Spitzenzahn, die Mittel- und Hinterschienen leicht verdickt mit mwel Stachelkanten. Anomala palawana sp. nov. Preecedenti proxime aflinis, minor, differt capite, thorace scutelloque yiridi-eneis nitidissimis subtiliter sparsim punctatis, pygidio dense aciculato sericeo, opaco. é Long. 7.5, lat. max. 4.5 mm. Patawan, P. I. (von G. Semper erhalten). Korperform der vorhergehenden Art, etwas flacher und kleiner. Grundfarbe braun, erzgriin, lebhaft glanzend, die Fltigeldecken gleich- miassig braunlichgelb. Kopf, Halsschild und Schildchen sind zerstreut und fein punktiert, glanzend poliert, das Halsschild mit tiefem Seiten- griibchen. Die Fliigeldeckenskulptur ist wie bei der yorhergehenden Art. Die Afterdecke ist dicht runzelig mit feinsten Hockerchen, matt sei- denartig glinzend, tiber die ganze Oberfliche zerstreut gelbgrau behaart ; auch Brust, Bauchringe und Schenkel sind etwas dichter behaart. Anomala semperiana sp. noy. A. ovatule affinis, minor, sat deplanata, differt preecipue elytris tota superficie punctis minimis sat dense obtectis et leviter punctato-striatis, strlis vix impressis, pygidio quadrimaculato, maculis leviter foyeolatim impressis. 6 2 Long. 8-8.5, lat. max. 44.5 mm. Luzon, P. I. (C. Semper, collector). ; Hellgelb mit lebhaftem griimem Erzschiller, zwei sich hinten beriih- rende Makeln auf dem Scheitel, eime grosse zackige Makel auf dem Halsschild und beim ¢ vier Makeln auf der Afterdecke braungriin. Die Punktierung ist auf Kopf, Vorderriicken und Schildchen fein, wie bei der vorhergehenden Art, aber dichter und diese Teile nicht so glanzend. Die Fliigeldecken sind regelmissig, aber seicht. gefurcht und in den Furchen einfach punktiert, das subsuturale Interstitium mit einer Punktreihe, die vor der Spitze erlischt und bei der Basis furchen- artig eingedrtickt ist; das zweite und dritte Interstitium mit unregel- missigen Punkten; die ganze Oberfliche der Fliigeldecken ist mit feinen 242 OHAUS. Piinktchen iiberall bedeckt und erhalt dadurch einen leichten Seidenglanz. Die Afterdecke ist gelb, glanzend, nur am Rand spiirlich gewimpert, beim ¢ mit vier braungrimen *Makeln, yon denen die zwei grésseren bei den Vorderecken, die zwei klemeren bei der Spitze in flachen Griibechen stehen; beim @ ist sie gleichmissig rétlichgelb (es liegen mir nurl ¢ und @ yor). Unterseite fast kahl, an den Vorderschienen in beiden Geschlechtern der Seitenzahn klein, Mittel- und Hinterschienen nicht wadenartig verdickt. Es ist méglich, dass man die genannten 3 Arten, wie auch die nahe verwandte leotaudii Blanch. die eine grosse ovatula mit dichter feiner Punktierung und tiefer Furchung der Fliigeldecken ist, spiter einmal als Rassen emer Art auffassen wird, so lange nur so spirliches Material yorliegt, lisst sich diese Frage noch nicht entscheiden. Anomala leotaudii Blanch. var. fuscoviridis var. nov. Oben und unten gleichmissig dunkel erzgrin, massig glinzend, nur die Fiihler rotlich. Luzon, Province of Cagayan, Cape Engano, P. I. (J. Whitehead, collector). Anomala humeralis Burm. A. eydouxti Blanch. ist synonym zu A. humeralis Burm. Das Stiick der hwmeralis, welches Blanchard vorlag, ist em grosser ¢ , bei welchem sich yon dem breiten tiefschwarzen Schulterfleck eme etwas verwaschene und unterbrochene dunkle Binde quer tiber die Fliigeldecken zur Naht heriiberzieht, bei welchem auch die Spitzenbuckel eme dunkle Makel tragen und der Vorderkorper dunkel erzgriin gefarbt ist. Solche dunkle Stiicke sind auf den Philippimen recht selten; sie sind haufiger bei der nichst verwandten cwneiventris Fairm. die auf Neu-Guinea eine rein schwarzfltigelige Varietit' hat. lm Gegensatz zu dieser dunklen Form der humeralis hat Blanchard die hellen Stiicke, bei welchen der Vor- derkérper zuweilen rotlich durchscheint und die hellgelben Fligeldecken nur einen kleineren dunklen Fleck aussen neben der Schulter, aber keine Querbinde und keinen Fleck auf dem Spitzenbuckel haben, als A. eydourw beschrieben. Da sich bei reichlichem Material alle Farbungsiibergange von solchen mit rein hellgelben Fliigeldecken, bei welchen die Partie aussen neben der Schulter nur leicht dunkler gefarbt ist, bis za dem oben erwihnden dunklen Stiick, das Blanchard yorlag, feststellen lassen, so hat es keinen Sinn, den yon Blanchard gegebenen Namen fiir die hellen Stiicke beizubehalten; man miisste ja sonst alle davon abweichenden dunkler gefiirbten Stiicke auch mit besonderen Namen bezeichnen. A. exarata Burm. unterscheidet sich. yon der zunichst yverwandten A. sulcatula Burm. hauptsichlich durch die Sculptur der Fliigeldecken. Bei der exarata sind die primiren Rippen auf der Scheibe etwas hoher gewolbt und sind entweder ganz punktfrei oder tragen nur vereinzelte DIE RUTELIDEN DER PHILIPPINISCHEN INSELN. IA3 grobe Punkte. Das erste oder subsuturale Interstitium hat zwischen 2 secundiren Rippen eine tertiire, die an der Basis unregelmissig und abgeflacht, weiterhin durch quereingedriickte grobe Punkte in einzelne Hockerchen aufgeldst ist. Bei der sulcatula sind die primiiren Rippen yon der Basis bis zum Hinterrand mit einer Reihe grober Punkte ver- sehen. Das subsuturale Interstitium hat zwischen den beiden secun- diren Rippen einen breiteren Zwischenraum, der ganz unregelmissig dicht punktiert ist. Ausserdem ist die ganze Oberfliche der Fliigel- decken mit feinen Piinktchen bedeckt, die der exarata fehlen. Beide Arten sind durch ein secundiires sexuelles Merkmal ausgezeichnet, das den nichst verwandten Arten fehlt. Beim ¢ tragen die Hinderschienen einen kraftigen Zahn an der unteren Kante, der an der Spitze mit 2-3 in Griibchen stehenden Gelenkborsten versehen ist. Bei einigen 4 der exarata sind die Trochanteren der Hinterbeine zahnartig verlangert, bei der sulcatula nicht. Die letztere Art fand Herr Baer bei Manila auch in nahezu schwarzen Stiicken. Anomala whiteheadi sp. nov. Anomala exarata proxime affinis. Plerumque minor; ovata, tota fusco- cupreo-eenea, nitidissima, splendore aurichalceo suffusa. Clipeus trans- versus angulis parum rotundatis subtiliter rugulose-punctulatus ; sutura frontalis recta pone latera foveatim impressa; frons cum vertice disper- sius ac fortius punctata. Thorax sicut caput punctatus ad latera fove- atus medio dilatatus antice valde angustatus angulis anticis subrectis vix productis, basi ante scutellum sat fortiter producta sulculoque basali non interrupto. Scutellum disperse punctatum. LHlytra regulariter punc- tato-seriata, seriebus pone apicem solum in disco suleatis, ad latera trans- versim plicata. Pygidium sericeum dense subtiliter aciculatum undique sparsim pilosum; pectus rugulose-punctatum fere opacum densius yul- pino-hirsutum. Pedes robusti, tibiz antice bidentate; antenne fusce, clava 6 stipitis longitudine, @ brevior. 6 2 Long. 10.5-12, lat. 6-6.5 mm. Luzon, Province of Albay, P. I. (J. Whitehead, collector). Die Fliigeldecken sind mit feinen Punktreihen yersehen, die nur auf der Scheibe nahe dem Hinterrand furchenartig eimgedriickt smd. Hs sind nur die, die primaren Rippen begrenzenden primiren Punktreihen vorhanden, im ersten Interstitium 2, im zweiten und dritten nur je eine einfache Punktreihe; an den Seiten und bei der Naht befinden sich einige wenige grobe Querrunzeln, als wiiren die Kafer beim Ausschliipfen verkriippelt. Anomala despumata sp. nov. Anomalz sulcatule proxime affinis differt preecipue elytris nitidisssimis subtilissime punctulatis, non striatis. Ovalis, parum convexa, nitidis- sima aut viridi- aut cupreo—enea aurichalceo splendore suffusa. Clipeus 98666——3 244 OHAUS. transversus margine eleyato angulis parum rotundatis, subtiliter ac confluenter punctulatus; frons confluenter, vertex disperse sat grosse punctata. Thorax a basi antice eequaliter angustatus angulis anticis vix productis, suleulo basali medio interrupto, sicut vertex disperse sat for- titer punctatus. Scutellum politum vix perspicue punctulatum. Hlytra regulariter at subtiliter punctato-seriata, haud sulcata, polita, ad latera transversim plicata. Pygidium subsericeum dense transyersim acicula- tum sat dense breviter pilosum. Segmenta abdominis polita lmea punc- torum piligera postmediana preedita, pilis ad latera in fasciculus ag- gregatis. Pectus dense flavo-pilosum; tibie anteriores bidentatee, dente basali im utroque sexu perparyo; antenne fusco-rufe clava quam stipes in utroque sexu breviore. 6 Long. 14, lat. 8; 9 Long. 16.5, lat. 8-8.5 mm. Luzon, Manila and Dolores, P. I. _ Die drei mir yorliegenden Stiicke sind in der Farbung verschieden. Das eine ist satt erzeriin, das zweite hell bronzefarben, das dritte satt kupferbraun, alle mit starkem Messingglanz. Die Sculptur der Fligel- decken ist fast diesselbe wie bei der sulcatula, aber alle Hrhabenheiten auf diesen, die Rippen und Rippenhocker erscheinen wie abgeschliffen und man erblickt auf den glatt polerten Fliigeldecken unter der Lupe nur noch feine Punktreihen, die primiren Punktreihen; im subsuturalen Interstitium zwei regelmiissige Punktreihen und dazwischen yon der Basis bis zur Mitte unregelmissige Punktierung, im zweiten Interstitium zwel regelmassige Punktreihen, ebenso im dritten, zwischen die sich aber auf den breiten Schultern und auf den Spitzenbuckeln wieder unregelmassige Punkte schieben; auch die Punktreihe auf der zweiten primiren Rippe ist vorhanden. An den Seiten haben alle drei Stiicke einige grobe Querrunzeln. Ganz eigentiimlich ist der Forceps gebaut. Die Parameren sind symmetrisch und jede mit einem grossen zahnartigen Fortsatz in der Mitte der Innenseite versehen; die Ventralplatte des Mittelstiickes tragt zwei symmetrische Fortsitze, die loffelartig ausge- hohlt' sind. Anomala catenatopunctata sp. nov. Ex affinitate A. exarate. Ovata, convexa, saturate viridi-enea, polita, interdum aureo splendore suffusa. Clipeus trapezoidalis angulis vix rotundatis margine elevato, cum fronte dense confluenter et rugose punc- tatus, vertice ad oculos precipue dispersius et grossius punctato. Thorax lateribus medio paulo ampliatus a basi antice versus gradatim angus- tatus sicut vertex et scutellum disperse profunde punctatus, suleulo basali medio non interrupto. LHlytra pone humeros prominentia im- pressa profunde sulcato-striata et im sulcis punctata, punctis circum- vallatis confluentibus, costis et interstitiis equaliter alte elevatis. Pygi- dium dense aciculatum et rugulosum lateribus sparsim hirsutum. Seg- menta abdominis linea simplici piligera preedita, pectus sparsim flavo- DIE RUTELIDEN DER PHILIPPINISCHEN INSELN, QA5 pilosum, tibiz anteriores bidentate, dente basali sat forti, antenne fuse, clava 6 stipitis longitudine, @ paulo brevior. Long. ¢ 10.5, @ 14; lat. ¢ 6, 2 6.5 mm. Luzon, Province of Bataan, Lamao, P. I. (H. Cuzner, collector) : Province of Albay, P. I. (J. Whitehead, collector). Die Fliigeldecken sind tief und ziemlich breit gefurcht, die primi- ren Rippen und Interstitien hoch gewolbt. Die Punkte in den Furchen sind, wie man bei starker Vergrésserung beobachten kann, scharf um- wallt und mit einem feimen Nabelpunkt versehen; wo die Punkte dicht hintereinander stehen, verschmelzen die feinen Umwallungen yorn und hinten mit eimander und es entstehen so Kettenreihen. Im esrten In- terstitium stehen zwei regelmissige secundire Rippen; die sie trennende Punktreihe ist nahe der Basis auf eine kurze Strecke verdoppelt. Das zweite Interstitium tragt nur eime Reihe quereingedriickter Punkte und kurzer Runzeln, ebenso das dritte, in welchem die Runzeln auf der Schulter, die flachen, zumeist einfachen Punkte weiterhin stehen; das yierte und fiinfte Interstitium ist einfach gewolbt, ohne Punktreihen. Die beiden ¢ aus Bataan sind hell. erzgriin, das 9 aus Albay etwas blaugrtin, auch ist seine Sculptur etwas feiner und flacher. Anomala vietipennis sp. nov. Anomalze marginate Fabr. primo visu similis. Oblongo-ovata, con- vexa fusco-viridis «nea, interdum cupreo splendore suffusa, sat nitida. Clipeus trapezoidalis brevis, margine anteriore elevato, dense confluenter punctatus; sutura frontalis vix perspicua, frons confluenter, vertex dis- perse punctata. ‘Thorax transversus basi nullo modo marginatus parum convexus, ad latera medio paulo dilatatus, angulis posticis obtusis non - rotundatis, anticis acutis sat productis, foveola laterali instructus, cum scutello punctis circumvallatis et in fundo umbilicatis, ad latera hie illic confluentibus dense obtectus. Elytra sat late at non profunde sulcata et in sulcis punctata, punctis circumvallatis et umbilicatis, preterea tota superficie punctis minimis disperse obtecta, margine laterali incrassato sparsim breviter setosa. Pygidium cum propygidii parte posteriore dense aciculatum, undique sparsim et breviter hirsutum. Segmenta ab- dominis linea punctorum piligerorum simplici instruncta, pilis ad latera densioribus ; pectus sat dense breviter flavo-pilosum. Tibize antice biden- tate, dente basali brevi acuto. Antenne fusce claya testacea quam funiculus breviore. Long. 13.5, lat. 7.5 mm. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (P. G. Woolley, collector). Die Fliigeldecken sind breit, aber nicht tief gefurcht, die Rippen und Interstitien ziemlich hoch gewolbt, die Griibchenpunkte in den Furchen scharf umwallt und im Grunde meist fein genabelt. Dadurch, dass die Umwallung dieser Griibchenpunkte nach hinten vielfach verlischt und sich parabolisch nach den Seiten erstreckt, erscheinen die Fliigeldecken 246 : OHAUS. wie verrunzelt, ein Hindruck, der durch die vielen feinen Piinktchen auf Rippen und Interstitien noch yerstarkt wird. In den discalen Interstitien stehen je zwei, in den lateralen je eine secundire Rippe, im subsuturalen Interstitium zwischen den beiden secundiren eine bis etwa zur Mitte reichende unregelmissige tertiire. Die drei mir yorliegenden ¢ sind in der Farbung etwas verschieden, das eine ist reim erzertin, das andere mehr kupfrig, beim dritten scheinen die Fliigeldecken gelbbraum durch. Anomala noctivaga sp. nov. Precedenti proxime affinis, differt clipeo et antennarum claya longi- oribus, elytris costis planioribus quasi transversim aciculatis. Oblonga, conyexa, fusco-testacea viridi-enea parum nitida. Clipeus trapezoidalis longior marginibus infuscatis sat alte elevatis, dense confluenter circum- vallato-punctatus; sutura frontalis arcuata infuscata, frons dense et confluenter, vertex disperse punctata. ‘Thorax parum convexus basi non marginatus lateribus a basi ad medium parallelis angulis posticis rectis haud rotundatis, antice sat angustatus angulis anticis acutis minus productis, lateribus confluenter, medio dispersius punctatus. Llytra fere parallela postice vix ampliata indistinctius suleata costis evanescentibus subtiliter at dense transyersim rugulosa et aciculata, tota superficie subtilissime punctulata. -Pygidium grossius transversim aciculatum. Klytrorum margo incrassatus, pygidium, segmentorum abdominalium linea punctorum setis sat longis distantibus flavidis obsita, pectus densius hirsutum. Antenne testacee clave quam funiculus longiore; ocul magni globosi; tibiz antice sat fortiter bidentate. é Long. 12.5, lat. 6.5-7 mm. Baranes Istanps, P. lL. (2. C. McGregor, collector). Kleiner und relativ schlanker als die vorhergehende Art, braungelb mit griinem Erzschimmer, wenig glinzend, die Seiten der Fliigeldecken, die Afterdecke; die Punktreihen der Bauchringe mit ziemlich langen gelben abstehenden Borsten besetzt. Die Fltigeldecken sind seicht gefurcht, die Rippen und Interstitien flach gewolbt, die Punkte in den Furchen nur selten mehr rings unwallt, meist geht die Umwallung als feine, hinten scharf abfallende Querrunzel oder als querer Nadeiriss auf die Rippen tiber. Die blassere Farbung, die abstehenden Borsten, die grossen Augen und lange Fiithlerkeule sprechen fiir die nachtliche Lebensweise dieser Art. Anomala camarinensis sp. nov. Ovata, sat depressa, fusco-testacea. Clipeus transversus lateribus parallelis angulis vix rotundatis margine anteriore solum elevato, dense rugulosus, parum nitidus, cum fronte et vertice fuscus viridi-eneus ; sutura frontalis arcuata, frons dense rugulose, vertex paulo sparsius punctata. Thorax medio dilatatus lateribus postice arcuatis angulis posticis rectis paulo productis, antice lateribus valde convergentibus, DIE RUTELIDEN DER PHILIPPINISCHEN INSELN. 247 angulis anticis rectis non productis, sulculo basali nullo, undique dense et grosse, lateribus confluenter circumyallato-punctatus, cum scutello wqualiter punctato fusco-viridis haud aenescens, lateribus testaceis. Elytra sat late et profunde sulcata costis sat conyexis in sulcis fortiter punctata et tota superficie punctis minoribus disperse obtecta. Pygidium medio fuscum paulo elevyatum ibique subtilius punctatum lateribus testaceis rude ac grosse confluenter punctatum, circa anum setis rufis longioribus instructum. Segmenta abdominis glabra ad latera solum sparsissime pilosa, pectus vix vel non hirsutum. Tubie antics breviter bidentate, antennee rufo-testacex, claya stipitis longitudine. Supra cum femoribus testacea, tibiae posticae tarsique cuprascentes. Monee ae blo Vai desi 2) S:5) mim: Luzon, Province of Camarines, P. I., 10-13 Juni, 1903 (HH. LHallier, collector). Die Fligeldecken sind ziemlich tief und breit gefurcht, in den Furchen stehen dichte Reihen yon uwmwallten hufeisenformigen, nach hinten offenen Punkten ausserdem ist die ganze Oberfliche mit feimeren Piinkt- chen tibersit. Alle Interstitien haben zwei secundire Rippen, die an den Seiten dicht neben eimander verlaufen, stellenweise nur schwach getrennt sind, auf der Scheibe dagegen durch einen breiten Zwischenraum, in dem sich auf dem subsuturalen Interstitium Stiicke einer tertiaéren Rippe zeigen. Higenartig ist der Ban des Pygidiums, das in der dunkler gefarbten Mitte mit feimen, scharf umwallten Punkten bedeckt ist. wihrend die gelben Seiten auffallend grob und runzelig punktiert sind. Anomala schultzeana sp. noy. Oyata, parum convexa, robusta, testacea capite, thorace marginibusque plus minus infuscata, interdum wnescens, supra glabra, subtus cum pygidio pilis longis flavidis yestita. Mone srcelle Ons Se ulataOelGheO) veo: manne Luzon, Manila, P. I. (W. Schultze, collector). Diese Art bildet gewissermassen den Ubergang von der Untergattung Anomala (sensu stricto) za Aposterna. Sie ist greit oval, flach gewolbt, ihre Farbe ist hell scherbengelb, zuweilen mit leichtem griinein Metall- schimmer, der Kopf und die hintere Halfte des NKopfschildes, eine grossere oder kleinere Makel auf dem Halsschild, zuweilen auch das Schildchen und die Riinder der Fligeldecken sind braunschwarz. Das Kopfschild ist um die Hilfte breiter als lang, die Seiten parallel, die Ecken schwach gerundet, der Rand deutlich aufgebogen. Das Halsschild ist vor der Mitte verbreitert, nach vorn stark verschmilert, die Vor- ‘derecken vorgezogen, die Hinterecken nahezu rechtwinklig, der Hinter- rand etwas nach hinten geschwungen, die basale Randfurche deutlich, aber in der Mitte unterbrochen; Kopf, Vorderrticken und Schildchen dicht, aber ziemlich fein punktiert. Die Fltigeldecken tragen regel- miassige, seichte, aber scharf eingedriickte Streifen mit Punktreihen 248 : OHAUS. (primiire Punktreihen), alle Interstitien sind unregelmissig ziemlich kviftig punktiert und ausserdem ist die ganze Oberfliiche mit feinen. Piinktchen dicht tibersit. Afterdecke in beiden Geschlechtern gewélbt, dicht und fein quernadelrissig mit kleinen Hockerchen, yon deren Grund lange gelbgraue Borsten entspringen. Die Vorderschienen sind mit eiem Iviftigen Seitenzahn yersehen, die Mittel- und Huinterschienen sowie die zumeist erzgriinen Tarsen mit einzelnen langen Borsten besetzt ; die Fiihler rétlichgelb. Anomala planata Candéze. Von dieser Art habe ich ausser den drei typischen Exemplaren aus der Candeze’schen Sammlung noch etwa ein halbes Dutzend geséhen, darunter nur ein @. Alle diese Stiicke sind in Farbung und Sculptur ganz konstant. Die Hauptunterschiede gegen- tiber der vorhergehenden Art liegen in der feimeren Punktierung auf Kopf, Thorax und Schildchen, der verloschenen Sculptur der Deckfligel, die keine Spur von Furchen oder Streifen mehr zeigen, nur noch unter der Lupe sichtbare Punktreihen und vereinzelte feine Piimktchen, und in der wesentlich gréberen Skulptur der Afterdecke, die auf dunkel erzgrii- nem Grunde zwei rotgelbe, V-formig gestellte Makeln tragt; die Schienen sind immer kupferrot, lebhaft glinzend, die ganze Oberseite hell erzgriin, die vordere Halfte des Kopfschildes, die Seiten des Halsschildes und die Fliigeldecken, mehr oder weniger gelb durchschemend. Die ¢ messen zumeist 12 xX 7, mei 2 14.5 X 8.5 mm. Anomala andradei Heller ist eine auf der Oberseite violette planata, bei welcher der Rand des Kopfschildes und die Seiten des Halsschildes rotgelb gefiirbt smd; die Unterseite ist erzgrtin, Schenkel und Schienen kupferrot, die Tarsen dunkler kupferbraun, der Hinterrand der Bauch- ringe scheint gewohnlich, die zwei schiefgestellten Makeln auf der Afterdecke, seltner rotgelb durch. Die Sculptur ist wie ber der planata, auf den’ Fliigeldecken treten neben der Schulter-Spitzenbuckel-Linie zuweilen die femen Querrunzeln auf, die fiir die chalybea und corruscans so charakteristisch sind; auch sind die Seiten der Fliigeldecken hinten beim Aussenwinkel ebenso nadelrissig. Ob beide Arten zusammenfallen, lisst sich erst entscheiden, wenn grésseres Material vorliegt—yon der andradei kennt man bisher nur ¢—und wenn man die Fundorte und Erscheinungszeit beider Arten erforscht hat; fiir beide liegt bisher nur die Fundortsangabe ,,Philippinen” resp. Luzon vor, nur fiir mein 2 der planata habe ich den genaueren Fundort. Luzon, P. I., 5-6000 feet (J. Whitehead, collector). Anomala (Aprosterna) heteroglypha sp. nov. Anomala chalybea Burm. proxime affinis, differt longitudine, sculp- tura et plerumque colore, praecipue autem sexuum difformitate. 4 ovatus, parum conyexus, aut testaceus, plus minusve fusco-viridi-signatus, \ DIE RUTELIDEN DER PHILIPPINISCHEN INSELN. PAY viridi-zeneo sive violaceo-splendore suffusus, aut fusco-viridis e«neus, politus. Caput, thorax, et scutellum subtiliter ac disperse, interdum vix perspicue punctulata; elytra in disco plerumque politissima, ad latera solum punctato-seriata et irregulariter disperse, pone angulum exteriorem confluenter densius punctulata, rarius in disco quoque seriato-punctata et inter series punctorum majorum irregulariter subtilius punctulata. Pygidium dense transversim aciculatum et confluenter punctato-rugu- losum. @ plerumque gracilior, i. e. postice minus ampliata, magis convexa, aut viridi-enea, aut cuprea, aut violacea, aut nigra. Caput, thorax et scutellum punctis magnis singulis circumyallatis obtecta; elytra regulariter et sat fortiter punctato-seriata, inter series haud punctulata, rarlus punctis in disco evanescentibus. Pygidium punctis magnis prof- undis plerumque singulis, rarius confluentibus dense obsitum. 6 Long. 9.5-11.5, lat. 6-6.5; @ long. 12.5-14, lat. 6.5-7 mm. huzon, P. I. Aus eimer groésseren Suite, die mir ein Handler vor Jahren mit dem Fundort ,,luzon” zuschickte, suchte ist mir 5 ¢ und 5 @ aus, alle yerschieden. Die Art ist ungemein variabel in der Farbung; beim ¢ lassen sich folgende Farbungen unterscheiden, 1.) ahnlich wie eine kleine planata, hell scherbengelb mit lebhaftem griinem Hrzschiller, zwei schiefe Streifen auf dem Kopfschild, der Kopf, das Halsschild mit Ausnahme des breiten Seitenrandes, das Schildchen, auf den Fliigeldecken die Partie um das Schildchen, die Naht und der Aussenwinkel, die After- decke mit Ausnahme von zwei schiefen Makeln bei der Spitze, unten die Brust und der Vorderrand der Bauchringe dunkel erzeriin, die Schienen und Tarsen kupfrig. 2.) sonst wie 1.) nur die Fliigeldecken rein rétlich- gelb mit lebhaftem violettem Schiller. 3.) oben erzgriin, die Seiten des Thorax, eine Makel auf der Scheibe der Fliigeldecken, die zwei schiefen Makeln auf der Afterdecke, unten die Seiten der Bauchringe gelb durch- scheinend, die Beine ganz kupferrot. 4.) oben hell erzgriin, die Fliigel- decken blaugriin, unten wie 3.) also die Seiten der Bauchringe stets gelb, die Beine kupferrot. Vom @? liegen mir folgende Farbungen vor, 1.) hell erzgriin oben und unten, ohne Spur von gelb. 2.) ebenso dunkel erzertin. 3.) erzgriin mit kupfrigen und gelben Reflexen, die Deckfliigel leuchtend kupferrot. 4.) blaugriin, die Deckfliigel violett. 5.) oben und unten gleichmassig glinzend schwarz. Die ¢ lassen sich, abgesehen von Grosse und Farbung, leicht durch die feine Sculptur auf dem Vorder- kérper und die zumeist ganz verloschene Punktierung auf den Deck- fliigeln von den anderen Arten der Gruppe unterscheiden; auch die 9 wird man wohl nicht mit denen der chalybea verwechseln, weil sie— abgesehen von der geringeren Grosse und schlankeren Form—wohl eine kraftige Punktierung auf Kopf, Thorax und Fliigeldecken, dagegen viel weitliufigere, mehr vereinzelte Punktierung auf der Afterdecke haben und weil ihnen die Querrunzeln auf den Fliigeldecken fehlen. Beim @ 250 OHAUS. sind ‘die Fliigeldecken am Seitenrand beim Aussenwinkel, da wo der Seitenrand zum Hinterrand umbiegt, dicht gerunzelt und nadelrissig— wie bei der planata und andradex—beim @ nicht. Anomala chalybea Burm. unterscheidet sich yon den yorhergehenden Arten durch die grobe Sculptur von Kopf und Kopfschild, die Furchen auf den Fliigeldecken hinten zwischen Naht und Spitzenbuckel und die Lingsreihe yon kurzen Querrunzeln zwischen Schulter und Spitzen- buckel. Zu den bekannten Varietiiten kommt noch foleende: ,,Hell erzeriin, oben die Seiten des Halsschildes, die ganze Unterseite, After- decke und Beine rotlichgelb, nur die Tarsen braungriin.” Anomala relucens Har. pro polita Blanch., Cat. Coll. Ent. (1850) 196. ist synonym zur A. chalybea Burm., wie ich durch Untersuchung der Blanchard’schen Typen aus dem Pariser Museum feststellen konnte. Anomala corruscans Chevr. Die Korperfarbe ist zumeist ein helles Erzgriin. Ganz vereizelt finden sich Stiicke, bei denen die Oberseite, mumal auf den Deckfliigeln schon kupferbronzefarben gefirbt ist-var. cuprea Ohs. Hin auffallend Kleines, nur 14 mm. langes Stiick mit stark verloschener Sculptur erhielt ich von Panawan (G. Semper dedit). Anomala (Euchlora) inconsueta sp. noy. { Oblonga, postice vix ampliata, fusco-viridis zenescens, elytra graminea certo visu rufescentia, tibie cum tarsis rufo-cupree, antennze rufo-testa- cee, supra cum pygidio dense confluenter punctulata, subsericea, pygidio et pectore sat dense ac longe yulpino-pilosa. Clipeus transversus lateri- bus parallelis angulis paulo rotundatis margine anteriore paulo elevato anguste cupreo deinde fusco-limbato, dense ac confluenter punctis cir- cumvallatis et umbilicatis obtectus; sutura frontalis recta, frons sicut clipeus, vertex dispersius et postice subtilius punctata. 6 Long. 22-24, lat. 11.5-12 mm. Variat tota rufobrunnea. Nueros, P. I., Marz, April, 1896 (J. Whitehead, collector) ; Luzon, Province of Benguet, P. 1. (R. C. McGregor, collector). Eine ganz eigentiimliche Form, zu der mir keine Parallele aus der indomalayischen Region bekannt ist, die dagegen beim ersten Anblick lebhaft an gewisse grime Anomalen des west- und centralafrikanischen Faunengebietes erinnert. Die Korperform ist gestreckt, die Fliigel- decken nahezu parallel, nicht nach hinten verschmilert wie die meisten Euchloren. Die Farbe ist em missig dunkles Erzgriin mit leicht sei- denartigem Glanz, die Fliigeldecken grasgriin mit rotem Schimmer bei bestimmter Beleuchtung; zuweilen ist der ganze Kafer rotbraun. Der Kopf ist miissig gross, das Kopfschild rechtwinkig mit schwach gerun- deten Ecken, der Vorderrand leicht aufgebogen, mit schmalem kupfrigen DIE RUTELIDEN DER PHILIPPINISCHEN INSELN. Devil und darauf schivarzem Randsawn; die Fihler sind gross, die Keule so lang als die Geissel, braungelb mit leichtem Hrzschiller. Die ganze Oberflaiche ist mit umwallten und im Grunde fein genabelten Punkten dicht bekleidet, die auf Kopfschild und Stirm sowie an den Seiten des Halsschildes vielfach zusammenfliesen. Auf den Fliigeldecken ist von der primitiven Sculptur nur noch die erste primaire Punktreihe (neben der Naht) erhalten, die ganze Oberflache ist mit umwallten, bald kreis- férmigen, bald hufeisenformigen Punkten iibersit, wiihrend das Gewebe zwischen ihnen sich yielfach zu kleinen Querrunzeln erhebt. Die After- decke ist relativ kurz, an der Spitze breit zugerundet und im Spitzenteil mit langen gelben Haaren bekleidet; auch neben den Augen, am Seiten- rand des Halsschildes und an der Schildchenbasis stehen lange gelbe Haare. Die Bauchringe tragen die gewohnliche Querreihe von borsten- tragenden Punkten, die an den Seiten dichter zusammen stehen, Vorder- und Hinterbrust sind dicht und lang rotgelb behaart, die Vorderschienen zweizihnig. Anomala (Euchlora) praematura sp. nov. _ Elliptica, amtice et postice aequaliter fere acuminata, fusco-cupreo- aenea thoracis lateribus, coxis, femoribus antennisque testaceis, caput. thorax et scutellum dense punctata, sat nitida, elytra densissime con- fluenter punctatis subsericeis. 6 2 Long. 16.5-18, lat. 9-10 mm. Luzon, P. I., 5-6000 feet; Province of Albay, P. I.; Nuaros, P. L., Marz, April, 1896 (J. Whitehead, collector). Vom richtigen Huchlorentypus, elliptisch, nach yorn und hinten nahezu gleichmissig verschmilert, glinzend wie Kupferbronze, der Vorderkorper etwas heller, die Fliigeldecken etwas dunkler und matter, die Seiten des Halsschildes, die Hiiften und Schenkel sowie die Fiihler rotlichgelb. Das Kopfschild ist breiter als lang, rechtwinklig mit leicht gerundeten Heken, der Rand ganz schwach aufgebogen, die Flache wie die Stirn dicht und fein runzelig, wihrend der Scheitel einzeln zer- streut punktiert ist. Das Halsschild ist wie der Scheitel punktiert, doch stehen die Punkte an den Seiten wie gewohnlich etwas dichter, die basale Randfurche ist in der Mitte breit unterbrochen. Das Schildchen ist zerstreut fem punktiert. Auf den Fliigeldecken sind die primiren Punktreihen an der Seite und neben der Naht erhalten, alles iibrige ist untergegangen in einer dusserst dichten feinen Punktierung, die auch zum Teil auf die Nahtrippe tibergeht; der Seitenrand ist rippenartig scharf abgesetzt. Die spitze Afterdecke ist dicht nadelrissig, miissig glinzend und ganz spirlich kurz behaart. Glanzender als die Oberseite ist die Unterseite, zumal die nahezu kahlen Bauchringe und Beine, wihrend die Brust an den Seiten dichter punktiert und diimn behaart ist. Die Vorderschienen sind kraftig zweiziihnig, die Fiihlerkeule bei TS OHAUS. 6 und @ gleich lang, kiirzer als die Geissel. Bei unreifen Stticken sind auch die Epimeren der Mittel- und Hinterbrust, zuweilen sogar die Bauchringe gelb und die rotgelb durchscheinenden Fliigeldecken haben eimen opalescierenden blauen Schiller. Anomala (Euchlora) baeri sp. nov. Precedentis magnitudine et statura, tota fusco-cupreo-enea segmentis abdominalibus solum ad latera rufomaculatis, minus nitida, dense con- fluenter punctata, elytris praeterea transversim aciculata. 6 2 Long. 17-19, lat. 10-10.5 mm. Luzon, Province of Albay, P. I. (J. Whitehead, collector) ; Manila, P. I. (G. Baer, collector) ; Nucros, P. I., Marz, April, 1896 (J. White- head, collector); Samar, P. L., Juni, Juli, 1896 (J. Whitehead, col- lector). Der yorhergehenden Art zunaichst verwandt, aber gleichmissig dunkler bronzefarben ohne erzgriine Reflexe, nur an den Bauchseiten mit eimigen rotgelben Fleckchen. Der ganze Kifer hat schwachen seidenartigen Glanz in Folge der dichten und feinen, vielfach zusamenfliessenden Punktierung. Die Fligeldecken tragen an Stelle der primaren Punkt- reihen zuweilen ganz feine Streifen oder Furchen und sind, zumal an den Seiten dicht mit querverlaufenden feinen Nadelrissen bedeckt, die durch das Zusammenfliessen yon umwallten und hufeisenférmigen Punk- ten entstanden. Die basale Randfurche auf dem Thorax fehlt ganz, ebenso zuweilen der basale Zahn an den Vorderschienen, beim ¢. Die Forcepsparameren, bei der vorhergehenden Art yon der Basis bis zur Spitze gleichmassig verschmilert, sind hier in der Mitte auffallend verbreitert und mit der Spitze nach unten gebogen. Anomala (Huchlora) chloropyga Burm. Neben den Stiicken mit hell- oder olivengriiner Oberseite und schwachem Hrzschimmer finden sich auch solche, bei denen die Oberseite bronzefarben ist, solche mit rotem bis violettem Schiller. Gewohnlich ist die Afterdecke rein gelb, seltener tritt auf der Mitte des Vorderrandes ein braungriiner dreieckiger Fleck auf, der in einzelnen Fallen, zumal beim ¢@ bis zur Spitze der Afterdecke reicht. MIMELA Kirby. Mimela palawana sp. noy. Mimelee xanthorrhine Hope similis. Parva, ovata, alte conyexa, flavotestacea abdomine infuseato, viridi-eenea, elytra sola viridi-pomacea, antenne flavotestacez. 6 @ Long. 11-12, lat. 6.5-7 mm. PaLawan, Bacuit, Mt. Capoas P. I. (C. M. Weber, collector). Vom Aussehen einer kleinen WM. xanthorrhina, hell scherbengelb mit lebhaftem griinem Hrzschiller, Brust und Bauch etwas dunkler, die Fliigeldecken sch6n apfelgrim, die Fiihler gelb. Das Kopfschild wie DIE RUTELIDEN DER PHILIPPINISCHEN INSELN. 253 bei den meisten Arten der Gattung breiter als lang mit parallelen Seiten und schwach gerundeten Vorderecken, der ganze Vorderkérper, Kopf, Halsschild und Schildchen miissig dicht und miassig stark punktiert. Fliigeldecken mit regelmiissigen, nicht furchenartig vertieften, primaren Punktreihen; die Insterstitien ziemlich weitliufig punktiert. Afterdecke beim ¢ miissig dicht und zerstreut, beim @ grober und dichter punktiert, nur am Rande mit einzelnen Borsten. Bauchringe und Brustseiten ziemlich dicht und grob sculptiert, die letzteren spirlich behaart, Mittel- brust ohne Vorsprung, Vorderbrust mit grosser, unten abgeflachter Lamelle. Vorderschienen mit kraftigem Seitenzahn neben dem Spit- zenzahn, die Mittel- und Hinterschienen leicht wadenartig verdickt ; Fiihlerkeule beim ¢ um die Hilfte linger, als beim ¢. MALAIA Heller. Malaia thoracica sp. nov. Maenitudine et statura M. ornate Schauf., crassa, supra sat deplanata, capite, thorace scutelloque sat leete viridi-eeneis, elytris nigris plaga magna rufa ornatis, subtus cum pedibus obscurius fusco-viridi-wenea hie illic cuprascens, supra thorace solum sparsim griseo-hirsuta, subtus cum pygidio albo-flavido-squamosa. é Long. 9.5, lat. 5.5 mm. Luzon, P. 1. (J. Whitehead, collector). Von der Grosse und Korperform eines grossen 2 der I. ornata, Kopf, Thorax und Schildchen ziemlich hell erzgriin, die Fliigeldecken gliinzend schwarz mit emer grossen rotgelben Makel, die neben der Schulter von der Basis bis zum Hinterrand reicht, Afterdecke, Unterseite und Beine sind dunkler erzgriin mit kupfrigen Reflexen. LKopfschild trapezoidal mit leicht aufgebogenem Rand, dicht nadelrissig, seidenartig glinzend, vyorn kupfrig; der Kopf ebenso dicht quernadelrissig, die Stirn breit dreieckig abgeflacht. Das Halsschild ist dicht quernadelrissig, nur an den Seiten sind diese Nadelrisse in einzelne Punkte aufgelost und an dem Hinterrand steht beiderseits ein linglicher dreieckiger ganz glatter, kupfrig glinzender Fleck, der sich von dem matt seidenartigen Teil des Thorax scharf abhebt; nur am Seitenrand und bei den Vorderecken stehen einzelne spirliche graugelbe kurze Harchen. Schildchen ziemlich dicht punktiert mit glatter Mitte. TFliigeldecken mit stark vorspring- enden Schultern, abgeflacht oben, mit regelmissigen seichten Furchen und Punktreihen darin, innen neben der Schulter und hinter dem Schildchen leicht eingedriickt. Afterdecke hochgewolbt, mit Hufeisen- punkten, die vielfach zu bogigen Strichen zusammenfliessen, mit zwei geschwungenen langen Makeln von gelben Schuppenhaaren. Bauch- ringe mit doppelten Querreihen yon gelben Schuppenhaaren, die vordere Reihe spiirlich und seitlich verkiirzt, die hintere dichter und an den Seiten zu kleinen Makeln yerbreitert. Brust in der Mitte kahl, an den Seiten spirlich mit Schuppenhaaren bekleidet, ebenso die Beine ziemlich . 254 OHAUS. spiirlich behaart. . Hinterbrust yorn breit zwischen den Mittelhtiften ; darauf setzt sich ein nach hinten halbkreisformiger Fortsatz der Mittel- brust, der yon der Seite gesehen, als feine kurze Spitze schief nach unten vorspringt. Hinterbeine sehr kriiftig, Mittel- und Vorderbeine schwach, Vorderschienen zwweiziihnig die Tarsen kurz und diimn, die gréssere KJaue yorn beim ¢ kaum yerdickt. POPILLIA Serville. Popillia mcgregori sp. nov. e P. conopyga Ohs. proxime aflinis: Supra cum tibiis tarsisque viridi- wnea, nitida, subtus cum pygidio, femoribus et antennis rufo-testacea, deplanata, pygidio parum descendente fortiter acuminato lateribus sparsim flavo-hirsuto, haud fasciculato. é Long. 9.5, lat. 5.5 mm. Luzon, Province of Benguet, Pauai, P. I. (R. C. McGregor, collector). Hine kleine, auffallend stark abgeflachte Form. Die Oberseite, die Schienen und Tarsen sind glanzend erzgriin, die Afterdecke, Unterseite, Schenkel und Fiihler rotgelb. Das. Kopfschild ist trapezformig, vorn gerade abgestuzt und hier so breit wie lang, der Rand schwach aufgebogen ; die Stirnnaht gerade, leicht. erhaben, der ganze Kopf grob runzelig punktiert. Das Halsschild ist von der Basis nach yorn stark verschmia- lert, die Seiten vor der Mitte winkelig gebogen, yon diesen Winkel nach yorn stark conyergierend, die Vorderwinkel kriftig yorspringend, von dem Winkel nach hinten und nach innen geschwungen, die Hinter- winkel scharf vyorspringend, die Mitte mit kraftiger Lingsfurche und schwachen schiefen Hindrticken yon der Mitte nach den Vorderwinkeln, die Oberfliche mit tiefen Punkten bedeckt, die vielfach zu kurzen Furechen zusammenfliessen. Schildchen relatiy gross, zerstveut miissig stark punktiert. Fliigeldecken stark abgeflacht, in der Mitte verbreitert, wesentlich breiter als das Halsschild, mit vorspringenden Schultern- und Spitzenbuckeln, die Naht verktirzt, regelmissig und tief gefurcht; Rippen und Interstitien gewolbt, im ersten und zweitem je zwei secundiire Rippen; im dritten, (zwischen Schulter und Spitzenbuckel) nur eine, an den Seiten die Sculptur undeutlich. Afterdecke nur wenig nach unten gesenkt, scharf zugespitat, leicht quernadelrissig und mit Ausnahme der Mitte tiberall mit kurzen graugelben Hirchen bekleidet. Bauchringe und Brust dicht graugelb, behaart, der Mesosternalfortsatz hoch, missig vorspringend. Vorderschienen mit kraftigem Seitenzahn, die gréssere Klaue an allen Fiissen stark verliingert und yerdickt, vorn und in der Mitte nur ganz schwach eingeschnitten. Popillia scalpta Newm. Herr. G. J. Arrow vom British Museum hat in den Trans. Wnt. Soc. London, (1899) p. 272 die Pop. emula Newm. wie auch die Pop. picticol- lis Kraatz als Synonyme zur oben genannten Art gestellt. Da die Pop. DIE RUTELIDEN DER PHILIPPINISCHEN INSELN. 255 picticollis Kraatz und die Pop. wmula Newm. im Sinne yon Kraatz in dessen Sammlung fraglos zwei verschiedene Arten sind, so schickte ich meine Stticke, nachdem ich sie mit denen in der Kraat’schen Sammlung sorefiltig verglichen, an Herrn Arrow mit der Bitte, sie mit der Newman’ schen Type nochmals zu vergleichen was er in gewodhnter liebenswiir- digster Weise umgehend erledigte. Hierbei ergab sich, dass die picticollis Krtz. sicher synonym zur scalpta Newman, die wmula Newman im Sinne von Kraatz aber eine neue Art ist. Es liegen mir von dieser Form zwei é und vier @ yor, die sich yon den mir vorliegenden fiinf ¢ und vier @ der scalpta in foigenden Punkten unterscheiden : Popillia oculata sp. nov. Magnitudine et statura P. scalpte Newm.; tota nigra, nitida, differt thorace politissimo, sub lente vix perspicue punctulato et margine sparsim albido-squamoso, macula elytrorum flayida postscutellari semper circulari, parva. z Long. 9.5-11, lat. 5.5-6 mm. Luzon (C. Semper, J. Whitehead, collectors). Kopfschild und Kopf sind seichter und zerstreuter punktiert, als bei der scalpta Newm. Das Halsschild ist in seiner mittleren und hinteren Partie glanzend poliert, punktfrei, vorn ist es fein punktiert, die Punkte nach den Vorderecken hin kraftiger und dichter werdend; die Schup- penhaare sind im Allgemeinen etwas mehr gelblich als bei der scalpta, am Seitenrand ganz spiirlich, beim @ vielfach fehlend, am Hinterrand nur yom Hinterwinkel bis halbwegs zum Schildchen reichend, immer stirker als an den Seiten, am Vorderrand nur einige wenige (vier bis fiinf) Borsten, neben den Vorderecken; das Seitengriibchen meist sehr gross. Schildchen gross, stets frei von Punkten und Schuppen. Fliigeldecken schwarz., seltener schwarzbraun, mit einer kleinen kreisrunden rotgelben Makel hinter dem Schildchen. Der Querstreifen yon Schuppenhaaren am Hinterrand des Propygidiums und die 4 Makeln auf dem Pygidium dtinn und sparlich, die Schuppenhaare im einzelnen auch feiner als bei der scalpta. Die Parameren des Forceps sind symmetrisch, bei der scalpta nach der Spitze hin gleichmissig verschmilert, bei der oculata mit zwei kraftigen Zihnen, die rechtwinklig zur Langsachse des Organes an der Spitze seitlich vorspringen. Popillia cetrata Newm. ist von den beiden vorhergehenden Arten leicht zu unterscheiden durch ihre erzgriine Grundfarbe und das beschuppte Seutellum. Die Art scheint in der Farbung ziemlich variabel zu sein; yon den drei mir yorlegenden @—den g kenne ich noch nicht—hat das eine hellgelbe Fliigeldecken mit leichtem griinem Erzschiller und ganz schmalem griinem Saum an Schulter und Seitenrand, das zweite dun- kelerzeriine Fliigeldecken mit einem unbestimmten grossen rotgelben Langswisch von der Basis bis nahe an den Hinterrand, das dritte schwarze, 256 OHAUS. erzgriin schillernde Fliigeldecken. Die Schuppen sind bald mehr gelb und dann breit und dicht, bald weisslich und dann etwas diinner. Auf dem Halsschild ist die Mitte der Linge nach leicht gewolbt, daneben beiderseits vom WVorderwinkel bis nahe an die Schildchenecken eine schiefe Furche, diese bald tief, bald flach und dann nahe dem Anfang schon verléschend; in dieser Furche stehen ebenso wie am Seitenrand, Hinterrand und Vorderrand, mit Ausnahme der Mitte, dicht gedrangte Schuppenhaare. Die Afterdecke trigt vier kraftige Schuppenflecke, die zaweilen in zwei Lingsstreifen vereinigt sind. LISTE DER RUTELIDEN DER PHILIPPINISCHEN INSELN. J. ANOMALINT. ANOMALA Samuelle. Ent. useful Compend. (1819) 1, 191. Subgenus Rhinoplia Burmeister. Handb. (1844) IV, 1, 232. 1. A. infans Ohs. sp. noy. Luzon, P. I. (C. Semper, collector). Subgenus Heteroplia Burmeister. Handb. (1844) IV, 1, 233. 2. A. flavoscutellata Ohs. sp. noy. Luzon, Province of Cagayan, Cape Engano, P. I. (J. Whitehead, col- lector). 3. A. macrophthalma Ohs. sp. nov. Luzon, Province of Cagayan, Aparri, P. I. (R. C. McGregor, col- lector). Subgenus Anomala Samuelle, In species sec. Burm. Handb. IV, 1, 246. 4. A. camarinensis Ohs. sp. nov. : Luzon, Camarines, P. I., 10-13 Juni, 1903. (HH. Hallier, collector). 5. A. catenatopunctata Ohs. sp. noy. Luzon, Province of Albay, Albay, P. I. (J. Whitehead, collector) ; Province of Bataan, Lamao, P. 1. (H. Cuzner, collector). 6. A. despumata Ohs. sp. noy. Luzon, Manila, Dolores, P. I. 7. A. exarata Burm., Handb. (1844) IV, 1, 260. Luzon, Manila, P. I.; Nueros, P. I., Marz, April, 1896 (J. Whitehead). DIE RUTELIDEN DER PHILIPPINISCHEN INSELN. 257 8. A. humeralis Burm., Handb. (1844) IV, 1, 262. eydouxti Blanch. Cat. Coll. Ent. (1850) 192. Luzon, P. 1. (C. Semper, J. Whitehead) ; Manila, P. I. (Schadenberg, C. S. Banks) ; Province of Bulacan, Quingua, P. I. (#. Simon) ; Province of Tarlac, Pura, P. I. (2. Mernandez) ; Lmytn, P. I., Marz, April, 1896 (J. Whitehead) ; Mrnporo, P. I. Dezember 1894 (Hverett) ; Panawan, P. I. (C. Semper). 9. A. leotaudii Blanch., Cat. Coll, Ent. (1850) 191. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (W. Schultze). Var. fuscoviridis Ohs. Luzon, Province of Cagayan, Cape Engano, P. I. 10. A. noctivaga Ohs. sp. nov. Batanus Isnanps, P. lL. (R. C. McGregor, collector). 11. A. ovatula Ohs. sp. nov. Minpanao, Camp Keithley, P. I. (Mrs. MW. S. Clemens, collector) ; Leyrp, P. I. (J. Whitehead, collector) ; PALAwAn, P. I. (C. M. Weber, collector). 12. A. palawana Ohs. sp. nov. Parawan, P. I. (C. Semper, dedit); Bacuit, P. I. (C. M. Weber, collector). 13. A. planata Cand., Col. Hefte, (1869) V, 42. Minpanao, Camp Keithley, P. I. (divs. M.S. Clemens) ; Lryrn, P. I. August, 1896 (J. Whitehead) ; Luzon, Province of Benguet, Irisan, P. I. (R. C. McGregor) ; Province of Cagayan, Lal-loc, P. I. (H. M. Curran). 14. A. proctolasia Ohs. sp. nov. Luzon, Manila, P. I.; Potro, P. I. (R. C. McGregor, collector). 15. A. schultzeana Ohs. sp. nov. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (W. Schultze, collector). 16. A. semperiana Ohs. sp. nov. Luzon, P. I. (C. Semper, collector). 17. A. sulcatula Burm., Handb. (1844) IV, 1, 261. Luzon, P. I. (J. Whitehead) ; Manila, P. I. (G@. A. Baer, C. S. Banks, Mrs. H. Otto, Schadenberg) ; Province of Albay, P. I. (J. Whitehead) ; Province of Bataan, Limay, P. I. (R. J. Alvarez) ; Pouruno, P. I. (RB. C. McGregor); Panawan, P. I. (C. Semper); Mt. Capoas, P. I. (C. M. Weber). 258 OHAUS. 18. A. varicolor Gyllenh., Schiénh. Syn. Ins. App. I, 3, 114. Luzon, P. 1. (J. Whitehead) ; Manila, P. 1. (W. Schultze) ; Mrnporo, Rio Baco, Balete, P. I. (R. C. McGregor); Patawan, P. I. (C. M. Weber). 19. A. vietipennis Ohs. sp. nov. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (P. G. Woolley, collector). 20. A. whiteheadi Ohs. sp. nov. Luzon, Proyince of Albay, P. I. (J. Whitehead, collector). Subgenus Aprosterna Hope. Trans. Ent. Soe. London (1835) 1, 117; Burm., Handb. (1844) IV, 1, 281. 21. A. andradei Heller, Ent. Nach. (1893) 323, Luzon, Manila, P. I.; Province of Cagayan, Misiones River, P. I. 22. A. chalybzea Burm., Handb., (1844) IV, 1, 282.—Heller, Ent. Nachr. (1893) 321. A, polita Blanch., Cat. Coll. Ent. (1850) 196. A. relucens Har. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (Schadenberg) ; Province of Benguet, Irisan, P. 1. (Rk. C. McGregor) ; Province of Rizal, Montalban Gorge, P. I. (W. Schultze). 23. A. corruscans Chevrol., Rev. Zool. (1841) 222—Burm., Handb. (1844) IV, 1, 282.—Heller, Ent. Nachr. (1893) 321. Luzon, P. 1. (C. Semper, 5-6000 feet; J. Whitehead) ; Manila, P. I. (Schadenberg) ; Province of Benguet, Baguio, P. I. (R. C. McGregor) ; Proyince of Abra, Bangued, P. I. (C. 8S. Banks). 24. A. heteroglypha Ohs. sp. nov. IbjerAON, Is Ue Subgenus Spilota Burmeister. Handb. (1844) LV, 1, 266. 25. A. picturata Cand., Col. Hefte (1869) 5, V, 42. N. Luzon, P. I. (C. Semper; J. Whitehead); S. Luzon, P. 1. (Donckier) ; CATANDUANES IsLANDs, P. I. (J. Whitehead) ;, Minvoro, Balete, Rio Baco, P. I. (2. C. McGregor) ; Nucros OcciDENTAL, Siya- Siya, Mt. Canlaon, P. I. (C. S. Banks). Subgenus Euchlora MacLeay. Hor. Ent. (1819) I, 148—Burm., Handb. (1844) IV, 1, 274. 26. A. anoguttata Burm., Handb. (1844) IV, 1, 280. N. Luzon, P. I. (J. Whitehead) ; Manila, P. I., (Schadenberg; A. Herzog) ; livzon, Province of Albay, Albay, P. I. ( J. Whitehead) ; Camarines, P. L., 10-13 Juni, 1903 (H. Hallier) ; Province of Zambales, DIE RUTELIDEN DER PHILIPPINISCHEN INSELN. 259 P. I., Mai, 1880 (C. Semper) ; Mrnvoro, P. I., November, 1895, Januar, 1896 (J. Whitehead). 27. A. atrocyanea Burm., Handb. (1844) IV, 1, 277. Luzon, Manila, P. I.; Sinuyan, P. I. (Rf. C. McGregor). 28. A. baeri Ohs. sp. nov. N. and 8. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (G. A. Baer, collector) ; Province of Albay, P: I.; Nueros, P. J., Samar, P. I., Juni, Juli, 1896 (J. White- head, collector) ; Mrnpanao, Camp Keithley, P. I. (divs, MI. S. Clemens, collector) ; PALAWAN, Bacuit, P. I. (C. Mf. Weber, collector). 29. A. chalcoptera Burm., Handb. (1844) IV, 1, 281. Minpanao, P. I. 30. A. chloropyga Burm., Handb. (1844) IV, 1, 281. N. and S. Luzon; Manila, P. I. (Schadenberg) ; Province of Albay, P. I. (J. Whitehead). 31. A. dasypyga Burm., Handb. (1844) IV, 1, 280. Iuuzon, P. I. 32. A. encausta Cand., Col. Heft. (1869) V, 42. Luzon, Manila, P. IJ.; Minpanao, P. I. 33. A. inconsueta Ohs. sp. nov. Nezeros, P. I. Marz, April, 1896 (J. Whitehead, collector) ; Luzon, Province of Benguet, P. I. (R. C. McGregor, collector). 34. A. nitidissima Blanch., Cat. Coll. Ent. (1850) 194. Luzon, Province of Albay, P. I. (J. Whitehead) ; Negros Occ1DENTAL, Bago, Louisiana, P. I. (R. MW. Araneta.) 35. A. obesa Cand., Col. Hefte, (1869) V, 41. Luzon, Manila, P. I. 36. A. preematura Ohs. sp. noy. luzon, P. I., 5-6000 feet; Albay, P. I., Marz, April, 1896. (J. Whitehead, collector) ; NEGRos OccrpEnTAL, Mailum, P. I. ( C. 8. Banks, collector). 37. A. prasina Burm., Hand. (1844) IV, 1, 277. Luzon, Proyince of Albay, Albay, P. I.; Mrnporo, P. I., November, 1895, Januar, 1896 (J. Whitehead). 38. A. smaragdina Eschsch., Entomogr., (1822) 18; Burm., Handb. (1844) IV, 1, 276. Luzon, Manila, P. I.; Caranpuanus Istanps, P. I. (J. Whitehead). 98666——4 260 OHAUS. MIMELA Isirby. Trans. Linn. Soc. (1825) XIV, 101.—Burm., Handb. (1844) IV, 1, 285. 39. M. blumei Hope, Trans. Ent. Soe. London (1835) I. 116; Burm., Handb. (1844) IV, I, 289. PHILIPPINE ISLANDs. 40. M. maculicollis Ohs., Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. (1908) 636. Luzon, Province of Albay, Albay, P. I. (J. Whitehead) ; Srpay, P. I. (D. C. Worcester). 41, M. palawana Ohs. sp. nov. PaLawan, Bacuit, Mt. Capoas, P. I. (C. MW. Weber, collector). MALAIA Heller. Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. (1891) 298. 42. M. thoracica Ohs. sp. noy. N. Luzon, P. I. (J. Whitehead, collector). PSEUDOMALAIA Kraatz. Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. (1892) 296. 43. P. flavopilosa Ohs. Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. (1905) 91. Neeros, P. [., Marz, April, 1896 (J. Whitehead). 44. P. pilifera Burm., Handb. (1844) IV, 1, 309. Luzon, P. I., 5-6000 feet (C. Semper) ; Province of Cagayan, Cape Engano, P. I.; Province of Albay, Albay, P. I. (J. Whitehead) ; Province of Benguet, Ivisan, P. I.; (R. C. McGregor) ; Mrxypanao, P. I. 45. P. semperi Kraatz, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. (1892) 178. Luzon, P. I. (C. Semper) ; Nueros, P. I., Marz, April, 1896; Leyts, P. I.; Samar, P. L., Juli, 1896 (J. Whitehead). 46. P. tagala Heller, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. (1891) 305. Luzon, P. I. (C. Semper; G. A. Baer) ; N. Luzon, P. 1., 5-6000 feet (J. Whitehead) ; Province of Benguet, Irisan River, P. I. (R. C. Mc- Gregor) ; MinpDANAO, Agusan River, P. I. (A. Celestino). POPILLIA Serville. Eneyel. Nethod. (1825) X, 367.—IXvaatz, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. (1892) 283. 47. P. conopyga Ohs., Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. (1905) 92. Luzon, Province of La Laguna, P. J.; Manila, P. I. 48. P. cetrata Newm., The Entom. (1841) I, 223. N. Luzon, P. I. (C. Semper) ; Province of Benguet, Irisan River, P. I. (BR. C. McGregor); Negros OccipenTAL, Bago, Mailum, P. I. (C. S$ Banks). DIE RUTELIDEN DER PHILIPPINISCHEN INSELN. 261 49. P. depressa Kraatz., Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. (1892) 287. N. Luzon, P. I. (C. Semper); Province of Benguet, Irisan River, Baguio, P. I. (R. C. McGregor). 50. P. depressiuscula Kraatz., Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. (1892) 286. Luzon, P. I. (C. Semper; J. Whitehead); Mamila, P. I. (Scha- denberg). 51. P. megregori Ohs. sp. nov. Luzon, Province of Benguet, Pauai, P. 1. (2. C. McGregor, collector). 52. P. mutans Newm., Trans. Ent. Soc. London (1841) III, 39. Var. relucens Blanch., Cat. Coll. Ent. (1850) 199. Luzon, Manila, P. I. 53. P. oculata Ohs. sp. noy. N. Luzon, P. I. (C. Semper; J. Whitehead, collectors). 54. P. scalpta Newm. The Entom. (1841) 222.—Arrow, Trans. Ent. Soc. London (1899) 274. P. aemula Newm., 1. ¢. 222. P. pictalis Kraatz, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. (1892) 284. N. Luzon, P. L. (C. Semper; J. Whitehead). 55. P. variabilis Kraatz, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. (1892) 283. Luzon, P. I. (C. Semper) ; Province of Cagayan, Cape Engano, P. I. (J. Whitehead) ; Province of Benguet, Ivisan River, Cabayan, P. I. (R. C. McGregor). Il. RUTELINI GENUINI. PARASTASIA Westwood. Ann. Nat. Hist. (1841) VIII, 204—Ohaus, Monographie; Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. (1900) 225-266. : 56. P. canaliculata Westw., Ann. Nat. Hist. (1841) VIII, 204 u. 304 9. $ bipunctata Westw., 1. c. p. 304. 6 rubrotessellata Blanch., Cat. Coll. Ent. (1850) 217. Luzon, P. I. (C. Semper; J. Whitehead) ; Manila, P. 1. (P. Roeseler) ; Samar, P. I., Juni, Juli, 1896 (J. Whitehead). 57. P. confluens Westw., Ann. Nat. Hist. (1841) VIII, 304 @. 6 rugosicollis Blanch., Cat. Coll. Ent. (1850) 217. 6 degenarata Snell. v. Vollenh., Tijdschr. v. Ent. Nederl. (1864) VII, 147. © ptleus Snell. v. Vollenh., 1. ¢. p. 147 t. IX, f. 3. Luzon, P. I. (C. Semper) ; Minpanao, Camp Keithley, P. I. (Mrs. M. S. Clemens) ; Stpuyan Istanp, P. I. (R. C. McGregor). 58. P. discolor Westw., Ann. Nat. Hist. (1841) VIII, 304. Luzon, P. I. (C. Semper). 262 OHAUS. 59, P: indica Ohs., Stettin. Ent. Zeit. (1898) 9; Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. (1900) 257. PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 60. P. nigriceps Westw., Ann. Nat. Hist. (1841) VIII, 304. Nzeros, P. I., Marz, April, 1896 (J. Whitehead) ; PHiuippine Is- LANDS (C. Semper). 2 61. P. nigroscutellata Ohs., Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. (1901) 125. Luzon, Province of Cagayan, Cape Engafo, P. I. (J. Whitehead). 62. P. nonfriedi Ohs., Stettin. Ent. Zeit. (1898) 10. Patawan, P. I. (W. Schultze). 63. P. westwoodi Waterh. ex Westw., Ann. Nat. Hist. (1841) VIII, 304. Minporo, Balete, Baco River, P. I. (2, C. McGregor) ; Mindanao, Zamboanga, Port Banga, P. I. (W. I. Hutchinson). LUTERA Westwood. Trans. Ent. Soe. London (1875) 236. 64. L. nigromaculata Ohs., Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. (1900) 261; 1. ec. (1905) 97. . Luzon, Province of Camarines, P. I. Tlf. ADORETINTI. ADORETUS Castelnau. Hist. Nat. (1840) II, 142. 65. A. luridus Blanch., Cat. Coll. Ent, (1850) 234, Luzon, P. I. (C. Semper; O. Warburg) ; Manila, P. I. (C. S. Banks; W. Schultze). 66. A. philippinicus Pic, Le Naturaliste (1905) 131. Luzon, P. I. (C. Semper; J. Whitehead) ; Manila, P. I.; RomsBion, P. I. (£. C. McGregor). 67. A. ranunculus Burm., Handb. (1844) IV, 1, 474. , Luzon, P. I. (C. Semper; J. Whitehead); Manila, P. I. (C. S. Banks; W. Schultze). 68. A. umbrosus Fabr., Ent. Syst. (1892) I, 2, 169.—Burm., Handb., (1855) IV, 2, 532. Blanch., in Hombron et Jacquinot, Voy. Pol. Sud. (1853) IV, 109. A. mutabilis Blanch., 1. ec. Atlas pl. 8, fig. 7. PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. FISHES OF BORNEO, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF FOUR NEWS SRE GIES: By ALVIN SEALE. (From the Section of Fisheries, Biological Laboratory, Bureau of Science, ; Manila, P. I.) The following collection of fishes was secured by me at Sandakan, British North Borneo, February 10 to 14, 1908. Of the one hundred and seventeen species, ninety-one were common to Borneo and the Phil- ippines. Twenty-six only were recorded from Borneo and not from the Philippines. The method of measurement is the same as that used by Jordan and Hyermann.t The color markings recorded are all from specimens which have been two years in alcohol. Family CARCHARIIDAS. Sharks. Charcharias borneensis Seale, sp. noy. Plate I. Head 4; depth 5.1; eye 6.50 in head; snout but slightly less than interorbital; middle of eye exactly midway between tip of snout and second gill arch; no spicules; nostrils considerably nearer mouth than to tip of snout; length of under jaw 1.60 in snout; width of mouth at angle 1.25 in snout; five gill arches, the posterior ones above base of pectorals. Teeth all oblique in two rows at least 2% on each side; all with swollen bases; those of the upper jaw have one large sharp point and three smaller points on the inner side, the longest about one-third the size of the large point; these graduate in size, both the large and small points are denticulate. Hach tooth of the under jaw consists of a single, smooth, sharp point on a swollen base. I was unable to detect any denticulations on the lower teeth. (Sce Plate I, figs. 3 and 4). The origin of the ventral is located posteriorly to the pectoral’ by a distance one-third greater than the eye, the fin being midway between the tip of snout and the middle of the base of the second dorsal; height of dorsal 1.50 in head, its base 1.75 in its height; origin of second dorsal midway between tip of caudal and fourth gill opening; height of second * Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. (1896), 47, pt. 1, ix. 263 264 SEALE. dorsal about equal to its base; caudal with two notches, its length one- third greater than head; a distinct pit at base of caudal both above and below; origin of anal midway between origin of ventrals and origin of caudal, being directly below the second dorsal; origin of ventrals midway between under part of caudal and anterior gill opening; length of outer margin of pectorals 1.10 in head, the inner margin 2.60 in outer, the posterior margin concave. Color in alcohol uniform pale drab above, yellow below; fins uniform with coloring of body, except the second dorsal which has its upper two-thirds black. This species in appearance resembles C. dusswmiert (Val.), but the location of the fins and the form of the teeth are different. This is also true of C. acutus (Riippell) which it also resembles. Type, No. 2720 in the collection of the Bureau of Science, from Sandakan, Borneo. Length, 372 millimeters. Family DASYATIDA. Sting Rays. Dasyatis kuhli (Miiller and Henle). Color brown above, with large round blue spots; belly yellowish-white. No. 2503; disk 140 millimeters in diameter. A common sting ray of Borneo, used as food; also found in the Philip- pines. Family CLUPEIDAN. Herrings. llisha xanthoptera Bleeker. Head 4.25, measured to tip of upper jaw; eye 3.75; adipose eyelid well developed ; snout 3.35; depth 3.85; scutes strong, 7 on gular region and 27 on belly, a total of 34; dorsal 17; anal 49; villiform teeth on palatines and minute teeth in each jaw; none’ on vomer. Origin of anal below posterior rays of dorsal. Color silver bluish from aboye; a dusky blotch on upper anterior part of opercle, and another posterior to upper portion of opercle; tip of jaws dusky. No. 2713; length, 370 millimeters. A food-fish of Borneo, not recorded from the Philippines. Family SYNODONTIDAS. Lizard-fishes. Saurida tumbil (Bleeker) . This specimen agrees with Bleeker’s* description and figure. It is common in Borneo and used as food. It has not been recorded from the Philippines. No. 2587; length, 195 millimeters. * Atlas Ichthyologique (1866-1872), 6, 155, pl. 277, fig. 4. FISHES OF BORNEO. 265 Family MURASNESOCIDA. Eels. Murzenesox cinereus (Forskal) . Color drab-brown above, paler below. ‘he lateral line very distinct; fins yellowish, the tips of dorsal and anal black, these fins becoming entirely dusky near and at end of caudal. Snout long; teeth large, the yomerine teeth with cusps on each side. Nos. 2498, 2500; length 490 to 556 millimeters. A fish of considerable food importance in Borneo; also recorded from the Philippines. Family CYPRINIDAL. Minnows. Barbus elongatus Seale, sp. nov. Plate II, fig. 1. Head +; depth 3.1; dorsal 12; amal 8; scales 5-27 (to end of caudal yertebra)—t; the lateral line curves down to a little below the median line of sides, then up to middle of base of caudal; eye 3.75 in head; snout 4; interorbital 2.70; maxillary scarcely reaching to anterior margin of eye; two maxillary barbules on each side, the longest 2 in head; pectorals about equal to head; ventrals 1.15 im head. No teeth except pharyngeals which are 4-3—2, the larger ones slightly hooked and each with a small shoulder. Body. oblong, compressed, the outline between origin of dorsal and tip of snout somewhat gibbous and with a concave area above the eye; caudal peduncle rather long and slim, its depth being 1.75 in its length; origin of dorsal midway between tip of snout and end of caudal vertebra, the second large ray enlarged and serrated on its upper two-thirds; the enlarged hard portion equal to distance from middle of eye to end of opercles ; origin of anal much nearer origin of yentrals than the end of caudal vertebra, longest anal ray 1.70 in head; origin of ventrals midway between origin of anal and posterior margin of opercles; caudal deeply emarginate, its length greater than head. Gill openings restricted, ending on a line with angle of preopercle. Gill rakers small, rather sharp pointed, about 9 on lower arch. Body entirely covered with large smooth scales which have 4 to 8 striate lines; tubes of lateral line unbranched; ventral with axillary scale; scaly sheaths to dorsal and anal ; head entirely naked. Color silvery with a slight shade of yellowish; four round black spots on middle line of sides, one at base of caudal, one at origin of lateral line, two on the lateral line near the middle. A black spot at origin of anal. Upper rays of dorsal, anal, and caudal, dusky. This species is nearly related to Barbus ivis Seale from Balabac Island, from which it is easily distinguished by its more elongated form, long caudal peduncle, the more anterior location of the anal, and the less distance between the anal and yentrals. This species also has a larger eye. 266 SEALE. Type, No. 2566 in the collection of the Bureau of Science, from Sandakan, Borneo. Length 80 millimeters. Family SILURIDE. Catfishes. Arius sagor Hamilton. Hexanematichthys sundaicus Bleeker, Atlas Ichth. (1862), 2, 26, pl. 62. Bleeker® gives an excellent figure of this species. It is easily recognized by the banded appearance of. the upper half of the body. These bands ‘extend down to, or slightly below, the single lateral line and are evident even in specimens which haye been long in alcohol. The young do not show the banded markings. There are four patches of teeth on the palatine, separated by inter- spaces. The bony shield at base of dorsal spine.is separated from the head shield. No. 2497; length, 370 millimeters; Nos. 2437, 2462 and 2518; length, 115 to 135 millimeters, young. The species is regarded as an excellent food-fish and is common in the market of Sandakan. It has not been reported from the Philippines. Tachysurus venosus (Cuvier and Valenciennes) . Arius venosus Bleeker, Atlas Ichth. (1862), 2, 33, pl. 54, fig. 1. Grayish with a silvery wash; the fins have a slightly darker shade; under parts white. Nos. 2514 and 2625; length, 135 to 170 millimeters. Characterized by an almost smooth head. ‘Two triangular shaped areas of villiform teeth on the palate. A common food fish of Borneo. This species is recorded by Cuyier and Vallenciennes from Manila. Arius argyropleuron (Xuhl and Van Hasselt). Grayish with a yellowish wash; yellowish white below. No. 2682; length, 145 millimeters. Characterized by the ovate maxillary patch of granular teeth, the elongate snout, and the dusky, adipose fin. A food fish of Borneo, not reported from the Philippines. Family PLOTOSIDAS. Sea Catfishes. Plotus anguillaris (Bloch.). Color drab-gray; three longitudinal white stripes on each side from tip of head to tip of tail; fins all washed with slate-gray, darker at extremities; chin, belly, and throat yellowish cream. Nos. 2683, 2446, 2677, 2655; length, 160 to 195 millimeters. This species is regarded as a good fish, but owing to the stinging wounds inflicted by its spines and because of its small size, 1t is not often seen in the market. It is also common throughout the Philippines. > Atl, Ichth. (1862), 2, pl. XIV. FISHES OF BORNEO. 267 Family BELONIDAS. Needlefishes. Tylosurus strongylurus (Iuhl and Van Hasselt). Head 2.60; eye 3 in postocular portion of head; origin of ventrals midway between origin of pectorals and middle of base of anal. Nos. 2538 and 2696; length, 250 millimeters. ° This species is easily distinguished by the round black spot on the base of the rays of caudal. A food-fish of Borneo; also recorded from’ the Philippines. Tylosurus anulatus (Cuv. and Val.). Head 3; eye 2 in postorbital portion of head; origin of ventrals midway between end of caudal vertebra and anterior margin of eye. Color silvery, washed with brownish above; pectorals, dorsal, caudal, and anterior part of anal, dusky. Nos. 2667 and 2718; length, 290 to 300 millimeters. A food-fish of Borneo; also recorded from the Philippines. Family EXOCGITID A. Half-beaks and Flying-fishes. Zenarchopterus buffonis Cuy. and Val. Head 4; depth 6; eye 1.50 in postorbital portion of head; snout 2 in head; interorbital space considerably greater than eye; dorsal 11; anal 12; origin of ventrals midway between tip of caudal and the posterior margin of opercle. Prolonged portion of under jaw beyond the upper 3.75 in head. Length from posterior margin of opercle to tip of under jaw much less than from posterior margin of opercle to end of caudal vertebra. Nos. 2622, 2672, and 2699; length, 170 to 215 millimeters. A small brackish-water fish, dried and sold for food in considerable numbers in Borneo; also recorded from the Philippines. Hemirhamphus gaimardi (Cuy. and Val.). . Head 4.25; depth 1.75 in head; exposed under jaw, beyond the upper, 1.75 in head; ventrals located midway between end of caudal vertebra and anterior margin of eye; dorsal 15; anal 15; origin of dorsal very slightly in advance of origin of anal; caudal forked. Color silvery, bluish above; a blue and a silver line along the side; tip of dorsal and posterior portion of caudal dusky. Nos. 2473, 2640, 2664 and 2666; length, 145 to 195 millimeters. A food-fish of Borneo; also recorded from the Philippines. Zenarchopterus dux Seale, sp. noy. Plate II, fig. 2. Head, from tip of upper jaw, 4 to end of caudal vertebra; lower jaw, beyond the upper, 3 to end of vertebra; posterior margin of opercle midway between tip of lower jaw and end of caudal vertebra; dorsal 12; anal 14, the 6th ray modified into an intromittent organ ; scales in lateral series 41, about 45 in lateral line, 6 in vertical series; eye 3.75 in head; 268 SEALE: snout 3.1; width of exposed upper jaw equal to its length; origin of anal midway between end of caudal vertebra and origin of yentrals, being below fifth dorsal ray; length of yentrals 2.50 in head; length of pectorals 2.50 in head; caudal truncate, its length equal to distance’ from posterior end of upper jaw to end of opercle; body covered with smooth deciduous scales. Color yellowish with a silver stripe along side which is bordered above with dark green. A dusky wash on dorsal and caudal, the anal with a distinct dusky blotch anteriorily. Type, No. 2679 in the collection of the Bureau of Science, from Sandakan, Borneo. Length, 150 millimeters. Family ATHERINID AS. Silversides. Atherina forskalii Rupp. Head 3.50; depth +; eye 2.30 in head; interorbital about equal to eye; dorsal YV—10; anal J, 12; scales 39 im lateral series from enlarged scale above opercle. Common in Borneo and the Philippines. Family MUGILIDA. Mallets. Mugil belanak Bleeker. One specimen collected agrees with Bleeker’s * description and figure. Color yellowish with a slight brownish wash above; scales with slightly darker centers, giving an indistinctly striped appearance; adipose eyelid moderately developed; tip of maxillary exposed. Origin of spinous dorsal about midway between tip of snout and end of caudal vertebra; origin of yentrals midway between origin of anal and notch of preorbital ; origin of anal very slgthly in advance of origin of dorsal. No. 2481; length, 175 millimeters. An important food-fish of Borneo; not reported from the Philippines. Liza ceruleomaculatus (Lacépéde). ; Color silvery, slightly bluish above; a black spot at upper axil of pectorals; scales 38. Nos. 2559 and 2602; length, 120 millimeters. A common and yaluable food-fish of Borneo; also recorded from the Philippines. Family SPHYRAINIDA. Barracudas. Sphyrzena toxeusa Forster. Head 3.30; depth 6.50; eye 5.50; interorbital 4.75; scales 115. Dusky above; white below ; all the fins more or less stained with gray. No. 2736; length, 440 millimeters. A yaluable food-fish of Borneo; not yet recorded from the Philippines. + Java, 4, 337. FISHES OF BORNEO. 269 Family POLINEMIDAS. 'Threadfins. Polydactylus zophomus Jordan and McGregor. Five pectoral appendages, the longest not extending beyond imiddle of pectoral; posterior half of dorsal black; a black spot at origin of lateral line; pectorals shaded with dusky punctulations; tip of ventrals with a slight dusky wash; general color uniform silvery. Nos. 2448, 2624, 2638, and 2687; length, 90 to 100 millimeters. It is possible that P. zophomus Jordan & McGregor is another synonym for P. plebeius (Broussonet). Polynemus tetradactylus Shaw. Four pectoral appendages, the longest of which extends to middle length of yentrals; tips of fins, except ventrals, shaded with dusky. Head 3.50; depth 3.75. General color silvery with slight brownish wash above. No. 2489; length, 265 millimeters. A common food-fish of Borneo; also recorded from the Philippines. Family SYNGNATHIDAS. Sea-horses. Hippocampus kuda Bleeker. A series of four specimens illustrates a considerable degree of variation in this species due to age; the older specimens are much less spinate than the young; a very decided change is seen in the coronet which in the younger form is decidedly five-spimed, but with advancing age the front spines gradually atrophy, leaying a three-spined coronet. The color varies from yellowish-white in young to almost black in adult; usually some five black specks are discernible; all show a more or less banded appearance of the snout. Nos. 2727, 2728, 2729, and 2730; length, 100 to 140 millimeters. This species is common in Borneo, and also has been taken at numerous points in the Philippines. Hippocampus barbour described by Jordan and Richardson’? from Cuyo Island is doubtless this species. Gasterotokeus biaculeatus Bloch. Nos. 2731, 2732, 2733, 2734 and 2735; leneth, 205 millimeters. This species is used to a considerable extent in China as medicine; it is common in Borneo and all over the Philippines. Family STROMATHIDAS. Butterfishes or Pomfrets.° Stromateus cinereus (Blech.). Head 3.50; depth 1.50; eye 3.50 in head; snout 1.25 in eye; inter- orbital 2 in head. No yentrals. Anterior rays of dorsal and anal elongate. ° Bull. U. S. Bu. of Fisheries (1908), 27, 247. ° In Hongkong fishes of the family Stromateide are called pomfrets. 270 SEALE. Color dull yellowish, some small dusky dots on sides of head and chin. Nos. 2439 and 2894; length 100 to 116 millimeters. Used for food in Borneo; not yet recorded from the Philippines. Family SCOMBRIDA. Mackerels. Rastrelliger brachysomus (Bleeker). Color dull bluish-gray above, silvery with a yellowish wash below; posterior margin of dorsal dusky, fins otherwise uniform; round dusky spots at base of dorsal. Nos. 2648, 2649 and 2695; length 190 to 200 millimeters. : This species is easily distinguished by its great depth (3 in length), its long gill rakers which project into the mouth making it look “as if full of feathers.” Scales below base of pectorals slightly the largest. This species is well described by Jordan and Dickerson.‘ A common food-fish of Borneo; also found in the Philippines. Lactarius lactarius (Bloch and Schneider). Head 2.85; depth equal to head; eye 3.30 in head; dorsal VIII-I, 24; anal III, 26; scales about 60; a row of small teeth in jaws with two or three enlarged canines. Teeth on vomer and palatine. Color silvery, a very distinct opercular spot. Dorsals grayish at tips. No. 2610; length, 100 millimeters. Family CARANGIDAS. Pampanos. Caranx speciosus (Forsk&l). This species is easily recognized by its yellow color, with the alternating wide and narrow black bands over the body, the anterigr one being through the eye; the distinctness of these stripes seems to vary a great deal, but they are never entirely absent. I have seen very old specimens of 400 millimeters in length with the markings yery distinct. Nos. 2458, 2465, and 2630; length, 85 to 250 millimeters. Caranx sexfasciatus (Quoy and Gaimard). Carangus rhabdotus Jenkins, Bull. U. 8. Bu. Fisheries (1903), 23, pl. 1, 193. Caranxz semisomnus Fowler, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sei. Philad. (1904), 12, 3d. ser. 510, pl. 16. Head 3.10; depth at origin of anal 2.55; eye 3.75 im head; snout 3.50; interorbital space 3.40; dorsal VIII—-I, 21; anal II-I, 17; scales about 52 in curved portions of lateral line, and 30 scutes in the straight portion; the line becomes straight under the second soft ray of dorsal, the curved por- 7 Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. (1908), 34, 603. FISHES OF BORNEO. aa tion is 1.45 in the straight, the dépth of the curve is equal to the length of snout; breast fully scaled. Adipose eyelid covering the iris posteriorly, -very slightly developed anteriorly, cheeks scaled ; opercles naked except on upper portion. Maxillar ending on a line with posterior margin of pupil, its length 2.10 in head. A single row of small sharp teeth in each jaw with some slightly enlarged canines anteriorly; the upper jaw in addition has bands of setiform teeth interiorly ; teeth on yomer, palatine, and tongue. Color silvery, with golden reflections. The young have five dusky vertical bands; tips of dorsals and caudal grayish, fins otherwise yellow. A small opereular spot. Inner axil of pectorals dusky. Nos. 2469, 2483, 2567, and 2653; length, 66 to 260 millimeters. An abundant food-fish of Borneo; also common in the Philippines. Caranx brevis Bleeker. Head 4 to end of scutes; depth 3; eye 3.50 in head; snout 3.50; interorbital 3.50; maxillary 2.80, ending on a line with anterior margin of pupil, dorsal VIII-I, 21; anal [I—I, 17; 44 scutes in straight portion of lateral line, the line strongly curved, becoming straight under origin of soft dorsal; the curved portion 2.3 in the straight; depth of curve equal to eye; depth of largest scute one-third less than width of eye. Breast scaled; teeth small, in single series in each jaw; villiform teeth on vomer, palatine, and tongue. aa Color grayish-blue above, silvery with a yellowish wash below; a very large and distinct opercular spot. Fins yellow, margin of soft’ dorsal with a wash of grayish; spinous dorsal grayish. Nos. 2460, 2464, and 2646; length, 175 to 260 millimeters. A common food-fish of Borneo; also recorded from the Philippines. Resembles C. megalaspis Bleeker, but the scutes are of much less depth. Caranx ira (Cuv. and Val.). Head 3.50; depth 2.55; eye 3.30 in head; snout 3.10; interorbital equals eye; maxillary 2.50, ending on a line with anterior margin of pupil. Breast scaled; lateral line with low curve, becoming straight under 9th dorsal ray; scutes 28, straight portion of line 1.25 in curved ; depth of curve less than eye; dorsal VIII-I, 23; anal II-I, 19. Teeth of upper jaw. in two series, those of lower jaw in single series, villiform teeth on vomer, palatines, and tongue. Color silvery with a bluish tint above. Fins all yellowish-white, except soft dorsal, which has the lobe very black, with a white tip, a very char- acteristic marking for the species. Nos. 2613 and 2738; length, 137 millimeters. A common food-fish of Borneo; also recorded from Negros, Iloilo, and Manila, Philippine Islands. Drie, SEALE. Citulta armatus (Forskél). Characterized by the peculiar shape, and the elongate ventral, dorsal, and anal; the ventrals extend beyond caudal; the spinous dorsal is aa sented by six minute spines; scutes very Sac Color silver, with indistinct dusky bands; a more distinct band extends through the eye. No. 2545; length, 86 millimeters. A common food-fish of Borneo ; also found in the Philippines. Scomberoides lysan (Forskal). These specimens are silvery with a bluish wash above; the fins yellowish, the soft dorsal shghtly grayish without distinct dusky blotch. The species may be distinguished by the deep body, the short snout, which is less than eye, and the long premaxillary, which is 1.50 in head, ending posteriorly to eye. Large specimens have the grayish blotches, like finger prints, 6—7 in number, all above the lateral line, except the two anterior ones. Nos. 2459, 2484, and 2506; length, 178 to 300 millimeters. A food-fish of some importance in Borneo; also recorded from the Philippines. This species affords excellent sport with rod and reel. Family TRICHIURID. Cutlass-fishes. Trichiurus haumela (forsk&l). Head, from tip of upper jaw 6.85; eye 5.35 in head; snout 2.90; interorbital 2.50 in snout. Color silvery, tip of dorsal dusky. Anterior anal spines not enlarged. No. 2657; length, 334 millimeters. A common food-fish at Sandakan; also found throughout the Phil- ippines. Family EQUULIDA. Shp-mouths. Gazza minuta (Bloch). Head 3; depth 2; eye 2.50, lateral line complete; breast naked ; rather strong canine teeth in jaws. Color silvery, with more or less bronzy reflections ; some very indistinct mottling showing on the back in some specimens ; axil of pectorals dusky ; tip of dorsal with very slight trace of dusky color; fins yellowish-white. Nos. 2569, 2605, 2650, 2658, and 2757; length, 87 to 110 millimeters. Important as a food-fish because of its abundance. Found also in the Philippines. : Equula ruconia (Hamilton). Head 3.75; depth 1.50; eye 2.50 in head; lateral line incomplete. Color yellowish-brown aboye, with brownish bands and markings; silvery below. Axil of pectoral dusky; some dusky dots on sides of FISHES OF BORNEO. PIS thorax ; a dark line from orbit to chin; tip of dorsal with a slight trace of dusky color. Nos. 2468, 2708, and 2781; length, 45 to 50 millimeters. Common food-fish of Borneo; also found in the Philippines. Leiognathus blochii Cuv. and Val. Head 3; depth 2.1; eye 3 in head; snout 3; interorbital about 3; dorsal VILLI, 16; anal II], 14; scales 55 to end of caudal vertebra. A small spine in front of orbit, lower margin of preopercle serrated, mandible moderately curved; length of median crest 2.60 in head, second dorsal spine 2.50 in depth. ~ Color yellowish-brown aboye, silvery below; a black band around tip of snout; a dusky blotch on shoulder at end of nuchal spine; numerous vertical or undulating lines over back. Inner axil of pectoral black; some dusky coloring on inside of gill openings. Day® gives a good figure of this species, although in our specimens the dusky saddle on shoulder is not so distinct. Nos 2556, 2644, 2662, 2711, 2748, and 2756; length, 66 to 100 millimeters. A common food-fish of Borneo; also recorded from the Philippines. Leiognathus caballa (Cuv. and Val.). Head 3; depth 1.55; eye 2.70 in head; dorsal VIII, 16; anal ILI, 14; second dorsal spine 2.80; breast naked ; lateral line complete ; superorbital edge serrated ; nuchal spine 1.75 in head. Color grayish-silvery above, with numerous fine vertical lines over back down to near median line of sides; no black on the fins, which are yellowish-white. Nos. 2463, 2515, 2520, and 2551; length, 70 to 110 millimeters. : Leiognathus edentulus Bloch and L. dusswmiert Cuy. and Val. both have the breast fully scaled and are probably synonymous; they certainly are not the above species which has the breast naked. Leiognathus splendens (Cuvier). Head 3.10; depth 1.75; eye 2.50 in head; snout 3 in head; interorbital 2.60; first dorsal spine 2.50 in depth of fish; nuchal crest 1.85 in head; orbital serrated ; two distinct spines in front of eye on each side; breast fully and distinctly scaled. S Color silvery, darker above, with some irregular vertical markings scarcely showing, and entirely obsolete in some specimens. A distinct dusky blotch on upper portion of spinous dorsal. Axil of pectoral dusky ; end of snout dusky; some dusky markings at tip of anal. Nos. 2543, 2690, 2737; length, 65 to 89 millimeters. A food-fish of importance because very abundant. Also found through- out the Philippines. * Fishes of India (1878). 241, pl. 52, fig. 5. 274 SEALE. Family APOGONICHTHYIDAS. Cardinal Fishes. Amia hyalosoma Bleeker. . Color yellowish, a large black spot on base of anal; black between anterior dorsal spines. Nos. 2608 and 2629; length, 115 millimeters. Too small to be of much importance as food. Common also in the Philippines. Amia quadrifasciata (Cuy. and Val.). Color yellowish, two or three brown stripes on upper half of body, the lower stripe extending to tip of caudal fin; the arrangement of scales on.sides gives the appearance of vertical bands. Nos. 2440, 2577, 2594, 2596, 2636, 2676, 2745, 2768, and 2780; length, 57 to 88 millimeters. Common in Borneo and the Philippines. Pseudoamia polystigma Bleeker. Color brownish, specked; a black spot on opercle with a short brown line above it; two brown lines passing downward and backward from the eye. Nos. 2580, 2595, 2663, and 2743; length 65 millimeters. Common in Borneo; also in the Philippines. Amia ceramensis Bleeker. Color yellowish, a black dot on base of caudal; a narrow dusky line along middle of side. Nos. 2456 and 2571; length, 67 to 69 millimeters. _ Common in Borneo and the Philippines. but too small to be of importance as a food-fish. Family AMBASSIDAS. Climbing Perches. Ambassis kopsi (Bleeker). Color in alcohol yellowish-white with an indistinct silvery line down the middle of side. Nos. 2476, 2540, 2544, 2592, 2568, 2753, and 2783; length, 62 to 95 millimeters. Common in Borneo and in the Philippines; of no importance as food. Priopis gymnocephalus Lacépéde. Nos. 2707 and 2724; length, 50 to 65 millimeters. Common in Borneo and also in the Philippines. ‘Too small to be of importance as food. Family SERRANIDAN. Sea-basses. Psammoperca waigiensis (Cuy. and Val.). Similar to Lates calcarifer (Bloch), but without spines on lower border of preopercle. Color uniform dull brown, centers of scales slightly darker; fins like body, except pectorals and yentrals which are yellowish-white. The FISHES OF BORNEO. BUS ventrals are slightly stained with gray. No. 2647; length, 166 milli- meters. A valuable food-fish of Borneo; also common in the Philippines. Lates calcarifer (Bloch). Silvery-gray; fins gray; pectorals yellow. Strong spines on lower margin of preopercle. No. 2490; length, 290 millimeters. A valuable food-fish of Borneo; recorded also from the Philippines. Epinephelus sexfasciatus (Cuv. and Val.). Color brownish, with dull yellowish and brownish spots; six darker vertical bands down sides; fins grayish without distinct markings. Ventrals darker at tips. No. 2098; length, 121 millimeters. A yalued food-fish of Borneo; also recorded from the Philippines. Family LUTIANIDAS. Snappers. Lutianus erythropterus Bloch. This species is easily distinguished by the white mark in the posterior axil of the soft dorsal which is followed by a deep black area covering the remainder of the top of caudal peduncle. No. 2900; length, 210 millimeters. A common food-fish of Borneo; also recorded from the Philippines. Nemipterus upeneoides (Bleeker). Head 3.45; depth 3.50. Color yellowish-white with silvery reflection; darker above; a round dusky spot on the lateral line above middle of pectorals. No. 2516; length, 130 millimeters. e A common food-fish of Borneo; not known from the Philippines. Lutianus fulviflamma (Forskal). Color white, with longitudinal yellow stripes; a distinct black blotch on each side. Young specimens have a dusky stripe from eye to tip of snout and on upper portion of preopercles. Fins yellowish. Nos. 2519, 2548, 2486, and 2739; length, 100 to 230 millimeters. A common and yalued food-fish of Borneo; also recorded from the Philippines. Lutianus vitta (Quoy and Gaimard). Yellowish-white, with a distinct black line along the side from head to caudal. No dusky shadings on dorsal. No. 2493; length, 210 milli- meters. A food-fish of value in Borneo; also common in the Philippines. 98666--—5 276 SEALE. Family HAAMULIDAL. Grunts. Spilotichthys pictus (Thunberg). Our specimens show the complete transformation from the older specimens on which round brownish spots cover the body and extend on -the dorsal and caudal, to the young specimens with dark longitudinal bands which are just beginning to break up into rows of round spots. Nos. 2491, 2467, 2604, 2648, and 2740; length, 120 to 210 millimeters. This species during its various color changes may be distinguished by the presence of only 10 dorsal spines. A food-fish of importance in Borneo; also recorded from the Phil- ippines. : Euelatichthys crassispinus (Riippell) . Head 3; depth 2.1; dorsal spines 14. Color dusky; the fins black without white margins or spots; pectorals grayish-white. The center of each scale is lighter in color giving the appearance of narrow light lines on sides. No. 2489; length, 175 milli- meters. A food-fish of value; also recorded from the Philippines. Pristipoma hasta Bloch. Color yellowish with a silvery wash; back and dorsal fins with black spots. No. 2442 represents the form called P.. negeb Riippell, probably a color variation. Nos. 2479, 2635, 2442, and 2758; length, 81 to 210 millimeters. Common in Borneo; also recorded from the Philippines. Pristopoma therapon Bleeker. Color silvery; a large oval black spot occupying a large portion of the spinous dorsal, otherwise uniform in color. No. 2589; length, 80 milli- meters. A food-fish of value in Borneo; also recorded from the Philippines. Family THERAPONIDA. Therapons. Scolopsis vosmaeri Bleeker. Similar im every respect to the figure given by Bleeker.® Color yellowish white; a white longitudinal stripe backward from origin of lateral line; another white band over nuchal region. No. 2717; length, 156 millimeters. An important food-fish of Borneo; also found in the Philippines. ° Atlas Ichthy. (1876-1877), 8, 8, pl. 61, fig. 5. FISHES OF BORNEO. BO. Therapon quadrilineatus (Bloch). Color silyery, with five longitudinal brown lines on sides; caudal unmarked ; a black blotch on spinous dorsal; grayish on anal; tip of soft dorsal dusky. Nos. 2612, 2671, 2725, 2715, 2782, and 2792; length, 77 to 100 millimeters. - A common inshore food-fish of Borneo and the Philippines. Therapon jarbua (Forskal). This common species is identical in every respect with the Philippine form. It is characterized by the concave brown lines on sides, the oblique bands on the caudal, and the dusky markings on the dorsal. No. 2615; leneth, 130 millimeters. Therapon puta (Cuv. and Val.). Characterized by the elongate teeth of the preopercle; four straight brown lines on body; oblique brown lines on caudal, the central line of which is straight, being a prolongation of the median brown line of the body; dorsals with dusky markings. Nos. 2524, 2528, 2529, 2530, 2531, and 2749; length, 78 to 100 millimeters. A common. inshore food-fish of Borneo and the Philippines. Family SPARIDA. Porgies. Sparus calamara Russell. Color yellowish; centers of scales darker; dorsals, caudal, anal, and yentrals, with dusky tips. No. 2499; length, 200 millimeters. A food-fish of importance in Borneo; also recorded from the Phil- ippines. Lethrinus amboinensis Bleeker. Similar to specimens from the Philippines. Color dull brownish, indistinctly mottled with greenish; a dusky spot between pectoral fin and lateral line. Nos. 2438, 2558, 2582, 2679, and 2742; length, 80 to 120 millimeters. An excellent food-fish ; also found in the Philippines. Family GERRIDAI. Mogarras. Zystzema punctatum (Cuv. and Val.). Head 3; depth 2.40; eye 2.50 in head. Color silvery below, with a wash of yellowish; brown above. Some very indistinct darker bands or spots over back. This species is char- acterized by the elongate second dorsal spine, which in our specimens equals the head. Nos. 2451, 2564, and 2588; length, 75 to 92 milli- meters. : A common food-fish of Borneo, also recorded from the Philippines. 278 SEALE. Xystema kapas (Bleeker). This species has the third anal spine considerably longer than the second; however, the latter is the strongest. Head 3.1; depth 2.35; eye 2.75 in head; snout 4. : Color dull light brown above, silvery below; fins yellowish. No. 2537; length, 87 millimeters. A common food-fish of Borneo; also found in the Philippines. Xystzma oyena (Forskil). Head 3.1; depth 2.1; eye 2.55 in head; snout 3.50; interorbital 2.75; second dorsal. spine 2.50 in depth; the third anal spine is the longest, but the second is the strongest. Color yellowish-white, margin of spinous dorsal dusky, tip of caudal with an indistinct dusky shade. No. 2609; length, 105 millimeters. A common food-fish of Borneo; also recorded from the Philippines. Xystzeema lucidus (Cuy. and Val.). Head 3.1; depth 2.30; eye 2.50; snout 4; interorbital 3; second dorsal spine 2.20 in depth; second anal spine longer and stronger than the third. Color yellowish, shghtly darker above with 4 or 5 wide distinct darker bands over back, tip of dorsal black. No. 2583; length, 92 millimeters. A. food-fish of but little importance in Borneo; not recorded from the Philippines. Xystzma abbreviatus (Bleeker). Depth about 2 in length; eye 2.50 in head (measured with jaws not projected), pectorals extending well along the base of anal. Color silvery; centers of scales slightly darker; tip of dorsal dusky. Nos. 2478 and 2542; length, 114 to 185 millimeters. A food-fish of importance in Borneo; also found in the Philippines. Family MULLIDAS. Goat-fishes. Upeneoides tragula (Richardson). I have examined several hundred specimens of this species, and they are without exception distinctly speckled with black, with a distinct black line along each side, the anterior dorsal is very largely dusky, the caudal is always distinctly marked with oblique lines; the ventrals and anal are marked with two or three dusky lines. These, aside from structural differences, make the species very easily recognized. Nos. 2435, 2545, 2553, and 2616; length, 110 to 155 millimeters. A food-fish of Borneo; also recorded from the Philippines. Upeneoides vittatus (Forsk4l). Color dull silvery-brownish ; a yellow line on sides; tip of dorsal black, a black line through the middle of fin, another through base of fin; soft FISHES OF BORNEO. 2d dorsal with three dusky bands; caudal with oblique dusky bands. Belly yellow; anal, ventrals, and pectorals unmarked. Nos. 2554 and 2645; length, 105 to 140 millimeters. This is a shorter, deeper fish than U. tragula (Richardson) and is without black dots. A food-fish of some importance; also recorded from the Philippines. Upeneoides sulphureus (Cuv. and Val.). This species in form and markings somewhat resembles U. vittatus (Forskal). However, it has the caudal uniform or with a single dusky line at the margin of the lower lobe; the actual tip of the lower caudal lobe is white; dorsals barred with dusky; ventrals, pectorals and anal yellow, without markings. No. 2633; length, 120 millimeters. A food-fish of Borneo; also common in the Philippines. Upeneoides luzonius (Jordan and Seale). An indistinct dusky saddle over back, just behind soft dorsal; a dusky longitudinal line from eye to caudal; dorsals scarcely marked; caudal with rather fine oblique dusky bars, 7 on lower lobe. Nos. 2447, 2517, 2555, 2572, 2579, 2618, and 2632; length, 90 to 136 millimeters. This species was originally described from the Philippines. Family SCLASNIDAi. Croakers. Umbrina russelli Cuy. and Val. Silvery, a dusky band over shoulders; a dusky blotch on opercles; anterior dorsal dusky; a short barbule; no enlarged canines. No. 2552; length, 103 millimeters. Common food-fish of Borneo; also recorded from the Philippines. Otolithus maculatus (Kuhl and Van Hasselt). Color silvery, the upper portion of body with some scattered spots; our specimens show some indistinct markings on soft dorsal fin. No. 2495; length, 260 millimeters. , A food-fish of Borneo; not recorded from the Philippines. Pseudoscizena diacanthus (Lacépéde). Color grayish-silvery with numerous brown spots over body and fins; pectorals, ventrals, and anal of a uniform dusky color. No. 2654; length, 165 millimeters. An important food-fish of Borneo; not recorded from the Philippines. Johnius borneensis (Bleeker). ‘Color silvery; tips of dorsals grayish; caudal grayish; an indistinct dusky spot on opercles. No. 2509; length, 205 millimeters. A food-fish of Borneo; not recorded from the Philippines. 280. SEALE. Johnius vogleri Bleeker. Color dull yellowish with slight silvery reflections; centers of rows of scales darker; a slight wash of grayish on spinous dorsal. No. 2445; length, 190 millimeters. A food-fish of considerable importance in Borneo; not recorded from the Philippines. Pseudoscizena anea (Bloch). Color silvery; fins yellowish-white; jaws almost equal, teeth strong. Head 2.85; depth 3; eye 4.25 in head; dorsal X—I, 24; anal II, 7: scales about 43 ; rather strong, curved teeth in each jaw; upper jaw with an inner row of small teeth, none on vyomer, palatine, or tongue. No. 2452; length, 105 millimeters; No. 2512; length, 135 millimeters. A common food-fish of Borneo; also recorded from the Philippines. Otolithus dolorosus Seale, sp. nov. Plate III. Head 3.75; depth 5; scales 54 in lateral line, 11 between lateral line and base of anal, 11 between origin of dorsal and lateral line; dorsal XI, 25; anal II, 7; eye 6.20; snout 4.15; interorbital 5; maxillary 2.50; its posterior margin ending under anterior margin of pupil; cheeks and opercles scaled, the opercle with a single flat spine; jaws with small sharp teeth in two or more rows, the outer row slightly enlarged with about 4 enlarged curved canines anteriorly on each jaw; no teeth on vomer, palatine, or tongue; gill rakers rather strong, not very sharp, the longest about equal to diameter of pupil, about 14 on lower arch. Body oblong, slightly compressed; lower jaw projecting; length of caudal peduncle (measured to a line with posterior axil of anal) greater than depth of body, and almost equal to head; depth of caudal peduncle 3 in its length; longest dorsal ray 1.75 in head; the two dorsals not ~ separated; origin of anal midway between base of caudal and axil of ventrals, under the seventh dorsal ray. First anal spine minute, the second about two-thirds the length of second anal ray; the origin of the ventral considerably nearer the tip of lower jaw than to origin of anal; length of ventrals about 1.40 in head; pectorals 1.30 in head; caudal 1.15 in head; scales of body im oblique rows, those of lateral line enlarged, arborescent. Color uniform silvery, with more or less distinct narrow black lines following the rows of scales above the lateral line, tip of dorsal and caudal dusky; axil of pectorals dusky. This species somewhat resembles O. argenteus (Kuhl and Van Hasselt), but has much smaller teeth and the location of the fins is decidedly different, the origin of anal being much nearer the base of caudal in_O. argenteus. Type, No. 2485 in the collection of the Bureau of Science, from San- dakan, Borneo. Length, 300 millimeters. FISHES OF BORNEO. 281 Otolithus orientalis Seale, sp. nov. Plate IV. Head 3.20; depth 4.1; dorsal XI, 28; anal 2.7; scales 51 in lateral line, 7 between origin of anal and lateral line, 6 between origin of dorsal and lateral line; eye 5.45 in head; snout 4.15; maxillary 2.45 ending on a line with posterior margin of pupil; interorbital equal to snout; lower jaw shghtly projecting, teeth of upper jaw small, sharp, in two or more rows, those of lower jaw similar but in a single row on each side, two very large curved canines in each jaw anteriorly. No teeth on yomer, palatine, or tongue. Guill rakers short, not very sharp, about 12 on lower arch, the longest scarcely equal to pupil. Body oblong, slightly compressed, the dorsals not completely divided ; longest dorsal spine 2 in head; length of caudal peduncle (measured to angle of anal) about 1.35 in head, being slightly less than depth of fish; its depth 3 in its length. Origin of anal very much nearer to end of caudal vertebra than to axil of pectoral, being under the middle of soft dorsal; second anal spine yery short, less than one-third of first ray. Origin of yentrals nearer tip of snout than to anal pore; length of ventrals 1.75 in head; pectorals 1.50 in head; caudal 1.75. Color uniform silvery with a slight yellowish wash above and with indistinct dusky lines following the rows of scales which run obliquely, the lines extending to below the lateral line; dorsals and caudal tipped with erayish, a grayish spot in axil of pectoral. Characterized by the posterior position of anal and ventral, the number of scales, and the teeth. R Type, No. 2744 in the collection of the Bureau of Science, from Sandakan, Borneo. Length, 235 millimeters. Family SILLAGINID As. Kisugos.. Sillago sihama (Forskal). Head 3.45; depth 5; eye 4 in head. Color dull yellowish ; a silvery stripe along side, which scarcely shows. Tip of dorsal dusky. Nos. 2492, 2755, and 2769; length, 120 to 220 millimeters. A common food-fish of Borneo; also found in the Philippines. Family LABRIDAS. Urasse-fishes. Cheerodon oligacanthus (Bleeker) . Color greenish, a black spot under sixth dorsal spine; just behind and above this is a large whitish area, scarcely showing in some specimens ; some indistinct bluish longitudinal streaks on sides, most distinct anteriorly ; the young specimens show, in addition, a black spot below and slightly posterior to axil of soft dorsal; the young also may have an additional blackish blotch midway between these black spots (see No. 2455). The ventrals are quite long, reaching to the soft rays of anal. 282 SEALE. Nos. 2455, 2480, 2482, 2505, 2525, and 2621; length, 110 to 270 milli- meters. A yalued food-fish of Borneo; also recorded from the Philippines. Family TOXOTIDA. Ring-fishes. Toxotes jaculatrix (Pallas). Nos. 2475 and 2611; length, 89 to 125 millimeters. Common in the streams of Borneo; also in the Philippines. Not highly esteemed as food. Family SCATOPHAGIDA. Kitings. Scatophagus argus (Gmelin). Color yellowish-white with a bluish wash. ‘The entire fish, except under parts, covered with numerous round bluish spots. The young are similar but have larger spots. Nos. 2549 and 2722; length, 75 to 120 millimeters. An important and excellent food-fish in Borneo; also recorded in the Philippines. Family DREPANIDAS. © Hastern Spade-fishes. Drepane punctata (Gmelin). ; Color silvery, with about ten vertical rows of dots over the back and downward to median line or a little below on sides; a black spot in axil of pectoral; ventral dusky at tip. Nos. 2507 and 2581; length, 100 to 165 millimeters. A food-fish of yalue; also recorded from numerous places in the Philippines. Family HPHIPPIDAl. Ephippids. Ephippus orbis (Bloch). Head 3.15; depth 1.20; three anterior dorsal spines elongate. Color silvery; very indistinct indications of about four wide dusky bands on back and sides, more distinct in young specimens; pectoral and caudal yellowish; other fins with a grayish tinge. Nos. 2474 and 2626; length, 104 millimeters. ; A rare fish mm Borneo; not yet recorded from the Philippines, but reported from Formosa. — Family SCORPIDIDAS. Scorpids. Monodactylus argentus (lLinnzus). Color silvery; a black orbital band; an additional band at posterior margin of opercles; caudal and pectorals yellow, dorsal and anal grayish, ventrals represented by small spines. No. 2750; length, 60 millimeters. A yaluable food-fish of Borneo; also recorded from numerous places in the Philippines. FISHES OF BORNEO. 283 Family PLATACIDA. Leaf-fishes. Platax orbicularis (Vorskal). Dusky, with black ocular band, another band across posterior portion of opercles; two short bands across caudal peduncle ; caudal and pectorals yellowish; other fins grayish, becoming black at tips. Nos. 2477 and 2689; length, 95 to 100 millimeters. Not of much importance as a food in Borneo; common in the Phil- ippines. Family CHAATODONTIDAS. Butterfly-fishes. Cheetodon occellatus Bleeker. Color yellowish with five brown bands; the anterior one darkest and forming the ocular band. ‘The upper portion of the third band has a round black spot at the base of soft dorsal. The fourth is on the margin of dorsal and anal fins. This band has white margins on the caudal peduncle. No. 2575; length, 65 millimeters. Of no importance as a food-fish; recorded also from one locality in the Philippines. ey Family HEPATIDAI. Tangs. Hepatus matoides (Cuy. and Val.). Color dull brownish; a gray ring around base of caudal; dorsal and anal black; ventrals black at tips; pectorals yellowish; caudal grayish at base and on upper and lower margins, darker in center. No. 2721; length, 130 millimeters. A food-fish of considerable value; also recorded from the Philippines. Family SIGANIDA. Siganids. Siganus vermiculatus Kuhl and Van Hasselt. Head 4; depth 2; eye 3.50. Color dull brown, with numerous yermiculating blue lines. No. 2684; length, 226 millimeters. A common food-fish of Borneo, not greatly prized; also found in the Philippines, where it is extensively used in the manufacture of bagory, a native sauce. Siganus javus (Linnzus). Head 3.90; depth 2.10; eye 3.10 in head. Color dull brown above, with blue dots which become larger and form longitudinal lines on the lower half of body. The blue color really predominates below and gives the appearance of brownish longitudinal lines on a bluish background. Nos. 2454 and 2513; length, 118 to 190 millimeters. A common food-fish of Borneo; also common in the Philippines. 284 SEALE. Siganus albopunctatus (Temminck and Schlegel). Head 3.1; depth 2.50; eye 3.35 in head. Color pale brownish above, bluish below; body covered with small blue dots, considerably less than interspaces; yellowish-brown spots on the shoulders. No. 2470; length, 222 millimeters. A common food-fish of Borneo ; also recorded from the Philippines. Siganus hexagonata Bleeker. Head 3.75; depth 2; eye 3 in head. Color bluish, with brownish hexagonal spots larger than the inter- spaces. The young show scarcely any marking after being in alcohol a short time. No. 2488; length, 235 millimeters; Nos. 2436 and 2685; length, 100 millimeters. A common food-fish of Borneo; also recorded from the Philippines. Siganus fucescens (Houttuyn). Head 3.65; depth 2.45; eye 3.1. Color dull bluish with some indistinct darker spots. Nos. 2561 and 2754; length, 50 to 90 millimeters. Common in Borneo; also in the Philippines. Family TRIACANTHIDAS. Three-spines. Triacanthus blochi Bleeker. Head 3.10; depth 2.80; eye shghtly greater than interorbital, 3.10 in head ; snout 1.3 in head. Color silvery, with yellowish blotches on sides. Nos. 2598, 2599, 2619, 2688, and 2793; length, 65 to 110 millimeters. Common in Borneo; also recorded from the Philippines. Not used as food unless skinned immediately after death. Family MONOCANTHIDA. One-spines. Monocanthus chinensis (Bloch). Color dull yellowish-brown, covered with numerous small black spots; caudal barred with dusky. LHasily distinguished by the very elongate ventral fin. Nos. 2532, 2661, 2677, 2723, and 2743; length, 70 to 150 millimeters. Common in Borneo, also in the Philippines, but not used as food as it is Teputed poisonous. Family TETRAODONTIDA. Puffers, Poison-fishes. Tetraodon immaculatus (Bloch and Schneider). In the series before me the young are colored and marked the same as the adult, all being dull brown above and yellowish-white below; with four or five longitudinal lines down the back. Only one specimen, No. FISHES OF BORNEO. 285 2784, shows many lines on the belly. Nos. 2502, 2710, 2774, 2777, and 2784; length, 44 to 184 millimeters. Common in Borneo; also in the Philippines. Regarded everywhere as poisonous. Tetraodon fluviatilis (Hamilton). Characterized by the large round black spots which coyer the body; belly yellowish-white; caudal distinctly barred with black. Nos. 2527, 2600, 2601, 2628, 2680, 2681, and 2771; length, 45 to 110 millimeters. Common in Borneo; also recorded from the Philippines. Regarded as poisonous. Spheroides lunaris (Bloch). Depth about 3; eye 3.10. Color silvery; a slight dusky wash on back. Nos. 2560, 2656, 2677, and 2691; length, 90 to 150 millimeters. Common in Borneo; also in the Philippines. Poisonous. Family GOBIIDAS. Gohbies. Rhinogobius caninus (Cuv. and Val.). The most distinctive color marking of this fish is the blue-black spot just above, and on a line with, the posterior margin of opercles. ‘There are also about five dusky blotches along sides, alternating with the dusky bands over back; fins more or less grayish; yentrals darker. The males usually have the anterior dorsal spines elongate. Nos. 2443, 2457, 2522, 2550, 2591, 2620, 2623, 2631, 2642, 2674, 2718, 2746, and 2778; length, 75 to 120 millimeters. Common in Borneo, also in the Philippines. It is of no importance commercially. Oxyurichthus cristatus (Day). Our specimen corresponds perfectly with the description and figure given by Day. No. 2765; length, 95 millimeters. Common in Borneo and the Philippines. Rhinogobius nebulosus (Forskal). The mottlings on this specimen are not so distinct as on our Philippine specimens, but this is probably due to methods of preservation. No. Oyo 2767; length, 75 millimeters. Gnatholipis callurus Jordan and Seale. Our specimens from Borneo are identical with the cotype of this species from the Philippines, except number 2593, which seems to have a slightly sharper profile and may be a different species. Nos. 2453, 2586, 2593, 2694, and 2787; length, 50 millimeters. * Fishes of India (1878), 291, pl. 62, fig. 8. 286 SEALE. Glossogobius aglestes Jordan and Seale. These specimens have the large mouth and the color markings of the Philippine cotypes of this species, although an examination of a good series may show specific differences. Our specimens are in poor condition. Nos. 2701, 2707, and 2712; length, 85 millimeters. Family SCORPASNID A. Scorpian-fishes. Gennadius stolicze (Day). Color pale yellowish, mottled with brownish; fins barred with brown; no cranial spines. No. 2606; length, 110 millimeters. Not common; recorded from the Philippines. Prosopodasys trachinordes (Cuy. and Val.). Dorsal ITI, 12, 4, anal III, 3. Color yellowish, mottled with brownish specks; fins barred with dark brown. Nos. 2472, 2533, 2693, 2702, 2709, 2762, 2763, 2775, and 2791; length, 48 to 62 millimeters. Not recorded from the Philippines, and differing chiefly from Philip- pine species of this genus in the number of spines. Polycaulus elongatus (Cav. and Val.). These specimens agree with Day’s description and figure,’* which he states are identical with Bloch and Schneiders type examined by him. Nos. 2534, 2741, and 2779; length, 60 to 85 millimeters. Not reported from the Philippines. Family PLATYCHPHALIDAL. Flatheads. Thysanophrys tentaculatus (Riippell). Color clove-brown, without distinct bands over back, all the fins more or less mottled with brownish; anal and yentrals tipped with brownish; however, the ventrals are fully colored above. Tentacles of eye very distinct, the spines at angle of opercles very short, about equal to width of nostril. Head with few low spines. No. 2496; length, 315 milli- meters. This species is common at Sandakan; it has also been recorded from Cuyo, Philippine Islands. It is esteemed as a food-fish. Platycephalus indicus (Linneus). Pale sepia above, yellowish-white below; rays of the dorsals barred with brown; a dark median line on middle of caudal fin with converging dark lines from the upper and lower portions of the fin, meeting the median line at its extremity; four or five brown dots on the upper ray of candal. “ Wishes of India (1878), 164, pl. 39, fig. 6. FISHES OF BORNEO. 287 The entire body has a more or less finely reticulated appearance. No. 2501; length, 160 millimeters. A food-fish of small value. This species has been reported from numerous places in the Philippines. Thysanophrys bobossok (Bleeker). Brownish, with darker bands over back; sides of head with four dark vertical stripes about as wide as interspaces; caudal banded with brownish and white; spinous dorsal with a large dusky blotch; second dorsal rays banded with -brown; anal yellowish-white, some dusky spots on margin ; pectorals and yentrals with brownish markings. Lateral line with small spines anteriorly; preopercular spine 7 in head. Nos. 2504, 2573, 2652, 2678, 2704, 2714, and 2772; length, 77 to 155 millimeters. A yery common species but not large enough to be of importance for food. It has not yet been recorded from the Philippines. Thysanophrys scaber (Linnzus). Grayish-brown, with some very indistinct dusky bands over back; ventrals and anals with dusky tips; spinous dorsal and caudal each with a dusky blotch; soft dorsal and pectorals barred with brown. Character- ized by the lateral line having spines extending its entire length. Nos. 2449, 2641, and 2665; length, 150 to 180 millimeters. A common species in Borneo, but not yet reported from the Philippines. Our specimens differed from the figure given by Bleeker ** in having the lower and posterior half of caudal taken up by a large dull dusky blotch, the brown bars showing only on the upper portion of the fin. It may be different. Family PLEURONECTIDAS. Flounders. Microbuglossus humilis (Cantor) . Color dull brown, with numerous fine dusky spots; a row of larger round black spots near bases of fins. Nos. 2563, 2570, 2576, 2697, 2764, and 2766; length, 60 to 70 millimeters. : Not recorded from the Philippines. Pseudorhombus javanicus Hamilton. Color dull brown, with slightly darker blotches and spots; two dark spots on lateral line, one of which has scarcely a trace of an angle above: the nostrils, the other has it quite distinct. Nos. 2466 and 2471; length, 155 to 175 millimeters. It is probable that Jordan and Richardson ** were wrong in regarding P. polyspilus collected by Doctor Lung in Cavite as belonging to this species. * Atlas Ieththy. (?) 9, pl. 419, fig. 5. % Bull. U. 8. Bur. Fisheries (1907), 37, 281. 288 SEALE. Cynoglossus borneensis (Bleeker). Head 4; depth 4. General color dull yellowish-white; the fins darker posteriorly. No. 2659; length, 130 millimeters. Common in Borneo; not recorded from the Philippines. Cynoglossus kapwasensis Fowler. Nos. 2461 and 2670; length, 95 millimeters. These specimens seem to correspond with, the description and figure given by Fowler.** His specimens came from Western Borneo. Cynoglossus macrolepidotus Bleeker. I refer this to the above species with considerable doubt, as our specimens seem to be of less depth, 5.50 in total length to tip of caudal. The head is 5.1, two lateral lines on left side, scales large. No. 2510; length, 210 millimeters. A food-fish of Borneo of considerable importance; also recorded from the Philippines. * Proc. Phil. Acad. Sci. (1905), July, 519. LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. PLATE I. Fic. 1. Charcharias borneensis Seale, sp. noy. 1 2. Ventral surface of head. 3. Upper tooth. 4. Lower tooth. Puate II. Fic. 1. Barbus elongatus Seale, sp. nov. 2. Zenarchopterus dux Seale, sp. nov. PLATE ILI. Otolithus dolorosus Seale, sp. noy. PLATE IV. Otolithus orientalis Seale, sp. nov. i, ive i apis. SHALH: FIsHps om BoRNDO.] [Puim. Journ. Scr., Vou. V, No, 4. PLATE lI. [PHL. Journ. SCI. Vou. V, No. 4. SEALE: FISHES OF BORNEO.] Vit Bie) Fic. 2. PLATE I!- [PuHiv. Journ. Scr., Vou. V, No. 4. FIsHpS OF BORNEO.) SHALE : PLATE (PHIL. Journ. Sci., Vou. V, No. 4. BORNEO. | FISHES OF SEALE: 8 Nes \ . \ oe Wee “ WiG2B DSSS LEE x WW SUR ELL iS ys s Wie: PLATE Iv. : Order No. 401, THE BONTOC IGOROT. aN By A. E. JENKs. 110 pages. 3 maps. 164 photographic plates. 9 figures. An uatesceuae study; the result of almost a year’s residence among the Bontoe Igorots. Price $1 United States currency, postpaid. : ms Order No, 402. NEGRITOS OF ZAMBALES. By Witi1aM ALLAN REED. 62 photographic illustrations. 91 pages. An interesting ethnological study of the pygmy blacks of Zambales. Price $0.25, United States currency, postpaid. 5 Order No. 403. THE NABALOI DIALECT. By Orro ScHEERER. TOGETHER WITH THE BATAKS OF PALAWAN. By Epwarp Y. Minuer. 199 pages. 1 map. 28 full-page photographic plates. 6 figures. The result of research work among this interesting tribe of primitive people. Price $0.25, United States currency, paper, postpaid. NOTE. Grier: should be sent to the Business Manager, Philippine Journal of Science, Manila, -or to any of the below-listed agents. Please give Order Number. FOREIGN AGENTS. The Macmillan Company, 64—66 Fifth Avenue, New York City, U. S. Messrs. Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C., Higtend: Mr. Martinus Nijhoff, Nobelstraat 18, The Hague, Holland. Messrs. Mayer & Muller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Germany. Messrs, Kelley & Walsh, Limited, 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements. Messr3. A. M, & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon, CIRCULARS AND DESCRIPTIVE MATTER SENT ON APPLICATION. . Beginning with Volume Vs a new section, See eral Biology,” will be added to the Journal. e pr i910 will be as heretofore, $5 United ‘States cu rou be $2 United States currency. ; : ‘Beginning with x91, the price of the entire Journal will | currency. Section D will appear as often as material is ay rr i « , * t 2 i a) " vf GRIFFIN, LAWRENCE E. A List of Snakes from the Islan P. I., with Tia TER of a New Genus and Two New Ss ‘ The “Philippine J ournal of Soience” is issued 2 as follows: currency per year. Section B, Medical Sciences, $3 United States currency per hes M Section C, Botany, $2 United States currency per years rency per year. The entire “Journal,” $5 United States currency ee Volumes II, 1,1 Iv, and Vv. Then Ms after, $7 United States currency per year. _ 4 TUE {0 Authors receive 100 copies of their papers free. - i Bee Subscriptions should be sent to the Business Manager, Philippine Gsouirnal of 8 oe coe) Bureau of Soience, Manila, P. I., or to any of the agents listed Pete Please a cone pe number. FOREIGN AGENTS. Aki tee The Macmillan Company, 64-66 Fifth Avenue, New York City, U.S.A. Messrs. Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C., England. Mr. Martinus Nijhoff, Nobelstraat 18, The Hague, Holland. \ Messrs. Mayer & Muller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Germany Messrs. Kelley & Walsh, Limited, 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits eae to Messrs. A. M, & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon. eee which may be secured from tee Business pee Philippine Journal of Science, Manila, P. I., at the following rates: Volume I, 1906 (not divided into sections), $10 United States currency; Supplement to Volume I, $3.50 United States currency; Volume I (without supplement), $6.50 United S: tates” currency; all later volumes at current Bkt ie got prices. © Dy abr ’ “ENTERED ar THE [7 - OFFICE AT THE, pose SECOND-CLASS MATTER, MAR 201911 } i: es wlonal Museu 4% li oO ells { ; eer ot Order No, 405, \ STUDIES IN MORO HISTORY, LAW, AND RELIGION. By Nagrrs M. SALEEBy. 107 pages. 16 illustrations. 5 diagrams. A treatise on the history and customs of the Moro People. Price $0.25, United States currency, postpaid. Order No, 406, THE HISTORY OF SULU. By Nasrers M. SanEEsy. 275 pages. A complete History of the Moro People in Sulu, with maps and many translations from the original documents. Price $0.75, United States currency, postpaid. Order No, 410, MINDANAO. THE SUBANUNS OF SINDANGAN BAY. By Emerson B.. CHRISTIE. 122 pages. Profusely illustrated. This, together with the History of Sulu and the Studies in Moro. History, Law and Religion, is one of an authentic and valu- able set of works on the origin, history and customs of these tribes, who are among the most. interesting peoples of the world: Price $1.25, United States currency, postpaid. : NOTE. Orders should be sent to the Business Manager, Philippine Journal of Science, Manila, or to any of the below-listed agents. Please give Order Number. FOREIGN AGENTS. The Macmillan Company, 64-66 Fifth Avenue, New York City, U. S. A. Messrs, Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C., England. Mr. Martinus Nijhoff, Nobelstraat 18, The Hague, Holland. Messrs, Mayer & Muller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Germany. Messrs. Kelley & Walsh, Limited, 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements. Messre. A. M. & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon. CIRCULARS AND DESCRIPTIVE MATTER SENT ON APPLICATION. THE PHILIPPINE JOURNAL OF SCIENCE D. ETHNOLOGY, ANTHROPOLOGY, AND GENERAL BIOLOGY Vou. V NOVEMBER, 1910 No. 5 EUREOTESMWVORECESTERL SPzINOVE 5 SHRUGTURES By LAWRENCE EpMONDS GRIFFIN.? This Euplotes was discovered in February, 1909, in some water from Manila Bay which was brought to the laboratory with the eggs of an Aplysud. As the eggs decayed an infusion was produced in which the Huplotes multiplied freely. My attention was directed to this form ‘by observing the process of division in a living individual and noting that the new peristome appeared to lie, not on the outer surface lateral or posterior to the old one, but inside the body, dorsal to the old peristome, remaining thus until the two halves of the body drew apart. This ob- seryation was so at variance with the processes of division. occurring in the Protozoa with which I was then acquainted, that 1 made considerable effort to verify it. Further study disclosed numerous other features so interesting that it seemed desirable to make a complete study of the structure, division, and conjugation of the species. When this Euplotes was discovered there were at least three other species of hypotrichous infusoria in the culture, several species of other ciliates, together with flagellates and ameebe. The Euplotes multiplied with far greater freedom than any of the other protozoa. From time to time since then, the growth of the Euplotes has been stimulated by dropping into the jar small pieces of thoroughly cooked fish or Areas. The cooking was simply to avoid the possibility of adding fresh protozoa and bacteria to + Contribution from the Biological Laboratory, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. * Associate Professor of Zoblogy in the University of the Philippines. 99456 291) 292 GRIFFIN. the culture. Whenever a proper interval had passed since the previous ‘infusion, a rapid increase of the Euplotes always took place, so that by the third day after starting a fresh infusion the animals could be found by hundreds in any drop taken from the under surface of the bacterial scum covering the water. The cultures usually reached their maximum development two or three days later; a few hours after this stage almost all the animals died. It was then impossible to bring about a multiplica- tion of the animals in this jar by starting a fresh infusion until after the processes of decomposition of the preceding one had been completed, and the water cleared. Nevertheless, a few Euplotes could be found near the surface of the water at any time during this period. A blue-green alga (an Oscillatoria) grew well on the sides of the jar from the beginning, and probably helped to preserve conditions favorable to the Euplotes. The other protozoa died out gradually until at the end of a year only one other form, a species of Lembus, remained with the Euplotes. = This Euplotes appears to be an undescribed species, very closely related to #. vannus; comparisons therefore are closely limited to the two forms. The new species is named in honor of the Hon. Dean C. Wor- cester, who has been interested in the study of protozoa for many years, and who has vigorously assisted the rapid development of scientific work and education in the Philippines. The form of the animal is shown in Plate I, figure 1, and Plate II, figures 2, 3, and 4. The ventral surface is always flat, the dorsal surface considerably elevated in nor- mal individuals. The curya- ture of the dorsal surface yaries to a considerable degree in accordance with the amount of food eaten, so that in a fresh, rich infusion the -ani- mals are thicker bodied than in an old or poor infusion. Tn every culture some Euplo- tes can always be found which “are much broader than the normal, oyal in outline, and greatly flattened. After cultures have passed Fic. 1.—Outline sketches of three of the deformed their prime, ereatly mal- individuals which appear when cultures have , Z ay passed their prime. Specimen A seems to be formed individuals are some- the result of an aborted division. times common. These are always much flattened, the dorsal and ventral surfaces are parallel, and the thickness is sometimes only one-tenth of the width. A great distortion EUPLOTES WORCESTERI: I. 293 of the form of the body accompanied by changes in the shape anel position of the peristome frequently occurs. These abnormal forms probably are the result of the same conditions which presently cause the death of the greater part of the animals in the culture, that is, the accumulation of waste products and toxins of the Huplotes themselves and of the bacteria present. From Plate I, figure 1, and Plate II, figures 2 and 4, it will be seen that the greater part of the peristome lies upon the ventral surface, in the shape of a shallow depression the median wall of which is vertical, while the lateral wall curves from the bottom of the peristome to the leyel of the ventral surface. The anterior portion of the peristome passes as a shallow vertical depression across the anterior end of the body to the right side. ‘The inner wall of the peristome turns abruptly to form the ventral edge of this groove, while the lateral edge of the peristome passes oyer the left edge and then across the anterior end of the body. The anterior portion of the peristome is slightly overhung by the projecting dorsal surface. A thin lamella projects from the margin of the inner wall, com- mencing at the right end of the peristome and continuing around the angle of the median wall. The vertical anterior portion of the peristome thus lies between the projecting ledge of the dorsal surface and the marginal lamella. (Plate I, figure 1; Plate II, figure 2.) I have never found this marginal lamella extending far back of the angle of the peristome. Minkiewicz publishes several sketches showing it to extend as far as the mouth in 7. vannus. In other species of Kuplotes, for example H. harpa, the marginal lamella is developed to a much greater extent. Tt is not vibratile, its function being purely passive. Posteriorly, the lateral edge of the peristome turns toward the mid-line im a graceful curve, which is continued into the posterior wall of the pharynx. The posterior margin of the peristome is deepest next to the mouth, and the lateral wall becomes more and more nearly vertical as it approaches the mouth. ‘The inner margin of the peristome sometimes stops where it joins the outer margin back of the mouth, but usually continues as a low ridge for a little distance past that point. A slight curvature of the inner wall of the peristome occurs below the mouth. (Plate I, figure 1, Plate II, figure 4.) The adoral zone of membranellie hes close against the outer margin of the peristome, leaving the median portion of the groove free from cilia or other vibratile organs. The ventral surface curves dorsad rather abruptly back of the five large anal cirri, then again becomes horizontal; the caudal end of the body is thus much thinner than other parts. A low ridge extends along the right margin of the ventral surface. Each of the anal cirri stands in the posterior end of an elongated depression of the surface, separated by ridges which attain a far greater development in other species of the genus. 294 GRIFFIN. Mouth and pharynz.—The mouth is situated upon the vertical median Fic. 2.—A cross section passing the pharynx and wall of the peristome. The curving posterior side of the peristome forms its posterior and part of its dorsal margin. The outline of the mouth, instead of being regularly round or oyal, is quite irregular, being about twice as wide along the ventral edge as along the dorsal. The ventral ex- Fre. 3.—Cross sec- tension of the mouth and ea Mi ce pharynx accommodates a mouth, the sub- group of membranelle to oral membranell=, “hich ll ave! applied the a2 through the mouth, the adoral pharyngeal mem- Name swboral. (Plate I, membranelle, a. z., and the branelle, and the figure 1: Plate WO. figure suboral membranelle, s. o. adoral zone. 5; text figures 2 and 3.) The bases of the suboral membranellx lie in a definite oval area, possibly a region where the pellicle is thinned. By examining living specimens Fie. 4.—A _ longitudinal section, showing the anteroventral groove of the pharynx. it was impossible to determine whether the suboral membranelle were upon the ventral lip of the mouth, or upon the projection of the anterodorsal wall. The latter seemed to be the case. It was only when sections had been made that the exact position of the suboral membranelle was demon- strated. Just posterior to the suboral membra- nellz is a small elevation of the floor of the pharynx. (Text figures 3 and 6.) ° The pharynx passes to the right and forward, its posterior outline being a continuation of the regular curve of the outer wall of the peristome. The pharynx narrows considerably just inside the mouth, after which the anterior wall approaches the posterior yery gradually. The inner end of the pharynx is blunt and comparatively wide. ‘The anteroyentral angle of the pharynx forms a deep erooye which extends from the corresponding angle of the mouth to past the middle of the pharynx. (Plate III, figure 5; text figure 4.) The zone of adoral membranellz continues into the pharynx without a break, although with a eradual reduction in the length and breadth of EUPLOTES WORCESTERI: I. 295 the individual membranelle. The membranelle of this series which lie inside the pharynx may, for convenience, be termed the pharyngeal membranelle. They vary in number; usually there are from twenty to twenty-four, though a few more or less may be found. It will be observed that twenty-four membranelle are shown in text figure 5, and that this section does not include quite the full length of the pharynx. Although the number of the mem- branellz inside of the pharynx is subject to considerable varia- tion, I have never noticed so small a number as 8, which is the number Minkiewiez found in his Black Sea specimens of #. vannus. I also find the pharynx to extend considerably farther into the body than is represented by the figures of Minkiewicz. It is often only by very careful examination, even with an immersion lens, that the inner end of the pharynx can accurately be outlined, partly because of the thickness of overly- F1¢- 5.—A tangential section passing through 5 by the dorsal wall of the pharynx. The rows mg granular protoplasm, and of basal granules of the pharyngeal mem- partly because of the increased eae o coe eee ee Showalhe delicacy of the vibratile organs in the inner part of the pharynx and of the walls of the pharynx itself. The pharyngeal membranelle lie on the rounded posterodorsal surface of the pharynx, leaving part of the dorsal surface which is not occupied Fic. 6.—Part of a longitudinal section passing just inside the mouth. Ss. 0., Suboral membranelle; e. o., endoral cilia, which in this section are well down on the anterior wall. 296 GRIFFIN. by them. In this space lie several oblique rows of fine cilia which probably are homologous with the endoral cilia of other Hypotricha. (See text figures 5 and 6; Plate I, figure 1.) At the oral aperture three or four of these rows (occasionally more) lie side by side, forming a cihated band which extends from the mouth to the inner end of the pharynx, narrowing slightly as it passes inward. These cilia are the most difficult feature of the ciliation to observe in the living animal, but with favorable specimens and using high powers of magnification the lines of vibrating organs can be seen. However, I could not be sure of the observation nor of the nature of the organs without recourse to sections, which showed the cilia and their arrangement with sufticient clearness. (See text figures 5 and 6.) The ends of the rows of endoral cilia may extend upon the anterior wall of the pharynx. (See text figure 6.) I have since found the suboral group of membranelle and the endoral cilia in another unidentified species of Euplotes, and therefore yenture to suggest the possibility that these structures may be found in still other species of the genus. The praeoral cilia of #. harpa described by Wal- lengren are different in position and arrangement from both the suboral membranellz and the endoral cilia of #. worcester. They may, however, be homologous to the endoral cilia. The extreme shortness of the pharynx is a noticeable feature in most of the Hypotricha. The organ reaches its greatest development in the HKuplotide, especially in the genus Euplotes. ~The pharynx of Hwplotes worcester 1s longer than that of any other Euplotes known; however, that of H. vannus is only slightly shorter. In other species of the genus the length of the pharynx is much less. The forward curvature of the pharynx of 2. worcesteri and EH. vannus also is remarkable among Hypotricha. The adoral and pharyngeal membranellze and the endoral cilia are in nearly constant motion. In addition to gathermg food particles the anterior adoral membranelle appear to be the principal natatory organs of the animal. The suboral membranellee, on the contrary, are apt to be found at rest except when food is being swallowed. ‘These membranelle appear to be triangular. The small area covered by them is oyal in outline, its axis obliquely inclined to the ventral edge of the oval aperture. The tips of the outermost membranelle project slightly. from the mouth, and just clear the tips of the adoral membranelle. Direct observation, many times repeated, has proved that food particles which arrive at the mouth are seized between the adoral membranellz above and the suboral below, and forced into the pharynx. That the thrusting power of the two sets of membranelle is consider- able was shown one day when I observed a Huplotes which had captured and was trying to swallow a small Lembus rather more than one-half as EUPLOTES WORCESTERI: I. 297 long as itself. When first seen the Euplotes had the anterior end of the Lembus in its pharynx. The Lembus was alive and struggling; several times it was forced along the pharynx and its tip entered the protoplasm of the Euplotes; once nearly one-half its body was in the endosare of its captor. However, each time it forced its way back, and finally escaped altogether from the Euplotes and moved away giving no evidence of having received any harm. On another occasion a Euplotes was found in the act of swallowing an amoeba of elongated form. A little less than one-half of the body of the amoeba then lay in the pharynx, completely filling about two-thirds of this organ, and blocking the membranelle -so that none of them could act. As a result, after a few efforts the amceba reyersed the direction of its motion and crawled out of the pharynx, across the adoral zone, and away. I have frequently observed that small protozoa and bacteria are thrust into the mouth between the adoral and suboral membranelle and then are pushed along by the pharyngeal membranelle and cilia; currents of water, conveying food particles from the mouth to the tip of the pharynx, do not appear to exist. A similar conclusion was recently reached by Schaffer regarding the process of swallowing in Stentor. The function of the endoral cilia is more difficult to understand than that of the suboral membranellxe, because direct observations are almost impossible. Large food bodies which reach the mouth are grasped easily between the two sets of membranelle. In the case of small particles, like bacteria, the process may be different. Only those which reach the mouth at the level of the tips of the adoral membranelle will be seized in the manner deseribed. Those which lie in a lower, i. e. more ventral, level will pass over the posterior wall of the peristome with the currents of water. Those which arrive at the dorsal part of the oral aperture will be brought within reach of the endoral cilia and pushed along to the tip of the pharynx. If the Euplotes lies with its dorsal side up, the par- ticles captured by the endoral cilia may fall out of their reach to the ven- tral side of the pharynx, but there they will be pushed along by the tips of the pharyngeal membranelle. However, if the Euplotes is swim- ming with the ventral side up as is frequently the case, the particles captured by the endoral cilia will be thrust along by them until the inner tip of the pharynx is reached. In addition, the inclined position of the pharyngeal membranelle is such that, with the animal in this position, any particles which escape from them will drop directly upon the endoral cilia and will also be passed down the pharynx. The pharyngeal apparatus of Euplotes is, therefore, a remarkably efficient one. On the other hand, if we view the adoral zone of membranelle as a mechanical food conveyor alone, its efficiency is very low, for the currents produced by it are so strong that nearly every particle drawn into the -peristome is thrown out again over the posterior border at a high speed. 298 GRIFFIN. A yery low percentage of particles is thrown into the angle where the mouth is located and large numbers of these eventually are lost. How- ever, the adoral zone is more than a food conveyor, it is also the principal organ of locomotion: a balance of functions exists such that an increase of efficiency in either direction without other modifications would be fatal. This Euplotes appears to be selective in its feeding, if tests made with carmine are of any value, for I haye seen but one specimen which swallowed any carmine granules, and that one took only a few. While bacteria were being swallowed in large numbers, the carmine grains were swept out of the peristome as if the animal were unconscious of their existence. The experiment has been repeated several times and some hundreds of Euplotes observed. It is noticeable also, that when several lands of food are present in an infusion one kind appears to be preferred, as is proved by the nature of the food masses in the bodies of the in- fusorians. Minute food particles are collected in the form of a dense ball at the inner end of the pharynx before being swallowed, as in many other infusorians. Room for this is provided, not in the pharynx itself, but in an eyagination of the anterior side, projecting into the endosarc, and increasing in size as the food mass grows. ‘Text figure 5 shows an early stage of the evagination, and a later stage is represented in Plate V, figure 10. When the ball is finally ingested no visible layer of water accompanies it. Membranelle.—Vhe number of adoral membranellze varies between 45 and 70. The anterior ones are strikingly long. (Plate I, figure 1.) Passing toward the mouth, a gradual reduction in length occurs so that near and at the mouth they are able to swing freely within the edges of that opening. Minkiewicz describes the adoral membranellx of H. vannus as trian- cular, and Wallengren represents those of #. harpa as of a similar shape. After repeated’ examination I am convinced that the shape of the ex- panded membranella of #. worcesteri is nearly rectangular, about as shown in Plate I, figure 1. However, some are longer on the outer than the inner side, while very frequently during action the membranellz assume a triangular shape by the inner side being drawn toward the outer. The membranellx of this genus are extremely flexible organs, showing but little modification from the condition of free cilia. The membranelle of this species, even in the living condition, do not appear to be homogeneous. As soon as the motion of these organs slows in a captured specimen, each membranella appears to consist of a double row of delicate cilia, closely set, and moying exactly together but without any visible uniting substance. Atter fixation and staining, no matter what the method, the appearance EUPLOTES WORCESTERI: I. 299 of separate cilia is even more definite. Even where the membranelle appear to be changed only shghtly by the fixation, the ciha of which they are composed are all perfectly distinct and separate. ‘There are no places where a few appear to be fused in a plate, lying regularly and parallel as one would expect to find if the membranelle were definite protoplasmic plates. Hach cilium can clearly be traced from basal granule to tip, as a separate and distinct unit. The individuality of the cilia is well shown by sections cutting the membranelle above their bases. Tt may be that during life there exists a film of protoplasm joining the cilia, too delicate to be seen, and destroyed by the slightest disturbance of normal conditions. I have seen the separate cilia of the membranelle so many times in the living animal where there seemed to be very little disturbance of conditions, that I am inclined to believe that the mem- branelle of this form are composed of distinct cilia with movements so perfectly coordinated that they act and ordinarily appear as a single and delicate blade. Mobius also came to the same conclusion. The view held by the majority of zodlogists is that the membranelle are formed by the fusion of cilia. This Euplotes shows the individual cilia better, with less fusion, than the majority of other forms which have been studied. Instead of ar- guing from the appearances pro- duced by certain reagents, one or two structural characters, and the general probabilities of develop- ment, we here are able to see the units of which the organ is composed in the hving specimen. ‘This is true of both adoral‘ and suboral mem- branellee. Hach membranella of the adoral zone occupies the middle of a shal- low groove crossing the zone. The bases of the cilia of the membranellz tice. 7—Basal granules of three adoral are united by a slightly elevated membranelle and ‘the outlines of the i 7 ©) grooves about their bases. ridge of the ectosare. The basal ridge stains more deeply than the surrounding protoplasm. At the base of each membranella lies an irregularly double row of large basal granules, a single granule for each cilium. Cirri.—The arrangement and location of the cirri need no special description, variation from that shown im Plate I, figure 1, being in- frequent except for one group. The small cirri shown on the right posterior margin are frequently altogether absent, and when present they may be either one, two, or three in number. 300 GRIFFIN. .The feature of most interest in regard to the cirri is the ease with which the individual cilia of which they are composed may be demonstrated. After the Euplotes have been confined for only a few minutes under a cover-glass, the tips of the cirri become frayed, and a little later the entire cirrus has changed to a brush of strong cilia which may either beat as a unit, or each cilium may move independently. All reagents cause the cirri to, break more or less into their ciliary elements, while a change in the density of the water will cause them to 2 — brush instantly and most markedly a a of all, though the animal may still be alive. Hach of these cilia is connected with a basal granule. (Text figure 8; Plate III, figure ‘S.) The basal granules le in a plate of specially dense and stain- able, nongranular ectosare. (Plate III, figure 8.) On examining tangential sections of the ventral surface of the body, it was found that the basal granules of each cirrus are arranged in several parallel rows (text figure 8), the rows being slightly oblique to the axis of the body. ‘That the Fic. 8-—Camera lucida sketch of a tan- enna ime Geumpesed a lituscl as a gential section of the ventral surface, fused cilia has been believed for showing the rows of basal granules and many years. ‘This last observation some of the contractile fibrils of the cirri. . : 2 ay. indicates, in addition, that each cirrus has developed, not from a single 10w, but from several of the rows of cilia which we may imagine to have coyered the body of the ancestral form. It has been difficult to reconcile this theory with the observations of Stein and St2rki that the new cirri of Stylonichia arise from portions of a delicate undulating membrane. My own observations of the develop- ment of cirri in Huplotes worcestert lead me to believe that this objection is not serious. (See Part If.) In addition Wallengren observed that in Euplotes harpa and Stylonichia the rudiments of the cirri appear sepa- Fie. 9.—Contractile fibrils of the cirri, drawn from an unstained specimen rately. FASO oh corrobmesrormon accic Zany aliniconmection) wathsiheibaseshoquite owed by alcohol. sy. f > % cirri are certain .endoplasmic fibers. (Plate II, figure 4; text figure 9; Plate III, figure 8.) A fiber passes forward from the base of each anal cirrus, the five fibers gradually EUPLOTES WORCESTERI: I. 301 converging until they end close to each other at the anterior extremity of the ventral surface. Occasionally they seem to unite as described by Maupas, but I do not find this condition so frequently as the other. These fine fibrils are much larger and more readily seen than the fibrils of the other cirri. I have never seen in one specimen so many fibrils as Prowazek shows in his figures of #. harpa. The fibrils of the anal cirri are seen easily in the living animals, and they become quite con- spicuous after staining with aceto-carmine. ‘They are not as easily seen in sections, because of the difficulty of cutting sections exactly parallel with their course. Plate IL, figure 4, represents the fibrils seen in a living animal; text figure 9 shows others seen after fixation, but without staining. Plate ILI, figure 8, is a drawing of a section stained with iron-hematoxylin. From these figures it will be seen that the fibrils could not be traced from the base of every cirrus, and that different arrangements were found in different specimens. In general it may be stated that the fibrils seemed to be most developed in connection with the strongest or most used cirri. The fibrils lie just mside the ectosare, or it might be better to say in the inner layer of ectosare. Hach ends in the basal plate of dense protoplasm under the cirrus. They appear to be round in cross-section. It also will be noticed from the figures that more than’ one fibril is connected to several of the frontal and abdominal cirri. I have never seen moré than the single fibril for each anal cirrus. If the fibrils are contractile, as seems altogether probable, they are developed around the bases of the cirri in such directions as to assist in producing the ordinary motions. As the anal cirri have only a single strong motion, a vigorous kick directed backward, each needs but a single strong fibril. The movements of the other cirri are more varied and consequently the fibrils are more numerous. It may be that such fibrils are connected with all the cirri, but only a few are visible in any specimen; or it is possible that the ordinary contractility of the ectosare is sufficient to produce the movements of the smaller cirri and that no specialized fibrils exist. In this connection the fact may be mentioned that the two left marginal cirri (back of the peristome) do not have the striking or kicking motion of the others, but lash rapidly and forcibly with a spiral motion. Engelmann noticed that a very fine plasma-thread arises from each marginal cirrus of Stylonichia, which can be followed close to the ventral surface nearly to the mid-line of the body. Maupas repeated this obser- vation and also discovered the fibrils of the five anal cirri of Huplotes. The anal cirri of Stylonichia possess similar fibrils. Engelmann sug- gested that the fibrils were nervous in function, radiating from a common nerve center, but Biitschli believed them to be similar to the intracellular 302 GRIFFIN. fibrils of ciliated metazoodn cells, and probably contractile; this is much the more reasonable view. Every detail of arrangement and structure indicates that the fibrils are, principally at least, contractile in function. A relation with the myonemes of other Cilata suggests itself imme- diately ; and, if each cirrus represents the highly developed and specialized remnant of several rows of cilia, it seems possible that some of the myonemes of these rows may have remained and developed accordingly. The objection to this theory is twofold: first, that many of the fibrils run in directions which bear no relation to the hypothetical origimal ciliary rows; and, second, that while each cirrus has several rows of basal granules, the fibrils do not correspond to these rows. Sensory bristles—The Hypotricha are commonly described as having numerous immotile bristles on the dorsal surface, which probably are the modified vestiges of a once close ciliation (see Biitschli, Doflein, et al.). A sensory function is ascribed to them, and the name of sensory bristles will be adopted here without questioning the correctness of its application, I find that Huplotes worcesteri possesses not only the usual dorsal bristles, but also several rows and definitely arranged groups of ventral s. The bristles of this Euplotes are extremely short and trans- bristles parent, rendering direct observation most difficult; but as the base of each bristle is usually surrounded with refringent ectosarcal granules, their positions can easily be seen. Plate IT, figure 3, is drawn from a specimen in which the bristles were unusually clear. The tips were bluntly pointed, while the bases were expanded. The shape is decidedly different from that of the bristles heretofore described in various Hypotricha by other observers, and from the bristles of other species of Huplotidee which I myself haye observed. The bristles of the ventral surface are even smaller and more difficult to observe than the dorsal ones. I find no record of any previous observation of these ventral sensory bristles, although Stein saw the granules which surround their bases along the sides of the adoral zone of membranelle in Huplotes charon O. F. M. 'These obser- vations haye been repeated many times, and careful examination has been made on numerous occasions to determine that a bristle stood at the center of each group of granules. As the granules are so easily seen, and the bristles are distinguished only with difficulty, there was manifestly some danger of assuming that each group of granules necessarily indicated the position of a bristle. The bristles of the dorsal surface usually lie in eight longitudinal rows, although six, nine, or ten rows are found. It happens that Plate II, figure 3, is drawn from the only specimen I have ever seen haying six rows- Upon the ventral surface the bristles are always arranged as follows: First, there are several bristles about the base of each cirrus; usually four, occasionally six, at the bases of the large cirri, and two or three beside the smaller ones. (Plate II, figure 4.) Second, there is a row of bristles on each side of the adoral zone of membranellze; with few EUPLOTES WORCESTERI: I. 3038 exceptions a bristle stands opposite either end of each membranella. Third, a short row of larger bristles lies along the posterior half of the left margin. These bristles are of about the same size and are spaced about the same as the bristles of the dorsal surface. The arrangement of these sensory bristles of the ventral surface gives further support to the yiew that the bristles are modified cilia. The resemblance between the row of bristles on the inner side of the adoral zone to what some authors call the paroral or preoral cilia of forms such as Stylonichia and Urostyla is obvious. The outer row of bristles evidently represents a marginal row of cilia. Peilicle-——TVhe body is covered by a thin tough pellicle which is usually very difficult to distinguish from the outer layer of protoplasm. Some specimens, after treatment with a modification of the Golgi method, show a quite regular network of wrinkles in the pellicle. On another “occasion an accident in focusing caused the breaking and partial crushing of a number of stained specimens. The pellicle was then easily distin- guished where it projected beyond the protoplasm at broken edges, and also where it had shrunk and wrinkled on the surface of the body as soon as the slight tension to which it had been subjected was reheved. The pellicle is extremely clear and transparent, and shows no structure. The cirri. project through openings in the pellicle which are a little larger than the bases of those organs, leaving a narrow space around the base of each cirrus where the protoplasm is unprotected. In one of my cultures great numbers of small amcebe appeared, and I then observed several Huplotes which were attacked by the amcebx, the latter thrusting part of the body into the Euplotes through the unprotected space at the base of a cirrus, while half or more of the body remained outside. Hetosare (Plate I11).—The ectosare forms a very definite layer of considerable thickness, which can be distinguished easily in both liying and stained specimens. ‘he marked feature of the ectosarc is a single layer of large alveoli filled with clear, homogeneous, and apparently fluid substance. These alveoli, viewed from the surface, give the ectosare very much the appearance of being composed of cells. (Plate IIT, figure 7.) The walls separating the alveoli are usually very thin, but may contain smaller alveoli of similar nature. ‘Their depth is in most cases almost the thickness of the ectosarc, although it is not uncommon to find two layers of smaller alveoli. The contents of the alveoli stain with Lyons blue, while the walls do not; Lyons-blue used in combination with acetic-carmine gives a very sharp picture of the alveolar structure of the ectosare. The contents of the alveoli do not shrink, nor stain with iron- hematoxylin. The alveoli and their contents are evidently of an en- tirely different nature from the ectosare vacuoles and granules described by Metcalf, although they haye much the same appearance. Between the ends of the alveoli and the pellicle is a thin layer of protoplasm, which may contain other very fine alveoli. 304 GRIFFIN. ~The radiating granules about the bases of the sensory bristles have been mentioned. There are several references in the literature to these structures, which appear to be peculiar to the Euplotide, and the ques- tions of their nature and exact location are still unsettled. The cranules have been observed by Dujardin, Claparede and Lachmann, Stein, Rees, Stokes, and recently by Minkiewicz. Rees suggested that they might be yacuoles, possibly contractile. Biitschli considered that they were more likely to be pellicular formations. Minkiewicz denies that they can be pellicular, or vacuoles; his statement is that they are “probably” crystalline, and “probably” le between the ectoplasm and endoplasm. The granules are extremely variable in size, although those of the yentral surface (excepting those of the lateral row) are always much smaller than those of the dorsal. The granules along the sides of the adoral zone are smallest of all. The granules are always longer than broad, sometimes three or four times so; colorless, refringent, and crystalline in their appearance. No angles are visible, all sides and the ends apparently being smooth’ and rounded. The largest granules of the dorsal surface may be | p by 2 p. More commonly the length is three or four times the width. The smallest ones are not more than one-quarter the size of the larger. The granules of the ventral surface, except those of the lateral row, are rarely more than | » in length, and usually about $ p. The granules always he around the bases of the sensory bristles, on both the upper and lower surfaces, arranged radially with the base of the bristle as a center. The central ends of the granules are also di- rected toward the surface of the body, giving a conical form to the group. In many instances the pellicle is actually elevated a trifle over the group of granules, which fact has caused Stokes to interpret them as appear- ances due to star-shaped elevations of the surface instead of real bodies. The number of granules in a group yaries greatly, but the largest groups are always found on the dorsal surface, while the smallest are seen in the rows beside the adoral zone. In the former there are fre- quently as many as a dozen granules, while the latter rarely contain more than four very small ones, and frequently only one or two. There is surprisingly little irregularity in the position of these groups of granules. Very rarely one observes a few irregular groups in the center of the yentral surface, but nowhere else. The granules lie in the outer layer of ectosarc, immediately beneath the pellicle. They are not pellicular structures, as Biitschli considered them, neither do they lie between the ectosarc and endosarc. The pres- ence of the large ectosare alyeoli makes it possible to determine the position of the granules by focusing in either living or stained material, and I have also found a few in sections. ‘ The suggestion of Rees that the groups of granules are vacuoles, EUPLOTES WORCESTERI: I. 305 possibly contractile, has nothing to commend itself to further consider- ation. The granules are not dissolved by strong or dilute acetic, hydrochloric, or nitric acids, nor by absolute or dilute alcohol. Gram’s solution of iodine and potassium iodide causes no change of color either in the cold or after heating. No change of color occurs after treatment with iodine, heating, and addition of strong sulphuric acid. Dilute osmic acid blackens the granules instantly. Absolute alcohol used after osmic acid does not dissolve them; absolute alcohol and ether, after treatment with osmic acid, dissolves the granules. From these tests it seems to be clear that the granules are fatty in their nature. The animals of depressed or starving cultures sometimes have few or none of these granules, while in vigorous cultures all the Euplotes have very numerous and well-developed ones. It appears then to be a fair conclusion that these peculiarly arranged granules of the ectosare constitute a supply of reserve fatty food-substance. Hndosarce.—Vhe endosare presents a most irregular structure, differing according to the condition of the animal, whether full fed or starved, and the nature of the food. It is well to remember that a large part of what is commonly called endosare is a mechanical mixture of protoplasm, food in yarious stages of digestion, water, and indigestible particles or excreta. In addition to the finely granular protoplasm which sections always show, the endosare of this Euplotes contains great numbers of fibers. These are visible when the protoplasm has been crushed and torn during the process of sectioning and mounting. The constant motion of the central portion of the endosare prevents there being any definite visible structural relation here. The animals of well-fed cultures usually show large numbers of rounded, ovoid, or spherical granules, which are highly refringent, and form a conspicuous feature of the living endosare. These spherules are unchanged by osmic acid, and are not dissolved by alcohol or ether, nor by the two together, but they are dissolved instantly by very weal solu- tions of nitric and hydrochloric acids and by strong acetic acid. They appear, therefore, to be a sort of calcareous concretion, bearing a certain resemblance to the crystals of calcium orthophosphate found in the endosare of Paramcecium. Ingestion and egestion—The formation of a ball of food and its pas- sage into the protoplasm is- very much the same in Euplotes as in such a form as Paramcecium, except that there is no visible layer of water surrounding the food; no food-vacuole can be observed inside the body. The food mass appears to be in direct contact with the protoplasm, and while undoubtedly some water is swallowed with the food, there is not enough of it to be visible. After entering the body the food mass is caught up by the circulating stream of protoplasm, which carries it forward, and then in a circle, 306 GRIFFIN. counter clock-wise, for numerous small revolutions about the central region of the body. ‘The cyclosis is continual but irregular in rate, and much more restricted in extent than in most large ciliates. The endosare of the edges and anterior and posterior extremities of the body seems to be very stable. The place of egestion is immediately behind the outermost anal cirrus, on the ventral surface. Frequently large quantities of indigestible material accumulate in the body before egestion takes place. Then the balls of ejecta are pushed out with considerable force, at intervals of a few seconds, until all is disposed of. The slowness with which the masses of ejecta are at first pushed through the surface of the body, until the largest part passes the pellicle, and the suddenness and force with which they then are shot away, indicate that the pellicle around the anus is highly elastic and that the anus is kept closed by its contraction. It appears probable that in those ciliata which possess a definite anal spot, there is also a real canal in the protoplasm, ordinarily kept closed and invisible by the elasticity of its walls and the pellicle. As the anus lies just in front of the contractile vacuole, the masses of ejecta often press against its walls. In some cases the masses of un- digested material accumulate to such an extent as actually to be forced into the contractile yacuole and cause it to become enormously distended ; but in most cases this organ is only crowded to one side and partially surrounds the mass of waste material, the appearance that ejecta are inside the vacuole being deceptive. Contractile vacuole——The position of this organ is shown by Plate I, figure 1. When fully formed the vacuole is rather large. The pulsations occur at unusually long intervals. Because of the slowness of the process it is difficult to watch the entire cycle in an animal active enough to make the observer sure that it is in a normal condition. I find that the time required for the complete cycle averages twelve minutes. If, as has been suggested, a principal function of the vacuole is to force out of the body water which is continually bemg taken in with the food particles, the long period of the vacuole of Euplotes may very well be due to the extremely minute quantities of water absorbed with the food. The length of time required for a cycle of the contractile vacuole in this species is the more remarkable since Rossbach gives 31 seconds as the period of BHuplotes charon O. F. M., and Maupas 50 seconds as that of W. patella O. F. M. I find no statement concerning: the contractile vacuole of H. vannus O. F. M. in the summary of Minkiewicz’s paper. It is possible . that in this genus we have an opportunity to test the theory of a relation between the amount of water swallowed with the food and the actiyity of the contractile vacuole. Another indication of the low activity of the contractile vacuole of this species is in the fact that at any time large numbers of healthy animals show no vacuole at all. Out of twenty which were carefully examined at one time, the examination of each requiring EUPLOTES WORCESTERI: I. 307 about one minute, thirteen showed no vacuole, while in some of the remaining seyen which had yacuoles, these were very small. In a less careful examination the con- tractile vacuole was visible in only four out of fifty, but I afterwards found that the vacuole is so minute for some minutes as to be nearly invisible eyen with high powers. The contractile vacuole in Huplotide is said to open upon the ventral surface of the body beside or in front of the anus, but I have not been able to make any observations regarding this point, except to be certain that it does not open in front of the anus in #. worcestert. Nuclei—The shape of the meganucleus is shown by text figure 10. The enlargement of the posterior end, reminding one of an anchor-fluke, is a most char- acteristic feature of this species of Euplotes. While it is subject to variation, so that the enlarge- ment is not of exactly the same Size nor shape in any two speci- mens, the general form is almost always the same, and so marked as to constititute one of the diagnostic characters of the species. Minkiewicz represents (text figure 13) the corresponding end of the meganucleus of Z. vannus 0. BF. M. as turned back "S20 Yarlow shane assumed. by the upon itself, but not enlarged. It does not seem possible that there could be a mistake in so simple an ‘observation. The difference in the shape of this part of the meganucleus forms a yery convenient means of distinguishing the two species, which otherwise are much alike. The portion of the nucleus which crosses the anterior end of the body is also considerably thickened and the anterior margin is frequently irregular. 994562 308 GRIFFIN. The meganucleus lies close to the ventral surface of the body. In order to pass the pharynx, it bends oyer the dorsal side of this organ, as shown in text figure 11. The chromatin of the meganucleus is arranged in a fine reticulum, as Fie. 11.—Lateral view of Huplotes wor- is shown by Plate IV, figures 1, 2, cesteri showing the curvature of the 3, and +. It is generally found that cae Ue tS the fibers of the reticulum on the anterior side of the anterior enlargement of the meganucleus are greatly attenuated, causing that part to appear less deeply stained than others. The nucleus is rarely visible in living animals. If the Euplotes are in a very clear, transparent condition, the meganucleus can sometimes be seen and its structure examined with an immersion lens. Under these circumstances the granular reticulation and clear, fluid ground-substance can be seen, the structure appearing the same as in the stained specimens. At times when division is common and the animals seem to be well nourished and normal in every way, the interior of the nucleus of many animals becomes vacuolated. ‘The vacuoles increase in size until all the protoplasmic portion of the nucleus is crowded into a layer along the nuclear membrane, while the interior consists of one or several large vesicles of clear fluid. It is only when in this condition that the nucleus is easily visible in the living animal. As the vacuoles increase in size Fic. 12.—Sketch of a vacuolated meganucleus, drawn from the living animal. EUPLOTES WORCESTERI: I. 309 the nucleus shortens and becomes thicker. The thickening may take place only around the vacuoles, while the intervening portions become drawn out into fine connecting threads, which finally break. Division may begin during this vacuolated condition of the meganucleus, but apparently does not proceed to a normal conclusion. The micronucleus (Plate II], figure 9) is single, lying in or near a shallow depression on the left side of the meganucleus. I believe that the forms possessing two micronuclei, which are very common at times, belong to a stage following conjugation. The micronucleus contains a sparse reticulum of chromatin. (Plate IV, figures 1, 2, 3.) Ordinarily the entire micronucleus stains wni- formly, but with careful extraction of the stain the reticulum is rendered visible. -If extraction is not quite sufficient, the micronucleus appears homogeneous, as if composed of a uniformly staining colloid substance. Systematic position—In order to distinguish Huplotes worcesteri from Euplotes vannus O. F. M., one must depend largely upon the careful work of Minkiewicz for exact knowledge of the structure of the European form. In the shape of the body, and in the number, form, and arrange- ment of the cirri, the Philippine form is exactly like the Huropean. Huplotes worcesteri has a longer pharynx than H. vannus O. F. M. and twenty to thirty membranelle inside the pharynx instead of eight. Both the length of the pharynx and the number of pharyngeal membra- nelle vary, but I have always found the number of these membranelle to be more than double that given for #. vannus by Minkewicz. Minkiewicz presents one figure showing ten rows of sensory bristles on the dorsal surface of H. vannus. I find that most specimens of ZF. worcester have eight rows, although six, seven, nine, or ten rows are sometimes found. As there may be Q xe considerable variation in the number of these rows in #. vannus also, we are not justified in considering the apparent difference between the species in this regard as a valid specific distinction. ‘ The most important difference, and the one upon o which the diagnosis of the species really depends is in the shape of the posterior end of the meganucleus. As may be seen by referring to text figure 13 this gye 13—prawings of end of the nucleus is enlarged in a very character- the meganuclei of Pattie é ‘ Manik tan anes eax Tae = of ‘he Euplotes vannus O. istic manner. inkiewicz gives six figures of the yf, copied from meganucleus, all of which represent its end as being =Minkiewicz (Plate II, 4 : ‘ figure 23). turned back upon itself, without any enlargement. (Text figure 13.) The general appearance produced is much the same as is seen in H. worcesteri, but the structure is entirely different. Whether differences exist in the arrangement of the ventral sensory 310 GRIFFIN. bristles can not be said until #. vannus has been reéxamined with especial regard to these structures. The same is true of the suboral membranell and rows of endoral cilia. The principal specific characters of Huplotes worcesteri are the fol- lowmg: Body oval, anterior end rounded, posterior end bluntly pointed ; dorsal surface considerably elevated, with a regular curvature; anterior half of right margin usually straight; body 72 » to 93 » im length, 47 pw to 60 » in width. Ventral surface flat; peristome considerably ex- cayated and broad, extending two-thirds the leneth of the body, con- taming 45 to 70 wide membranelle; mouth irregularly oval, large; pharynx long, recurved, containing 20 to 30 membranelle, several oblique rows of endoral cilia, and a group of suboral membranelle; 7 frontal cirri, 3 abdominal cirri, 5 anal cirri, 2 left marginal cirri, 0-3 mght marginal or caudal cirri; sensory bristles of the dorsal surface usually in eight longitudinal rows; on the ventral surface paroral, exoral, and lateral rows of sensory bristles, and two to four bristles at the base of each cirrus. Meganucleus long, horseshoe-shaped, with a fluke-lke enlarge- ment at the posterior end and a considerable thickening where it bends across the anterior end of the body. Micronucleus single, lying im a slight depression of the meganucleus, on the left side near the anterior end of the body. The dimensions of ten specimens of #. worcesteri, selected at random, are: ] | Specimen No. Damen: | Specimen No. | ae | } } | Microns. | Aficrons. | [eae ae EE | 76x47 || 85x60 | ee ee ee 8560 | 81X56 | 76x51 || Average size__=-=-----==---_-- 82><94 Vie|| SuCRStSIZ@ 5 - = 72x47 Greatest size___--__--_-_.__--| 9360 ILLUSTRATIONS, Prate I. Ventral view of Huplotes worcesteri sp. nov. Numerous refringent endosare spherules are visible, as well as three food-masses. PLatTe II. Fie. 2. View of Huplotes worcesteri from the left side. 3 Fie. 5 oe | Fic. 1 bo or The dorsal surface of Hwplotes worcesteri showing the sensory bristles and radiating fatty granules. The ventral surface of Huplotes worcesteri showing the positions of the sensory bristles, the radiating fatty granules, and the contractile fibrils running to the bases of the cirri. Prate III. . A longitudinal seetion of Huplotes worcestert. Camera lucida draw- ing; Zeiss compensation-ocular 6 and obj. ;4,. At the anterior end the slight overhang of the dorsal surface and the marginal lamella are shown. The section passes just mediad to the inner wall of the persistome and mouth, cutting the pharynx, in which are seen the pharyngeal and suboral membranelle. The meganucleus is cut in two places. The smaller black bodies are nuclei of small flagellates eaten by the Euplotes. The grouping of food-bodies is characteristic. . A portion of the ectosare in vertical section. Within the ectosare alveoli is a portion of endosare, and a large food-body. The contents of the ectosare alveoli usually do not stain. Camera lucida drawing. . A tangential section of the ectosarc. Camera lucida drawing. . A section through one of the anal cirri, its basal plate, and its contractile fibril. The cilia of the cirrus are in the usual twisted condition. Camera lucida drawing. . A micronucleus, stained with iron-hematoxylin; stain almost completely extracted, bringing into view the faint chromatin reticulum. TEXT FIGURES. . Outline sketches of three of the deformed individuals which appear when cultures have passed their prime. Specimen A seems to be the result of an aborted division. . A cross section passing through the mouth, the adoral membranelle, a. 2., and the suboral membranelle, s. o. Cross section passing through the mouth, the suboral membranell, the pharynx and pharyngeal membranelle, and the adoral zone. . A longitudinal section, showing the antero-ventral groove of the pharynx. A tangential section passing through the dorsal wall of the pharynx, The rows of basal granules of the pharyngeal membranelle and of the endoral cilia show the arrangement of these organs. 311 Bl2 Fic. GRIFFIN. 6. Part of a longitudinal section passing just imside the mouth. s. o., suboral membranelle; e. 0., endoral cilia, which in this section are well down on the anterior wall. . Basal granules of three adoral. membranelle and the outlines of the grooves about their bases. . Camera lucida sketch of a tangential section of the ventral surface, show- ing the rows of basal granules and some of the contractile’ fibrils of the cirri. ; 9. Contractile fibrils of the cirri, drawn from an unstained specimen fixed in corrosive-formol-acetic, followed by alcohol. 10. Various shapes assumed by the meganucleus of Huplotes worcesteri. 11. Lateral view of Huplotes worcesteri showing the curvature of the mega- nucleus over the pharynx. 12. Sketch of a vaculated meganucleus; drawn from the living animal. 13. Drawings of the meganucleus of Huplotes vannus O. F. M., copied from Minkiewiez. (Plate II, figure 23.) =I GRIFFIN: EUPLOTES WorRCESTERI. I, SrRucTURE.] [PHIL. Journ. Scr, Vor. V, No: 5. L. E. Griffin and T. Espinosa. ikyari= Us GRIFFIN: EUPLOTES worcESstTERI. I, SrrRucTURE.] [PuIn. JouRN. Scr., Vou. V, No. 5. ey bs Se 4 * ee deve HED Se He Ye DE % Zo Fig. 3 Fig. 4. L. E. Griffin and T. Espinosa. PLATE Il. ile eat sl ie Aa GRIFFIN: EUPLOTES worcrsterI. I. Srrucrure.] [Puit. Journ. Scr., Vou. V, No. 5. Fig.3. SS ss Fig. 9. L. E. Griffin and T. Espinosa. PLATE I11.- REVIEW. Check-list of North American Birds. Prepared by a Committee of the American Ornithologists’ Union. 3d ed. revised. Cloth. Pp. 430. Price $3.50 net. New York: American Ornithologists’ Union. 1910. This welcome and long-promised volume is essentially the second edition of the check-list with the interpolation of the various additions and other changes which have been recorded in the supplements since 1895. The details of geographical distribution, “range” in the new check-list, are given in much greater detail than ever before, especial attention haying been devoted to defining the breeding and seasonal ranges of species and subspecies. The scientific name and vernacular name of each species, or'subspecies, are printed on the same line, followed by the old check-list number. The names of authorities are spelled out. The secondary references and concordance to previous check-lists are omitted, but type localities are given. Names of subspecies are printed in slightly smaller type than those of species and are designated a, b, c, ete. This is perhaps an advantage so long as trinomials are retained, but the reviewer has not discovered the advantages of trinomials. Ver- nacular names seem to have received but limited attention, the treatment of double names especially being most unhappy. Thus we find Water- Turkey, Wood Duck, Tree-duck, Tree Sparrow, Pintail, Spoonbill, Red- head, Buftle-head, Canvas-back, Tropic-bird, Surf-bird, Catbird, Cowbird. Two maps, one colored, show the life zones of North America and the localities mentioned in the check-list. The paper, press work, and binding of the new check-list are very similar to those of the second edition, that is to say, excellent. ; R. C. McG. 2 313 Order No, 401, THE BONTOC IGOROT. By A. H. JENKS. 110 pages. 3 maps. 154 photographic plates. § figures. An interesting study; the result of almost a year’s residence among the Bontoe Igorots. Price $1 United States currency, postpaid. Order No, 402, NEGRITOS OF ZAMBALES. By WitttaM ALLAN REED. 62 photographic illustrations. 91 pages. An interesting ‘ethnological study of the pygmy blacks of Zambales. Price $0.25, United States currency, postpaid. Order No. 403. THE NABALOI DIALECT. By Otto SCHEERER. TOGETHER, WITH THE BATAKS OF PALAWAN. ‘ By Epwarp Y. MILuer. “199 pages. 1 map. 28 full-page photographic plates. 6 figures. The result of research work among this interesting tribe of primitive people. Price $0.25, United States currency, paper, postpaid. NOTE. Orders should ts sent to the Business Manager, Philippine Journal of Science, Manila, or to any of the below-listed agents. Please give Order Number. FOREIGN AGENTS. The Macmillan Company, 64-66 Fifth Avenue, New, York City, U. S.A. Messrs. Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Hssex Street, Strand, London, W. C., England. Mr. Martinus Nijhoff, Nobelstraat 18, The Hague, Holland. Messrs. Mayer & Muller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Germany. Messrs. Kelley & Walsh, Limited, 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements. Messr3. A. M. & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon. CIRCULARS AND DESCRIPTIVE MATTER SENT ON APPLICATION. Beginning with Volume V, a new section, ‘‘Section D, Ethnology, Anthropology, and Gen- eral Biology,’’ will be added to the Journal. The price for the whole series to subscribers for _Igr0 will be as heretofore, $5 United States currency, Single subscriptions to Section D will be $2 Wnited States currency, Beginning with 1911, the price of the entire Journal will be increased to $7 United States currency. Section D will appear as often as material is available, CONTENTS. Page. GRIFFIN, LAWRENCE E. Euplotes Worcesteri sp. TRONS Ws SECUCEU RG 28 reaee 2 aS ey eg a 291 isbn) ORY, Aaueune Sua mawag ae Om NN RY SiRARU UD aiet IA a3 The ‘‘Philippine Journal of Science’ is issued as follows: Section A, Chemical and Geological Sciences and the Industries, $2 United States currency per. year. Section B, Medical Sciences, $3 United States currency per year. Section C, Botany, $2 United States currency per year. ’ Section D, Ethnology, Anthropology, and Ponprat Biology, $2 United States our- rency per year. The entire “Journal,” $5 United States currency for Volumes II, IIT, TV, and V, There- after, $7 United States ourrenoy per year. Authors receive 100 copies of their papers free. Subscriptions should be sent to the Business Manager, Philippine Journal of Ssienae) Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I., or to any of the agents listed below. Please give order number, FOREIGN AGENTS. The Macmillan Company, 64-66 Fifth Avenue, New York City, U.S, A. Messrs. Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C., ngland, Mr. Martinus Nijhoff, Nobelstraat 18, The Hague, Holland. | Messrs. Mayer & Muller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Germany. Messrs. Kelley & Walsh, Limited, 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements. Messrs. A. M. & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon. Entered at the post-office at Manila, P. I., as second-class matter. A limited number of unbound copies of previous volumes are available, which may be secured from the Business Manager, Philippine Journal of Science, Manila, P. I., at the following rates: Volume I, 1906 (not divided into’ sections), $10 United States currency; Supplement to Volume I, $3.50 United States currency; Volume I (without supplement), $6.50 United States currency; all later volumes at current subscription prices. tHE es ISLANDS, — . : x t fi 1 « ae \ APR 26 6 197) WA a re er ge | : ations) Muse¥! ILA OF PRINTING iso THE HISTORY OF SULU. CON? 9 By Naszes M. Saeesy. : 275 pages. e's . pes A eae Stee of the Moro ook in Be os : translations from the origin documents. Price $0. 7. 5, United States currency, ‘postpaid. _ MINDANAO. THE SUBANUNS OF SINDANGAN BAY. By Encerson B. CuRIsTIE. able set of works on the origin, - Beas and canned of these tribes, who are among the ‘most interesting peoples of the world. Price $1. 25, United States currency, postpaid. N OTE. er to any of the Belen casted eae Please give Order Number. FOREIGN AGENTS. The Macmillan Gare 64-66 Fifth Avenue, New York City, U. S. A. Messrs. Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C., England. p Mr. Martinus Nijhoff, Nobelstraat 18, The Hague, Holland. , Messrs. Mayer & Miiller, Prinz Louis’ Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Germany. _ Messrs. Kelley & Walsh, Limited, 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements, Messre. A. M, & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon. _ CIRCULARS AND DESCRIPTIVE MATTER SENT ON APPLICATION. D. ETHNOLOGY, ANTHROPOLOGY, AND GENERAL BIOLOGY ne Ve am DECEMBER, 1910 No. 6 EUPLOTES WORCESTERI SP. NOV.: II.! DIVISION. By LAWRENCE EDMONDS GRIFFIN.* r e literature on division in the family of the Euplotide is surpris- ly limited, considering its wide distribution, the ease with which observations can be made upon several of the species, the interesting Euplotes harpa is the principal type of this study. Wallengren then critically compares the accounts of Stein, Mobius, Maupa, and Schuberg concerning Huplotes charon, E. patella, and E. harpa. All of the accounts are yery incomplete and, like that of Wallengren himself, are confined to the external changes. Wallengren has made a very care- ful study of the formation of the new peristome and of the origin of the - new cirri during the division of Huplotes harpa, and of the resorption of the old set of cirri which are replaced by the new ones formed. Further reference will be made to this article as my description of the “processes occurring in Huplotes worcesteri progresses. Unfortunately, - TI was not able to secure the original article of Wallengren until after _ my paper was ready for the press; my observations upon the origin of the peristome were therefore entirely independent. Since reading Wallen- ‘Contribution from the Biological Laboratory, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. _? Associate professor of ‘zodlogy in the University of the Philippines. 99458 315 316 GRIFFIN. gren’s paper I have added nothing to my own except the necessary eritical comparisons; the observations stand as originally made. It is evident that processes of divison must be much alike in all the species of the genus Huplotes, though such differences exist as to render a comparative study extremely interesting. In considering the process of division J have omitted all reference to the divisions of conjugation and to the construction and resorption of organs during that phase, because my study of conjugation in Huplotes worcesteri, so far very incomplete, has convinced me that these processes are quite different from the ones of ordinary division. It has proved easy to keep the strain alive in the laboratory for more than a year and a half, and to secure an abundance of material for study and preparation in every possible manner. The result has been not only to prove that the new peristome is actually formed by an invagination, but also to reveal other curious processes connected with division. After an intimate study of a protozoan like this, one can appreciate the full force and meaning of the statement that many of the protozoa are not simple, but extremely complex animals. The process of division of Huplotes worcesteri includes two stages, one of preparation, the other that of actual division of the body and mega- nucleus. During each stage a definite series of changes occurs in nearly every organ of the body. The stage of preparation for division includes the reconstruction and concentration of the meganucleus, the invagination of the rudiment of the new peristome, the division of the micronucleus, and the appearance of the new cirri. That of division includes the constriction of the body and separation of its halves, the drawing of the new peristome to the surface of the body and into its final shape and position, completion of the new pharynx, division of the meganucleus, absorption of the old cirri, and the shifting of the new cirri from the places of their origins to their ultimate positions. ; RECONSTRUCTION OF THE MEGANUCLEUS. By this is meant that a progressive change occurs in which all the chromatin of the meganucleus is actually dissolved and then recon- structed. The first stage of this process is the appearance at each end of the cord-shaped meganucleus of a band in which there is a complete absence of the ordinary chromatin reticulum. It will be convenient to refer to these as the reconstruction bands. ‘They pass rapidly from the ends of the nucleus toward the center, finally meeting, and then disap- pearing. (Plates 1V, V, and VI, figures 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 10, 13, 14, 18, 20.) Each band consists of two planes of about equal thickness, the one on the central side staining darkly and uniformly, while the other is not stained and consequently shows distinctly. No traces of a reticulum or of chromatin granules can be seen in the first plane; but the uniform stain which this region takes indicates that the chromatin has here been dissolved in the karyolymph; therefore, I call this the solution plane. EUPLOTES WORCESTERI: II. ile It appears to consist of a homogeneous fluid, no structure of any kind being visible; but it is probable that a linin network still exists there, masked by the stain. I have given the name reconstruction plane to the clear distal plane. lt follows the solution plane abruptly, without any noticeable transition region between the stained and clear zones. In many cases no structure whatever is visible with a magnification of 1,600 diameters in the central side of the reconstruction plane. On the distal side, fine fibrils of chro- matin appear which are connected with the reticulum of the distal part of the nucleus. ‘These increase in thickness and number very abruptly, making thus a quite definite distal limit to the plane. It is evident that, while reconstruction of the chromatin commences in the region I have termed the reconstruction plane, it is not limited to this, but proceeds most actively in the region just distal to it, where the chromatin fibers are so suddenly thickened. The anterior portion of the plane is in fact the region where solution has been completed and chromatin (in a stainable form) has entirely disappeared, while in the posterior part of the zone chromatin is appearing. Although I have failed many times to see any structures in the central side of the reconstruction planes, on other occasions I have observed a reticulum of extremely fine, delicately staining fibrils occupying all parts of the plane. These seem to be true linin fibrils, for it is at their nodes that the granules of chromatin first appear, and the chromatin reticulum appears to be built upon them. JI believe that the linin net- work, even though often invisible, is always present in all parts of the reconstruction band. The staining power of the reconstructed chromatin is considerably greater than that of the portion not yet altered. Im judging the depth of stain, care must be taken to allow for the concentration of the nucleus which follows soon after the reconstruction bands pass. However, it is true that in nuclei in which concentration seems not to have begun the new chromatin stains much more vividly than the old. It frequently forms numerous masses of quite large size at the nodes of the reticulum, although just as often the chromatin knots are not present. The margin of the undissolved (central) reticulum is usually abrupt. It often appears as in Plate IV, figure 6, closed across the face of the solution plane. On the other hand, Plate V, figure 12, shows a nucleus in which the chromatin has evidently begun to dissolve a little distance in front of the dark solution plane. The planes of solution and reconstruction are of nearly equal thickness, their combined thickness being about the same as the width of the nucleus. ‘The two reconstruction bands pass toward the center of the mega- nucleus at equal rates until they finally meet. (Plate V; figure 14; Plate - VI, figures 18, 20.) The two solution planes then unite, and presently A318 GRIFFIN. disappear in the usual manner, leaving the reconstruction planes joined ; the new chromatin reticula advance toward the center from both sides, unite, and leave no trace of the plane of junction. A division of the chromatin substance by one, two, or three planes is not an uncommon character of the meganuclei of the Infusoria. Bitsehli mentions the presence of “Kernspalten’”’ in Huplotes, Aspidisca, Dysteria, Nassula, Strombidium, Spirochona, and Stylonyehia, and in the families Chlamydodonta, Holophryina, Trachelina, and Tintinnoma. The re- construction bands of Euplotes were long ago observed by Stein (1859), but they do not seem to have received any attention from other authors. The clefts (Kernspalten) in the meganuclei of Stylonychia have been the classical examples of this kind of structure, all other similar ap- pearances apparently having been interpreted as being the same. Judging from the account given by Biitschli, the Kernspalten of Stylonychia are structures entirely different from the reconstruction bands of Euplotes. They appear in the nuclei of Stylonychia shortly after division, disap- pearing as the next division begins, and usually lie a little in front of the middle of the anterior nucleus and behind the middle of the posterior one. If we agree that the two meganuclei of Stylonychia represent not separate bodies, but a stage of precocious division of a single meganucleus, the position of the “Kernspalten” reminds us of the appearance of the reconstruction bands of Euplotes first at the opposite ends of the nucleus. Beyond this, there is no apparent resemblance either in structure or history. I do not know of any work on the “Kernspalten” of other in- fusoria sufficiently detailed to permit a comparison to be drawn with the reconstruction bands of Euplotes. Balbiani, in 1895, suggested that the unstained substance in the “Kernspalten” of Stylonychia may be composed of a mass of achromatic material, or archoplasm. No substantiation of this suggestion has yet appeared, nor do the observations of nuclear division in Stylonychia in- dicate that the “Kernspalten” exercise any directive influence upon the process. Whether the reconstruction bands of Kuplotes are of the same nature as the “Kernspalten” of Stylonychia or not, it is certain that they are not composed of archoplasmice substance, but are regions where a solution, change, and reconstruction of the chromatin occurs. The elimination of superfluous chromatin from the nucleus has been observed to occur in numerous Protozoa, and in some Metazoa. Many different means exist for the accomplishment of this object. In some cases granules of chromatin pass bodily through the nuclear membrane into the cytoplasm, where they may remain indefinitely and perform some useful function or may be rapidly altered into unrecognizable substances. In others, the useless chromatin is extruded from the chromosomes, but dissolved within the nucleus. Elimination regularly occurs before either division or con- jugation, evidently as a part of the preparation for these processes. EUPLOTES WORCESTERI: II. 319 Metcalf describes the formation of chromatin spherules from the chromosomes of Opalina in the course of each mitosis during the year, and suggests “that these chromatin spherules are nutritive—comparable to the granules of the macro- nucleus of higher ciliata. Their formation and extrusion (in Opalina) is posi- tively useful, being probably connected with nutrition and perhaps with the formation of the refractive spherules of the endosare.” The cases of chromatin elimination heretofore described do not compare closely with the process occurring in Huplotes, since in this form there is a complete solution of all the chromatin, and not of a part only. The rapid and complete disappearance of affinity for stains from the region affected indicates that the chemical nature of the chromatin is entirely changed. he possibility exists that a vegetative chromatin is removed by osmosis during the stage of solution and that then the most active .chromatin reassumes its original condition. However, it seems much more probable that an interchange of materials between nucleus and cytoplasm takes place which is of such a nature that the reconstructed chromatin is essentially a new substance, not only relieved of the so- called vegetative chromatin, but rejuvenated throughout by a physical and chemical reconstitution. The more active condition of the chromatin after the completion of this process is shown by its increased staining power. Tt would seem that during the ordinary life and activities of the cell, the chromatin either accumulates a certain amount of inert substance which can play no part in the activities of division, and which it would be useless, perhaps harmful, to carry over to the daughter cells; or else that a portion of the chromatin itself is so modified by its activities that it loses some of the properties essential to its sharing in division, and therefore is eliminated before or during that process. The latter view, which is merely an expression of the fact that destructive metabolism must occur in chromatin as in all other living substance appears most reasonable. It also seems quite probable that these products of chromatin metabolism may be so closely allied to the living substance of the cyto- plasm as to be incorporated with it or, if considerably degenerated, to serve as food for the cell. The reconstruction of chromatin by complete solution and reforma- tion, such as occurs in Euplotes, is a process of a higher order, as regards its effect on the nucleus, than that of the elimination of chromatin spherules, as in Opalina. In the latter case, much of the chromatin remaining may have been in the nucleus for a considerable time and may be practically senescent; in the former case the possibility exists that the new chromatin may be entirely composed of new material derived from the cytoplasm. As the cytoplasm itself is a constantly changing sub- stance owing to its various katabolic and anabolic activities, an interest- ing possibility that the new chromatin may be formed from materials only recently entering the body is instantly suggested. 320 GRIFFIN. There is a large field for research in the comparative morphology and physiology of the meganuclei of the Infusoria, and for a long time to come general conclusions can not safely be drawn regarding them, their activities, and relationships. However, these observations on the mega- nucleus of Euplotes indicate that the meganucleus is more of an active and less of a passive agent in the cell life than many zodlogists seem to believe. The very fact that the chromatin of the meganucleus is recon- structed in a manner which must include an elimination of passive (vegetative) chromatin, such as occurs in nuclei of the ordinary type, indicates that the meganucleus is not only an aggregation of such spher- ules of vegetative or nutritive chromatin, but includes in addition most other properties of the ordinary cell-nucleus. The form of the nucleus is not altered during the first half of the period of chromatin reconstruction, but as the reconstruction bands approach the center of the nucleus the phase of concentration so universal in meganuclei of this shape is entered upon. Both ends become shorter and thicker, at the same time losing any small irregularities of contour. The more nearly the reconstruction bands approach each other, the more marked becomes the shortening of the limbs of the nucleus. The central portion, that is, the part lying between the reconstruction bands, is not, usually affected. Figures 14 (Plate V) and 18 (Plate VI) ‘show that ' this region has increased in thickness, which is not the case in figures 8, 10, and 13 (Plate V). As the ends of the nucleus become shorter and thicker, the threads of chromatin are also changed in the same manner, so that the chromatin becomes condensed. Chromatin conden- sation always follows, never precedes, the reconstruction phase. There- fore, the center of a nucleus in which the reconstruction planes are close to each other often presents a marked contrast to the greatly con- centrated ends. Unless the stain is carefully extracted the condensed portions of a nucleus appear uniformly stained, as if the chromatin net- work had been welded into a homogeneous mass. It is certain that the reticulum does not disappear at any stage, even that of greatest concen- tration, but in the last stages it is often impossible to distinguish the threads. Figure 22 (Plate VI) shows the appearance of a poorly extracted nucleus im the concentration phase, in which a reticulum is visible in only two places. After the reconstruction of the chromatin is complete, the concentration proceeds very rapidly, until the nucleus be- comes a short, thick rod, varying somewhat in form, which lies in the region formerly occupied by the center of the horseshoe-shaped nucleus. The process of concentration is evidently one of contraction of both ends of the nucleus toward the center, for the latter portion of the nucleus does not move from its place. “Bei dieser Concentrirung gegliederter Kerne muss die Membran wohl eine wesentliche Rolle spielen, da wir wissen, dass die Verbindungsfidchen hiaufig nur yon ihr gebildet zu sein scheinen.” (Biitschli, Protozoa, p. 1524.) EUPLOTES WORCESTERI: II. F 321 I do not feel that at the present time anything of value regarding the origin and purpose of the process of concentration can be added by me to the explanation Biitschli has already advanced. (Lot. cit., p. 1524.) ‘fine Erklirung fiir die Concentrirung des MakronucleuS zu geben, scheint einstweilen kaum méglich. Active Contractionserscheinungen im gewdéhnlichen Sinne diirften dabei schwerlich mitwirken. Man kénnte eventuell an eine sehr einfache Deutung denken, welche jedoch etwas gewagt erscheint. Jedenfalls miissen im ruhenden Zustand besondere Hinfliisse auf den band- bis rosenkranz- fOrmigen Nucleus wirken, welche ihm die eigenthiimliche Gestalt verleihen. Das einfachste, was man sich in dieser Hinsicht denken kénnte, wiiren aiissere Zugkriifte, welche ihn dehnten und zuniichst bandférmig und schliesslich rosen- kranzfOrmig werden liessen; nach Analogie mit einem ziihen Tliissigkeitsfaden, welcher sich bei geniigender Streckung ebenfalls perlschnurférmig gliedert. Solche Hinwirkungen auf den Makronucleus kénnten nur vom umgebenden Plasma ausgehen, und die Frage wiire, ob sich hierfiir Anzeichen finden liessen, etwa analog den bei Jsotricha beobachteten Karyophoren. Wenn nun diese Hinfliisse bei Beginn der Theilung aufhérten, so wiirde der Nucleus von selbst wieder zu seiner natiirlichen Gestalt, d. h. der kugligen bis nahezu kugligen zuriickkehren.— Etwas gegriindeter sind unsere Vorstellungen von der Bedeutung des Vorgangs. Wir erblicken darin, im Anschlusse an die Rouaw’schen Ideen, eine Erscheinung, welche eine méglichst gleichmiissige Halbirung des Nucleus inhalts, der in den langen Kernen ziemlich ungleichmiissig vertheilt sein kann, bei der Theilung erméglicht.” The period of greatest condensation is reached at a time when the body is ready to commence the process of transverse fission. ‘The nucleus doés not remain in this condition for more than a few minutes. It then elongates rapidly, forming a thick, somewhat bent rod, extending through nearly the entire length of the body. As the nucleus elongates, its reticulum of chromatin becomes more easily visible, although the con- densation is still great enough to make the nucleus appear dark and solid. Possibly the chromatin may also be stained more intensely at this stage than later. As the nucleus elongates, both the anterior and posterior ends curve toward the left. (Plate VII, figure 26.) These curves in- crease as the constriction of the body deepens, while the middle portion of the nucleus connecting them remains straight and occupies the isthmus connecting the separating halves of the body. (Plate VII, figure 27.) As fission proceeds to the stage when the daughter animals remain con- nected only by a narrow neck of protoplasm (Plate VII, figure 28), the upper and lower halves of the meganucleus increase in length and also in curvature, while the straight middle portion becomes reduced to an extremely tenuous thread, which presently breaks (Plate VII, figure 29). While the nucleus is elongating, bending, and dividing, the reticulum becomes more and more plain. This is partly because the chromatin fibers become thinner and partly because of their lessened affinity for stains, rendering extraction of the stain more perfect. A noticeable feature of the reticulum at this time is the great longitudinal elongation of its meshes. This appearance of the network and the manner in which 322 GRIFFIN. the meganucleus is pulled out into a thread at the point of division ap- pear to be expressions of the internal tensions existing during this period, and, to a certain extent at least, are evidence supporting the theory of Biitschli quoted above, that the elongated shape of the nucleus is the result of and is maintained by cell-tensions. The contractility of the nuclear membrane and of the intranuclear reticulum are factors which seem sufficient to account for the concentration of the meganucleus, but they can not cause its elongation. During the process of concentration the karyolymph has been almost completely expelled from the nucleus. Absorption of karyolymph during expansion increases the volume of the meganucleus, but can not of itself direct expansion in particular direc- tions. This must be accomplished by tractive force exerted upon the nucleus by the cytoplasm, of which we have visible evidence in the temporary stretching of the reticular mesh. Figures 30 and 31, Plate VII, are drawings of Euplotes immediately after fission. In figure 31, the anterior end.of the nucleus still remains drawn out into a point which ends just inside the pellicle. This point, as well as other irregularities of the anterior end of the nucleus, would have been lost very quickly, for the nucleus grows into its ordinary form soon after division. DIVISION OF THE MICRONUCLEUS. The micronucleus divides much more quickly than the meganucleus, commencing after the reconstruction phase of the latter has started, and being completed some time before that phase has ended. The chromatin of the resting micronucleus exists in the form of a reticulum, which is only visible after thorough extraction of the stain. (Plate IV, figures 1, 2, and 3.) Soon after reconstruction of the meganucleus has been entered upon, the micronucleus increases in size to about double its or- dinary dimensions. The enlargement appears to be due to an increase in the fluid contents, for no change in the chromatin can be seen. Rearrangement of the chromatin commences when the reconstruction bands of the meganucleus have proceeded about one-quarter of their distance. The chromatin meshes first become elongated in the direction of the anterior and posterior poles of the micronucleus; next they may be found as threads reaching from end to end of the nucleus with a slightly spiral twist. (Plate V, figure 10.) It is evident that the chromatin threads are increasing in thickness and staining power. At the same time the micronucleus swells still more. The spindle is formed bythe elongation of these threads of chromatin which stretch from pole to pole. (Plate IV, figure 5.) I have not been able to distinguish purely linin fibers at any stage of the ordinary division mitosis, for all spindle fibers appear to contain chromatin. Appearances in the mitosis of conjugation lead me to believe that during ordinary mitoses the linin fibrils are completely covered by or otherwise inseparably joined to the chromatin. EUPLOTES WORCESTERI: II. BaD It is difficult to determine the number of chromosomes accurately, in spite of their small number. The usual number appears to be six or seven, although I have counted eight on a few occasions; but at other times I have been able to distinguish only four, or five. When the spindle is first fully formed the chromosomes are thickest at their middles, tapering slightly toward the ends. As division progresses the chromatin passes away from the middle of the chromosome toward the end, until finally the central portion is reduced to an extremely fine fibril connecting the considerably enlarged ends. (Plate VI, figure 19.) This still stains with chromatin stains, so does not seem to correspond exactly to the ordinary linin fibril. After the chromatin has become massed at the poles, the spindle elongates very considerably, the fibrils still joining pole to pole. It will be seen by a comparison of figures 8, 10, 13, and 14, Plate V, that metaphase and anaphase occur with great rapidity, since there is almost no difference in the condition of the meganuclei of figures 8, 10, and 13. Stages of the micronucleus like those shown in figures 13, Plate V, and 21, Plate VI, are also extremely rare. These are the only anaphase and telophase stages I have been able to find in an examination of many hundreds of dividing individuals. The shape of each daughter micronucleus in figure 13, Plate V, shows plainly that the final step in division is a rapid separation of the poles of the spindle, while the spindle fibers remain unbroken for a considerable time. A break finally occurs at the center of the spindle and the fibers of each half of the spindle are withdrawn into their respective nuclei. A clear space is found around the micronucleus in nearly every preparation of dividing Huplotes. I can not consider this as anything but an artifact, caused by shght shrink- age of the distended and fluid-filled micronucleus. The daughter micronuclei separate rapidly after division, quickly com- ing to rest at the points which will be their permanent positions in the daughter bodies. ‘These positions are retained throughout the further processes of division. The micronuclei rapidly assume the ordinary resting structure, and to all appearances are perfectly passive during the succeeding, most active phases of division. The short-lived activity of the micronucleus and its succeeding passivity are in marked contrast to the activities of the -meganucleus and of the body as a whole. The meganucleus, supposedly a vegetative organ, exhibits far more constructive and directive activity than the micronucleus, which is usually considered to be the principal directive agent in division. The formation of chromosomes and their division in the micronucleus is a simple matter compared with the com- plex physical and chemical changes occurring in the chromatin of the meganucleus. ‘The activities of the meganucleus begin with or before the first intimation of other division processes, and continue until after 324 GRIFFIN. fission is complete, and ordinary, normal growth is entered upon. In contrast to this the micronucleus is active during only a very short period of the division. Therefore, if a conclusion were to be drawn from the behavior of the nuclei of Euplotes, it would be that the meganucleus is not only the controlling organ in the metabolic activities of the ordinary life of the animal, but it is also the active and directive agent of ordinary (or vegetative) division, so far as any one portion of the cell can be considered independently of the others; while the micronucleus is more passive than directive, its part in division being limited to dividing in such a way as to supply each daughter cell with a micronucleus. This ~ division appears to be more of an incidental feature of fission than one of the causative forces. DEVELOPMENT OF THE NEW PERISTOME. The rudiment of the new peristomme appears simultaneously with or shortly after the beginning of the reconstruction of the meganucleus (Plate VI, figures 1 and 3), and in the form of a small, somewhat elongated depression just back of the posterior margin of the old peri- stome. The medial wall of the depression is nearly vertical, while the lateral wall curves gently and evenly. The rudiments of a row of mem- branellze can be seen on the lateral wall in the earliest stages. These first stages of peristome formation in #. worcesteri are quite different from the corresponding ones of #. harpa as described by Wallengren. In that form a triangular area of the ectosare back of the old peristome becomes clearer than the surrounding regions, and is definitely limited between the posterior margin of the old peristome, the left-hand ventral ridge, and a new temporary elevation. ‘The invagination of the rudiment of the new peristome occurs at the anterior end of this field, very close to the border of the old peristome. Neither the clear ectosarcal field, nor the external delimiting ridge appear in Muplotes worcestert, nor does the rudiment of the new peristome lie so close to the border of the old peristome in that species as in #. harpa. The extremely difficult matter of finding early stages of the peristome formation in #. worcesteri would haye been rendered far easier if such a change in the ectosare had taken place. I have also found that the rudiments of the adoral membranelle appear considerably sooner in #. worcestert than in H. harpa. The further development of the new peristome to its full extent is nearly the same in both species. The depression deepens and extends posteriorly, not upon the surface but beneath the ectosare, forming a short narrow invagination. ‘The mouth of the original depression becomes the open- ing of the invagination, retaining for a time about the same size and shape as first. The invagination now rapidly extends anteriorly until it nearly reaches the micronucleus. I have seen the invagination pass- EUPLOTES WORCESTERI: II. BD) ing the micronucleus in only a few instances. The invagination extends a little farther forward in #. worcesteri than in H. harpa. At the same time it pushes a little backward and mediad and also increases consider- ably in width and depth. Before the invagination has attained its full length the opening to the exterior usually becomes elongated, its edges approach and finally fuse, and the new peristome exists for a time as a completely closed cavity inside the body of the Huplotes. The ventral wall of the new peristome now lies 4 or 5 w dorsad to the old peristome. The position of the new peristome is shown very clearly by sections. Figure 7, Plate IV, is a drawing of a transverse section of an animal in about the same stage as figure 4. The section passes just in front of the tip of the pharynx. The new peristome (P) lies below the old adoral membranelle; inside of it the membranellx of the new adoral zone are already well developed; as Wallengren also has observed, they move actively inside the new peristome almost from the first. Figure 16 (Plate V) was drawn from a longitudinal vertical section of a stage similar to figure 10. It passes through the old adoral zone (az) parallel to the axis of the body. Below this lies the new peristome which reaches the surface at O, where the lips of the external opening are still in contact. The membranelle of the new adoral zone (AZ) lie outside of part of the section; at the posterior end of the cavity the membranelle which there lie upon the outer wall are shown in transverse section. The individual cilia of the adoral membranell are particularly noticeable in a section like this, After remaining closed for a time the external aperture of the new peristome reopens and rapidly increases in size. (Plate V, figures 10, 13, 14; Plate VI, figures 18, 20, 22, 25; Plate VIII, figures 33, 34, 35.) The figures show that the time at which the final opening occurs yaries somewhat, using the condition of the meganucleus as a standard for comparison, and so does the rate at which the enlargement of the aperture increases. Wallengren did not observe any closure of the peristomial aperture in Huplotes harpa. After the new peristome has become permanently opened, the pos- terior end of the cavity increases considerably in length and also bends toward the center of the body. The portion of the posterior end of the invagination which will become the pharynx is shown by Plate V, figure 10, where the rudiment of the suboral group of membranelle (S O) lies in a slight expansion of the cavity. Since the suboral membranelle of _ the adult Huplotes lie just within the mouth, it is clear that the invagina- tion includes the rudiment of the pharynx as well as that of the peristome, and that the pharynx is formed some distance from its final position. The same peculiar bulging of the medial wall of the invagination is shown in Plate V, figure 13, although the suboral membranelle were not visible in this specimen. As figures 10 and 13, Plate V, were among the last drawings made, it is almost certain that the slight enlargement of the pharynx was present in other specimens (Plate V, figure 14; Plate VI, figures 18, 20, 22, 25; Plate VIII, figure 33) but not noticed at the time the sketches were made, 326 GRIFFIN. as its importance then was not appreciated. Plate V, figure 17, and Plate VI, figure 24, are both drawings of sections passing through the aperture of the peristomial invagination. The further development of the peristome and pharynx proceeds as the body divides. The body of the Euplotes elongates a little before any constriction appears. This change in shape is made evident by the new peristome moving backward, as if it were pulled out from beneath the old one. (Plate VIII, figures 33 and 34.) By the time that the constric- tion of the body can be noticed, the opening of the new peristome to the exterior has become large, extending from the posterior margin of the old peristome to the posterior end of the new one. (Plate VIII, figure 34.) At the same time the anterior end of the peristomial mvagination bends toward the middle of the body. Plate VIII, figures 34, 35, and 36 are successive drawings of one individual, made at intervals of about half an hour; they illustrate the manner in which constriction of the body, further increase in the size of the opening of the new peristome, and bending of the anterior end of the new peristome toward the right, pro- ceed simultaneously. In Huplotes harpa the curvature of the anterior end of the new peristome toward the right commences at a very early stage, even before the invagination has attained its full length, and long before constriction of the body begins. ‘here is also in that species an inward bending near the middle of the new peristome which is altogether lacking in 2. worcestert. The anterior end of the adoral zone lies in a cavity derived from the original invagination (Plate VII, figure 27, and Plate VIII, figure 36) until fission is nearly complete. As the constriction of the body deepens, the adoral zone is more and more uncovered, reaching the adult condition while the two bodies are still connected. (Plate VII, fivures 28 and 29.) While the anterior end of the peristome is passing across the end of the body, the pharynx moves still more toward the center of the body and its tip bends forward. (Plates VII and VIII, figures 26, 28, 34, 35, 36.) The widening in which the suboral membranelle appear develops into the anterior expansion of the pharynx, in which the rows of endoral cilia appear before the constriction of the body is far advanced. (Plate VII, figure 26.) The medial margin of the peristome is not derived from the imner edge of the growing aperture of the invagination, but from a ridge which crows forward from the anterior angle of the mouth across the medial wall of the peristomial depression. Plate VII, figure 26, Plate VIII, figures 34, 35, and 36, show successive stages in the development of this feature. As in Huplotes harpa, this ridge divides the right wall of the peristomial cavity into two portions; the dorsal portion becomes the inner wall of the completed peristome, while the ventral moiety becomes included in the yentral surface of the body. The part of the yentral covering of EUPLOTES WORCESTERI: II. 32 the peristomial cavity extending out from this moiety becomes reabsorbed and leaves no ridge to mark its original relations, as in #7. harpa. At the stage shown in figure 36, the inner margin of the peristome which has been formed in the manner just described, has united with the inner wall of the anterior portion of the peristomial invagination which still remains. By the deepening constriction of the body the outer wall of this cavity is carried away, and the medial wall becomes the margin of this side of the completed peristome. The relation of the imner edge of the aperture of the invagination to the medial margin of the completed peristome can clearly be seen by examining the cirrus marked f in figures 33 to 36, Plate VIII. It lies inside the original aperture, but outside of, 1. e., mediad to, the true margin of the peristome. I have carefully considered if the new peristome results from an out- growth of the old one, and if the invagination could be formed from a linear depression of the edge of the old adoral zone, or of the region immediately lateral to that zone. There is no evidence that either of these processes occur. Instead, I haye been able to follow the process of invagination, as above described, many times in living animals, and also in mounted and sectioned material. The sections leave no trace of doubt regarding the internal position of the new peristome. In the transparent living animals the adoral membranelle of the peristomial invagination he at a slight angle to those of the old adoral zone, and since they are all in rapid motion, the relative positions of the two zones can be determined indubitably. The formation of the new peristome and pharynx by invagination may be a process developed in order that these parts shall be fully formed when fission commences, and to insure that the posterior daughter animal may be able to take up independent normal existence after fission with- out any delay. It will be noticed that all new structures, of whatever kand, are functionally complete in this animal by the time that fission is accomplished. The peristome extends so far toward the posterior end of an adult animal that a complete peristome can not be formed upon the surface of the body back of this point, while there is also little room between the left edge of the body and the margin of the peristome for such development. It should be noted that fission in this form is not merely a pinching in two of the body, but a process by which material is withdrawn from the anterior half of the body, which results in the formation of two daughter bodies very different in form from a half of the mother body at the time fission began. ‘Therefore, the invagination of the peristome seems to be an anticipatory process related to the develop- ment of the new body and cirri. There can be no question of overgrowth in the formation of this invagination, as in the more familiar examples of invagination among metazoan embryos. The direction of growth here is evidently con- trolled by internal tensions either of ectosare or endosare. - 328 GRIFFIN. A process of this kind also suggests that a certain functional independ- ence of ectosare and endosare exists in spite of close structural relations. The very definite and regular structure of the ectosare has been spoken of in the first part of this paper; the process of invagination (in which the ectosare chiefly is concerned) suggests that the relations of the primary germ layers of Metazoa may be quite definitely foreshadowed in some of the higher Protozoa. Development of the new cirri (Plates VI, VII, and VIII, figures 25, 32, 33, 34, 35, and 36).—While the changes described in the foregoing pages have been proceeding, a new complement of cirri is developed for each half of the mother body. and all of the original cirri are absorbed. The order in which these events occur is decidedly definite. In order to follow the course of the new cirri we must distinguish each of the cirri of the fully formed body. The frontal cirri I have numbered in figure 32, Plate VII, from 1 to 7; the ones usually called abdominal cirri are numbered 8, 9 and 10; the anal cirri are I to V; the left mar- ginal cirri are 1 and L2, while the right marginal cirri are R1, R2, and R3. : At about the time that the meganucleus reaches the condition of greatest condensation, ten slit-like, longitudinal depressions appear in two rows of five each upon the ventral surface of the body. The two com- plete rows appear simultaneously, and not successively, as Wallengren observed in Huplotes harpa. The slits of the anterior row I have distinguished by the letters A, B, C, D, and E; those of the posterior row by a, b, c, d, and e. By combining these letters with the numbers of individual cirri, each cirrus, its origin, and its course can be indicated. The slits are produced both by the solution of the pellicle and by depressions of the ectosare at those points. The places where the slits appear are very definite and subject to little variation, being always practically the same as shown in Plate VII, figure 32. In this specimen cirrus 7 occupied a position a little back of its usual one. It generally stands to the right of the anterior end of sht A. (See Plate VI, figure 25.) It will be noticed that cirrus 9 stands between the posterior ends of slits C and D, and also that slit E is widely separated from D, and, unlike the others of this row, points toward the edge instead of the center of the body. It also is important to observe that slits a to e arise outside of the depressions of the adult anal cirri. There is almost no difference between Huplotes worcesteri and H. harpa in the points at which these slits appear. The only considerable differ- ence in the origin of any of the cirri is in the case of the cirrus named F by me, and I-1 by Wallengren. This cirrus arises much farther for- ward in #. harpa than in #. worcesteri; the arrangement in H/. harpa is such that there is much less difference in the origin of I-1 of the two daughter bodies than in #. worcesteri between cirri F and f. EUPLOTES WORCESTERI: II. 329 The bottom of each slit becomes elevated in the form of a thin irregular ridge which is the rudiment of the cirri which presently appear in the depression. The ridge does not have the character of an undulating membrane (as described by Stein and Sterki for Stylonychia), but the shape of the depression apparently controls the form of the elevation of protoplasm from its floor. The edge presents points which seem to be the first indications of the cirri to be formed in a few moments, since in the few instances which I have been able to observe the number of points on the ridge coincided with the number of cirri to arise from that particular depression. Wallengren finds that each cirrus of H. harpa arises independently of the others in the same slit, and that there is no indication of an undulating membrane, or a protoplasmic ridge such as I deseribe, preceding the appearance of the cirri. He also observes the posterior cirrus of each group to appear first, followed in succession by the more anterior ones. So far as I have been able to observe, all the cirri of a group arise at the same time in WZ. worcesteri, although it is true that the posterior one of each group outstrips its fellows in growth from the very first. The early development of the cirri must proceed very rapidly, for the stage in which the depressions only exist is very rarely seen among large numbers of dividing individuals. Specimens like figures 25 or 33, Plates Vi and VIII, are common enough. Three cirri arise in each depression, except in the one at the left of each row where but two appear. From the fourteen cirri thus appearing im each row are formed all the frontal, abdominal, and anal cirri of each daughter body, except one. he history of this last cirrus is peculiar, and is different in the two bodies. That of the anterior body (F) appears to the left of sit A, just behind cirrus 7, usually as is shown by figure 25, Plate VI. The corresponding cirrus of the posterior body (f) springs from the medial wall of the peristomial invagination, just within the aperture and immediately after its permanent opening. Neither of these cirri arises from a depression like the others. The left marginal cirri of the two bodies also arise from depressions to the right of the old and new peristomes. (Li M, / m, figures 32, 25, and 33.) The development of the left marginal cirri resembles that of the ventral cirri. As the cirri of groups A, B, C, D, H, a, 6, c, d, and e grow, the depressions in which they arise also increase, particularly in length. (Plate VI, figure 25, and Plate VIII, figure 33.) The enlargement of the grooves a, b, c, and d causes the effacement of the anterior portions of the original grooves of the anal cirri I to IV, while the portions left, in which the anal cirri still stand, are directly behind the new grooves, separated from them only by narrow oblique ridges. (Plate VIII, figure 33.) The remnants of the old grooves are effaced very soon after this stage. 330 GRIFFIN. In the elongation of the groups of new cirri, the posterior one of each group remains at the point where it appeared while the anterior ones are shifted forward. In the case of the triple groups, the two anterior cirri remain close together and one behind the other until the rearrange- ment is nearly completed. As the new cirri approach the anterior limits of each daughter body, the anterior portions of the depressions become separated from the posterior, or open upon one side (Plate VIII, figures 34 and 35), and then gradually are obliterated. A curious feature of this process is that the left margin of the depression seems always to be the first to disappear. he portions of the grooves remaining about the posterior cirri now assume the form and position characteristic of the adult Euplotes. (Plate I, figure 1.) The anterior cirrus of group Hi is the first to become independent of its mate. The two of group D next lose their alignment, and separate. Those of group C follow, while the anterior pairs of B and A retain nearly the original relations until! the development of the daughter bodies lacks little of being complete. While the new cirri are developing the old ones are being absorbed, one by one. The absorption begins as soon as the new cirri appear. ‘The first to go seems to be anal I (Plate VIII, figure 33), although 8 and 9 may disappear at the same time. Anal IT follows next (Plate VI, figure 25), and then anal V (Plate VIII, figures 34 and 36); 8 and 9 are sure to be gone by this time, and usually several of the frontal cirri, as is shown by figure 34, Plate VIII, where 4, 5, 6, and 7 have disappeared. At the time this specimen had reached the stage shown by figure 36, cirri 1 and 10 and one of the right marginals had also gone. After this it is only a matter of minutes before the remainder of the old cirri, frontals, anals, and marginals, disappear, so that by the time division is completed not one of the old cirri of the mother body remains. The final disposition of the new cirri can be followed better from Plate VII, figures 33 and 36, than from any description. The most peculiar thing in the course of this development is the manner in which the new ‘frontal cirrus 4 of each body develops. This is quite different in the two bodies, yet essentially similar. The single cirrus F which develops © just back of frontal 7 has been mentioned. This increases in size at the same rate as the outer new cirri, and without much change of position becomes the new frontal 4 of the anterior daughter body. The corresponding cirrus in the posterior daughter body springs from the inner side of the peristomial aperture as soon as this reopens. (Plate VI, figures 23 and 25.) It is extremely active in its movements from the first, waving with a spiral motion so rapid and continued as to suggest that it is actively engaged in directing food into the new peristome. That this is not the case is proven by the complete absence of food balls from the peristomial invagination. For a long time this motile organ, apparently a part of the buccal apparatus, proved very puzzling. But, EUPLOTES WORCESTERI: II. Bork as has been mentioned, it was finally observed that after the peristomial aperture has grown to a large size a ridge arises, beginning at the anterior angle of the mouth, and passing forward lateral to the cirrus just described. (Plate VIII, figures 34 and 35.) This ridge becomes the medial wall of the completed peristome, while the original medial margin of the peristomial aperture and part of the medial wall of the cavity become included in the ventral surface of the body. (Plates VII and VIII, figures 26, 34, 35, 36.) In this manner the cirrus arising in the peristomial cavity also becomes shifted to the ventral surface, and lies not far from its final position of frontal cirrus 4. (See f and f 4.) The development of the left marginal cirri presents no noteworthy features. These cirri have reached their final positions and proportions by the time the bodies separate. Right marginals are formed upon the margins of both daughter bodies before final separation takes place, but were not observed in any of the specimens drawn. The final disposition of the cirri is exactly the same in Huplotes worcester as in H. harpa. While the figures of Minkiewiez of H. vannus are yery incomplete, the-process is evidently the same in that species. Sensory bristles—At an early stage in the development of the cirri, numerous additional groups of granules appear upon the ventral surface. Their positions bear an evident relation to the new cirri. As each group of granules of the adult Euplotes surrounds the base of a sensory bristle, the same relation must be true of the new granules, although the direct observation of the bristles at this stage is practically impossible. I have not been able to decide whether the old sensory bristles all disappear and are replaced by new ones, or whether new bristles appear only in those portions of the two new bodies which otherwise would be left without any by the division. The sensory bristles of the dorsal surface and their related groups of granules do not show any changes before division. New bristles appar- ently are interpolated in the dorsal rows during the period of growth which succeeds fission. It has been known for many years that the old peristome, which is retained by the anterior daughter body, is not always retained without change. Confining ourselves to the genus Euplotes the only author who has mentioned in detail these changes in the old peristome is Wallengren. He finds that the mouth of Huplotes harpa atrophies so that neither food nor water is taken in during the later stages of fission. Neither his figures nor his description throw any more light upon this point. He also observed that just before division takes place the lower lip becomes filled with a great number of round granules. He did not observe any other changes in the form or structure of the peristome, nor any recon- struction of the adoral zone. I have been unable to observe any changes whatever in the old peristome of H. worcesteri during division. The 994582 Sy GRIFFIN. mouth and pharynx remain open, the pharyngeal membranellze being or- dinarily active; the edges of the peristome remain as sharp as ever, and there are no signs of destruction of the adoral membranelle. I am convinced that the old peristome continues unchanged in the anterior daughter body. ; The suggestion made by Wallengren that the reason for the complicated development of new cirri and absorption of old ones among Hypotricha lies in the fact that the mother organs are not adapted to the needs of the daughter cells either in size or position, seems to me not entirely sufficient. It is often found that the new anal cirri of the posterior daughter body before division are not to be distinguished from the remaining old ones except by position. ‘The same holds true occasionally for the frontal cirm. Division takes place in such manner that the explanation suggested by Wallengren must be true of part of the cirri. It does not appear to account sufficiently for the replacement and absorption of the cirri which are so placed that division does not seriously affect their position or action. However, in Huplotes harpa the shape of the body and the manner in which division occurs are such as to give color to Wallengren’s suggestion. DIVISION OF THE BODY. Constriction of the body does not appear until the new cirri are all present (except the right marginals) and have moved nearly-to their final positions (Plate VIII, figure 34); until the new peristome is widely open and has been drawn backward a considerable distance by the elongation of the body (note the difference in the distance from the anterior to the posterior pharynx in figures 25 and 34, Plates VI and VIII) ; until after the micronucleus has divided and the two daughter micronuclei have moved apart to their final positions, and the meganucleus has passed from the stage of concentration to that of elongation (Plate VI, figure 25, and Plate VII, figure 26). The constriction deepens rapidly, and separates the bodies in from one to two hours. An animal which is preparing for division is almost always considerably broader and more ovoid in outline than a “resting” individual. (Compare figures 1, 3, 25, and others, with 28 and 29, where the bodies have attained an almost typical shape before division is completed.) Even before con- striction commences the body begins to grow longer and narrower. (Plate VIII, figure 33.) This change is caused by the backward growth of the region back of the old mouth, which will become the posterior individual. The movement is not simply an elongation or even an increase in mass of the posterior part of the body, but is brought about by the withdrawal of some material from the anterior portion of the body. That this must be so is proved by the backward movement of the invagina- tion of the new peristome, which is pulled out from over the old peristome (Plate VIII, figures 33, 34, 35, Plate VIJ, figure 26) and by the fact that EUPLOTES WORCESTERI: II. 333 the anterior half of the body becomes narrower at the same time. As the new peristome moves backward its anterior end is bent to the right; the fact that the inclination toward the right is greater at first than the amount of constriction of the body, indicates that pressure exerted by the latter process is not the sole cause of the bending, but that internal directive forces (or tensions) of considerable strength exist. This is still more clearly shown by Huplotes harpa, in which the peristome is bent to a right angle before constriction begins. The further bending and extension of the peristome across the anterior end of the new body proceeds at the same rate as the constriction, and appears to be produced by it. It is impos- sible to say certainly whether new adoral membranelle are formed as the zone extends across the front of the body or not, but it seems more probable that all the membranelle are formed in the invaginated per- istomial cavity before this movement commences, and that increase in the length of the zone is secured by intercalary growth only. ‘The basis for this supposition is that the number of membranelle in the invagination (Plate VII, figure 32, Plate VIII, figure 33) is equal to the entire number generally found in the adoral zone and pharynx of an adult Buplotes. The extension of the adoval zone toward the right forces the connection between the bodies to remain at that side. (Plate VII, figures 28, 29.) As the constriction is carried across the body, the thin ventral wall of the remaining part of the peristomial cavity (Plate VIII, figure 36) is broken through; a portion remaining may form the marginal lamella of the medial wall of the completed peristome. (Plate VII, figures 28 and 29.) The stalk connecting the daughter bodies is sometimes drawn out into a slender thread of some length; it is not unusual to see a pair of individuals swimming rapidly about connected in this manner, the posterior one swinging from side to side as if the two were engaged in a game of crack-the-whip. By the time that separation occurs the two bodies may have their usual form, or they may be of such shapes that the observer can very easily be certain which was anterior and which posterior before division. (Plate VII, figures 30 and 31.) A new contractile vacuole appears in the anterior body before fission is complete. LITERATURL. BALBIANI, G. Recherches sur les phenoménes sexuals des Infusoires. Journ. de la Physiol. T. N: Paris (1861), 102-130, 174-220, 431-438, 465-520; pl. 7-9. JpemM. Sur la structure et la division du noyau chez le Spirochona gemmipara. Ann. de Microgr. (1895), 7, 289. Birscux1, O. Studien ii. d. ersten Entwicklunesvorgiinge d. Hizelle, d. Zell- theilung, und die Conjugation der Infusorien. Frankf. Abhandl. d. Senckenb. Gesells. Naturf. Freunde (1876), 10, 213-452; 15 pl. IpeM. Protozoa. Bronn’s Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-Reichs. (1887-89), 1, Abt. Tif. IJnfusoria. 334 GRIFFIN. CALKINS, G, N. The Protozoa. Columbia University Biological Series, 6.. New York (1901). , : Ipem. Marine Protozoa from Woods Hole. Bull. U. 8. Fish. Com, (1902), 21, 415-468; 69 text-figs. Carter, H. J. On Plesconia and Kerona. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (1859), 241— 258; 1 pl. CLAPEREDE, E., et LACHMANN, J. Etudes sur les infusoires et les rhizopodes, Mém. instit. Génévoise (1858), 5, 260, 13 pl.; (1859), 6, 261-482, Ib tals (1861), 7, 291, 13 pl. Dusarpin, F. Histoire naturelle des zoéphytes infusoires, comprenant le phy- siologie et la classification de ces animaux, ete. Paris (1841). ENGELMANN, T. W. Zur Naturgeschichte der Infusionsthiere, Ztschr. wiss. Zool., (1862), 347-393, pl. 28-31. A full abstract by Dr. Arlidge appeared in Amn. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (1862), 241-261, 1 pl. IpeM, Ueber Entwicklung und Fortpflanzung der Infusorien. Morph. Jahrb. (1876), 1, 573-635, pl. 21 and 22. (Appeared in 1875 in Onderzoek. ged: i. h. physiol. Labor. d. Btrecht Hoogeschool. 3. Reeks.) Maupas, E. Contribution a l’étude morphologique et anatomique des infusoires eiliés. Arch. Zool. Hxper. (1883) (2), 1, 427-664, pl. 19-24. Ipem. Sur la conjugaison des infusoires ciliés. Compt. rend. Acad, set. Paris (1886), 102, 1569-1572. Mercatr, M. M. Opalina, its anatomy and reproduction, with a description of infection experiments and a chronological review of the literature. Arch. f. Prot. (1909), 13, 195-375; 15 pl., 17 text-figs. MINKIEWICczZ, R. Studies on the Protozoa of the Black Sea. I. The organization, multiplication, and systematic position of the genus Huplotes Ehrbg. (In Russian, with a résumé in French.) TVradui Kazan Univ. (1901), 35, 67, 2 pl. . Mostus, K. Ueber die Theilung des Euplotes harpa. Sitzwngsber. d. Ges. natfor. Freunde z. Berlin (1887), 102-103. Ipem. Bruchstiicke einer IJnfusorienfaune der Kieler Bucht. Arch. Naturg. (1888), 54, 81-116, 4 pl. PRowAzZWK, 8. Protozoen Studien, III, Euplotes harpa. Arb. Inst. Wien. (1902), 14, 81-88, 1 pl. ReeEs, J. VAN. Zur Kenntniss der Bewimperung der hypotrichen Infusorien, ete. Amsterdam (1881), 1 pl. ‘ RosspacH, M. J. Die rhythmischen Bewegserscheinungen der einfachsten Organ- ismen und ihr Verhalten gegen physikalische Agentien und Arzneimittel. Verh. d. physik-medic. Gesellsch. Wiirzburg. (1872), N. F., 2, 179-242, 2 pl. ScHAEFFER, A. A. Selection of food in Stentor ceruleus (Ehr.). Journ, Exp. Zool. (1910), 8, 75-132, 2 figs. Scuupere. Zur Kenntniss des Theilungsvorgangs bei Euplotes patella Hhrbg., Verh. naturh.-med. Ver. Heidelberg (1900), (N. F.), 6 Stein, Fr. Der Organismus der Infusionsthiere, Leipzig (1859-1883). SrerKI, V. Beitriige zur Morphologie der Oxytrichinen. Ztsehr. wiss. Zool. (1878), 31, 29-58, pl. 4. Stokes, A. Some New Infusoria. Amer. Nat. (1885), 19, 433-443. WALLENGREN, H. Studier 6fver Ciliata Infusorier. IV. Fysiograf. Sdllskap. Handl.; Lunds Univ. Askr. (1900), 36, 54, 2 pl. 4 IpEM. Zur Kenntniss der vergleichenden Morphologie der hypotrichen Infusorien. Bihang Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. (1900), 26, 1-31, 18 figs. Ipem. Zur Kenntniss des Neu-bildungs- und Resorbtions vorganges bei der Thei- lung der hypotrichen Infusorien. Zool. Jahrb., Abt. f, Anat. (1901), 15, 1-58, 1 pl. and 28 figs ; ILLUSTRATIONS. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. The magnifications given are those which the figures possessed before reduction. Plates IV to VIII have been reduced one-half. so, solution plane. res reconstruction plane. 12 new peristome. 0, definitive opening of the invaginated new peristome. S. O., rudiment of new suboral membranelle. ~ Bi old adoral zone. AZ, new adoral zone. ph, pharynx (old). sm, suboral membranelle (old). Prate IV. Fics. 1, 2, 3, and 4. Successive stages in the reconstruction of the meganucleus, and of the invagination of the new peristome. % 800. Camera lucida. Fic. 5. Micronuclear spindle of figure 4. X 1,600. 6. Posterior extremity of meganucleus of figure 3. The chromatin reticulum on the anterior side of the solution plane ends very abruptly and evenly. On the posterior side of the reconstruction plane the chro- matin fibers. reappear; the chromatin is nodular in the posterior part of the nucleus. X 1,600. Camera lucida. 7. Transverse section of a stage corresponding to figure 4. The invagina- tion of the new peristome (P) is seen below the old adoral zone. The new adoral membranelle stand inside the invagination. X 600. Camera lucida. PLATE V. Fic. 8. The invagination of the new peristome is completely closed. X 800. Camera lucida. : . Micronucleus of figure 8. Spindle threads connecting the poles could not be seen. X 1,600. 10. The peristomial invagination is reopening at O. At S. O. appears the rudiment of the new suboral group of membranelle. x 800. Camera lucida. 11 and 12. Solution and reconstruction planes. Both these nuclei show a : reticulum of extremely fine fibers in the reconstruction plane. These are thickest on the side away from the solution plane; little masses of chromatin can be seen forming at the nodes. X 1,600. Camera lucidar é : : Hey 33 13. The opening of the new peristome is enlarging. The micronucleus has divided, the two new micronuclei still showing the points at which the nuclear membrane was drawn out as the poles moved apart. X 800. Camera lucida. 14. The new peristome now has a large opening. The two micronuclei are ~ entirely reconstructed, and have assumed their final positions. The _ reconstruction bands of the meganucleus are. approaching each other, while the meganucleus as a whole is condensing and. shortening. < 800. Camera lucida. Ne} 335 336 GRIFFIN. Fic. 15. The middle portion of the meganucleus of figure 14. X 1,200. Camera lucida. 16. A vertical longitudinal section of the new peristome at a stage corre- sponding to figure 10. The invaginated new peristome forms an extensive cavity lying directly dorsad (below in the figure) to the old adoral zone (az). The opening of the invagination to the ex- terior at O is just commencing. The new adoral zone is seen at AZ. X 1,000. Camera lucida. 17. An obliquely transverse section of a stage corresponding to figure 14, passing through the new peristome and its opening, and the old adoral zone (az). X 600. Camera lucida. Pirate VI. Fie, 18. The two solution planes of the meganucleus have met. The meganucleus is considerably condensed. > 800. Camera lucida. 19. Anaphase of micronucleus. 20. The solution planes have disappeared and the reconstruction planes haye met. X 800. Camera lucida. 21. Late anaphase of micronucleus. 22. The reconstruction planes have disappeared and most of the meganucleus has condensed until the chromatin reticulum is not easily visible. x 800. Camera lucida. 23. At about the same stage as figure 22, but with a less condensed mega- nucleus. The rudiments of the new cirri have been formed. 24. A transverse section passing through the old peristome, pharynx, adoral zone and suboral membranelle, and also through the new peristome and its opening to the exterior. The latter is at the base of a depression of the outer surface, and one of its edges is shown in the figure. X 400. Camera lucida. 25. The final stage in the condensation of the meganucleus. Two of the old anal cirri have disappeared; the new cirri are increasing in size. Prate VII. Fies. 26 to 29. Elongation and constriction of the body and meganucleus; the new peristome is drawing out from above the old, and assuming its definite position. Fie. 30. Anterior daughter individual immediately after division. 31. Posterior daughter individual immediately after division. 32. First stage in the development of the new cirri. A, B, C, D, E, depres- sions in which the new cirri of the anterior daughter body will develop; a, b, c, d, €, corresponding depressions of the posterior daughter body; 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, frontal cirri; 8, 9, 10, abdominal eirri; I, If, II, IV, V, anal cirri; Ll, L2, left marginal cirri; RI, R2, R3, right marginal cirri. Prate VIII. Fies. 33 to 36. Successive stages in the development and arrangement of the new cirri, and in the resorption of the old ones. Figures 34, 35, and _ 36 are drawn from the same individual at intervals of about half an hour. GRIFFIN: EUPLOTES WORCESTERI: II. DIVISION. ] [PHIL. JourN. Scr., Vou. V, No. 6. J Sn HAS JAIN: 2 Is GRIFFIN: EUPLOTES WORCESTERL: II. DIVISION.] [PHin. JouRN. Scr., Vou. V, No. 6. L. E. Griffin and T. Espinosa, del. PLATE Vv. GRIFFIN: EUPLOTES WORCESTERI: II. DIVISION.] (Puiu. JouRN. Scr., Vou. V, No. 6. Nd 20 D eS 2. eS} Ss == — eS. a a ass | jemacrel| an L. E. Griffin and T. Espinosa, del. PLATE VI. VoL. V, No. 6. [PuHin. JouRN. Sct., Il. DiviIston.] GRIFFIN: EUPLOTES WORCESTERI: Fig, 26. Fig. 27 rig. 29, ...LM ie 2 Espinosa, del. E. Griffin and T. PLATE Vil. Fig. 36 : Wis i Ke Ye § oe spainig <—__ i A ee SS sa ~“W NO or ~SS> Qi = 3 oe 7 a s emp xo”y®, »& = Ss yy . Ypy. a — PLATE VIII- sa, del. GRIFFIN: EUPLOTES WORCESTERI d T. Espino L. E. Griffin an Es rt ii iperlay We iar See REVIEW. Aigrettes and Birdskins. The Truth About Their Collection and Export. By Harold Hamel Smith, editor of “Tropical Life.” With a foreword by Sir J. D. Rees, K. C. I, E., C. V. O., M. P. Cloth. Pp. 138. Prien: 5 shillings. London: John Bales Sons & Danielson, Ltd. 1910. This book is written in defense of the bird-millinery trade and in protest against a notification issued in India, in 1902, prohibiting the export from British India of the skins and feathers of all birds other than domestic birds, ostrich feathers and skins, and bona fide natural history specimens. The objection to this order is that while it does not protect the birds from being killed it takes from the poorer classes in India a considerable source of income. The author claims that the collecting of feathers of wild birds can not be considered cruel, unless it be considered cruel to shoot game for sport, and that, taking the world as a whole, birds are not in danger of extermination, or even of becoming rare. Tt is stated that, “unlike the milliners who need the birds only for a few years at a time, whilst the fashion for wearing them lasts, the sup- pliers to natural history museums and the fishing-tackle trade go on collecting uninterruptedly year after year, as they have no fashion to interrupt their demand.” Members of the Audubon societies and other protectionists will be pleased to learn that should any fear of the extermination of a certain species arise “the trade wisely and very naturally will be only too pleased to collaborate with any official body to keep that particular species out of fashion until their numbers have increased sufficiently to warrant their being used again.” The extermination of some species of birds, such as the herons in Florida, is charged to the advance of civilization and the opening of new country. The author suggests the appointment of a permanent inter- national committee to be consulted at any time, to inquire into reported scarcity of birds, and to ascertain on independent evidence how correct the reports are. The committee should, if necessary, proceed to the center of origin and ascertain the true state of the case. The frontispiece is a half-tone portrait of the author. R. C. McG. 337 INDEX. (New names are printed in heavy-faced type.) A Acanthopneuste borealis (Blasius), 112. Accessory, a new, for dissecting work, 131 ; description of, 131; uses of, 132. Accipiter gularis (Temminck and Schlegel), | 108. Achacea combinans Walk., 174. Achaea cyllota Guen., 174. Acharana, 180. licarsisalis Walk., 180. licarsisalis Swinh., 180. pheopteralis Cuen., 180. Achiling, 39. Acidalia, 177. ochrata Scop., 177. rufula Swinh., 177. Acidaliine, 177. Acontiine, 172. Acronycta, 171. leporina Linn., 171. sinens Walk., 171. sinens Hamps., 171. Actitis hypoleucos (Linnzus), Adlullis, 163. benguetana Schultze, 163. lunifera Walk., 163. samarensis Schultze, 163. Adoretini, 262. Adoretus, 262. luridus, 262. philippinicus Pic, 262. ranunculus Burm., 262. umbrosus Fabr., 262. 4Bgialitis dubia (Scopoli), 106. alexandrina (Linneus), 106. peroni (Bonaparte), 106. /Hmene multipunctata Hamps., 169. ZEthopyga flavipectus Grant, 113. Afrena, 177. esmeralda Hamps., 177. Agonia banksi Weise, 227. manilensis Weise, 227, vanderpolli Gestro, 146. Agrotis, 171. aristifera Guen., 171. biconica Hamps., 171. biconica Koll., 171. c-nigrum Hamps., 171. e-nigrum Linn., 171. exigua Koll., 171. 107. | Agrotis ingrata Butl., 171. segetis Schiff., 171. segetis Hamps., 171. segetum Leech, 171. spiculifera Guen., 171. suffusa Treit., 171. ypsilon Hamps., 171. ypsilon Rott., 171. Alcedinide, 109. Alcedo bengalensis Gmelin, 109. Alcycne argentata (Tweeddale), 197. cyanopectus (Lafresneye), 110. Alpheus avarus Fabr., 97. Ambasside, 272. Ambassis kopsi (Bleeker), 274. Amia ceramensis Bleeker, 274. griffini Seale, 117. hyalosoma Bleeker, 274. quadrifasciata (Cuv. and Val.), 274. Amblygobius insignis Seale, 116. Anesthetization of marine animals by using magnesium sulphate, 86. Anas luzonica Fraser, 108. Anatide, 108. Anatomy, racial, in Taytay, 1. Anerastia, 177. celsella Walk., 177. lotella Hubner, 177. pallidicosta Walk., 177. Anerastiine, 177. Angonyx, 167. testacea Walk., 167. testacea Rothsch., 167. Animals, anesthetization of marine, using magnesium sulphate, 86. Anomala, 256. andradei Heller, 248, 258. anoguttata Burm., 258. atrocyanea Burm., 259. beri Ohs., 259. camarinensis Ohs., 246, 256. catenatopunctata Ohs., 244, 256. chalchoptera Burm., 259. chalibea Burm., 250, 258. chloropyga Burm., 252, 259. corruseans Chevr., 250, 258. dasypyga Burm., 259. despumata Ohs., 243, 256. encausta Cand., 259. exarata Burm., 256. flavoscutellata Ohs., 237, 256. 339 by 340 Anomala heteroglypha Ohs., 248, 258. inconsueta Ohs., 250, 259, infams Ohs., 236, 256. leotaudii Blanch., 242, 257, macrophthalma Ohs., 237, 256. nitidissima Blanch., 259. noctivaga Ohs., 246, 257. obesa Cand., 259. ovatula Ohs., 240, 257. palawana Ohs., 241, 257. picturata Cand., 258. planata Cand., 248, 257. prematura Ohs., 251, 259. prasina Burm., 259. proctolasia Ohs., 239, 257. relucens Har., 250. schultzeana Ohs., 247, 257. semperiana Ohs., 241, 257. smaragdina Eschsch., 259. suleatula Burm., 257. varicolor Gyllenh., 258. vietipennis Ohs., 245, 258. whiteheadi Ohs., 243, 258. Anomalini, 256. - Anous stolidus (Linnzus), 197. Anthreptes griseigularis Tweed., 221. Anthus rufulus Vieillot, 113, 136, 219. gustavi Swinh., 113. Antipha punctata All., 223. Ants, 69, 71; Philippine, 121; relation of, to lyeznid chrysalids, 74. Aphena, 37. farinosa Spin., 37. farinosa Weber, 37. saundersii Walk., 37. Aphana farinosa Burm., 37. fariposa Weber, 37. scutellaris White, 37. Aphanaria, 37. Aplochlora, 176. viridis Warren, 176. vivilaca Walk., 176. Apogonia lutea Moser, 188. metallescens Moser, 186. nigrobrunnea Moser, 187. rugipennis Moser, 189. viridana Moser, 187. Aphrophorine, 49. Apogonichthyide, 274. Arctia horsfieldii Saund., 169. Arctiide, 164, 169. Ardeide, 107. Arenaria interpres (Linnzus), 106. Arhopala amantes Hewits., 76. Arius argyropleuron (Kuhl and Van selt), 266. sagor Hamilton, 266. Artamide, 112. Artamides striatus (Boddaert), 111, 221. Artamus leucorynchus (Linnzus), 112, 220. Asopia pictalis Curt., 179. Aspidimerus tristis Weise, 231. Aspidomopha miliaris Fabr., 143. Assamia dentata Buckt., 39. Astrea multimaculata Moser, 183. Has- INDEX. Astur trivirgatus (Temminck), 108. Atherina forskalii Rupp., 268. Atherinide, 268. ' Attacus ricini Boisd., 132. Aulacophora quadrimaculata Chap., 140. rosea Chap., 140. uniformis Chap., 223. Autoba yersicolor Walk., 172. | B BANKS, C. S., Rhynchota Palawanica, Part Il: Homoptera, 33; Editorial: An Inte- resting Occurrence with Sticky Grass: Eragrostis viscosa Trin., 85; The Poly- scopic Cell, 79; A New Accessory for Dis- section Work, 131. ; Bantayan Island, formation of, 149; four new species of fishes from, 115; food fisheries of, 151; location of pearl shells at, 150; pearl fishery of, 149; pearl shells from, 150; quality and value of pearl shells from, 151; situation of, 149; value of food fisheries of, 151. | Barbus elongatus Seale, 265. | Barracudas, Borneo, 268. Bass, successful transference of black, into Philippines, 153. Batrachostomus microrhynchus Grant, 136. Baza magnirostris Gray, 197. BEAN, ROBERT BENNETT, ITI. | Filipino | Types: Racial Anatomy in Taytay. (B). The Women, 1; Paleolithic Man in the | Philippines. Homo Philippinensis, 27 ; Filipino Ears, If: Ears from Malecon Morgue, 191. Belonide, 267. Birds, additional notes on, from northern Mindanao, 197; collected in Polillo, 103 ; from northern Luzon and islands of Sab- tan and Dalupiri, 219. Black bass, apparatus used in transporting, | to the Philippines, 153; successful trans- |, ference of, into Philippines, 153; where secured, 153. Black lip pearl oyster, 88. Blenina, 173. donans Walk, 173. quinaria Moore, 173. | Blepharida manilensis Weise, 142. | Boarmiine, 176. Boiga angulata (Peters), 213. eynodon (Boie), 213. | dendrophila (Boie), 214. Bolbopsittacus lunulatus (Scop.), 221. Bombyx mori Linn., 131. spinula Esp., 171. BOOK REVIEWS: } Check-list of North American Birds, 313. Smith, Harold Hamel. Aigrettes and Birdskins. The Truth about Their | Collection and Export, 337. | Borneo fishes, 263; barracudas, 268 ; butter- fishes or pomfrets, 269; butterfly-fishes, 283; cardinal fishes, 274; climbing INDEX. perches, 272 ; croakers, 277 ; cutlass-fishes, 272; eastern spade-fishes, 282; eels, 265; ephippids, 282; flat-heads, 286; founders, ephippids, 282; flat-heads, 286 ; flounders, 287; goat-fishes, 278 ; gobies, 285 ; grunts, 275; half-beaks and flying fishes, 267; kisugos, 279; kitings, 282; leaf-fishes, 283; lizard fishes, 264; mackerels, 270; minnows, 265; mullets, 268; one-spines, 284; pampanos, 270; puffers, poison fishes, 284; ring-fishes, 282; scorpian- fishes, 286; scorpids, 282; sea-basses, 274; sea-horses, 269; sharks, 263; si- ganids, 203; silversides, 268; slip- mouths, 272; snappers, 275; sting-rays, 264; tangs, 283; therapons, 275; thread- fins, 269; three-spines, 280; urasse-fishes, 281. \ Botys licarsisalis Walk., 180. Brachilia acronyctoides Moore, 168. Brachypteryx poliogyna Grant, 137, 138. Brumus sutturalis Fabr., 148. Bubulcus coromandus (Boddaert), 107, 220. Bucerotide, 110. Budytes leucostriatus Homeyer, 113. Butastur indicus Gmelin), 108. Butorides javanica (Horsfield), 107. Butterfishes or Pomfrets, Borneo, 269. Butterfly-fishes, Borneo, 283. Buzzard, migration of Tic-Wee, 199. - Bythosecopus biarcuatus, unilineatus, unifas- cia, Walk., 51. ferrugineus Walk., 51. malayus Stal, 51. Cc Cacatua hematuropygia (P. L. S. Miller), 108, Cacatuide, 108. Cacomantis merulinus (Scopoli), 136. Cadra defectella Walk., 177. Calduba obdenta Walk., 173. Calidris leucophea (Pallas), 107. Callisitta mesoleuca (Grant), 137. Camponotus (Colobopsis) vitreus Smith, 127. : (Colobopsis) pubescens Mayr, ire femoratus Fabr., 73. horrens Forel, 127. maculatus Fabr. subsp. pallidus Sm., 127. maculatus Fabr. subsp. subnu- dus Em., 127. meeschi Forel, 129. pandava Horsf., 70. quadrisectus Sm., 73, 127. rubripes Drury, 69. Campophagide, 111. Canthelea, 178. gegnusalis Walk., 178. Carangide, 270. Caranx brevis Bleeker, 271. ira (Cuy. and Val.), 271. secfasciatus (Quoy and Gaimard), 270.° speciosus (Forskal), 270. 341 Carchariide, 263. Cardinal fishes, Borneo, 274. Cataclysme, 176. conturbata Walk., 176. conturbata Hamps., 176. riguata Hiibn., 176. Caterpillars, myrmecophily of, 69. Catochrysops cnejus Fabr., 69. Celama, 170. bifascialis Walk., 170. teniata Hamps., 170. teniata Snell, 170. Cell, polysecopie, 79. Centromeria, 39. longipennis Walk., 39. Centropus unirufus (Cabanis and Heine), atIBI viridis (Scopoli), 111. Centrotinx, 47. Centrotus dama Germ., 47. rupicapra Fabr., 48. taurus Fabr., 48. terminalis Walk., 48. vicarius Walk., 48. Cephalophoneus validirostris (Grant), 137. Cephaloxys hemelytra Sign., 36. tersichore Walk., 35. Cephonodes, 167. hylas Linn., 167. titan Rothsch., 167. Cercopide, 49. Cercopine, 50. Cercopis inclusa Walk., 50. Cerynia, 45. albata Stal, 45. lutescens Melich., 45. maria Stal, 45. maria White, 45. Ceryniaria, 45. Ceyx melanura Kaup, 110. Chetodon adiergastos Seale, 116. carens Seale, 115. occellatus Bleeker, 283. Chetodontide, 283. Chaimarrornis bicolor Grant, 136. Chalcophaps indica (Linnzus), 106. Charadriide, 106. Charadrius fulvus Gmelin, 106. Charcharias borneensis Seale, 263. Chilades, 166. laius Cram., 166. putli Moore, 166. trochilus Freyer, 166. trochilus de Nicey., 166. Chilocorus cerberus Muls., 148. Chilomenes sexmaculatus Fabr., 148. Cheerodon oligacanthus (Bleeker), 281. Chrochiphora, 180. testulalis Hiibn., 180. | Chrysalis, myrmecophilous Lycznid, from the Philippines, 73. Chrysocolaptes h#ematribon (Wagler), 111, 136. Chrysomela bifasciata Hornst., 226. Chrysomeliden, 139, 223. Chrysopelea ornata (Shaw), 214. 342 Chrysopera, 174. combinans Hamps., 174. combinans Walk., 174. Cicada conica Germ., 36. farinosa Weber, 37. mannifera Linn., 35. quadrituberculata Sign., 34. sanguinea De Geer, 36. sanguinolenta Oliy., 36. virescens Oliy., 35. Cicadaria, 34. Cicadide, 33. Cicadine, 33. Ciconiide, 107. Cinnyris henkei Meyer, 220. jugularis (Linnzus), 113. sperata (Linneus), 113. Citula armatus (Forskal), 272. Cisticola exilis (Vigors and Horsfield), 136. Cixius pustulatus Walk., 39. Cleorina philippinensis Jac., 223. Clettharra, 173. albonotata Hamps., 173. Climbing perches, Borneo, 274. Clovia, 49. bigoti Sign., 49. conifer Walk., 49. frenulata Stal, 49. vittifrons Stal, 49. Clupeide, 264. Cnecodes suturalis Motsch., 141. Coccinelliden, 223, 229. Coelophcra octopunctata Weise, 229. sexguttata Weise, 230. Colasposoma, 140. Coleoptera, verzeichniss von coleopteren aus den Philippinen, etc., 139. lamellicornia, neue, von den Phii- ippinen, 183. Collocalia, 103, 136. fuciphaga (Thunb.) marginata Salvadori, 110. troglodytes Gray, 220. whiteheadi Grant, 138. Columbide, 105. Cortributions to lepidopterous fauna of the Philippines, 161. Coraciide, 109. Corone philippina (Bp.), 114, 220. Corvide, 114. Corynodes indagaceus Cheyr., 140. Cosmopsaltria, 35. doryca Boisd., 35. inermis Stal, 35. Cosmoscarta, 50. heros Fabr., 50. inclusa Butl., 50. inclusa Walk., 50. Cosside, 168. Cremastogaster deformis Sm., 124. modiglianii Hmery, var. clem- ense, 125. 5 rogenhofferi Mayr., 124. simoni Emery, 124. Oi. » 22 INDEX. Cremastogaster subnuda Mayr, subsp. poli- tula Forel, var, tagala, 124. Crioceria 4-notata Fabr., 226. Crioceris semipunctata Fabr., 139. Croakers, Borneo, 277. | Cryptogonus orbiculus Gyllh., 148. | Cryptolopha nigrorum Moseley, 136, 138. Cryptotympana, 34. ’ : pustulata Fabr., 34. ? varicolor Dist., 34. Cuculide, 111. Culicicapa ceylonensis (Swainson), 136. Curgia, 172. nonagrica Walk., 172. Cutlass-fishes, Borneo, 272. | Cyclocorus lineatus (Reinhardt), 211. Cynoglossus borneensis (Bleeker), 288. | kapwasensis Fowler, 288. macrolepidotus Bleeker, 288. | Cynorta cavifrons Duyiv., 224. citrina Jac., 224. longicornis, Weise, 224. quadriplagiata Weise, 225. Cyornis philippinensis Sharpe, 111, 220. Cyprinide, 265. D Dactylispa cladophora Guer., 146. Deda, 46. puncticlava Banks, 46. Dalupiri, birds from island of, 219. Darantasia, 170. euneiplena Walk., 170. Dasyatide, 264. Dasyatis kuhli (Miller and Henle), 264. Dasychira, 169. horsfieldi Hamps., 169. horsfieldi Saund., 169. pudibunda Linn., 169. Dasylophus, 221. superciliosus (Cuvier), 111. Dayao, quantity of pearl shell taken from, 89. Deilemera, 164. evergista Stoll., 164. gratia Schultze, 164. Demigretta sacra (Gmelin), 107. Dendrelaphis ceruleatus Griffin, 213. Dendrophis pictus (Gmelin), 213. Derbe mesta Westw., 39. ! Derbine, 39. Diacamma rugosum LeGuill. subsp. geome- tricum Sm. var. viridipurpurea Emery, 122. Diatomacee, 93. Diceide, 113. Diceum xanthopygium Tweeddale, 113. pygmeum (Kittlitz), 113, 220. | Dicruride, 113. | Dicrurus, 221. | | | balicassius (Linneus), 113. Dictyopharine, 38. | Dictyophora, 38. INDEX. Dictyophora ? albivitta Atkins, 38. albivitta Walk., 38. despecta Walk., 38. europea Linn., 38. hastata Melich., 38. lepthorina Walk., 38. pallida Atkins, 38. pallida Don., 38. percarinata Kirby, 38. Dissection work, a new accessory for, 131. Disséura episcopus (Boddaert), 107. DISTANT, W. L., Rhynchota Philippinensia, Part I, 57. Dolichoderus bituberculatus Mayr, 127. patens Mayr subsp. pubiventris Emery, 127. Donacia wiepkeni Ws., 139. Dordura, 175. aliena Hamps., 175. aliena Walk., 175. Drepane punctata (Gmelin), 282. Drepanide, 282. Dryophis prasinus Boie, 214. Dundubiaria, 34. Dundubia, 35. mannifera Linn., 35. mannifera Stal, 35. quadrituberculata Walk., 34. yaginata Amy. et Lew., 35. Dysgonia tincta Hamps., 175. Dysphania, 177. palmyra Stoll., 177. palmyra Swinh., 177. 10) Earias, 170. elorana Linn., 170. frondosana Walk., 170. grossypii Frauenf., 170. insulana Boisd., 170. insulana Rogenh., 170. insulana Swinh., 170. siliquana Stainton, 170. simillima Walk., 170. smardinana Zell., 170. tristrigosa Butl., 170. Ears, from Malecon Morgue, 191. Eastern spade-fishes, Borneo, 282. Echinopla striata Smith, 128. EDITORIALS : An Interesting Occurrence with Sticky Grass: Eragrostis Viscosa Trin., 85. D45 Enmonodia, 175. hypopyroides Walk., 175. pudens Butl., 175. pudens Walk., 175. | Ephestia cautella Hamps., 177. Ephippide, 282. Ephippids, Borneo, 282. Ephippus orbis (Bloch), 282. Epicrocis egnusalis Hamps., 178. BEpilachna pusillanima Muls., 146. vigintiocto-punctata Fabr., 146. Epinephelus sexfasciatus (Cuv. and Val.), 275. Epiplemide, 175. | Equula ruconia (Hamilton), 272 Equulide, 272. Eragrostis viscosa Trin., 85. Ercheia, 174. cyllaria Cram., 174. eyllota Guen., 174. cillota Moore, 174. Erystus banksi Weise, 226. Bublemma, 172. angulifera Hamps., 172. respersa Hiibn., 172. versicolor Walk., 172. versicolor Swinh., 172. Euelatichthys crassispinus (Riippel), 276. Eugoa multipuncta Hamps., 169. Eumyias nigrimentalis (Grant), 136, 138. Euplotes worcesteri, 291-336; bristles of, sensory, 302; cirri of, 299; cirri of, new, 328; contractile vacuole of, 306; develop- ment of the new peristome in, 324; divi- sion in, 315; division of the body in, 332; division of micronucleus in, 322; ectosare of, 303; endosarce of, 305; eges- tion in, 305; ingestion in, 305; meganu- cleus in, reconstruction of, 316 ; membra- nelle of, 298; micronucleus in, division of, 322; mouth of, 294; nuclei of, 307; pellicle of, 303; peristome of, new, 324; pharynx of, 294; reconstruction of mega- nucleus in, 316; sensory bristles of, 302, 331; structure of, 291; systematic posi- tion of, 309. | Eupterotide, 162. A method of using Magnesium Sulphate | for the Anesthetization of Marine Animals, 86. Eels, Borneo, 265. Egretta garzetta (Linnzeus), 107. Elaphe erythrura (Dumeril and Bibron), 213. Endotricha, 178. flammealis Schiff., 178. puncticostalis Walk., 178. Endotrichine, 178. Eurystomus orientalis (Linneus), 109, 220. Euschema palmyra Hiibn., 177. transyersa Moore, 177. Eyeres comyntas Godt., 71. Exocdetide, 267. Falconide, 108. Fauna, lepidopterus, of the Philippines, 161. Faventia, 39. pustulata Stal, 39. pustulata Walk., 39. Fidicina confinis Walk., 35. Filipino ears, II, 191. Filipino types: racial (B) The Women, 1. anatomy in Taytay. 344 Fish, care given, en route to the Philippines, | 153-155; disposition of, upon arrival in Manila, 155 ; mosquito-eating fish at Hon- olulu, 155 ; to the Philippines, 154. Fishes, of Borneo, 263 ; four new fishes from Bantayan Island, 115. Fishery, pearl, of Bantayan, 149; resources, of the Philippine Islands, 89. FPlatheads, Borneo, 286. Flatine, 45. Flatoides fumosus Walk., 45. speculum Walk., 44. tenebrosus et perforatus Walk., 44. Flatoidesaria, 47. Flatta completa Walk., 45. lyrata Burm., 38. maria Walk., 45. tenella Walk., 45. Flounders, Borneo, 287. Fourmis des Philippines, 121. Fulgora graminea Fabr., 38. Pallida Don., 38. Fulgoride, 37. Fulgorine, 37. Fundulus heteroclitus (Linn.), 155. G Geanine, 36. Gallinago megala Swinhoe, 107. Gallerueca bifasciata Fabr., 226. 4-notata Oliy., 226. Gallus gallus (Linnezus), 104. Gambusia affinis (B. and G.), 155. Gargara, 48. geniste Fabr., 48. pygmzea Walk., 48. Gargaria, 48. Gargetta, 168. costigera Walk., 168. Gasterotokeus biaculeatus Bloch, 269. Gazza minuta (Bloch), 272. Gelechiinz, 165. Gennadius stolieze (Day), 286. Geometride, 165, 176. Geometrine, 177. Gerride, 277. Glossogobius aglestes Jordan and Seale, 286. Glottis nebularius (Gunnerus), 107. Gnatholipis callurus Jordan and Seale, 285. Goat-fishes, Borneo, 278. Gobies, Borneo, 285. Gobiide, 285. Gold lip pearl oyster, 88. Graphiphora o-nigrum Steph., 171. Grass, an interesting occurrence with sticky, 85. GRIFFIN, LAWRENCE E., Editorial: A Method of Using Magnesium Sulphate for the Anaesthetization of Marine Animals, 86; The Pearl Fishery of Bantayan, 149; lillo, P. I., with Descriptions of a New Genus and Two New Species, 211; Euplo- tes Worcesteri sp. nov. I. Structure, 291; transference of black bass | INDEX. Euplotes Worcesteri If; Divi- sion, 315. Grurts, Borneo, 275. Gyrtona, 173. hylusalis Walk., 173. lapidaria Walk., 173. sp. nov. H Heenulide, 276. Halcyon chloris (Boddaert), 110. gularis (Kuhl), 110. lindsayi (Vig.), 220. Half-beaks and flying fishes, Borneo, 267. Haliastur intermedius Gurney, 108. | Hamodes, 175. aurantiaca Guen., 175. aurantiaca Hamps., 175. attacicola Swinh., 175. dicistriga Moore, 175. propitia Guen., 175. Haplonodon, 211. philippinensis Griffin, 212. | Haplosonyx ?smaragdipennis Cheyr., 141. Harmonia octo-maculata Fabr., 147. HeloGromas ochropus (Linnzus), 107. Hemibungarus, 214. Hemichelidon griseosticta Swinhoe, 111. Hemirhamphus gaimardi (Cuv. and Val.), 267. Hemispherius, 41. parenthesis Banks, 41. stali Banks, 43. transfasciatus Banks, 42. trimaculatus Banks, 43. Herodgias timoriensis (Lesson), 197. Hepatide, 283. Hepatus matoides (Cuv. and.Val.), 283. | Hesperide, 167. Heteractitis brevipes (Vieillot), 107. Heteraspis billardieri Crotch, 148. Heterocera, 167. Hippocampus kuda Bleeker, 269. Hirundinide, 111- Hirundo gutturalis Scopoli, 111. striolata (Boie), 135. | Hisha xanthoptera Bleeker, 264. Holuthurians, dried, exported from Banta- yan, 151; value of, 151. | Homo heidelbergensis, 27. philippinensis, 27. | Homeesoma derasella Swinh., 178. gratella Walk., 178. Homoptera, 33. Honolulu, cost of introducing fish at, 157; mosquito-eating fish at, 155; success of venture at, 157. Hoplasoma philippinensis Jac., 140. Hoplia maculifera Moser, 185. philippinensis Moser, 184. | Horornis seebohmi (Grant), 137, 138. A List of Snakes from the Island of Po- | Huechys, 36. sanguinea Amy. et Serv., 36. sanguinea De Geer, 36. | Huechysaria, 36. INDEX. 345 Hurria rhynchops (Schneider), 213. Hypetra, 174. aliena Walk., 175. bubo Hiibn., 174. bubo Hamps., 174. noctuides Guen., 174. Hydrocampine, 179. Hyloterpe albiventris Grant, 137, Hypernaria discistriga Moore, 17 Hyperperissa, 165. aurantiaca Semper, 165. pulchella Schultze, 165. Hypopyra grandeva Feld., 175. persimilis Moore, 175. pudens Walk., 175. Hypoteznidia torquata (Linnzus), 106. Hypothymis occipitalis (Vigors), 111. 220. 5. Tole, 221. gularis (Pucheran), 112, 136, 138, : Irena cyanogastra Vigors, 112. Island of Bantayan, four new species fishes from, 115; situation of, 149. Island of Dalupiri, birds from, 219. Island of Sabtan, birds from, 219. Tsland of Polillo, 103; snakes from, 211. Issine, 41. J Jada, 39. maculipennis Banks, 39. nitagalensis Dist., 39. Jasside, 50. Jassine, 51. Jassus, 52. elegans Dist., 52. nervosus Fabr., 52. Jassusaria, 52. Jivatma, 41. metallica Dist., 41. triangulata Banks., 41. Jobnius borneensis (Bleeker), 279. vogleri Bleeker, 280. K Kitings, Borneo, 282. Kisugos, Borneo, 281. Kittacinela, 221. luzoniensis (Kittlitz.), 220. parvimaculata McGregor, 112. Kolla, 51. insignis Dist., 51. tripunctifrons Banks, 51. L Labride, 281. Laccoptera fallax Weise, 145. insulana Weise, 145. manilensis Weise, 144. Lactarius (Bloch and Schneider), 270. Lalage niger (Forster), 111. Lamprocorax panayensis (Scopoli), 114. Laniide, 112, Laride, 106. Larentia conturbata Walk., 176. Larentiine, 165, 176. Lasiocampide, 168. Lates calcarifer (Bloch), 275. Leaf-fishes, Borneo, 283. Lebeda plagifera Walk., 168. Ledrine, 50. Leiognathus blochii Cuv. and Val., 273. caballa (Cuy. and Val.), 273. edentulus Bloch, 273. splendens (Cuvier), 273. Leis dimidiata Fabr., 232. dunlopi Crotch., 232. Lema semperi Jac., 139. Lepidiota corpulenta Moser, 185. Lepidoptera, contributions to the lepidop- terous fauna of the Philippines, 161; new Philippine, 161; species of, hitherto unre- corded from the Philippines, 166. Lepidopterous fauna, contributions to, of the Philippines, 161. Leptobelus, +47. dama Germ., 47. dama Stal, 47. Leptocentraria, 48. Leptocentrus, 48. gazella Bukt., 48. taurus Fabr., 48. taurus Stal, 48. Leptopsaltria, 34. quadrituberculata Sign., 34. quadrituberculata Stal., 34. tuberosa Sign.) 34. Lethrinus amboinensis Bleeker, 277. Leucania, 172. inframicans Hamps., 172. nigrilinea Leech, 172. Leucotreron leclancheri (Bp.), 220. marchei (Oustalet), 105. Lichtensteinipicus funebris (Valenciennes), ialil, Limacodide, 168. Literature, III, 203. Lithosiine, 164, 169. Philippine ornithological, Liza cwruleomaculatus (Lacépéde), 268. Lizard fishes, Borneo, 264. Lomotropa, 179. costiflexalis Guen., 179. costiflexalis Led., 179. Lophopine, 40. Lophotriorchis kieniri (Geoffroy St. Hil- laire), 197. . Loriculus philippensis (P. L. S. Miiller), 109, 221. Lutera, 262. nigromaculata Ohs., 236, 262. Lutianide, 275. Lutianus erythropterus Bloch, 275. fulviflamma (Forskal), 275. vitta (Quoy and Gaimard), 275. Luzon, birds, from northern, 219. Lycena argyrognomon Bergstr., 71. elna Hetwits., 166. 346 Lycena gaika Trimen, 166. pseudargiolus Boisd., putli Kollar, 166. trochilus Freyer, 166. Lycznid larve, ant-attracting organs of, 69; secreting pores of, 70. Lyceenidz, 161, 166. Lyclene semifascia Moore, 170. Lymantriidz, 162, 169. Lystra farinosa Fabr., 37. M 70. Maceda, 173. discalis Walk., 173. mansueta Moore, 173. mansueta Walk., 173. Macherota, 49. ensifera Burm., 49. Macherotine, 49. Mackerels, Borneo, 270. Macronota luctuosa Voll., subsp. palawanica, | 183. Macropygia tenuirostris Bonaparte, 105, 220. Magnesium sulphate, a method of using, for | the anesthetization of marine animals, 86. { Malaia, 253, 260. thoracica Ohs., 253, 260. Malecon Morgue, ears from, 191. Mallienesia latipinna La S., 155. Man, Paleolithic, in the Philippines, 27. Mandesa, 49. amplificata Dist., 49. vittifrons Stal, 49. Manoba, 169. fractilinea Snell., 169. implens Walk., 169. Mareca penelope (Linnzus), 197. Margaritifera margaritifera (Linnezus), 88. maxima Jamson, 88. vulgaris Schum., 95. Margaroniine, 179. Marine animals, anzsthetization of, by mag- nesium sulphate, 86. Maruca testulalis Moore, 180. McGREGOR, RICHARD C., Birds from Pa- uai and Mount Pulog, Subprovince of Benguet, Luzon, 135; Additional Notes on Birds from Northern Mindanao, Philip- pine Islands, 197; Note on the Migration of the Tic-Wee Buzzard in the Philippine Islands, 199; Philippine Ornithological Literature, III, 203; Birds from the Coast of Northern Luzon and from the Islands of Sabtan and Dalupiri, 219. Megapodiide, 104. Megapodius cumingi Dillwyn, 104. Membracide, 47. Membracis rupicapra Fabr., 48. taurus Fabr., 48. tricornis Hardw., 48. Menippus viridis Duvivier, 141. Mestleta angulifera Moore, 172. Metriona manilensis Weise, 229. trivittata Fabr., 146. Micreunaria, 47. Microbuglossus humilis (Cantor), 287. \ INDEX. Microcossus, 180. | mackwoodii Moore, 180, | Micropodide, 110. ' Micropus pacificus (Latham), 219. Microscopical aecessory, 79. Micropterus salmoides (Lacépéde), 153. Migration of the Tic-wee Buzzard in the Philippine Islands, 199. Miltochrista, 170. miniata Forst, 170. semifasciata Hamps., 170. semifascia Walk., 170. Mimela, 252. blumei Hope, 260. maculicollis Ohs., 260. palawana Ohs., 252, 260. Mindanao, additional notes on birds from northern, 197. | Minnows, Borneo, 265. | Mogannia, 36. conica Germ., 36. conica Stal, 36. histrionica Uhler., 36. illustrata Amy. et Sew., 36. indicans, ignifera et avicula Walk., 36. recta Walk., 36. terpsichore Atkins, 35. venutissima Stal, 36. | Moganniaria, 36. | Mogarras, Borneo, 277. | Monocanthide, 284. | Monocanthus chinensis (Bloch), 284. | Monodactylus argentus (Linneus), 282. | Monolepta bifasciata Hornst., 225. (Candezea) bifoveolata Weise., 141, : rubrosignata Bohem., 226, | Monomorium (Martia) banksi Forel, 123. floricola Jerdon, var. philippi- nensis, 123. (Martia) orientalis Mayr, 123. Monotaxis, 164. \" montanus Schultze, 164. trimaculata Hamps., 164. Morgue, ears from Malecon, 191. MOSER, J., Neue Coleoptera Lamellicornia Von Den Philippinen, 183. Mosquito-eating fish, 155. Motacilla melanope Pallas, 113. Motacillide, 113. Mullets, Borneo, 268. Mullide, 278. Munia cabanisi Sharpe, 136, 220. jagori Martens, 113, 219. | Murzenesocide, 265. | Murzenesox cinereus (Forsk&l), 265. Mugil belanak Bleeker, 268. Mugilide, 268. | Museadivores chalybura (Bonaparte), 105. | Muscicapula luzoniensis Grant, 136. | westermanni Sharpe, 136. | Muscicapulide, 111. | Musotima, 179. anlucalis Feld, 179. suffusalis Hamps., 179. INDEX. Myelois bractiatella Walk., 179. | Myristicivora bicolor (Scopoli), 105. Myrmecophilous Lyczenid Chrysalis from the Philippines, 73. Myrmecophily of Caterpillars of Catochry- sops cnejus Fabr., 69, N Nagoda, 168. nigricans Moore, 168. Nannocnus eurhythmus (Swinhoe), 107. Natrix spilogaster Boie, 211. j Nectariniide, 113. Nemipterus upeneoides (Blecker), 275. Nephesa, 46. rosea Spin., 46. rosea Amy. et Sery., 46. Nephopteryx, 178. clientella Zell., 178. proximalis Walk., 178. syntaractis Turn., 178. New genus of snakes, from Island of Po- | lillo, 211. New lepidoptera, 161. } New species, of snakes, from Island of Po- | lillo, 211; four, of fishes of Borneo, 263 ; four, of fishes from Bantayan Island, | 115. Ninox philippinensis Bonaparte, 108. Noctua e-nigrum Schiff., 171. segetum Schiff., 171. suffusa Fabr., 171. ypsilon Rott., 171. Noctuidae, 171. Nola teniata Snell., 170. Noline, 170. Note on the migration of the Tic-wee. Buz- zard in the Philippine Islands, 199. Notes, additional, on Birds from northern Mindanao, 197. Notodontide, 168. Numenes, 162. insolita Schultze, 162. Numenius variegatus (Scopoli), 106. Nycteoline, 170. Nycticorax manillensis Vigors, 107. Nyctipao, 174. crepuscularis Linn., 174. stringipennis Moore, 174. Nymphula, 179. nympheta Linn., 179. turbata Butl., 179. O Octhodromus geoffroyi (Wagler), 106. mongolus (Pallas), 106. Odonestis, 168. plagifera Walk., 168. plagifera Hamps., 168. Odontomachus banksi Forel, 121. infandus Sm., 122. Odontoponera transversa Sm., 122. (Edicnemide, 107. OHAUS, FR., Die Ruteliden der Philip- pinischen Inseln, 233. Omphisa, 180. 99458——3 347 Omphisa anastomosalis Guen., 180. anastomosalis Hamps., 180. One-spines, Borneo, 284. Ophisma attacicola Walk., 1/5. Orhopala; 74. Oriolide, 113. : Oriolus acrorhynchus Vigors, 113, 220. Ornithological literature, III, Philippine, 203. Orphnophanes, 179. albisignalis Hamps., 179. eucerasalis Walk., 179. | Ortalia pusilla-mesta Ws., 232. Orthorhamphus magnirostris (Vieillot), 107. Orthosia sinens Walk., 171. Orthotomus chloronotus Grant, 220. Orudiza, 175. proteclaria Walk., 175. Orzonoba, 176. clelia Crani., 176. clelia Moore, 176. Osmotreron axillaris (Bonaparte), 105, 220. Otolithus dolorosus Seale, 280. maculatus (Kuhl and Van Has- selt), 279. orientalis Seale, 281. Otomela lucionensis (Linnzus), 112. Oxyurichthus cristatus (Day), 285. Oyster shell, price of, 89; quantity taken in one year from Davao pearl bed, 89. P Pachyzancla licarsisalis Hamps., 180. Paduka, 167. glandulosa Dist., 167. Palawan, Rhynchota Palawanica, 33. Paleolithic man in the Philippines, 27; scription of, 28; discovery of, 27. Pampanos, Borneo, 270. Papilionide, 167. Papilionine, 167. Papilio, 167. neptunus Guér., 167. priamus Linn., 167. xanthus Rothsch., 167. xuthus Bingham, 167. xuthus Linn., 167. Part II, de- | Parastasia, 261. canaliculata Westw., 261. confluens Westw., 261. discolor Westw., 261. indica Ohs., 262. nigriceps Westw., 262. nigroscutellata Ohs., 262. nonfriedi Ohs., 262. westwoodi Waterh., 262. Pardaliparus elegans (Lesson), 137. Pearl fishing, laws relating to Philippine, 94. Pearl fishery of Bantayan, 149. Pearl shells from Bantayan island, 150; location of, 150; value of, 150-151. Pearling banks, Philippine, 90. Pearling fleet of Zamboanga, 89. ex Westw., 5348 Pearl oyster, enemies of, 93; life history of, 92; movements of, ; transplanting and cultivating the Philippine, 94; varieties of Philippine, 88. Pearls, artificial production of, 97; com- position of, 95; determination and vyalu- ‘ation of, 99; yield of, in Philippines, 95. Pearls and pearl fisheries, Philippine, 87. Pelargopsis gigantea Walden, 109. Pempelia cautella Walk., 177. Penelopides subnigra McGregor, 110. Pericrocotus cinereus Lafresneye, 111. Perigonia testacea Walk., 167. Peristeride, 106. Pernis ptilorhyncus (Temminck), 108. Petalocephala, 50. philippina Stal, 50. Petrophila manillensis (J. R. Forster), 112. Phalena, 177, 171. clelia Cram., 176. Phapitreron amethystina Bonaparte, 105. leucotis (Temm.), 220. — Phasianide, 104. Pheidologeton diversus Jerdon, 123. Phenice, 39. fritillaris Westw., 39. moesta Stal, 39. moesta Westw., 39. Philampelinz, 167. Philippine ants, 121. Philippine pearl oyster, varieties of, 88. Philippine pearling banks, 90; currents in, 90. Philippine pearls and pear! fisheries, 87. Philippine Ornithological Literature, 203, Philippine Snakes from the Island of Po- lillo, 211. Phlegenas luzonica (Scopoli), 106. Photoscotosia, 176. miniosata Hamps., 176. miniosata Walk., 176. Phthonoloba, 176. benguetana Schultze, 165. decussata Moore, 176. Phycidopsis, 172. alboyittata Hamps., 172. Phycita, 178. elientella Hamps., 178. proximalis Hamps., 178. proximalis Walk., 178. spissicella Fabr., 178. Phyllotreta serricornis Duviy., 142, 226. Phytorus latus Weise, 139. Picide, 111. Pionea anastomosalis Guen., 180. Pisobia ruficollis (Pallas), 107. Pitane fractilinea Snell., 169. Plagiolepis longipes Jerdon, 127. Planesticus thomassoni (Grant), 137. Ill, thomassoni (Seebohm), 138. Platacidz, 283. Platax orbicularis (Forskal), 283. Platycephalide, 286. Platycephalus indicus (Linnazus), 285 Platynaspis nigra Ws., 232. | | | | | | Polynemus tetradactylus Shaw, INDEX. Platypleura, 33. fulvigera Walk., 33. stridula Linn., 33. ‘ Platythyrea inermis Forel, 122. Pleuronectidez, 287. Ploceide, 113. Plotoside, 266. Plotus anguillaris (Bloch), 266, Pochazia, +4. fasciata Fabr., 44. = guttifera Walk., 44. Peciliide, 155. Pecilopsaltria fulvigera Stal, Peciloptera maria White, 45. Poison-fishes, Borneo, 284. Polillo, area of, 103; birds of, 103; island of, location of, 103; snakes from, 211. Polinemide, 269. Polioaétus ichthyzetus (Horsfield), 197. Poliolophus urostictus (Salvadori), 112. Polycaulus elongatus (Cav. and Val.), 286. Polydactylus zophomus Jordan and Mc- Gregor, 269. 269. Polyneuraria, 33. Polyrhachis armata LeGuillon, 128. bicolor Smith. var. 129. bihamata Drury, 128. eyaniventris Smith, 128. dives Smith, 71. sex-spinosa Latr. Em., 128. textor Smith var. equalis, 129. Polyscopic cell, 79; cell holder, 81; method of use, 81; method of preparation of, 80; reason for, 79; useful to entomolo- gists and general biologists, 79; uses of, 82. Popillia, 260. cetrata Newm., 260. conopyga Ohs., 260. depressa Kraatz., 261. depressiuscula Kraatz., 261. megregori Ohs., 254, 261. mutans Newm., 261. oculata Ohs., 255, 261. scalpta Newm., 261. variabilis Kraatz., 261. Porgies, Borneo, 277. Prenolepis longicornis Latr., 127. Prioniturus montanus Grant, 136, 138. Priopis gymnocephalus Lacépéde, 274. Prioptera immaculta Wagener, 228. immaculata Wagner, var. punctata, 228. sinuata Oliv., 228. concolor, var. esuriens fusco- | Pristipoma hasta Bloch, 276. therapon Bleeker, 276. Promecotheca cumingi Baly, 146. Prorodeca angulifera Walk., 169. Prosopodasys trachinordes (Cuy. and Val.), 286. Psammodynastes pulverulentus (Boie), 214. Psammoperca waigiensis (Cuy. and Val.), 274. INDEX. Pseudoamia polystigma Bleeker, Psudomalaia, 260. flavopilosa Ohs., 260. pilifera Burm., 260. semperi Kraatz, 260. tagala Heller, 260. Pseudoganisa, 162. currani, Schultze, 162. Pseudophana lyrata Burm., 38. pallida Westw., 38. 274, Pseudorhombus javanicus Hamilton, 287 Pseudosciena anea (Bloch), 280. diacanthus (Lacépéde), 279 Psittacide, 108. Psylliodes splendida Harold, 142. Ptylus conifer Walk., 49. frenulatus Stal, 49. simulans Walk., 49. Puffers, poison fishes, Borneo, 284. Pycnonotidx, 112. Pyecnonotus goiavier (Scopoli), 136, 220. Pygospila costiflexalis Guen., 179. Pyralide, 177. Pyraline, 179. Pyralis, 179. ? egnusalis Walk., 178. farinalis Linn., 179. pictalis Curt., 179. pronealis Walk., 179. proximalis Walk., 179. Pyraustine, 180. Pyrops perpusilla Walk., 41. Pyrotrogon ardens (Temminck), 110. Pyrrhula leucogenys Grant, 135, 137, 138. Python reticulatus (Schneider), 211. Q Quadrifine, 174. R Racial anatomy in Taytay, 1. Radinacra euthusa Hamps., 172. Rallidez, 106. Rastrelliger brachysomus (Bleeker), 270. 349 | Rodolia podagrica Ws., 232. rufopilosa Muls., 232. Reesella fragilis Swinh., 170. Ricania, 44. fenestrata Fabr., 44: fumosa Stal, 45. fumosa Walk., 45. guttifera Stal, 44. malaya Stal, 44. proxima Melich., 45. rosea Spin., 46. speculum Stal, 44. speculum Walk., 44. subsinuata Stal, 44. teniata Stal, 44. Ricaniine, 44. Ricaniinaria, 44. Ricine suffusa Walk., 169. Ring-fishes, Borneo, 282. Ruteliden, der Philippinischen Inseln, 233. Rutelini geniuni, 261. SS) Sabtan, birds from island of, 219. Salurnis, 45. granulosa Stal, 45. Sarcops calvyus (Linnzus), Sarrothripine, 173. Saurida tumbil (Bleeker), 264. Scamandra, 37. hermione Stal, 37. rosea, Guér., 37. Scatophagide, 282. Scatophagus argus (Gmelin), 282. SCHULTZE, W., Contributions to the Lepi- dopterous Fauna of the Philippines, 161. w ines | Scianide, 279. Resources, fishery, of the Philippine Islands, | 87. REVIEWS (BOOK) : Check-list of North American Birds, 313. Smith, Harold Hamel. Aigrettes and Birdskins. The Truth about Their Collection and Export, 337. Rhabdornis mystacalis (Temm.), 221. Rhinogobius caninus (Cuy. and Val.), 285. nebulosus (Forskal), 285. Rhinomyias insignis Grant, 136. Rhipidura eyaniceps (Cassin), 136, 138, 220. nigritorquis Vigors, 111. Rhisina puncticostalis Walk., 178. Rhodophea, 178. advenella Zinck., 178. heringii Rag., 178. Rhophalocera, 166. Rhyacophilus glareola (Linnzus), 107. Rhynchota Palawanica, Part II: Homoptera, 33, Philippinensia, Part I, 57. Scolopsis vosmaeri Bleeker, 276. Scombride, 270. Scomberoides lysan (Forskal), 272. Scorpenide, 286. Scorpion-fishes, Borneo, Scorpidide, 282. Scorpids, Borneo, 282. Sea-basses, Borneo, 274. Sea-horses, Borneo, 269. SEALE, ALVIN, The Fishery Resources of the Philippine Islands. Part III. Pearls and Pearl Fisheries, 87; Descriptions of Four New Species of Fishes From Ban- tayan fTIsland, Philippine Archipelago, 115; The Successful Transference of Black Bass into the Philippine Islands, with Notes on the Transportation of Live Fish Long Distances, 153. Serida, 40. fervens Dist., 40. fervens Walk., 40. latens Walk., 40. Serranide, 274. Sessiine, 167. Setina semifascia Walk., 170. Sharks, Borneo, 263. Siganide, 283. Siganids, Borneo, 283, 286. Siganus albopunctatus Schlegal), 284. fucescens (Houttuyn), 284. hexagonata Bleeker, 284. javus (Linnzus), 283. vermiculatus Kuhl and Van Has- selt, 283. Sillaginide, 281. Sillago sihama (Forskal), 281. Siluride, 266. Silversides, Borneo, 268. Siriocauta testulalis Led., 180. Slip-mouths, Borneo, 272. Snakes, Philippine, from Polillo, 211. Snappers, Borneo, 275. | Solenopsis geminata Forel, 123. Sorocostia mesozana Lucas, 170. Sparide, 277. Sparus calamara Russell, 277. Spatula clypeata (Linnzus), 108. Spheroderma, 142. Spheroides lunaris (Bloch), 285. Sphingidz, 167. Sphyrenide, 268. Sphyrena toxeusa Forster, 268. Spirama pudens Hamps., 175. Spilornis holospilus (Vigors), 108. Spilotichthys pictus (Thunberg), 276. Squatarola squatarola (Linneus), 106. Stenia testulalis Guen., 180. Sterna sinensis Gmelin, 106. Stethorus pauperculus Ws., 232. | rotundatus Motsch., 232. Sticholotis banksi Weise, 230. ovata Weise, 230. Sticky grass, interesting with, 85. Stictane fractilinea Hamps., 169. Stictopterine, 173. | Sting-rays, Borneo, 264. (Temminck and | the Island of an occurrence Streptopelia dussumieri (Temminck), 106, 220. | Strigide, 108. | Stromateide, 269. Stromateus cinereus (Bloch), 269. | Sturnide, 114. Sylviide, 112. Syngnathide, 269. Synodontide, 264. Synonycha grandis Thunb., 148. Sypna, 174. | ochreicilia Hamps., 174. | omicronigera Guen., 174. punctosa Hamps., 174. punctosa Walk., 174. T Tachornis pallidior McGregor, 110. | Tachysurus venosus (Cuvier and Valen- | ciennes) 266. Tangs, Borneo, 283. Tanygnathus freeri McGregor, 103, 108. lucionensis (Linnzus), 108. | Tibicinine, INDEX. Tartessus, 51. ferrugineus Stal, 51. ferrugineus Walk., 51. fieberi Stal, 51. malayus Stal, 51. Tartessusaria, 51. Tarucus, 161. leopardus Schultze, 161. theophrastus Fabr., 69. Taytay, racial anatomy in, 1. Taytay women, branchial index, 9; com- parison of, with women of northeastern Siberia, 1; crural index, 10; disease and species, 15; ear form, 14; head and face, 12; morphology, 15; omphalic index, 8; stature of types of, 3; trochanter height, i. | Tayia punctosa Walk., 174. Tetraodon fluviatilis (Hamilton), 285. immaculatus (Bloch and Schnei- der), 284. Tetraodontide, 284. Tettigonia impudica Sign., 50. impudica? Stal, 50. sanguinolenta Fabr., 36. | Tettigoniella, 50. impudica Sign., 50. Tettigoniellinez, 50. Thea cincta Fabr., 147. Theraponide, 276. Therapon jarbua (Forskal), 277. puta (Cuv. and Vol.), 277. quadrilineatus (Bloch), 277. Therapons, Borneo, 276. Threadfins, Borneo, 269. Three-spines, Borneo, 284. Thriponax javensis (Horsfield), 136. | Thysanophrys bobossok (Bleeker), 287. scaber (Linnzus), 287. tentaculatus (Riippel), 286. 36. Tic-wee buzzard, migration of, 199. Tineide, 165, 180. Totanus eurhinus (Oberholser), Tortrix insulana Boisd., 170. Toxotes jaculatrix (Pallas), Toxotide, 282. Transference, successful, of black bass into the Philippine Islands, 153. Transportation of live fish long distances, 153. Treronide, 105. Triacanthide, 284. Triacanthus blochi Bleeker, 284. Trichiuride, 272. 106. 282, | Trichiurus haumela (Forskal), 272. Tridacna gigas Linn., 98. Trifine, 171. Trimerisurus halieus Griffin, 214. Trogonide, 110. Turdide, 112. Tylosurus anulatus (Cuv. and Val.), 267. strongylurus (Kuhl and Van Has- selt), 267. Types, Filipino: The Women, 1. INDEX. U Umbrina russelli Cuy. and Val., 279. Upeneoides luzonius (Jordan and Seale), 2719. sulphureus (Cuy. and Val.), 279. tragula (Richardson), 278. vittatus (Forskal), 278. Urasse-fishes, Borneo, 281. Uroloncha everetti (Tweeddale), Uxantis, 47. consputa Stal, 47. siccifolia Stal, 47. Vv Verania nigrilabris Muls., 148. VIEHMEYER, H., On the Myrmecophily of Caterpillars of Catochrysops Cnejus Fabr., 69; A Myrmecophilous Lycaenid Chrysa- lis from the Philippines, 73. Vollenhovia banksi Forel, 126. 113. oblonga Sm., subsp. dispar, 125. | WwW WEISE, J., Ueber Chrysomeliden und Coc- cinelliden Der Philippinen, 223; Ver- zeichniss yon Coleopteren aus den Phil- ippinen, nebst zwei neuen Arten aus Niederlandisch Ostindien, 139. Women, Filipino, 1. 301 | x Xeocephus rufus (Gray), 111. Xystema abbreviatus (Bleeker), 278. kapas (Bleeker), 278. lucidus (Cuy. and Val.), 278. oyena (Forskal), 278. punctatum (Cuy. and Val.), 277. | Y Yungipicus validirostris Blyth, 136, 220, 221. Z Zamila, 41. lycoides Walk., 41. perpusilla Dist., 41. Zamboanga pearling fleet, 89. Zenarchopterus buffonis Cuv. and Val., 267. dux Seale, 267. Zizera, 166. | gaika Butl., 166. gaika Trim., 166. mora Swinh., 166. putli Semper, 166. Zoraida, 40. javanica Westw., 40. sinuosa Westw., 40. Zosterops batanis McGregor, 219. whiteheadi Hartert?, 138. Zosterornis whiteheadi Grant, 137, 138. O JUST ISSUED. Order No, 412. THT SUGAR INDUSTRY IN THE ISLAND OF NEGROS By HERBERT S. WALKER., 145 pages, 10 photographic plates, and 1 map. Price $1.25, United States currency, postpaid. CONTENTS. BUI ETO UIC G1 OT egress tae eee cece ene ne ES ed ee General information regarding Negros. The - Pontevedra-La Carlota The Geographical location ................ Size, shape, and area... LOVING ATS ieee pas seesnss So eee Ss sec arn ae eeaea ss susattin seamed cack Sopeeussee TSN SS ee eT PS eee lee CCU NCE ag eR ee Mhevsu pany beltins eh 28 eae do VSS SEER CLO MS ae ra Other sugar-producing districts of Negros... --.-----------eeeeee eee History of sugar production in Negros...... HREGENID SLA EIS ULC ee cece ecncge ne cee cance cas anne cae rc ota seecey ea cee WV ble Smo tm Cane ypT.OW Ml NCL TOS sate cnse tesa eeeeresnn es aens eee Cane diseases and insect enemies ........-...-2..--.-2.22:-cecesceecuen cece seneececeeeceeeceseeeees INationalliGymot thes planters ts se cscs cee ener ire eres nea ee ene ae Native labor: Difficulties, past and present..............-2...--2-.0220---eseeeeeeeeee- principal sugar-producing districts of Negros..........2....222--22..0--c1eee0--- Bi] ay gare ce a ne, Zee eee ey ep eecetae ececoes BBG Ol secsceseetezoesscnsezeel ccs Bimal Dagan =ESabel ae csesscsccsce. ss seecm oe ce sos saeee vette sce cen een cs vase rtaerss cectweats oye ceees Hiloo-@aban call anwaessesteeeases see eeeenree sees Cea Eee FSET | (CEA a ee atte ire iP ee NV SYEUTAS) Speen ae ae ec soil of Negros compared with that of other sugar-producing countries.... Average composition of the soils of Negros.............-.------20220---200- 00s Hawaiian soils Egyptian soils .... Louisiana soils Comparison of Negros soils with those of other countries TEMES SREU NALA LOS TY Ne DRIGIS eS eee ee oS Order No, 412, The cane of Negros Average composition of the purple or native sugar cane in Negros......... Other varieties of cane grown in Negros. .---.c-qcc licence cee ence ence corer ence CaneNini the Hawalianlilslandsit2.2.-2ecr<:- 2c = eee ee en ee ee Egyptian cane) Java cane ......... Louisiana cane .. West Indian cane CATIG) 2tieccc secre etaeeee tern acne ese eee erase ee ee Desirability of introducing other varieties of came.......-----.------ceseeeeeee The cultivation of sugar cane and the production of sugar as carried on at Ghetpresent) time sin UNe grossa... .cns tee Preparation of the soil... Preparation of the seed Planting Cultural operations after planting Cultivation of ratoon canes Period of; srowthy of They came wen ens eee eee ee ears Cost of cultivation Cutting the cane Pransponrtine:the canes colulie mail | eevee meee ee ae eee Cost of cutting the cane and transporting it to the mill... ae Momutacturevor sur anetrom ithe Cam eres ce nse eee ee one ee Mixtracbiom(Of- the yt lee ss ct ss ae oak se oes oe cence ae Manufacture of sugar from the juice aa Quality of the sugar produced in Negros.........0....2..2.22.2.22scccesee-eececceseeeeoe=t Gost of pmanufactire: Soren icc ec cere eee ae Transportation and sale of the sugar... Estimate of average cost of same Quantitative experiments to determine the weight of sugar produced from:avgiven: weight of camels cose ee ee ee ee eee Mill Control No: J; hacienda San, Jose. 22.2.2 coe oo eee ee MilliGontroleNo>2shaciendansant OSes ee ee res Caleulation of the average cost of producing sugar in Negros by the MELHOA SMO WET PLOY cc seeeeeeen nee ee ere een aa eee COLE Hoy TE aya ES LOS eS a aoe Estimate of fixed charges for maintenance and depreciation of plant and interest ion! the capital imvested =o nner cee setencneneeeteaen se Total cost of production Possibilities for improvement... x Wm etilttiva tlom) Fices:-.x.Seeeccccece ss scccneee Sates ose een aera EIS TYpy 6 2B ARDY CY We ee Er Advantages of a change to modern methods of manufacture. The future of Negros SSS ay Appendix An investigation to discover if diseases of the sugar cane exist in SIN CSO S are ne rac ee a TGR | ceenecce neo tncet cosco cence sce Sap SoS SS EEO EES SELON SESS Ce SSBC SHES Sec Socanoctaosecugr beseaeocseescaceanocessessossonnesse NOTE. 134 139 139 143 Orders should be sent to the Business Manager, Philippine Journal of Science, Manila, or to any of the below-listed agents. Please give Order Number. FOREIGN AGENTS. The Macmillan Company, 64—66 Fifth Avenue, New York City, U. S. Messrs. Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C., inigiena Mr. Martinus Nijhoff, Nobelstraat 18, The Hague, Holland. Messrs. Mayer & Muller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Germany. Messrs. Kelley & Walsh, Limited, 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements. Messrs. A. M. & J. Ferguson, 10 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon. CIRCULARS AND DESCRIPTIVE MATTER SENT ON APPLICATION. INDO-MALAYAN WOODS BY FRED W. FOXWORTHY. (Being Section C, No. 4, Vol. IV, of the Philippine Journal of Science. ) Orper No. 411 182 PaGEs. 9 PHOTOGRAPHIC PLATES, Price $0.50, U. S. currency—Postpaid. TABLE OF CONTENTS. I. Introduction. a. Hrroneous popular notions with regard to eastern timbers. 6. Object of this work. c. Definition of the Indo- Malayan region. d. Review of previous work and acknowledgments. II. Properties of Wood. a. Woods of Tropics and Temperate regions compared. 6. Weight and hardness, tables. c. Strength, work of Newton, Gamble and Gardner. d. Odor, color, taste. I11. Suitability of different woods for special purposes. a. Knemies of wood. }. Woods exposed to salt water. c. Ship and boat building. IV. Rare, ornamental, or precious woods. VY. Comparative chart of common names. VI. Timbered areas. and future supplies of wood. VII. Species notes. VIIT Index. This valuable work is interesting both from the standpoint of com- mercial and scientific importance. As will be seen from the Table of Contents, the work treats exhaustively of the known Indo-Malayan woods. NOTE. Orders should be sent to the Business Manager, Philippine Journal of Science, Manila, or to any of the below-listed agents. Please give Order Number. FOREIGN AGENTS. The Macmillan Company, 64—66 Fifth Avenue, New York City, U. S. A. Messrs. Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Hssex Street, Strand, London, W. C., England. Mr. Martinus Nijhoff, Nobelstraat 18, The Hague, Holland. Messrs. Mayer & Muller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Germany. Messrs. Kelley & Walsh, Limited, 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements, Messrs. A. M. & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon. CIRCULARS AND DESCRIPTIVE MATTER SENT ON APPLICATION, Order No. 407. THE BATAN DIALECT AS A MEMBER OF THE PHILIPPINE GROUP OF LANGUAGES. By Orro SCHEERER. TOGETHER WITH “EF” AND “V” IN PHILIPPINE LANGUAGES. By Cartos Evperett Conant. 141 pages. Price $0.80 United States currency. Order No. 408. A VOCABULARY OF THE IGOROT LANGUAGE AS SPOKEN BY THE BONTOC IGOROTS. By the Rey. WALTER CLAYTON CLAPP. Igorot-English and English-Igorot. Price $0.75 United States currency. Order No. 102. A MANUAL OF PHILIPPINE BIRDS. By Ricuarp McGRrecor. Part 1-412 pages } In two volumes. Part IT.-324 pages { Descriptions of all known species of Philippine birds, together with keys to species and genera. Price (for the two volumes) $4 United States currency, postpaid. ' NOTE, Orders should be sent to the Business Manager, Philippine Journal of Science, Manila, or to any of the below-listed agents. Please give Order Number. FOREIGN AGENTS. The Macmillan Company, 64-66 Fifth Avenue, New York City, U. S. A. Messrs. Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C., England. Mr. Martinus Nijhoff, Nobelstraat 18, The Hague, Holland. Messrs. Mayer & Muller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Germany. Messrs. Kelley & Walsh, Limited, 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements. Messrs. A. M. & J. Ferguson; 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon. CIRCULARS AND DESCRIPTIVE MATTER SENT ON APPLICATION, Order No, 401, THE BONTOC IGOROT. By A. EH. JENKs. 110 pages. 3 maps. 154 photographic pints 9 figures: An interesting study; the result of almost a year’s residence among the Bontoc Igorots. Price $1 United States currency, postpaid. Order No. 402. NEGRITOS OF ZAMBALES. By Witiiam ALLAN REED. 62 photographic illustrations. 91 pages. An interesting ethnological study of the pygmy blacks of Zambales. Price $0.25, United States currency, postpaid. Order No. 403, THE NABALOI DIALECT. By Orro ScHEERER. TOGETHER WITH THE BATAKS OF PALAWAN. By Epwarp Y. Minne. 199 pages. 1 map. 28 full-page photographic plates. 6 figures. The result of research work among this interesting tribe of primitive people. Price $0.25, United States currency, paper, postpaid. NOTE. Orders should be sent to the Business Manager, Philippine Journal of Science, Manila, or to any of the below-listed agents. Please give Order Number. FOREIGN AGENTS. The Macmillan Company, 64—66 Fifth Avenue, New York City, U. S. Messrs. Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C., Wieland. Mr. Martinus Nijhoff, Nobelstraat 18, The Hague, Holland. Messrs. Mayer & Miiller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Germany. Messrs. Kelley & Walsh, Limited, 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements. Messr3. A. M. & J. Werguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon. CIRCULARS AND DESCRIPTIVE MATTER SENT ON APPLICATION. Nem, a) Beginning with Volume V, a new section, ‘‘Section D, Ethnology, Anthropology, and Gen- eral Biology,”’ will be added to the Journal. The price for the whole series to subscribers for 1910 will be as heretofore, $5 United States currency. Single- Subscriptions to Sh ses D will be $2 United States currency. Beginning with Igix, the price of the entire Journal will be increased to $7 United States currency, Section D will appear as often as material is available. ——— = —_ CONTENTS. GRIFFIN, LAWRENCE E. Euplotes Worcesteri sp. Boe NOVaT MLL Diyastom 2002 eee ae Eee Eee 315 RUE ATE ee IR IIR ee NO CO et NC a 337 Index, Title-page and Contents! suis ees 339 _ The “Philippine Journal of Science” is issued as follows: : Section A, Chemical and Geological Sciences and the Industries, oa United States ourrency per year, Section B, Medical Sciences, $3 United States currency per year. Section C, Botany, $2 United States currency per year. Section D, Ethnology, PAU DROLOEY: and General Biology, $2 United States our- renoy per year. The entire ‘‘Journal,” $5 United States currency for Relunes I, TI, TV, and V. ‘There- after, $7 United States ourrency per year. Authors receive 100 copies of their papers free. Subscriptions should be sent to the Business Manager, Philippine Journal of Soience, Burean of Science, Manila, P, I., or to any of the agents listed helo Please give order number, FOREIGN AGENTS. The Macmillan Company, 64-66 Fifth Avenue, New York City, U. 8. A. Messrs. Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C., England. Mr. Martinus Nijhoff, Nobelstraat 18, The Hague, Holland. Messrs. Mayer & Muller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Germany. Messrs. Kelley & Walsh, Limited, 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements. | Messrs. A. M, & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon. Entered at the post-office at Manila, P. I., as second-class matter. A limited number of unbound copies of aestond Volumes are available, which may be secured from the Business Manager, Philippine Journal of Science, Manila, P. I., at the following rates: Volume I, 1906 (not divided into sections), $10 United States currency; Supplement to Volume I, $3.50 United States currency; Volume I (without supplement), $6.50 United States currency; all later volumes at current subscription prices. \ i eerie rim al: ze by r My il